Mini Catalogo Cpi 2010

2010
First Edition
Product Catalog
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Welcome from CPI Contact Info Ordering Warranty Information
Pages i - x
RACK SYSTEMS CABINET & ENCLOSURE SYSTEMS ZONE CABLING & WIRELESS ENCLOSURES WALL-MOUNT SYSTEMS CABLE MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS CABLE RUNWAY & TRAY PRODUCTS POWER MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS KVM SYSTEMS ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING & SECURITY SYSTEMS SOFTWARE SYSTEMS GROUNDING & BONDING PRODUCTS SEISMIC PROTECTION SYSTEMS INDEX - ALPHABETICAL INDEX - PART NUMBER
i
SECTION 1 SECTION 2 SECTION 3 SECTION 4 SECTION 5 SECTION 6 SECTION 7 SECTION 8 SECTION 9 SECTION 10 SECTION 11 SECTION 12 SECTION 13 SECTION 14
WELCOME FROM CPI

Chatsworth Products, Inc. (CPI) is a global manufacturer providing voice, data and security products and service solutions that optimize, store and secure technology equipment. CPI Products offer innovation, configurability, quality and value with a breadth of integrated system components, covering virtually all physical layer needs. Unequalled customer service and technical support, as well as a global network of industry-leading distributors, assures you that CPI is dedicated to delivering products and services to meet your needs.
WHY CHOOSE CPI? Why Choose CPI?

CPIUNIQUE SOLUTIONS
A great deal of precision and thought goes into the design and implementation of todays data center. As the environment within data centers continually changes, IT infrastructure systems must be able to evolve when necessary. CPI provides the marketplace with a variety of high quality, unique solutions that allow for future technology and evolving standards.
HISTORY
CPI was founded in 1991, when 90 employees joined together and bought out the Dracon Division of Harris Corporation using an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP). Recognizing the deregulation in the telecommunications industry and technological innovation in voice and data equipment, CPI decided to focus on the explosive needs of the information technology market to manage IT infrastructure equipment.
CPIQUALITY
Central to the success of CPI has been the establishment of employee empowerment under a philosophy of Quality Through Teamwork, Caring and Commitment. This philosophy has led to continuous improvement, which is extended to customers through our solutions and services. CPI is proud to embrace change through continuous evolution to exceed the demands of an ever-changing market and is committed to be a company of the highest quality.
CPIINDUSTRY LEADERSHIP MARKETS

Banking & Financial Services Telecommunications Government (Federal, State and Local) Pharmaceutical & Biotech Consulting & Business Services Healthcare & Medical Insurance Media & Entertainment Retail Information Technology Electronics Education Security With the financial strength to reinvest in the company and continually improve manufacturing and logistical processes, CPI has become an industry leader providing product innovation and excellence. CPI has numerous active patents for groundbreaking product designs along with multiple awards from prominent national organizations.
CPI Quality CPI is committed to being a company of the highest quality in every aspect of its business, providing Quality Products, Quality Services and most of all Quality People.
ii
WHY CHOOSE CPI?

AWARDS
Frost & Sullivan - 2008 Business Development Strategy Leadership Award ESOP Association - 2008 ESOP Company of the Year Award maintain product availability, ultimately helping to preserve your projects scheduling requirements.
VALUE-ADDED TOOLS
Product Configurator build customized solutions Viso Shapes for Microsoft Visio users download shapes of our most popular products CAD Blocks for Autodesk AutoCAD users help layout your equipment room Three Easy Steps Guide configure LAN/Rack Systems by components eCatalog get detailed product specifications, photos, drawings and literature PDF Catalog search a version of our most recent printed catalog CPI PUE Calculator determine costs savings and efficiency of CPI Passive Cooling Solutions in your exact data center environment MasterFormat Division 27 Specifications get information about CPI Products and Division 27 Specifications Documentation Center search product documentation using the product name, part number or keyword
AFFILIATIONS
Relationships with the following affiliations and industry associations help CPI attain comprehensive product and industry knowledge. Industry Advisory Council (IAC) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Society of Telecommunications Consultants (STC) International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association (AFCEA) ESOP Association
INDUSTRY ASSOCIATIONS
The Green Grid U.S. Green Builders Council (USGBC) AFCOM National and Local Chapters ASHRAE TIA BICSI Platinum Level Prestige Corporate Member (PCM) with one of the largest groups of RCDDs BICSI Standards Committee - Data Center Rack and Cabinet Editor - Mechanical Group - Thermal Consultant
RD&T CENTER
Designed with customers in mind, CPIs Research Development and Training (RD&T) Center provides a comprehensive facility that allows customers to learn and interact directly with CPI Products and Solutions. The RD&T Center includes a Thermal Test Lab for modeling various heat loads and cabinet configurations, a Product Test Lab for in-house product testing, a fully equipped Training Center, Product Showroom and modern Customer Meeting Center. For more information or to schedule a visit go to www.chatsworth.com/rdt.
CPISUPPORT & SERVICE

CPI understands that the high-speed world of data management is constantly changing and for this reason, we offer highly trained Technical Support Specialists and Customer Service Representatives to help solve your IT infrastructure needs. Based on your specific requirements, our Technical Support Specialists can help design the precise layout for your data center. These specialists will also provide a detailed bill of material along with layout and assembly drawings. Our Customer Service Representatives work closely with distributors to
iii
CONTACT INFORMATION
Corporate Office - Westlake Village, CA

818-735-6100 818-735-6199 FAX
Chatsworth, CA Operations
818-882-8595 818-718-0473 FAX
New Bern, NC Operations

252-514-2779 252-514-2977 FAX
Georgetown, TX Operations
512-863-7800 512-869-1374 FAX
CPI International Offices: Caribbean & Latin America

+52-55-5203-7525 +52-55-5203-7757 FAX Mexico toll free: +01-800-201-7592
For answers to your questions or for custom solutions please call Customer Service or Technical Support at:
1-800-834-4969
(toll free in the U.S. & Canada) Monday to Friday, 5 a.m. to 5 p.m., Pacific Time
Europe, Middle East & Africa

+44-1628-524-834 +44-1628-520-290 FAX
1-818-739-3400
(outside of the U.S. & Canada), or email Technical Support at
Asia Pacific
+86-21-6880-0266 +86-21-6880-0267 FAX
techsupport@chatsworth.com
Visit us on the Web at
www.chatsworth.com
iv
HOW TO ORDER
HOW TO ORDER
CPI sales are conducted in partnership with a global network of distributors, contractors and resellers. To obtain a purchase price quote and product availability please locate the CPI partner near you by calling 800-834-4969 or visiting www.chatsworth.com. This catalog has been developed according to comprehensive product groups. Each group is presented as a convenient section within the catalog. Each page contains part numbers, ordering information and detailed illustrations or photographs. TO ORDER, FOLLOW THESE SIMPLE STEPS: 1. Locate desired product(s) within the appropriate section. 2. Use the complete part number. Pay close attention to the digits indicating product variations such as size, finish (refer to Color Finishes information) and hole pattern. 3. Check Consists Of information for each product for a listing of all components and hardware included with the part number. 4. Check to see if product descriptions include Installation May Require or Installation Will Require the following hardware. These components are not included with the product; however, most of these items are contained in the catalog and may be ordered. Please see part number references where indicated. 5. Indicate quantity and full part numbers in your purchase orders (POs). The description is not essential but should be included when ordering. The product description will appear on your acknowledgment, invoice and packing list. 6. Locate a distributor by calling 800-834-4969 or visiting www.chatsworth.com. Or if you are an authorized CPI distributor, send POs via U.S. mail or fax to the following locations:
GOVERNMENT BUSINESS
7. Questions? Call CPI toll-free at 800-834-4969 within the United States and Canada or visit www.chatsworth.com. Note: Prices and quantity breakdowns are not listed in this product guide. For a complete product price list, please contact our Customer Service Department at 800-834-4969. All orders received are subject to acceptance by CPI and are subject to a minimum charge of $200.00. CPI must receive written confirmation for all orders prior to shipment. Products listed do not include export packaging, insurance, taxes, tariffs or duties. All pricing is subject to change. CPI reserves the right to make adjustments to pricing and product offerings for reasons including, but not limited to, changing market conditions, product discontinuations, product unavailability and price changes.
Contract GS-35F-0184N
FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT BUSINESS GSA CONTRACT NO. GS-35F-0184N
CPI is listed with the General Services Administration (GSA) under Federal Supply Schedule 70 for General Purpose Commercial Information Technology Equipment, Software and Services, is a Small Business manufacturer (SB) and is available through GSA Advantage, NETCENTS, SEWP III, NITAAC-ECSIII, GSA Connections as well as other channels. For more information visit www.chatsworth.com/gov.
COLOR FINISHES
CPI utilizes the powder-coating finishing process to produce a durable, long-lasting finish that is aesthetically superior to other techniques. The majority of CPI Products are available in three colors and a grained metal finish, referred to as clear. For the three colors (white, black and gray), CPIs powder-coating and curing techniques provide a more consistent, uniform finish. Therefore, the color is evenly applied (even on angles, die cuts or unique shapes) and does not vary among different products. CPIs TeraFrame Family of Cabinets are available in Black, Signature Blue, Glacier White and Steel Gray. Note: Due to space limitations, sometimes Computer White may be described simply as White. These are the same colors. Both indicate an off-white color designed to coordinate with typical computer-white products.
CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENTS

Chatsworth, CA Operations 9353 Winnetka Avenue Chatsworth, CA 91311-5205 Ph: 818-882-8595 Fax: 818-718-0473 Georgetown, TX Operations 3004 South Austin Avenue Georgetown, TX 78626 Ph: 512-863-7800 Fax: 512-869-1374 New Bern, NC Operations 701 Industrial Drive New Bern, NC 28562-5447 Ph: 252-514-2779 Fax: 252-514-2977
TERMS & CONDITIONS

TERMS & CONDITIONS
CPI maintains a policy of continuous product improvement; therefore, we reserve the right to make changes without notice.
WARRANTY
NON-WARRANTY REPLACEMENTS
CPI Products are not serviceable in the field, and customers are encouraged to return them to CPI Customer Service for repairs. Some documentation and replacement components are available for purchase from CPI. Please contact CPI Customer Service for ordering information and availability.
WARRANTY
CPI guarantees manufactured products and each part or component thereof against all defects in material and/or workmanship. CPI agrees to remedy any manufacturing defect either through replacement or repair at no charge provided that the defective unit is returned, transportation prepaid, to the CPI factory. The warranty extends for a period of one year from the date of installation or initial use, provided that this period shall not exceed 18 months from the original date of shipment from factory. Any product that has been repaired or replaced shall be similarly warranted on its repair or replacement for the remaining product warranty period or 90 days from the date of repair or replacement, whichever expires last. This warranty does not extend to products that have been subjected to neglect, accident or improper use, nor to units that have been altered by non-CPI personnel. No warranties other than those set forth in this section are given or implied with respect to the products furnished. CPI shall, in no event, be liable for consequential damages, for loss, damage or expense directly or indirectly arising from the use of the products, for any inability to use materials or from any other cause.
RETURNS AND REPAIRS

No products or part thereof shall be returned to CPI unless the customer first obtains a Customer Return Authorization (CRA) Number from a CPI Customer Service Representative. This number must appear clearly and prominently on all shipping containers. Containers without the labels will not be accepted. Products returned for warranty repair shall be shipped prepaid to CPI. Some products are subject to handling charges if no defects are found during inspection. All products returned to CPI shall be packaged to prevent damage during shipment. Any damage that occurs during shipment is the responsibility of the customer and the shipping company. CPI will send back repaired products freight prepaid. If CPI finds that products returned for repair, whether in or out of warranty, have failed due to misuse or negligence or have components removed, CPI will repair the product in accordance with out-of-warranty charges. If CPI finds products, in or out of warranty, to be damaged beyond repair, the customer can choose to have the product sent back as is or scrapped by CPI.
vi
CODES & SYMBOLS

ISO 9001-2008 REGISTRATION NON-CPI REGISTRATION MARKS
Aironet is a registered trademark of Cisco Systems, Inc. AT&T is a registered trademark of American Telephone & Telegraph Company. AutoCAD is a registered trademark of Autodesk, Inc. Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Systems, Inc. Compaq is a registered trademark of Compaq, Inc. Dell is a trademark of Dell Computer Corp. Delrin is a trademark of DuPont. HP is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Hilti Bolt is a Registered trademark of Hilti Corporation Hubbell is a registered trademark of Hubbell Premise Wiring, Inc. IBM is a registered trademark of IBM, Inc. Krone is a registered trademark of Krone, Inc. Lexan is a registered trademark of General Electric Company Slip-on is a registered trademark of Slip-on Lock Nut Co. Sun is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems. SunSparc is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems. Velcro is a registered trademark of Velcro USA. Visio is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. All other trademarks belong to their respective companies.
Operation Chatsworth, CA New Bern, NC Georgetown, TX
Certificate Registration No. 10002325 QM08 Ref. 10002325 10002325 QM08 Ref. 10004453 10002325 QM08 Ref. 10004454
The UL Registered Firm symbol indicates that the facility has passed ULs evaluation to the international quality standards of the International Organization for Standardization. This means the facility has been thoroughly monitored and has participated in an audit to determine compliance with a strict and comprehensive set of quality specifications. An appropriate quality system must be demonstrated to meet these specifications for quality in the relevant areas of design, development, production, assembly, final inspection and testing. The UL Classified symbol indicates that Underwriters Laboratories Inc. classifies the product to be suitable as an equipment grounding conductor only. The UL Listed symbol indicates that the product is Listed to applicable UL Standards and requirements by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. The UL Component Recognition symbol is used on components that are part of a larger product or system. The CE Marking is a European marking of conformity that indicates that a product complies with the essential requirements of the applicable European laws with respect to safety, health environment and consumer protection.
ENVIRONMENTALLY SAFE
CPI is committed to recycling as the best solution to environmental and landfill concerns and continues to pursue packaging solutions that are cost effective and environmentally friendly.
vii
SUPPORT SERVICES
CUSTOMER SERVICE & TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Customer Service is available at 800-834-4969 (Monday to Friday, 5 a.m. to 5 p.m., Pacific Time). Our friendly and professional Customer Service Representatives have the experience and know-how to ensure you get the right solutions for your needs. Customer Service Representatives are available to answer questions about CPI Products, direct you to a distributor, help you find what you need on CPIs Website or to provide product information sheets via fax or email.
CPI RESOURCE CD
Each year CPI produces a free CD that contains the entire CPI Mini-Catalog in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. To request a CD visit www.chatsworth.com and select Request Printed Literature on the home page.
ONLINE TOOLS
To accomodate our customers in every possible way, CPI provides a variety of value-added online tools.
Product Configurator
The Product Configurator will guide you through the steps and selections necessary to create customized Racks, Cabinets and Enclosure Systems, Wall-Mount Systems and Electronics, Monitoring and Security Systems. Once built, the Product Configurator will present a total list price, rendered drawings and offer a selection of distributors or global resellers. Access this tool at www.chatsworth.com/configurator. Technical Support is also available at 800-834-4969 (Monday to Friday, 5 a.m. to 5 p.m., Pacific Time) or via e-mail at techsupport@chatsworth.com. CPIs team of knowledgeable support personnel takes pride in getting the right answers to you quickly to help you meet your project requirements.
eCatalog
Our eCatalog is a tool that will allow users to view products and their descriptions, create project carts, receive MSRP pricing and locate a distributor for a quote. The eCatalog can be accessed at www.chatsworth.com/ecatalog.
FREE LAYOUT SERVICES

CPI provides a number of free services that can be downloaded from www.chatsworth.com, including detailed drawings using AutoCAD. Technical Support also provides bills of material, CAD drawings (also available in PDF format) and the support you need to complete your project on budget and on schedule. The Technical Support staff specializes in working with value added resellers, contractors, information systems teams, schools, government agencies, end users and new customers who would like a job done right the first time. CPI offers free Visio Shapes to help you plan your next project and free CAD Blocks (dwg files) to help you quickly and accurately develop a room layout. For more information about these tools visit www.chatsworth.com/designtools.
CPI PUE Calculator

The CPI PUE Calculator will determine your data center cost savings by combining CPI Passive Cooling Solutions with todays most effective cooling strategies. By utilizing your existing energy consumption and cost data information, the CPI PUE Calculator will identify the efficiency of CPI Passive Cooling Solutions in your exact data center environment. Check out this tool at www.chatsworth.com/pue-calculator.
Documentation Center
CPIs Documentation Center is a comprehensive online reference that will provide you with the ability to search specific product and general company information. The Documentation Center is an easy and quick way to retrieve printable documentation to support bids and proposals. The Documentation Center can be accessed at www.chatsworth.com/doctree.aspx.
Use the layout guide on the following pages to assist in your next project.
viii
SUPPORT SERVICES
SAMPLE LAYOUTS
3 Easy Steps To Configure A Rack/Cabinet System

1
Make a list of all equipment that will be placed on the rack.

Make an enlarged photocopy of the following page Fill out the Customer Equipment section List the make, model and number under description List the rack-mount width (19 or 23) and the number of RMU for height List the fully configured (maximum) equipment weight List the power wattage. If power supplies are redundant, do not double the wattage
Two-Post Mounting
Sketch the location of equipment on the rack drawing.

If the rack you are configuring has less that 45 RMU, note this with a line across the rack drawing at the appropriate RMU Place the heaviest and deepest equipment near the bottom of the rack/cabinet. Place UPSes and battery backups near the bottom. Include horizontal cable management above patch panels and switches. Provide 1 RMU of cable management for every 2 RMU of connectivity Any equipment that is not rack-mount requires a shelf. A 19 rack shelf supports equipment up to 17-3/4W (450.9 mm). A 23 rack shelf supports equipment up to 21-3/4W (552.5 mm). Allow 2 RMU for the shelf plus the height of the equipment. 1 RMU is 1-3/4H (44.45 mm)
Fill out the Bill Of Material section.

Review the Customer Equipment section to determine if you need a 19 or 23 rack or cabinet. If there is any 23 wide rack-mount equipment or any shelf-mount equipment over 17-3/4W (450.9 mm) a 23 rack is required. Most equipment fits a 19 rack. If equipment is rack-mount and over 20D (510 mm), consider a cabinet or QuadraRack 4-Post Frame List shelves. Shelves should be deeper than equipment. Equipment should weigh less than the shelf capacity. Consider a Lockable Storage Drawer to hold extra cords, software, backup media, etc. In cabinets that hold computer server and data storage equipment, use perforated doors and add an Air Dam Kit and Filler Panels to close all open RMU spaces. Provide vertical cable management and a power strip along both sides at the rear of the cabinet For racks that hold network equipment, provide vertical cable management along both sides of the rack. A power strip may be required
Four-Post Mounting
ix
LAYOUT ASSISTANCE & SUPPORT SERVICES

__ Customer _____________________________________________
Date ____________________________
Project _________________________ Address ________________________ Building ________________________ Room __________________________
Contact _________________________________________________ Phone ____________________ FAX _______________ __________ Distributor______________________________________________ Contact ________________________________________________ Phone _____________________ FAX _______________________
Individual Rack # _________ _______
CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Select Appropriate Rack Width: 19 23 Select Color: Gray White Clear Black Equipment Shelves Description Quantity Width Height Depth Weight Power
BILL OF MATERIAL
Description Rack/Cabinet Monitor Shelf Keyboard Shelf Qty. Part No. Page
Air Dam Kit Filler Panel(s) Horizontal Cable Management
Vertical Cable Management Power Strips(s) Installation Hardware x
RACK SYSTEMS
Racks, Rack Enclosures, Cable Managers, Shelves & Accessories
INSIDE SECTION 1: Universal Rack Standard Rack Global Standard Pack Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Rack Enclosures QuadraRack, Adjustable QuadraRack, Fixed Shelves, Brackets & Trays Installation Products Accessories Structured Termination Products
Page 1-3 Page 1-7 Page 1-9 Page 1-10 Page 1-11 Page 1-13 Page 1-22 Page 1-25 Page 1-42 Page 1-44 Page 1-53
RACK SYSTEMS
CPIs industry-leading Rack Systems provide unsurpassed strength, stability and durability for supporting patch panels, high-density blocks, cabling and other equipment. With the addition of shelves or special brackets, racks can be quickly adapted for your changing needs to hold larger devices and computer hardware, such as servers and switches. Enclosures can be added to some Rack Systems to improve security and create a cabinet for your equipment.
CPI Rack Systems include:

High-quality construction and design Fixed mounting rails, most with rack-mount unit markings, ideal for support of patch panels, termination blocks and other equipment Standard EIA-310-D hole pattern Small footprint saves floor space Unrestricted airflow for maximum ventilation Easy access to cables for moves, adds and changes Large variety of styles, sizes and accessories for various configurations High static load ratings; 750 lb (340.2 kg) to 2200 lb (1000.0 kg)
1-2
UNIVERSAL RACK
Universal Rack
Features:
High-strength, lightweight aluminum extrusion construction Two top angles or top bars and heavy-duty assembly hardware for a stronger rack to handle heavier loading 50 special #12-24 mounting screws with combination Phillips/Straight heads and pilot points to reduce cross threading and installation time Unique packaging inserts eliminate damage from components hitting together in the carton during shipping and handling; racks are packed unassembled in individual cartons Ease of assembly is enhanced through use of threaded channels; no hex nuts or lock washers are required Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm-15.9 mm-12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern offers greater mounting flexibility, maximizes usable mounting space and is compatible with conventional wide 1-1/4-1/2 (31.8 mm-12.7 mm) alternating hole patterns Available in powder coat color finishes (black, white or gray) or grained aluminum finish (clear) State-of-the-art manufacturing methods provide the best quality and fastest delivery in the industry Side channels have multiple mounting holes and (4) pem nuts for quick installation of cable management EIA Channels: 3.0 x 1.265 x .25 (76 mm x 32.13 mm x 6.4 mm) thick flange (pair) Base Angles: 3.5 x 6.0 x .375 (89 mm x 152 mm x 9.53 mm) thick (pair) Top Angles: 1.5 x 1.5 x .25 (38 mm x 38 mm x 6.4 mm) thick (pair) Top Angles, Flush Bolted: 1.5 x 2.0 x .25 (38 mm x 51 mm x 6.4 mm) thick Top Bars: 1.5 x .25 (38 mm x 6.4 mm) thick (pair) Panel Mounting Holes: #12-24 rolled threads in both flanges front and back Custom configurations and assemblies available by special order Assembly hardware is included Weight capacity 1500 lb (680.4 kg) weight must be evenly distributed and rack must be properly secured to floor
Installation Hint: When mounting equipment, use #3 Phillips tip to assure maximum torque.
Channel Cross Section and Hole Pattern Standards

RMU marks simplify equipment installation CPI offers EIA aluminum channel uprights on all its racks. All CPI racks are threaded to accept industry standard #12-24 mounting screws. Extra care is taken in that the threads are rolled rather than cut for greater strength and durability. The Universal Rack hole pattern is 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm15.9 mm-12.7 mm) and is compatible with wide 1 1/4-1/2 (31.8 mm-12.7 mm) patterns while offering greater flexibility.
1-3
UNIVERSAL RACK
Universal Rack Ordering Matrix

UL Listed racks offered in multiple heights and 19 or 23 widths For heavy-duty, high-capacity installations
Top Bar or Angles

Flange Edge to Flange Edge
460 463 467 483
Two Top Bars Two Top Angles Two Top Angles, Flush Bolted UL Listed (With Two Top Angles)
A
5
Mounting Hole to Mounting Hole
Width - in
19 EIA Channel 23 EIA Channel 8
Mounting Holes
3 Mounting Holes Both Sides
Color
1 2 5 See Section 5 for Cable Management Products 7
Gray Computer White Clear Black
Height - ft (m)
31 20 19 00 01 02 03 05 15 3 (0.9) 4 (1.2) 5 (1.5) 5.6 (1.7) 6 (1.8) 6.6 (2.0) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 8.6 (2.6) 9 (2.7) 17U 24U 31U 34U 38U 41U 45U 48U 51U 55U 58U
D
4XX X X X
17 08
XX
Dimension
A B C D
19 EIA Rack in (mm) 17.75 (450.9) 18.31 (465.1) 16 (410.0) 20.31 (515.9)
23 EIA Rack in (mm) 21.75 (552.5) 22.31 (566.7) 20 (510.0) 24.31 (617.5)
4.75 (120.7 mm)
.75 (19.1 mm)
Top View of Base Angle

12.50 (317.5 mm) 15.00 (381.0 mm)
Shipping Weights - lb (kg) 6 (1.8 m) Rack 7 (2.1 m) Rack 8 (2.4 m) Rack 37 (16.8) 39 (17.7) 41 (18.6)
2.13 (54.1 mm)
1-4
UNIVERSAL RACK
35 x 3 (889 mm x 80 mm) Universal Rack

Flange Edge to Flange Edge 33.75 (857.3 mm) Mounting Hole to Mounting Hole 34.31 (871.5 mm)
Universal Rack in a 35 (889 mm) frame width supports block hardware. High strength aluminum construction Supplied with two top angles for maximum strength EIA-310-D Standard Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm-15.9 mm12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern offers greater mounting flexibility and is fully compatible with conventional wide 1-1/4-1/2 (31.8 mm12.7 mm) alternating hole patterns Four web channel holes per side allow multiple racks to be firmly mounted together side by side High strength roll-formed threaded mounting holes Rack-mount unit marks simplify equipment installation Includes 50 pilot point #12-24 mounting screws with combination Phillips/Straight heads Ships unassembled, individually packaged with assembly and installation instructions included; bulk packaging is also available Supports up to 1500 lb (680.4 kg)
Note: Accessory shelves are not available for this rack.
Top Bar or Angles

463 467 Two Top Angles Two Top Angles, Flush Bolted
Width - in
6 35 EIA Channel
Mounting Holes
3 Mounting Holes Both Sides
Color
1 2 Gray Computer White Clear Black
31 ) 36..3 mm 22 (9
5 7
Height - ft (m)
01 03 6 (1.8) 7 (2.1) 38U 45U
46X
0X
Shipping Weights - lb (kg) 6 (1.8 m) Rack 7 (2.1 m) Rack 49 (22.2) 51(23.1)
Rack-mount unit marks simplify equipment installation
1-5
UNIVERSAL RACK
Dimensions:
C
B
23.0 (584.2 mm) 0.656 (16.66 mm) holes 3 PL.
12-24 Threaded Mounting Holes
12-24 Threaded Mounting Holes 12.00 (304.8 mm) C-C A
1.125 (28.58 mm) HOLES 2 PL.
43.0 (1092.2 mm)
14.0 (355.6 mm)
1/220 Threaded insert 4 PL.
12.0 (304.8 mm)
3.88 (98.6 mm)
4.0 (101.6 mm)
Front and Rear Flanges (both sides drilled)
Web Surface 7 (2.1 m) Universal Rack
Rack Height Dimension A ft (m)

3 (0.9) 4 (1.2) 5 (1.5) 5.6 (1.7) 6 (1.8) 6.6 (2.0) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 8.6 (2.6) 9 (2.7)
Dimension B in (mm)
N/A N/A 43 (1090) 44 (1120) 56 (1420) 56 (1420) 56 (1420) 56 (1420) 72 (1830) 72 (1830) 72 (1830)
Dimension C in (mm)
1.75 (44.5) 2.13 (54.1) 1.88 (47.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.12 (53.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.87 (47.5) 2.62 (66.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.38 (60.5) 2.00 (50.8)
Number of Mounting Holes

53 72 94 104 114 125 135 144 155 165 176
Number of Mounting Spaces

17 24 31 34 38 41 45 48 51 55 58
1-6
STANDARD RACK
Standard Rack 3D (80 mm)

The Standard Rack is designed for value conscious, high volume customers, who require the quality and service that sets CPI racks apart from the competition. The Standard Rack is a UL Listed communication circuit accessory designed specifically for use in telecommunications equipment installations where codes require UL Listed equipment racks. For a greater breadth of features, we recommend CPI Universal Racks. High strength aluminum construction Shipped with (2) top angles, (2) base angles, (2) 3D (80 mm) equipment channels and installation hardware Top angles allow J-bolt attachment without interfering with top rack-mount spaces EIA-310-D Standard Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm-15.9 mm-12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern offers greater mounting flexibility and is fully compatible with conventional wide 1-1/4-1/2 (31.8 mm-12.7 mm) alternating hole patterns Six web channel holes per side enable multiple racks to be mounted together side by side High strength roll-formed threaded mounting holes Rack-mount unit marks simplify equipment installation Includes 50 pilot point #12-24 mounting screws with combination Phillips/Straight heads to reduce cross-threading and installation time White, black, gray or clear grained finish provides attractive appearance Ships unassembled, individually packaged, with assembly hardware and installation instructions; bulk packaging is also available Redesigned shipping container saves space and freight costs Choose from three heights Weight capacity of 1000 lb (453.6 kg) weight must be evenly distributed and rack must be properly secured to the floor UL Listed
Part Number 7 ( 2.1 m) Rack Shown

55053-X03 55053-X15 55053-X08
Description HxW Height - ft (m)

7 (2.1) x 19, 45U 8 (2.4) x 19, 51U 9 (2.7) x 19, 58U
Shipping Weight lb (kg)

31 (14.1) 37 (16.8) 40 (18.1)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5=Clear, 7=Black
Rack-mount unit marks simplify equipment installation
See Section 5 for Cable Management Products 1-7
STANDARD RACK
Standard Rack 6D (150 mm)

Features 6D (150 mm) upright mounting channels for MDF, IDF and other high-capacity distribution frame applications. The additional rack depth provides extra room for high-density equipment and cable needs. High strength aluminum construction Supplied with (2) top angles for additional strength EIA-310-D Standard Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm-15.9 mm-12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern offers greater mounting flexibility and is fully compatible with conventional wide 1-1/4-1/2 (31.8 mm-12.7 mm) alternating hole patterns Rack-mount unit marks simplify equipment installation High-strength, roll-formed threaded mounting holes Ships unassembled and individually packaged Includes assembly hardware and (50) pilot point #12-24 mounting screws with combination Phillips/Straight heads Weight capacity 1,000 lb (453.6 kg) weight must be evenly distributed and rack must be properly secured to the floor UL Listed
Part Number
66353-X03 66383-X03 66363-X03
Description HxW Height - ft (m)

7 (2.1) x 19, 45U 7 (2.1) x 23, 45U 7 (2.1) x 35, 45U

38 (17.2) 42 (19.1) 52 (23.6)
X=color; 1=Gray, 2=White, 5=Clear, 7=Black
Rack Dimensions P/N 66363 (35 W) Shown:

The 6D (150 mm) Standard Rack is the high-capacity frame that is designed for use with cabling sections and is the basic frame around which the XLBET/MDF frames are developed.
Dimension
A B C
19 EIA Rack in (mm)

17.79 (451.9) 18.31 (465.1) 20.31 (515.9)
23 EIA Rack in (mm)

21.79 (553.5) 22.31 (566.7) 24.31 (617.5)
35 EIA Rack in (mm)

33.79 (858.3) 34.31 (871.5) 36.31 (922.3)
1-8
GLOBAL STANDARD PACK
Global Standard Pack

The Global Standard Pack is an easy-to-use solution for managing equipment and cabling at the cross connect. It includes one CPI Standard Rack, a Concrete Floor Installation Kit, and one or two CPI (GVCS) Global Vertical Cabling Sections packaged in a single carton. The Global Standard shown has two Global Vertical Cabling Sections used back-to-back on the same side of the rack to create a double-sided cable manager. Cabling sections can also be used on opposite sides of the rack. Numbered rack-mount unit spaces on the rack are printed on the equipment mounting channels providing the installer an easy way of positioning equipment in planned spaces Cable openings in Global Vertical Cabling Section align with rack-mount unit spaces on the rack allowing cables to exit by rack-mount unit Cable openings have rounded edges to protect cable and the plastic T-shaped cable guides will not deform or break Cover snaps on and opens to the right or left for easy access to cables during moves, adds or changes Global Standard Pack is UL Listed as a communication circuit accessory Global Standard Pack consists of: (1) 7H (2.1 m) x 19W x 3D (80 mm) Standard Rack (1) or (2) Single-Sided Global Vertical Cabling Section (GVCS) (1) Concrete Floor Installation Kit Pack and shipped in a single container
Standard Rack with rack-mount unit marks printed on rack
Fingers align with rack-mount unit on rack
Part Number
57001-X03 57002-X03 57003-X03 57004-X03
X=color: 5=Clear, 7=Black
Description Width in (mm)

Rack With (1) 3.65 (92.7) GVCS Rack With (2) 3.65 (92.7) GVCS Rack With (1) 6 (150) GVCS Rack With (2) 6 (150) GVCS

50 (22.7) 65 (29.5) 52 (23.6) 67 (30.4)
Combines a 7H x 19W x 3D (2.1 m x 80 mm) Standard Rack, Global Vertical Cabling Sections and Concrete Floor Installation Kit into one convenient shipping container!
1-9
SEISMIC FRAME TWO-POST RACK
Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack

CPIs Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack is designed specifically to support network equipment in areas with seismic activity. The welded, steel Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack resists the swaying motion caused by earthquakes to reduce the amount of vibration transferred through the rack to equipment and is less likely to be damaged during a seismic event. The Siemic Frame Two-Post Rack supports 19 EIA-310-D compliant or 23W equipment with two pairs of mounting rails that can be spaced 6 (150 mm) or 3 (80 mm) apart. The mounting rails are marked and numbered with rackmount unit spaces and are available threaded or square-punched with painted or zinc-plated finish. This rack ships fully assembled and includes a Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block for bonding the rack to the busbar. The rack is rated for a 1,000 lb (453.6 kg) seismic Zone 4 load per Section 4.4 of the Telecordia Technologies, Inc. GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS) requirements.
Features:
Welded, steel network equipment rack engineered specifically to protect equipment in areas with seismic activity Available in two sizes; 24W (610 mm) or 28W (710 mm) Vertical Powers Strips and T-shaped Cable Management Fingers attach directly to the rack channel to provide power and cable distribution for equipment 19W Rack fits within a 24 (610 mm) access floor tile Fully bonded rack has (2) masked grounding locations and includes a Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block for easy connection to the Telecommunications Grounding Busbar Independently seismic-tested and certified, meets industry recognized Telecordia Technologies, Inc. GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS) Zone 4 requirements EIA-310-D Compliant UL Listed NWIN per UL60950, File E227626 1000 lb (453.6 kg) load rating for seismic areas
Rack Includes:
(1) welded, steel frame (4) equipment mounting rails (50) each equipment mounting screws/cage nuts (1) Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block
Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack populated with available accessories Adjustable Depth Mounting Rails Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block
See page 10-4 (Seismic) for Part Numbers and Accessories 1-10
RACK ENCLOSURES
Single Rack Enclosures

Enclose a single rack while leaving ample room for wire and cable. The aluminum top panel with six edge-protected punch-out ports provides cabling access wherever needed. Run cable through the back panel by removing one of four cable access plates located along the bottom kick plate. Convenient cable access with removable sides, rear-kick panel and cut-out top sections Lockable plexiglass or metal doors are easily reversible Top and side panels can be removed in minutes to provide access to interior Ships partially assembled in one 14 x 32 x 89 (360 mm x 810 mm x 2260 mm) carton to minimize shipping and handling costs Shipping weight approximately 135 lb (61.2 kg)
Rack Enclosure
Single Rack Enclosure

110 Plexiglass Doors on Enclosure
Rack Width
38 48 19 23
Color
2 7 Computer White Black
Rack Height - ft (m)

06 07 96 97 6 (1.8) With Side Panels 7 (2.1) With Side Panels 6 (1.8) Without Side Panels 7 (2.1) Without Side Panels
110 Single Rack Enclosure

11558
XX
- X
XX
Metal Door Rack Enclosure

For 19 Rack - Metal Enclosure Doors
Color
2 7 06 07 96 97 Computer White Black
Rack Height - ft (m)

6 (1.8) With Side Panels 7 (2.1) With Side Panels 6 (1.8) Without Side Panels 7 (2.1) Without Side Panels
11558 - X
XX Fan & Filter Assembly
P/N 11755-001
Standard side-mounted enclosure fan kit includes (2) complete fan assemblies with an attached cord with NEMA 5-15P plug.
11755-001 11222-001
Fan Kit for Single Rack Enclosures; 400 CFM, 115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 0.19 Amp, NEMA 5-15P Plug, Components are UL & ROHS approved Replacement Filter Kit
1-11
RACK ENCLOSURES
Top Mounted Fan For Single Rack Enclosure

10 (250 mm) Axial Fan & Cover Kit
Axial fan draws heated internal air to the top of the enclosure and exhausts it to the outside. Fan and cover kit installs quickly and easily using four screws. Pre-installed sponge tape seals cover to enclosure. Fan includes an attached 12L (3.6 m) power cord with a NEMA 5-15P (115 VAC) or a NEMA 6-15P (230 VAC) plug.
Louver Shut-Off Panel

To achieve the most effective cooling when using the Axial Fan & Cover Kit, seal the top louvers on the enclosure with the Louver Shut-Off Panels.
Enclosure Bottom Panel

When rack rollers are used on a single rack installed inside an enclosure, the rack rollers lift the enclosure slightly off the ground, permitting unfiltered air into the enclosure.
Part Number
Description WxD in (mm) 10 (250 mm) Axial Fan & Cover Kit
For 19 Rack Enclosure, 28.5 x 30 (724 x 760), 550 CFM, 115 VAC, 0.88 Amp, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 5-15P Plug For 23 Rack Enclosure, 32.5 x 30 (826 x 760), 550 CFM, 115 VAC, 0.88 Amp, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 5-15P Plug For 19 Rack Enclosure, 28.5 x 30 (724 x 760), 550 CFM, 230 VAC, 0.43 Amp, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 6-15P Plug For 23 Rack Enclosure, 32.5 x 30 (826 x 760), 550 CFM, 230 VAC, 0.43 Amp, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 6-15P Plug
Enclosure Bottom Panel shown installed between rack roller and rack
12220-X19
17 (7.7)
12220-X23
19 (8.6)
12220-X01
17 (7.7)
12220-X02
19 (8.6)
Louver Shut-Off Panel

12219-X01 Shut-Off Panel 1 (0.5)
Enclosure Bottom Panel

12297-X19 12297-X23
X=color: 2=White, 7=Black
For 19 Rack Enclosure, 28.5 x 30 (724 x 760) For 23 Rack Enclosure, 32.5 x 30 (826 x 760)
9 (4.1) 10 (4.5)
1-12
ADJUSTABLE FOUR-POST RACK
Adjustable Rail QuadraRack (ARQR) and Adjustable Rail ServerRack (ARSR)

The Adjustable Rail QuadraRack (ARQR) and the Adjustable Rail ServerRack (ARSR) provide a sturdy, feature-rich solution for supporting rack-mount network, computer server and data storage equipment in data centers, computer equipment rooms and other IT facilities. Both racks offer the strength and stability of an enclosure in an open four-post mounting system that provides easy access to equipment and cabling. The front and rear frames are welded to speed assembly and increase strength. Four brackets connect the front and rear corners of the frames. Front mounting rails attach to the front frame in a fixed position and align with the front of the rack or can be reversed for recessed mounting to maximize sideto-side airflow through network switches. Rear mounting rails are adjustable in depth and can extend beyond the rear of the frame. A second set of holes along the sides of the frame lets you add optional side-mounted equipment support rails and vertical power strips that are independent of the mounting rails and use no rack-mount space. The bottom of the rack is punched for easy floor attachment. Each rack includes a Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray with adjustable radius drops to allow easy side-to-side routing for patch cords. Use with any CPI cabling section (vertical cable manager) or Cable Guide Kits to organize cables along the sides of the rack. Attach CPI Cable Runway to the top of the rack with J-Bolts, a Cable Runway Elevation Kit or a Cable Runway Mounting Bracket to support overhead premise cables. A side panel is also available.
Features:
Available in three heights and two depths Adjustable Rail QuadraRack (ARQR) has threaded mounting holes that speed installation of patch panels, fiber enclosures and network switches. The Adjustable Rail ServerRack (ARSR) has square-punched mounting rails that let you change mounting hardware (cage nuts) to match specific computer server and data storage equipment mounting requirements. Each rack-mount unit is marked and numbered The front pair of mounting rails may be mounted to allow rack-mount unit numbering to start at the top or bottom of the rack The rear mounting rail adjusts in depth UL Listed 60950 Each rack will support up to 2200 lb (1000.0 kg) of equipment.
Rack Includes:
(2) mounting frames (4) horizontal braces (2) front mounting rails (2) rear mounting rails (1) top-mount cable tray (1) 7 rack-mount unit cable guide Assembly hardware: (1) Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block and Antioxidant Joint Compound ARSR includes (50) #12-24 cage nuts and screws ARQR includes (50) #12-24 screws
Mounting Rails can be flipped to change numbering from bottom-to-top or top-to-bottom
1-13

1525 Adjustable Rail QuadraRack and ServerRack, 19" Mounting Hole Style
1 2 3 4 #12-24 Threaded #12-24 Threaded Square-Punched Square-Punched
Rack Depth (B) in (mm)

23.62 (600) 35.43 (900) 23.62 (600) 35.43 (900)
Max. Rail Depth (C) in (mm)

29.52 (750) 41.33 (1050) 29.52 (750) 41.33 (1050)
Note: Min. Rail Depth is 15 (380 mm)
Color
1 2 7 Gray Computer White Black
Height (A) U
01 03 38 45 51
Height - in (mm)
72 (1800) 84 (2100) 96 (2400)
15 1525 X - X XX
1-14
Equipment Support Rail

Provides additional support for heavy rack-mount equipment. Attaches to the side of the Adjustable Rail QuadraRack or ServerRack Provides a .98W (25 mm) support surface for equipment Does not interfere with rack-mount unit spaces Supports 200 lb (90.7 kg) of equipment Includes assembly and installtion hardware
Part Number
15285-X01 15285-X02
Description Depth in (mm)

For 23.62 (600) Racks For 35.43 (900) Racks

7 (3.2) 11 (5.0)
X=Color; 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black
Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray

Use at the top of the Adjustable Rail QuadraRack and Adjustable Rail ServerRack or the Seismic Frame Two Post Rack to guide patch cords side-to-side or rack-to-rack One Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray is included with each rack; a second can be added to the rear of the rack; also works with Adjustable QuadraRack or Adjustable ServerRack 6W x 5.2D (152 mm x 132 mm) with adjustable radius bends that align with the vertical cable manager Made of steel
Part Number
15275-X01
Description
Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray

14 (6.4)
Cable Guide Kit

Organize cables as they enter the rack. 7U T-shaped cable guides snap onto the front or rear of the rack The openings in between the T-shaped guides align with each rack-mount unit on the rack Includes cable guides for one side (front or rear) of the rack
Part Number 15286-001 15286-003 15286-015

Color is black.
Description For 38U Racks For 45U Racks For 51U Racks
Shipping Weight lb (kg) 5 (2.3) 6 (2.7) 7 (3.2)
1-15
Side Panel
Used to cover the end of the rack and/or vertical cable managers at the end of a row on the Adjustable Rail QuadraRack or ServerRack. Solid side panel matches the height and depth of rack Made of steel Available in gray, computer white or black
Part Number 15270-X01 15270-X02 15270-X03 15270-X04 15270-X05 15270-X06
Description Rack Depth Rack Height in (mm) in (mm) 23.62 (600) 23.62 (600) 23.62 (600) 35.43 (900) 35.43 (900) 35.43 (900) 72 (1800) 84 (2100) 96 (2400) 72 (1800) 84 (2100) 96 (2400)
Shipping Weight lb (kg) 51 (23.1) 57 (25.9) 48 (21.8) 63 (28.6) 71 (32.2) 60 (27.2)
Fixed Equipment Mounting Rail

An additional pair of equipment mounting rails like the pair included on the front of the rack. Attach to the rear rack frame to create a solution with two mounting depths the depth of the rack and the depth of the rear adjustable rails; set between 15D (381 mm) and the rack depth. Attaches to the rear rack frame of the Adjustable Rail QuadraRack or Adjustable Rail ServerRack Includes installation hardware
Part Number 15259-X01 15259-X03 15259-X15 15260-X01 15260-X03 15260-X15
Description Threaded, for 38U Racks Threaded, for 45U Racks Threaded, for 51U Racks Square-Punched, for 38U Racks Square-Punched, for 45U Racks Square-Punched, for 51U Racks
Shipping Weight lb (kg) 20 (9.1) 23 (10.4) 26 (11.8) 19 (8.6) 22 (10.0) 25 (11.3)
Mounting Rails can be flipped to change numbering from bottom-to-top or top-to-bottom
1-16
Adjustable QuadraRack (AQR) and ServerRack (ASR)

The Adjustable QuadraRack and the Adjustable ServerRack provide a sturdy, cost-effective solution for supporting rack-mount network, computer server and data storage equipment in data centers, computer equipment rooms and other IT facilities. Both racks offer the strength and stability of an enclosure in an open four-post frame that provides easy access to equipment and cabling. Each rack will support up to 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) of equipment. The corner posts are C-shaped equipment mounting channels that provide front and rear support for 19W rack-mount equipment or shelves. The front and rear frames are welded to reduce assembly time. Four brackets connect the front and rear corners of the rack. The rack is available in four heights and four depth ranges. The front-to-rear depth of the mounting channels can be adjusted up to 5.91 (150 mm) in depth in .98 (25 mm) increments during assembly. The mounting channels are fixed in place once assembled to surround and protect equipment. The Adjustable QuadraRack has threaded mounting holes that make installation time of patch panels, fiber enclosures and network switches shorter. Adjustable ServerRack has square-punched holes that let you change mounting hardware (cage nuts) to match specific computer server and data storage equipment mounting requirements. Each rack-mount unit is marked on the channels making it easy to locate and position equipment. A second set of holes along the sides of the channels lets you add optional side-mounted Equipment Support Rails that use no additional rack-mount space.
Features:
Open design for unrestricted airflow and easy access to equipment and cabling Self-squaring assembly with welded front and rear frames reduces assembly time Mounting channels adjust in depth to provide front and rear support for equipment Maximizes floor space with a minimal rack footprint Rack components are bonded together during assembly Includes a Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block for easy attachment to the Telecommunications Grounding Busbar Choose square-punched or threaded equipment mounting holes Rack-mount unit spaces are marked on the mounting channels Easy to bay together to create multi-rack configurations Use with any CPI Cabling Section to manage cables Support large equipment on heavy-duty shelves or on side-mounted Equipment Support Rails UL Listed 60950 Supports 2000 lb (907.2 kg) of equipment
1-17

Front View
Adjustable QuadraRack and ServerRack Ordering Matrix

1521 Adjustable QuadraRack and ServerRack, 19" Mounting Hole Style
1 2 Square-Punched Square-Punched Square-Punched Square-Punched #12-24 Threaded #12-24 Threaded #12-24 Threaded #12-24 Threaded
Mounting Channel Depth Range (C) in (mm)

15.75 to 21.65 (400 to 550) 22.64 to 28.54 (575 to 725) 29.53 to 35.43 (750 to 900) 36.42 to 42.32 (925 to 1075) 15.75 to 21.65 (400 to 550) 22.64 to 28.54 (575 to 725) 29.53 to 35.43 (750 to 900) 36.42 to 42.32 (925 to 1075)
3 4 5 6
17.78 (451.6 mm) Opening 18.31 (465.1 mm) Hole Centers
7 8
Color
1 2 7 Gray Computer White Black
20.31 (515.9 mm)
Height
Side View
01 03
U
38 45 51 58
(A) - in (mm)
72 (1800) 84 (2100) 96 (2400) 108 (2740)
(B) - in (mm)
67 (1700) 79 (2000) 91 (2300) 103 (2620)
15
08
1521 X - X XX
Note: Mounting channel depth adjusts in .98 (25 mm) increments during assembly. The mounting depth is fixed once the rack is assembled. See the table on next page for a list of mounting channel depth settings by part number.
See next page for mounting channel details. Extra Heavy-Duty Sliding Shelf - see page 1-24 for details. 1-18

Top View Bottom View - Section A-A
Notes: 1. There are seven depth settings for each part number as listed in the table. 2. Each rack adjusts front-to-rear in depth up to 5.91 (150 mm) in .98 (25 mm) increments. 3. Rack mounting channel depth is fixed once assembled. 4. Overall Depth (D) is Channel Depth (C) + .21 (5.3 mm). 5. Floor Mounting Holes (E) are Channel Depth (C) - 3.28 (83.3 mm).
16.00 (406.4 mm) 20.31 (515.9 mm)
1.64 (41.6 mm) 2.16 (54.7 mm)
Mounting Channel Depth Settings and Dimensions by Part Number Part Numbers Adjustable QuadraRack Adjustable ServerRack Channel Depth (C) in
15.75 16.73 17.72 18.70 19.69 20.67 21.65 22.64 23.62 24.61 25.59 26.57 27.56 28.54 29.53 30.51 31.50 32.48 33.46 34.45 35.43 36.42 37.40 38.39 39.37 40.35 41.34 42.32
Overall Depth (D) in

15.96 16.94 17.93 18.91 19.90 20.88 21.86 22.85 23.83 24.82 25.80 26.78 27.77 28.75 29.74 30.72 31.71 32.69 33.67 34.66 35.64 36.63 37.61 38.60 39.58 40.56 41.55 42.53
Floor Mounting Holes (E) in

12.47 13.45 14.44 15.42 16.41 17.39 18.37 19.36 20.34 21.33 22.31 23.29 24.28 25.26 26.25 27.23 28.22 29.2 30.18 31.17 32.15 33.14 34.12 35.11 36.09 37.07 38.06 39.04
mm
400 425 450 475 500 525 550 575 600 625 650 675 700 725 750 775 800 825 850 875 900 925 950 975 1000 1025 1050 1075
mm
405.4 430.3 455.4 480.3 505.5 530.4 555.2 580.4 605.3 630.4 655.3 680.2 705.4 730.3 755.4 780.3 805.4 830.3 855.2 880.4 905.3 930.4 955.3 980.4 1005 1030 1055 1080
mm
316.7 341.6 366.8 391.7 416.8 441.7 466.6 491.7 516.6 541.8 566.7 591.6 616.7 641.6 666.8 691.6 716.8 741.7 766.6 791.7 816.6 841.8 866.6 891.8 916.7 941.6 966.7 991.6
15215-XXX
15211-XXX
15216-XXX
15212-XXX
15217-XXX
15213-XXX
15218-XXX
15214-XXX
1-19
Equipment Support Rails

Provide additional support for heavy rack-mount equipment. Attaches to the side of Adjustable QuadraRack or ServerRack Extends to match the depth of the rack Provides a 1.5W (38 mm) front-to-rear support surface for equipment Does not interfere with rack-mount space Supports 200 lb (90.7 kg) of equipment Includes assembly and installation hardware Available in gray, computer white or black
Part Number
15235-X01 15235-X02 15235-X03 15235-X04 15235-X05 15235-X06
Mounting Channel Depth in (mm)

15.75 to 19.69 (400 to 500) 20.67 to 24.61 (525 to 625) 25.59 to 29.53 (650 to 750) 30.51 to 34.45 (775 to 875) 35.43 to 39.37 (900 to 1000) 40.35 to 44.29 (1025 to1125)

5 (2.3) 6 (2.7) 7 (3.2) 9 (4.1) 10 (4.5) 12 (5.4)
Solid and Vented Shelves

Support heavy peripheral equipment in the Adjustable Rail/Adjustable Depth QuadraRack or ServerRack. 1U x 19W shelf with adjustable depth rear mounting brackets Supports 200 lb (90.7 kg) of equipment Solid or vented support surface; 17.68W (449.1 mm) Made of steel Includes assembly hardware Available in gray, computer white or black
Part Number Solid

15245-X01 15245-X02 15245-X03 15245-X04
Vented
15255-X01 15255-X02 15255-X03 15255-X04
Shelf Depth in (mm)

13.84 (351.5) 20.73 (526.5) 27.62 (701.6) 34.51 (876.6)
Mounting Channel Depth in (mm)

15.75 to 21.65 (400 to 550) 22.64 to 28.54 (575 to 725) 29.53 to 35.43 (750 to 900) 36.42 to 42.32 (925 to 1075)

10 (4.5) 12 (5.4) 15 (6.8) 18 (8.2)
1-20
Cable Runway Mounting Bracket

The Cable Runway Mounting Bracket attaches CPI Cable Runway to the top of the Adjustable QuadraRack or ServerRack. Aligns with the front, rear or side of the rack Supports 6W to 24W (150 mm to 600 mm) CPI Cable Runway S-shaped bracket is made of steel Measures 1.0H x 3.3W x 24.4L (25 mm x 84 mm x 620 mm) Includes installation hardware and J-bolts for Cable Runway Available in gray, computer white or black
Part Number
15205-X01

For 6 to 24 (150 to 600) Cable Runway

5 (2.3)
Note: May be wider or deeper than the rack footprint.
Extra Heavy Duty Sliding Shelf

Support extra heavy equipment in the Adjustable QuadraRack or ServerRack. 2U x 19W sliding shelf with adjustable depth rear mounting brackets Attaches to rack channels set 20.62 to 32.48D (525 to 825 mm) Supports 300 lb (136 kg) of equipment Solid support surface is 15.5W x 26D (393.7 mm x 660 mm) Shelf extends 24 (609 mm) and locks in the open and closed positions Made of steel Available in gray, computer white or black
Part Number
12700-X19
Description
19W Solid Shelf

29 (13.2)
1-21
FIXED FOUR-POST RACK
QuadraRack Server Frame

Designed specifically for rack-mount servers, the QuadraRack Server Frame offers the strength and stability of a cabinet, but in an open mounting system. Providing easy access for simplified installation and cabling, the QuadraRack Server Frame offers unrestricted airflow for improved cooling and heat dissipation. The unique, steel C-shaped channels with square holes and horizontal braces were designed to provide optimal torsional strength. We've made the horizontal braces quick and easy to install with the supplied carriage bolts. Since rack-mount servers require various types of mounting screws, cage nuts provide the flexibility. 19 EIA width Manufactured from aluminum and steel Painted black, gray and white powder coat, textured finish EIA-310-D Standard Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm-15.9 mm-12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern Square-punched mounting holes adapt with cage nuts (listed below) to match equipment mounting requirements Top Extension Pan Set provides two 6 x 16 (150 mm x 410 mm) cable access ports Frame depth is 29 (740 mm) with overall depth of 41 (1040 mm) from edge-to-edge of base angles Load Rating: 1000 lb (453.6 kg) weight must be evenly distributed and the rack must be properly secured to the floor
QuadraRack Server Frame Kit includes:

(4) Rack Channels (2) Base Angles (2) Top Angles (1) Extension Pan Set (8) Plate Nuts and Assembly Hardware (2) Horizontal Braces
Part Number
15053-X03
Description HxWxD Height - ft (m), Depth - in (mm)

7 (2.1) x 19 x 29 (740), 45U

77 (34.9)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black
Steel Channels with square holes adapt to server mounting screws
Square-Punched Hardware Kits (sold separately) Part Number

12637-001 12638-001 12639-001
Nominal Size
M-6 10-32 12-24
Package Of
25 25 25
Finish
Gold Over Zinc Zinc Black

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
1-22
FIXED FOUR-POST RACK
QuadraRack 4-Post Frame

The QuadraRack 4-Post Frame offers the strength and stability of a cabinet in an open mounting system. Enjoy easy equipment installation along with unrestricted airflow for improved cooling and heat dissipation. 19 EIA width Manufactured from aluminum EIA-310-D Standard Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm-15.9 mm-12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern, mounting holes are roll-formed #12-24 Ships unassembled Load Rating: 2000 lb (907.2 kg) weight must be evenly distributed and the rack must be properly secured to the floor
QuadraRack 4-Post Frame Kit includes:

(4) Rack Channels (2) Base Angles (2) Top Angles (1) Extension Pan Set (1) Bag of 100 Rack mounting screws Pilot Point #12-24 with combination Phillips/Straight head
Part Number
50120-X03 50120-X15 50120-X08 Not intended for rack-mount servers
Description HxWxD Height - ft (m), Depth - in (mm)

7 (2.1) x 19 x 29 (740), 45U 8 (2.4) x 19 x 29 (740), 51U 9 (2.7) x 19 x 29 (740), 58U

65 (29.5) 67 (30.4) 69 (31.3)
ExpandaRack
Convert a CPI two-post rack to a QuadraRack with ExpandaRack.
Part Number
50110-X03 50110-X15 50110-X08 50130-X03 50130-X15 50130-X08 50150-X99 50160-X99
Description HxWxD Height - ft (m), Depth - in (mm) ExpandaRack - Standard Rack

7 (2.1) x 19 x 29 (740), 45U 8 (2.4) x 19 x 29 (740), 51U 9 (2.7) x 19 x 29 (740), 58U

46 (20.9) 48 (21.8) 50 (22.7) 52 (23.6) 55 (24.9) 58 (26.3) 18 (8.2) 18 (8.2)
ExpandaRack - Universal Rack

7 (2.1) x 19 x 29 (740), 45U 8 (2.4) x 19 x 29 (740), 51U 9 (2.7) x 19 x 29 (740), 58U
ExpandaRack - Pan Set (W x D)

19 x 29 (740) Std Rack 19 x 29 (740) Universal Rack
1-23
FIXED FOUR-POST RACK ACCESSORIES
QuadraRack Accessories
Heavy Duty Fixed Shelf - Solid
Specially designed for QuadraRack. 1U x 19W x 29D (740 mm) shelf. Supports up to 200 lb (90.7 kg).
16351
Heavy Duty Fixed Shelf - Vented

Specially designed for QuadraRack. 1U x 19W x 29D (740 mm) vented shelf that optimizes airflow. Supports up to 200 lb (90.7 kg).
Extra Heavy Duty 4-Point Sliding Shelf

Specially designed to support heavy equipment. 2U x 19W x 26D (660 mm) sliding shelf, extends 24 (610 mm), adjusts between 20 and 34 (510 mm and 860 mm) mounting depth. Supports up to 300 lb (136.1 kg).
16350
Equipment Tie-Down Bracket

Prevents back-and-forth, side-to-side and up-and-down movement of shelfmount equipment. 3U x 19W x 23D (580 mm).
Dust Cover
Improves the appearance of QuadraRack 4-Post Frame and prevents the accumulation of dust and debris at the base.
Power Strips
12700
Both horizontal and vertical power strips can be mounted to the QuadraRack. These solutions can be found in Section 7.
Part Number
16351-X19 16350-X19 12700-X19 16342-X01 16342-X02 16356-X19 16341-X19
Description
Heavy Duty Fixed Shelf, Solid Heavy Duty Fixed Shelf, Vented Extra Heavy Duty Sliding Shelf* Rack Line-Up Spacer, Universal Rack Line-Up Spacer, Standard Equipment Tie-Down Bracket Rack Base Dust Cover

11 (5.0) 11 (5.0) 8 (3.6) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8)
16356
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5=Clear, 7=Black *12700-X19 not available in Clear
16341
1-24
SINGLE-SIDED SHELVES
Small Peripheral Shelf

This unique shelf is designed to hold small peripheral equipment in a central location. Each shelf typically holds two units and allows a convenient cable run down the inside of the rack channel. Mounting hardware not included. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Ideal for routers, switches and other small components 19 rack mountable, holds equipment up to 17.35W x 9.82D (440.7 mm x 249.4 mm) Supports up to 50 lb (22.7 kg)
Part Number
10758-101 10758-201 10758-501 10758-701
Color

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3)
Single-Sided Shelf
Provides a convenient 15D (380 mm) mounting shelf for miscellaneous equipment, test gear, etc. Mounting hardware not included. 19 version holds equipment up to 17.25W x 14.82D (438.2 mm x 376.4 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.25W x 14.82D (539.8 mm x 376.4 mm) Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Can be wall-mounted Supports up to 50 lb (22.7 kg) UL Listed (19 version only)
Part Number
Color 19 Rack

6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2)
40074-100 40074-200 40074-500 40074-700 40075-100 40075-200 40075-500 40075-700
23 Rack
1-25
SINGLE-SIDED SHELVES
Single-Sided Vented Shelf

Supports routers, switches, CPUs or any equipment requiring bottom ventilation. Mounting hardware not included. Wall, backboard or rack mountable 19 version holds equipment up to 17.25W x 14.82D (438.2 mm x 376.4 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.25W x 14.82D (539.8 mm x 376.4 mm) Made of strong, lightweight aluminum with airflow perforations Supports up to 50 lb (22.7 kg)
Part Number
Color 19 Rack

6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6)
40117-119 40117-219 40117-519 40117-719 40118-123 40118-223 40118-523 40118-723
23 Rack
16D (410 mm) Low Profile Shelf

Reduced height design saves on valuable rack space. Convenient for mounting smaller electronics, CPUs, laptops, etc. Center mount design is ideal for single sided racks Mounts to either front or back of rack channel face Mounting hardware not included 19 version holds equipment up to 17.25W x 15.82D (438.2 mm x 401.8 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.25W x 15.82D (539.8 mm x 401.8 mm) Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Supports up to 40 lb (18.1 kg)
Part Number
Color 19 Rack

4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3)
11293-119 11293-219 11293-519 11293-719 11293-123 11293-223 11293-523 11293-723
23 Rack
1-26
STEEL SHELVES
Standard Single-Sided Steel Shelf

Provides a convenient, economical rack or wall-mounted shelf for miscellaneous equipment, test gear, etc. Made of cold-rolled steel, this shelf is designed for price-conscious, high-volume customers while still offering quality. 19 rack mountable, holds equipment up to 17.25W x 14.75D (438.2 mm x 374.7 mm) May be rack or wall-mounted Sold individually, two per shipping carton Supports up to 35 lb (15.9 kg)
Part Number
40750-719
Description
Single-Sided Steel Shelf, Black

12 (5.4)
Standard Double-Sided Steel Shelf

Provides a convenient, economical rack or wall-mounted shelf with twice the shelf space for centered loading and deeper equipment handling. Made of cold-rolled steel, this shelf is designed for price-conscious, high-volume customers while still offering quality. 19 rack mountable, holds equipment up to 17.25W x 21.50D (438.2 mm x 546.1 mm) Mounts on double-sided racks only Supports up to 25 lb (11.3 kg) per side or 50 lb (22.7 kg) total
Part Number
40751-719
Description
Double-Sided Steel Shelf, Black

10 (4.5 )
4.80 (121.9 mm)
4.25 (108.0 mm)
9.37 (238.0 mm) 10.84 (275.3 mm)
1-27
DOUBLE-SIDED SHELVES
19D (480 mm) Low Profile Shelf

Reduced height design saves on valuable rack space. Convenient for mounting smaller electronics, CPUs, laptops, etc. Mounts to either front or back of rack channel face Mounting hardware not included 19 version holds equipment up to 17.25W x 18.82D (438.2 mm x 478.0 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.25W x 18.82D (539.8 mm x 478.0 mm) Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Supports up to 40 lb (18.1 kg)
Part Number
11294-119 11294-219 11294-519 11294-719 11294-123 11294-223 11294-523 11294-723
Color 19 Rack

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7)
23 Rack
Sun Microsystems CPU Shelf

The Sun Microsystems CPU Shelf was designed to accommodate side access for workstations, CPU and laptop applications. The unique flange-down design allows easy access to side mounted accessories such as DVD/CD drives. Made of sturdy lightweight aluminum Mounting hardware not included 19 version holds equipment up to 17.75W x 19D (450.9 mm x 480.0 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.75W x 19D (552.5 mm x 480.0 mm) Supports up to 50 lb (22.7 kg)
UP
Part Number
11744-119 11744-219 11744-519 11744-719 11744-123 11744-223 11744-523 11744-723
Color 19 Rack

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7)
23 Rack
1-28
Double-Sided Shelf
Provides centered loading for deeper and heavier equipment. Mounts on 3D (80 mm) double-sided racks only Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Mounting hardware not included. 19 version holds equipment up to 17.75W x 21.5D (450.9 mm x 546.0 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.75W x 21.5D (552.5 mm x 546.0 mm) Supports up to 100 lb (45.4 kg) UL Listed (19 version only)
Part Number
40108-X19 40108-X23
Description
For 19 Rack For 23 Rack

8 (3.6) 9 (4.1)
Double-Sided Vented Shelf

Convenient for mounting CPUs, test gear or any equipment requiring bottom ventilation. Mounting hardware not included. Airflow perforations for increased airflow around components 19 version holds equipment up to 17.75W x 21.5D (450.9 mm x 546.0 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.75W x 21.5D (552.5 mm x 546.0 mm) Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Supports up to 100 lb (45.4 kg)
Part Number
11231-X19 11232-X23
Description

8 (3.6) 9 (4.1)
26D (660 mm) Shelf

Extra deep design is convenient for mounting large CPUs, power supplies, laser printers or any equipment requiring additional support. Will fit inside most CPI rack enclosures (except P/N 11058 and wall enclosure). Mounting hardware not included. 19 version holds equipment up to 17.75W x 25.8D (450.9 mm x 655.8 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.75W x 25.8D (552.5 mm x 655.8 mm) Made of strong, lightweight aluminum UL Listed (19 version only) Supports up to 150 lb (68.0 kg)
Part Number
11054-X19 11054-X23
Description

10 (4.5) 10 (4.5)
1-29
Double-Sided Vented Low Profile Shelf

Reduced height design saves valuable rack space and perforated shelf keeps sensitive electronic equipment cool. Mounting hardware not included. Bottom ventilation for enhanced airflow circulation Made of strong, lightweight aluminum 19 version holds equipment up to 17.75W x 19.8D (450.9 mm x 503.4 mm) Mounts on 3D (80 mm) double-sided racks only Supports up to 60 lb (27.2 kg)
Part Number
Color 19 Rack

8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1)
11359-119 11359-219 11359-519 11359-719 11359-123 11359-223 11359-523 11359-723
23 Rack
Adjustable Monitor Shelf

Convenient for computer monitors or any equipment at any rack position. Mounting hardware not included. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum 19 version holds equipment up to 17.75W x 18D (450.9 mm x 460.0 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.75W x 18D (552.5 mm x 460.0 mm) For use with 3D (80 mm) double-sided racks only Supports 110 lb (49.9 kg) uniformly distributed
Part Number
Color 19 Rack

8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1)
11245-119 11245-219 11245-519 11245-719 11245-123 11245-223 11245-523 11245-723
23 Rack
1-30
MONITOR SHELVES
Adjustable Monitor Strap Shelf

Provides a secure and convenient way to secure monitor to shelf. Nylon straps loop securely over monitor corner clips and through slots in monitor shelf bracket. 11726 series includes adjustable monitor shelf only for use with the Tie-Down Kit 11725 series includes the Tie-Down Kit only 11628 series includes shelf with Tie-Down Kit Flexible design accommodates monitors of various shapes and sizes Shelf is made of sturdy, lightweight aluminum Rack-mounting hardware not included Shipping weight approximately 8 lb (3.6 kg) For 3D (80 mm) channel racks only 19 version holds equipment up to 17.75W x 18D (450.9 mm x 460.0 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.75W x 18D (552.5 mm x 460.0 mm) Supports up to 110 lb (49.9 kg) Tie-Down Kit consists of: (2) base brackets (2) corner clips (8) rubber pads (2) Saf-T-Grip Reusable Black Straps Assembly hardware
Tie-Down Kit Only

11725-101 11725-201 11725-501 11725-701
19 Adjustable Shelf Only

11726-119 11726-219 11726-519 11726-719
Part Number 23 Adjustable Shelf Only

11726-123 11726-223 11726-523 11726-723
19 Shelf with Tie-Down Kit

11628-119 11628-219 11628-519 11628-719

11628-123 11628-223 11628-523 11628-723
Color
1-31
Heavy Duty Equipment Shelf for 3 (80 mm) Channel

Convenient for mounting large CPUs, power supplies, laser printers or any equipment requiring additional support. 19 version holds equipment up to 17.75W x 19.8D (450.9 mm x 503.4 mm) 23 version holds equipment up to 21.75W x 19.8D (552.5 mm x 503.4 mm) Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Mounting hardware not included UL Listed (19 version only) Supports up to 200 lb (90.7 kg)
Part Number
Color 19 Rack

8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1)
11164-119 11164-219 11164-519 11164-719 11164-123 11164-223 11164-523 11164-723
23 Rack
Heavy Duty Equipment Shelf for 6 (150 mm) Channel

This shelf was added as a result of requests from users of our popular 6D (150 mm) Standard Racks. The shelf holds heavy equipment such as laser printers, large CPUs, power supplies, etc. Mounting hardware not included. This shelf will also mount on Seismic Frame Two Post Rack. 19 version holds equipment up to 17.75W x 19.8D (450.9 mm x 503.4 mm) Fits Standard Rack 6D (150 mm) and Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Supports up to 200 lb (90.7 kg)
Part Number
12293-119 12293-219 12293-519 12293-719
Color

10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5)
1-32
SLIDING SHELVES
Sliding Equipment Shelf

Provides a sliding shelf for front access to all equipment, test gear, etc. Mounting hardware not included. 18D (460 mm) shelf extends out an additional 16 (410 mm) from closed position Lockable in fully extended and fully retracted positions 19 version holds up to 16W x 17.5D (410 mm x 445 mm) equipment 23 version holds up to 20W x 17.5D (510 mm x 445 mm) equipment Mounts on 3D (80 mm) double-sided racks only Made of sturdy, lightweight aluminum Supports up to 100 lb (45.4 kg)
Part Number
11415-X19 11415-X23
Description

13 (5.9) 13 (5.9)
Extra-Extended Sliding Equipment Shelf

Provides a solution to the problem of racking todays extra-large network servers. With a full 25 (640 mm) extension, it is easy to access the back of network servers (or other large equipment). Mounting hardware not included. 19 holds up to 16W x 24D (410 mm x 610 mm) equipment 23 holds up to 20W x 24D (510 mm x 610 mm) equipment Extends 25 (640 mm) providing access to back of server Shelf locks in closed or fully open position Ships fully assembled Strong, lightweight aluminum construction Supports up to 150 lb (68 kg)
Note: To prevent tipping, rack must be properly attached to floor.
Part Number
12227-X19 12227-X23
Description

20 (9.1) 22 (10.0)
1-33
SPECIALTY SHELVES
anyServer Bracket
The anyServer Bracket is a simple, yet sturdy solution to secure virtually any server to a 19W, two-post open rack. It is the ideal, cost-effective system for retrofitting existing racks to accommodate one or more servers instead of reverting to a four-post rack or cabinet system. The anyServer Bracket can be adjusted to fit all of your servers requirements enabling you to keep the same mounting system even if you change equipment in the future. Purchase optional Supplementary Server Support Arms to firmly secure the tops of tall servers to the rack. In some instances, they can also help you mount your server if its captive screw holes are in the middle or top of the device. The anyServer Bracket comes with front and rear steel pans and four steel adjustable arms (with mounting hardware). Manufactured from cold rolled steel The server can be positioned 9 to 13 (230 mm to 330 mm) in front of the rack channel; mounting arms extend 4 (100 mm) total in .5 (10 mm) increments Square holes at the front of adjustable mounting arms for cage nuts (sold separately) Acorn nuts eliminate sharp edges Supplementary arms (purchased separately) provide extra support Load rating: - 1U bracket is 80 lb (36.3 kg) - 2U bracket is 120 lb (54.4 kg) Rack mounting hardware is not included
A split-pan design provides a broader surface area to support server weight
Part Number
12751-719 12752-719 anyServer Bracket shown on rack with server and optional Server Support Arms 12759-701
Description HxW (in)

1U x 19, Black Bracket 2U x 19, Black Bracket Supplementary Server Support Arms, Fixed, 1 Pair, 1U, Black

11 (5.0) 14 (6.4) 3 (1.4)
Square-Punched Hardware Kits (sold separately) Shipping Part Nominal Package Finish Weight Number Size Of lb (kg)
12637-001 12638-001 Optional Server Support Arm 12639-001 M-6 10-32 12-24 25 25 25 Gold Over Zinc Zinc Black 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
1-34
SPECIALTY SHELVES
Wall-Mount CPU Shelf

Use the CPI Wall-Mount CPU Shelf whenever you need to raise mini-tower CPUs or other equipment, up to 7.5W and 17D (191 mm and 430 mm), off the floor or desk. This lightweight aluminum shelf provides an attractive, easy method to save space, provide convenience and protect CPUs from ground level environment hazards. Mounting hardware not included. Mount on secure plywood backboard or wall studs Fits most mini-tower CPUs Made of sturdy, lightweight aluminum Usable Dimensions: 17.35W x 7.78D (440.7 mm x 197.6 mm) maximum Supports up to 35 lb (15.9 kg)
Note: CPI strongly recommends that this shelf be securely attached to wall studs or a 3/4 wooden backboard with three 1/4-10 x 2 lag screws.
Part Number
12332-101 12332-201 12332-501 12332-701
Color

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3)
Multi-Purpose Three Piece Shelf

Convenient, flexible design makes this shelf truly the most versatile shelf on the market today. With 16 potential configurations (shelf up/down, attach front/rear of rack to position adjustable shelf), theres no need to stock multiple shelves. Can be mounted on 19 rack or wall (single-sided version). Shelf packaged in 2H (50 mm) box reducing inventory space and shipping charges. Sold individually. One per standard shipping carton. Mounting hardware not included. Single-sided version is 12D and 17-1/2W (300 mm and 445 mm) Capacity is doubled when two shelves are mounted back-to-back on double-sided racks Made of sturdy, lightweight aluminum Supports up to 50 lb (22.7 kg)
Two shelves shown
Part Number
40752-119 40752-219 40752-519 40752-719
Color

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3)
1-35
DRAWERS
Redesigned to allow stackable units
Lockable Storage Drawer

CPIs improved Lockable Storage Drawer keeps backup media, software, manuals, laptops, test equipment and extra patch cords in close proximity to where they are typically used within a rack or cabinet. Lockable Storage Drawer is available for 19W or 23W racks and cabinets. It includes attachment brackets that allow center mounting on two-post racks with 3 or 6D (80 mm or 150 mm) equipment channels or front and rear attachment to four-post racks and cabinet systems with mounting rails that are adjusted between 24 and 39D (610 mm and 990 mm). Attaches to any CPI freestanding 19W or 23W rack or cabinet system Available in three heights: 2U, 3U and 4U Features 20D (510 mm) lockable drawer that extends full depth for easy access to stored equipment Redesigned to allow for stackable units Supports a 100 lb (45.4 kg) load (drawer and top surface combined)
Drawer with two-post mounting brackets
Part Number
Description 19 Rack or Cabinet Mount Depth - in (mm)
Drawer with four-post mounting brackets
13082-X19 13083-X19 13084-X19
2U Drawer, 20 (510) 3U Drawer, 20 (510) 4U Drawer, 20 (510)
18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 22 (10.0)
23 Rack or Cabinet Mount Depth - in (mm)

13082-X23 13083-X23 13084-X23 2U Drawer, 20 (510) 3U Drawer, 20 (510) 4U Drawer, 20 (510) 21 (9.5) 23 (10.4) 25 (11.3)
Drawer Dividers For Lockable Storage Drawer

Divide your Lockable Storage Drawer into three sections, approximately 5W (130 mm) each, to organize and store CD and tape cases. For use with the 3U and 4U drawers only.
Part Number
13185-X01
Description
Divider, 3U & 4U Drawers

3 (1.4)
1-36
MONITOR/KEYBOARD SHELVES
CPU/Monitor Shelf with Single Sliding Keyboard Tray

Provides convenient mounting of CPU or monitor and keyboard. Mounting hardware not included. Keyboard tray extends 8.6 (218 mm) 19W rack trays must use small footprint keyboard; maximum width 16.30 (414 mm) 19 holds equipment up to 17.75W x 19.82D (450.9 mm x 503.4 mm) 23 holds equipment up to 21.75W x 19.82D (552.5 mm x 503.4 mm) Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Supports up to 200 lb (90.7 kg)
Note: Small footprint keyboards are available from CPI. See Page 1-47 for part numbers.
Part Number 19 Rack

11487-X19 12487-X19
23 Rack
11487-X23

12 (5.4) 12 (5.4)
With Mouse Pad Tray

12487-X23
CPU/Monitor Shelf with Double Sliding Keyboard Trays

Similar to 11487 series except holds two keyboards. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Mounting hardware not included 19 holds equipment up to 17.75W x 19.8D (450.9 mm x 503.4 mm) 23 holds equipment up to 21.75W x 19.8D (552.5 mm x 503.4 mm) Keyboard tray extends 8.6 (218 mm) 19W rack trays must use small footprint keyboard; maximum width 16.30 (414 mm) Supports up to 200 lb (90.7 kg)
Note: Small footprint keyboards are available from CPI. See Page 1-47.
Part Number
11488-X19 11488-X23
Description

16 (7.3) 16 (7.3)
1-37
KEYBOARD TRAYS
Sliding Single Keyboard Tray

Provides retractable rack-mounting tray for keyboards up to 9.8D (249 mm). Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Extends 8 (200 mm) providing full access to keyboard Retracts out of the way when not in use 19 version holds up to 16.1W (409 mm) keyboards 23 version holds up to 20.1W (511 mm) keyboards Mounting hardware not included
Part Number
12062-X19* 12062-X23
2.86 (72.6 mm) 3.27 (83.1 mm)
Description

10 (4.5) 10 (4.5)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5=Clear, 7=Black *Must use small footprint keyboard. Also available, Sliding Double Keyboard Tray (P/N 11227-XXX). Visit www.chatsworth.com for details.
7.20 (182.9 mm) 15.88 (403.4 mm)
23 Full Size Sliding Keyboard & Mouse Tray

Convenient tray for holding keyboard and mouse. Mounting hardware not included. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Keyboard tray extends 8 (200 mm) for full access to all keys Tray and pad retract when not in use Holds keyboards up to 20.1W x 9.8D (511 mm x 249 mm) 9 x 7 (230 mm x 180 mm) mouse pad mounts in a choice of four convenient locations
Part Number
11690-123 11690-223 11690-523 11690-723
Color
Gray White Clear Black

12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4)
1-38
KEYBOARD TRAYS
Flush Mounted Sliding Keyboard Tray with Wrist Rest

Space-saving tray requires only 1U (44.45 mm) providing more space for mounting electronics. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Keyboard tray extends 11 (280 mm) for full access to all keys Ball bearing slides for smooth operation Locks in open position and retracts when not in use 19 version holds up to 16.37W x 7.67D (415.8 mm x 194.8 mm) keyboards 23 version holds up to 20.37W x 8.67D (517.4 mm x 220.2 mm) keyboards Mounting hardware not included
Part Number
15555-X19 15556-X23
Description

8.5 (3.9) 10 (4.5)
Flush-Mount Keyboard Tray

Provides retractable rack-mounting tray for most keyboards up to 8.5D (216 mm). Mounting hardware not included. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Extends 8 (200 mm) giving full access to keyboard, retracts when not in use 19 version holds up to 16.1W (409 mm) keyboards This tray does not support the mouse pad attachment
Part Number
12717-X19*
Description
For 19 Rack

8 (3.6)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5=Clear, 7=Black *19 rack tray must use small footprint keyboard.
1-39
KEYBOARD TRAYS
19 Full Size Sliding Keyboard & Mouse Tray

Holds full size keyboard up to 19.25W (489 mm) and mouse. Slide is mounted under shelf to provide maximum tray width. Mounting hardware not included. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Fits up to 19.25W x 9D (489 mm x 230 mm) keyboards Mouse pad tray is 10W x 8D (250 mm x 200 mm) Mouse pad retracts out of the way when not in use Extends approximately 9 (230 mm) for full access to keyboard
Note: Mouse pad on right side only
Part Number
12193-X01
Description
19 Sliding Keyboard Tray

9 (4.1)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5=Clear, 7=Black Also available, Mouse Pad Attachment (P/N 11692-XXX) and 23 Wrist Rest Attachment (P/N 12306-XXX). Visit www.chatsworth.com for details.
19 Full Size Sliding Keyboard Tray

Tray holds full size keyboard up to 19.25W (489 mm). Slide is mounted under shelf to provide maximum tray width. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Fits up to 19.25W x 9D (489 mm x 230 mm) keyboards Mounting hardware not included Extends approximately 9 (230 mm) for full access to keyboard
Note: Does not support the mouse pad attachment
Part Number
11546-X01
Description
19 Full Size Keyboard Tray

9 (4.1)
1-40
KEYBOARD TRAYS
Keyboard+Tray
The Keyboard+Tray features an IBM-compatible keyboard tray with 104 full-size keys. Features a built-in touchpad, two PS/2 standard connectors one for the keyboard, one for the touchpad (mouse) Requires only 1U Slides into the cabinet or rack when not needed Gold Contact Keyboards provide an extremely clean signal, improving the overall signal integrity Ships fully assembled; Mounting hardware not included
Keyboard without tray also available
Part Number
13490-719 13490-729 13480-719 13480-729 23480-001 23480-002
Description
2-Post, Keyboard+Tray, Black 2-Post, Keyboard+Tray, With Gold Contacts 4-Post, Keyboard+Tray, Black 4-Post, Keyboard+Tray, With Gold Contacts Keyboard Only Keyboard With Gold Contacts

13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
Space-Saving Stationary Keyboard Shelf

The CPI Space-Saving Stationary Keyboard Shelf was designed to be used in high-density server installations. The shelf incorporates a rigid 10 angled surface for keyboard support, providing comfortable and convenient keyboard positioning and operation. Made from strong, lightweight aluminum Available in 19W or 23W x 8.28D (210.3 mm) Mounting hardware not included
19W Part Number

12665-X19
23W Part Number

12665-X23

3 (1.4)
1-41
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
Rack Base Insulator Kit

Rack Base Insulator Kits electrically isolate the racks from the floor for an effective grounding and bonding system. Made of .062 (1.57 mm) thick phenolic insulating material and accepts up to 0.5 (10 mm) diameter screws. Used primarily on concrete floors, not needed for raised-floor applications. Kit consists of: (2) isolation plates (4) isolation grommets
Part Number
10605-019 10605-023
Description
Insulator Kit, 19 Rack Insulator Kit, 23 Rack

3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
Rack Line-Up Spacer Kit

Bolts and spacer securely attach two racks mounted side-by-side. Universal Rack Kit consists of: (2) spacer plates 1 x 3 x 1/8 (30 mm x 80 mm x 3.18 mm) thick aluminum (4) 5/16-18 x 2 hex cap screws (4) 5/16-18 hex nuts (8) 5/16 plain washers Standard Rack Kit consists of: (2) spacer plates 1 x 3 x 1/8 (30 mm x 80 mm x 3.18 mm) thick aluminum (4) 1/2-20 x 1 hex cap screws (4) 1/2-20 hex nuts (4) 1/2 plain washers
Kits for Universal Racks

40602-X00
Kits for Standard Racks

40702-X00

1 (0.5)
Rack and Frame Installation Kits

Required hardware for securing equipment racks and frames to both concrete and wood floors. Concrete Kit has four 3/8 thread component or four 1/2 thread components. Wood kit has four 3/8 thread components.
Part Number
40604-001 40604-003 40607-001
Floor Type
Concrete Floor, 3/8 Concrete Floor, 1/2 Wood Floor, 3/8
Finish
Zinc Zinc Zinc

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
1-42
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
Anchors
20067-001
Use to secure threaded rods or stud bolts in concrete or masonry. The 20067-001 Anchor is used with 3/8-16 threaded rods, and the 06001-004 Anchor used with 5/8-11 threaded rods. To install the 06001-004 Anchor, use the specially designed Anchor Setting Tool (P/N 06003-001).
Installation instructions included. Sold individually.
Part Number
20067-001 06001-004 06003-001
Description
3/8-16 Exp. Shield 5/8-11 Multi-Set Anchor Setting Tool
Length
2 2-1/2 N/A
Drill Dia.
5/8 7/8 N/A
Min. Hole Depth

2-1/8 2-1/2 N/A
06001-004
Raised Floor Rack Support

Used to support equipment racks installed on 4 to 36 (100 mm to 910 mm) height raised floor support systems. Enhances structural integrity during seismic events. Racks are mounted to sub or base floor using 5/8 threaded rods and steel brackets Steel brackets finished in gray color Kits consists of: (4) pre-cut threaded rods (4) Z brackets All mounting hardware
Note: To install the anchors, use the specially designed anchor setting tool (P/N 06003-001) sold separately.
3 (80 mm) Rack Channel

Rack with 3(80 mm) channel shown
19 Rack
10632-119 10629-119 10630-119 10631-119 13501-119 11760-119 11761-119 11762-119
23 Rack
10632-123 10629-123 10630-123 10631-123 13501-123 11760-123 11761-123 11762-123 11763-123 13515-123
Height of Floor in (mm)

4 to 10 (100 to 250) 10 to 16 (250 to 410) 16 to 22 (410 to 560) 22 to 28 (560 to 710) 30 to 36 (760 to 910) 4 to 10 (100 to 250) 10 to 16 (250 to 410) 16 to 22 (410 to 560) 22 to 28 (560 to 710) 30 to 36 (760 to 910)

15 (6.8) 18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 23 (10.4) 34 (15.4) 15 (6.8) 18 (8.2) 21 (9.5) 24 (10.9) 34 (15.4)
6 (150 mm) Rack Channel
P/N 13501
11763-119 13515-119
1-43
TOP & BASE ANGLES
Heavy Duty Top Angle

Optional top angle for CPI Universal, 3D (80 mm) Standard or 6D (150 mm) Standard Rack. Material is aluminum extrusion Top Angle is L-shaped, 1-1/2 x 2 x 1/4 (38 mm x 51 mm x 6.4 mm) thick Recommended for use in pairs with 10562-001 Universal Earthquake Bracing Kit Sold individually
Part Number 19 Rack Rack Width

19 23
23 Rack
10473-X02

3 (1.4)
A in (mm)
14.57 (370.1) 18.57 (471.1)
10473-X01
Top Angle
Optional top angles for CPI Universal Rack. Material is aluminum extrusion 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 (38 mm x 38 mm x 6.4 mm) Sold individually
Part Number 19 Rack

10375-X01
23 Rack
10375-X02

3 (1.4)
Base Angle
Optional base angle for CPI Universal Racks. Material is aluminum extrusion 3-1/2 x 6 x 3/8 (89 mm x 150 mm x 9.53 mm) Sold individually
Part Number 19 Rack

41021-X01
23 Rack
41021-X02

10 (4.5)
1-44
RACK DOLLY & FILLER PANEL
Mid-Size Rack Dolly

Allows rack to be easily moved, providing access to equipment for maintenance, testing, cleaning, etc. The front wheel may be locked to prevent unintentional movement. Two-piece construction of 1/4 (6.4 mm) aluminum Mounts to most CPI Universal and Standard Racks Adds 1-1/4 (31.8 mm) to racks height Full swivel capability allows racks to move easily Fits within CPI single rack enclosures Complete with hardware; sold in pairs Load capacity 750 lb (340.2 kg)
Note: Vertical cabling sections cannot be used on dolly-equipped racks. Also, dolly will not fit 6D (150 mm) Standard Rack.
Part Number
11643-X01
Description
Mid-Size Rack Dolly

24 (10.9)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5 = Clear, 7=Black
Filler Panels
For airflow control and/or equipment mounting. Filler Panels fill empty spaces between mounted equipment.
300
Filler Panels Thickness - in (mm)

24 25 26 27 1 2 5 7 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 3/16 (4.763) 3/16 (4.763) 1/8 (3.18) 1/8 (3.18)
Width
19 23 19 23
Color
Spaces - in (mm)
1.72 (43.7) 3.47 (88.1) 5.22 (132.6) 6.97 (177.0) 8.72 (221.5) 10.47 (265.9) 12.22 (310.4) 13.97 (354.8) 15.72 (399.3) 17.47 (443.7) 19.22 (488.2) 20.97 (532.6)
U
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
300
XX
XX
1-45
RACK DOLLY WHEELS & ROLLERS
Rack Universal Dolly Wheels

Allows rack to be moved, providing access to equipment for maintenance, testing, cleaning, etc. Wheels may be locked to prevent moving during assembly stages. Two-piece construction of 3/8 (9.53 mm) aluminum Holds any width self-support rack or frame Rack-mounting hardware included Supports up to 1000 lb (453.6 kg)
Note: Not to be used with enclosures.
Note: Vertical cabling sections cannot be used on dolly-mounted racks. Can be used with Universal, 3D (80 mm) Standard or 6D (150 mm) Standard Racks.
Part Number
10175-100 10175-200 10175-500 10175-700
Color

20 (9.1) 20 (9.1) 20 (9.1) 20 (9.1)
Rack Standard Rollers

Mount to CPI Universal and Standard racks, regardless of width Fixed rollers prevent rack from accidental turning Adds 2 (50 mm) to racks height Ships complete with installation hardware Supports up to 500 lb (226.8 kg)
Part Number
Color For 3D (80 mm) Rack Channel

8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6)
11554-101 11554-201 11554-501 11554-701 11554-103 11554-203 11554-503 11554-703
For 6D (150 mm) Rack Channel

1-46
EXTENSION KITS & GUARD RAILS
Rack Extension Kit

Provides additional height to existing Universal Self-Support Racks. Kit includes one pair of rack channels and four plates and assembly hardware. Heavy-duty splices insure structural integrity. Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm - 15.9 mm - 12.7 mm) hole pattern Mounting hardware is included; ships unassembled Not for use with CPI Standard Rack
Part Number
Color 12H (300 mm), 4U

4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7)
10565-112 10565-212 10565-512 10565-712 10565-124 10565-224 10565-524 10565-724
24H (610 mm), 11U

Equipment Guard Rail

Provides protection for equipment in racks from rolling ladders, test gear or tool boxes. Made of 1/4 x 2 (6.4 mm x 50 mm) aluminum bar Mounting hardware is included Sold individually
400
Guard Rails Stand Off - in (mm)

56 57 58 59 7 (180) 6.5 (165) 5.25 (133.4) 4.25 (108)
Color
1 2 5 7 Gray Computer White Clear Black
Width
19 23 19 Rack 23 Rack
400
XX -
XX
1-47
TOUCH-UP PAINT
Touch-Up Paint in Spray Can

Air dry lacquer for touching up finish. Matches color and gloss of CPIs textured paint. 12-ounce (340 g) pressurized can Air dries to hard finish in minutes
Note: Cannot be shipped via air.
Part Number
25400-100 25400-200 25400-700
Description oz (g)
12 (340) Can, Gray 12 (340) Can, White 12 (340) Can, Black

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Touch-Up Paint in Bottle

Air dry waterborne paint for touching up finish. Matches color and gloss of CPIs textured paint. 1-ounce (30 g) bottle with applicator
Part Number
25401-100 25401-200 25401-700
Description oz (g)
1 (30) Bottle, Gray 1 (30) Bottle, White 1 (30) Bottle, Black

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Rack Base Dust Cover

Improves appearance of self-support racks and prevents the accumulation of dust and debris at the rack base. Made of lightweight aluminum Snaps securely in place over the base assembly; no mounting hardware necessary For CPI Standard or Universal Racks with 3 or 6D (80 mm or 150 mm) channel
Part Number 19 Rack

41050-X19 42050-X19
23 Rack
41050-X23 42050-X23
35 Rack
N/A 42050-X35
Description in (mm)
3 (80) Rack Channel 6 (150) Rack Channel
1-48
PANEL ADAPTERS & SUPPORT BRACKET
Rack Panel Adapters (Pair)

Allows 19W equipment to be mounted on a 23W rack. Universal 5/8- 5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm - 15.9 mm - 12.7 mm) Joggled so that installed panels fit flush
Part Number
31410-X00 31420-X00 31430-X00 31440-X00 31450-X00
Description Height in (mm)

Adapter, Pair, 1U, 1.71 (43.4) Adapter, Pair, 2U, 3.46 (87.9) Adapter, Pair, 3U, 5.21 (132.3) Adapter, Pair, 4U, 6.96 (176.8) Adapter, Pair, 5U, 8.71 (221.2)

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5 = Clear, 7=Black
Equipment Support Bracket

The Equipment Support Bracket mounts on the rear of the rack channel to provide safety and additional support for deep or heavy electronic equipment panel or rack mounted on CPI Racks. Supports electronic equipment up to 24D (610 mm) and weighing up to 60 lb (27.2 kg) Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Overall depth is 13 (330 mm); chassis support lip is 1.5W (38 mm) Fits all EIA standard hole pattern rack channels
Part Number
Sold in pairs. Attachment hardware not included. 12312-X01
Description
Pair of Brackets

2 (0.9)
X=color: 1=Gray,2=White, 5=Clear, 7=Black
RMU Label Kits

Easy-to-read numbers take the guesswork out of aligning components. Two kits are available: 1-45U for 7 (2.1 m) racks and cabinets, 1-58U for 8 or 9 (2.4 m or 2.7 m) racks and cabinets Kit contains four individual label packs, enough for four racks or four cabinets Labels are constructed of W (10 mm) durable polyester film with adhesive backing and are black with rack-mount unit numbers printed in white
Part Number
11927-001 11927-002
Description
1-45U Label 1-58U Label

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
1-49
RACK CHANNEL STANDOFFS
Rack Channel Standoffs

Rack Channel Standoffs offer solutions to many electronic component positioning problems including: Adding deeper electronic components to existing CPI Wall Racks, Heavy Duty Wall Racks, Universal Swing Gate Wall Racks, Standard Swing Gate Wall Rack or Self-Support Racks Providing improved patch panel cable transitioning when a doublesided cabling section is used with a 3(80 mm) Rack Channel; use 1-1/2 (38 mm) Rack Channel Standoff Repositioning rack-mounted electronic components to redistribute component weight or to realign component for whatever reason Available in three depths and six heights Packaged one pair per box
Part Number
Overall Height
Mounting Holes

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 4 (1.8) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 4 (1.8) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 4 (1.8)
3 Depth (80 mm)

12309-X01 12309-X02 12309-X03 12309-X04 12309-X05 12309-X10 12310-X01 12310-X02 12310-X03 12310-X04 12310-X05 12310-X10 12311-X01 12311-X02 Front of channel tapped with #12-24 threaded holes, EIA 310 Universal holes spacing 12311-X03 12311-X04 12311-X05 12311-X10 1U 2U 3U 4U 5U 10U 1U 2U 3U 4U 5U 10U 1U 2U 3U 4U 5U 10U 3 6 9 12 15 30 3 6 9 12 15 30 3 6 9 12 15 30
6 Depth (150 mm)
1-1/2 Depth (38 mm)
1-50
PANEL ADAPTER
Panel Adapter with Cable Management, Single-Sided, 23 to 19

CPI offers a solution for those who have 7H (2.1 m) x 23W racks and need to mount 19 equipment along the entire length of the rack. Existing panel adapters are typically composed of two side panels which reduce the mounting width and center the equipment. CPIs unique design performs the reduction on one side. Not only can you mount 19 equipment, but you also have room for cable management on the wide adapter panel. Eight 2.25 (57.2 mm) oval pass-through ports with edge protectors provide cable access from front to rear of the panel. In addition, there are seven threaded holes along the front surface of the panels for mounting optional Center Grommet Buckle Saf-T-Grip Cable Management Straps to provide strain relief and vertical cable management. Includes (50) pilot point #12-24 mounting screws with combination Phillips/Straight heads Saf-T-Grip straps are optional Split design allows you to adapt half or all of a 7H (2.1 m) relay rack Adapter panels mount on right or left side of rack Panels are joggled to maintain uniform mounting surface plane For lightweight applications (patch panels & cable management)
Part Number
Description/Color 7 (2.1 m) Panel Adapters

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3)
13044-103 13044-203 13044-503 13044-703
OPTIONAL: Saf-T-Grip Center Grommet Cable Management Straps (Pkg. of 25) W x L - in (mm)
06006-201 06006-203 06009-201 06009-203 06012-201 06012-203 3/4 x 6 (19.1 x 150), Black 3/4 x 6 (19.1 x 150), Royal Blue 3/4 x 9 (230 x 19.1), Black 3/4 x 9 (230 x 19.1), Royal Blue 3/4 x 12 (300 x 19.1), Black 3/4 x 12 (300 x 19.1) Royal Blue 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
1-51
MISCELLANEOUS SCREWS
Combination Pan Head, Pilot Point, Mounting Screws

The #12-24 Combination Pan Head, Pilot Point Mounting Screws attach equipment to racks and cabinets. A cutting notch in the thread removes paint in threaded holes to improve metal-to-metal contact. The pilot point reduces cross-threading. The combination head can be used with #3 Phillips and slotted screwdrivers. Available in choice of zinc plated or black finish in packages of 50 and 1000
Part Number
40605-001 40605-004 40605-005 40605-006
Nominal Size
12-24 12-24 12-24 (Black) 12-24 (Black)
Package Of
50 1000 50 1000

1 (0.5) 9 (4.1) 1 (0.5) 9 (4.1)
Combination Pan Head, Pilot Point, Sems Mounting Screws

Similar to 40605 except includes captive lock washer. Zinc plated finish
Part Number
40606-001
Nominal Size
12-24
Package Of
50

1 (0.5)
Threaded Adapters
Converts 12-24 rack channel mounting threads to either M6 or 10-32 threads to allow captive thumb screws on equipment to secure in position.
Part Number
16343-001 16344-001
Description
12-24 to M6, Pkg. of 2 12-24 to 10-32, Pkg. of 2

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
1-52
HIGH DENSITY PATCHING FRAME

Structured Termination Products are pre-configured frames designed specifically to hold 110-style or 66-style blocks or patch panels. Use Structured Termination Products to support main, intermediate or horizontal cross-connects.
High Density Patching Frame

Designed to maximize support of patch panels, the High Density Patching Frame combines the benefits of CPIs 2-post open racks and vertical cable management into a single package. High-density cable management fins provide an integrated vertical pathway for premise cabling and facilitate adherence to bend radius requirements Inverted U-shaped tabs formed into the cable management fins provide a quick method for securing premise cabling with Saf-T-Grip Cable Management Straps Cable management rings and integrated upper jumper tray provide slack management for patch cords Feed patch cords front-to-rear through edge-protected pass-through ports Base angles are pre-punched for direct attachment to building structure and feature a U-shaped cut-out for cable delivered from under a raised floor Connect Frames side-by-side into continuous rows with an accessory baying kit Attach Cable Runway to the top of the frame with J-bolts in the perpendicular orientation or a Mounting Kit in the parallel orientation
Specifications:
Overall dimensions of 86.0H x 29.1W x 18.6D (2184 mm x 739 mm x 472 mm) Provides 45U x 19W of mounting space Features EIA-310-D, Universal spacing, threaded #12-24 mounting holes Frame components are aluminum, while cable rings are an engineered polymer Finished with black, powder coat paint Ships unassembled and individually packaged Assembly requires one person, a standard ratchet/wrench set, screwdriver and square Attach to building structure using one Rack Installation Kit per frame Supports 750 lb (340.2 kg) of able and equipment; 110 lb (49.9 kg) maximum per cable fin
Part Number
55100-703 55104-701 55105-712 55105-718 Integrated top jumper trough provides smooth transition Unique fins support large bundles of cable 55105-724
Description
7H (2.1 m) x 19W High Density Patching Frame, Black Baying Kit, Black 12W (300 mm) Runway Mounting Kit 18W (460 mm) Runway Mounting Kit 24W (610 mm) Runway Mounting Kit

63 (28.6) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
1-53
XLBET 110A BLOCK MOUNTING SYSTEM
XLBET 110A Block Mounting System

The Extra Large Building Entrance Terminal (XLBET) 110A Block Mounting System is designed for high-density, space-saving 110A (with legs) style block mounting. The 8W x 6.6D (200 mm x 168 mm) large wire managers provide distinct vertical and horizontal cable and jumper pathways for efficient space usage. The basic frame (23 or 35), mounting bars and the small and large wire managers are available under one part number. The XLBET 110A Block Mounting System ships completely assembled for quick, easy installation. Ships fully assembled for quick, easy installation Supports 300 pair 110A style blocks 3600 pair in two columns to 5400 pair in three columns can be mounted per side depending on the frame selected Double-sided version provides 7200 to 10,800 pair depending on the frame selected Horizontal and vertical cable managers provide clearly defined cable routing of large quantities of cross-connect wires 6D (150 mm) rack channel provides extra cable capacity 11810-X36 Kit (3600 pair/12 blocks/single sided) consists of: (1) 23 Standard Rack, 6D (150 mm) (P/N 66383-X03) (6) Mounting Bars (3) Large Wire Managers, (3) Small Wire Managers 11810-X72 Kit (7200 pair/24 blocks/double-sided) consists of: (1) 23 Standard Rack, 6D (150 mm) (P/N 66383-X03) (12) Mounting Bars (6) Large Wire Managers, (6) Small Wire Managers 11910-X54 Kit (5400 pair/18 blocks/single-sided) consists of: (1) 35 Standard Rack, 6D (150 mm) (P/N 66363-X03) (6) Mounting Bars (3) Large Wire Managers, (3) Small Wire Managers 11910-X80 Kit (10800 pair/36 blocks/double-sided) consists of: (1) 35 Standard Rack, 6D (150 mm) (P/N 66363-X03) (12) Mounting Bars (6) Large Wire Managers, (6) Small Wire Managers
Part Number
Shown with wiring blocks (not included)
23 Width 3600 Pair

11810-136 11810-236 11810-736
35 Width 5400 Pair

11910-154 11910-254 11910-754
7200 Pair
11810-172 11810-272 11810-772
10,800 Pair
11910-180 11910-280 11910-780
Color
Gray White Black
1-54
STRUCTURED TERMINATION PRODUCTS
XLBET Mounting Bar

Purchase additional mounting bars as needed for the XLBET Block Mounting Frame System. Mounting hardware not included Sold Individually 8/32 tapped holes
Part Number 23 Mounting Bar

11770-X23
35 Mounting Bar
11880-X35
XLBET Small Wire Manager

Purchase additional small wire managers as needed for the XLBET Block Mounting Frame System. Mounting hardware not included Sold Individually

11771-X23
35 Mounting Bar
11881-X35
XLBET Large Wire Manager

Purchase additional large wire managers as needed for the XLBET Block Mounting Frame System. Mounting hardware not included Sold Individually

11772-X23
35 Mounting Bar
11882-X35
1-55
STRUCTURED TERMINATION SYSTEMS
MDF 66 Block Mounting System 19 and 35

Use the MDF 66 Block Mounting System for main distribution, centralized equipment or PBX applications requiring a high-density, space-saving 66 Block Mounting System. U-shaped cable loops route jumper cables between blocks. The 6D (150 mm) rack channel provides extra space for premise cables. The frame can be junctioned together in multiple frame line-ups. The 66 Block Mounting System is pre-assembled and ready-to-go right out of the box. Black mounting screws (#12-24) are included. System ships fully assembled 1200 to 2700 pair can be mounted per side depending on the frame selected Double-sided version provides 2400 to 5400 pair depending on the frame selected Large cable loops attached along top provide efficient cable management Supports 66M1-25, 66M1-50, 66M4-50, 66M4-100 blocks as well as 66 Type Blocks with side mounted connectors (pair count will be less due to additional space requirement) 12577-X12 Kit (24 blocks/1200 pair/single-sided) consists of: (1) 19 Standard Rack, 6D (150 mm) (P/N 66353-X03) (3) 6 Block Mounting Brackets (P/N 11177-X01) P/N 12577-X12 12577-X24 Kit (48 blocks/2400 pair/double-sided) consists of: (1) 19 Standard Rack, 6D (150 mm) (P/N 66353-X03) (6) 66 Block Mounting Brackets (P/N 11177-X01) 12578-X27 Kit (54 blocks/2700 pair/single-sided) consists of: (1) 35 Standard Rack 6D (150 mm) (P/N 66363-X03) (3) 66 Block Mounting Brackets (P/N 11188-X01) 12578-X54 Kit (108 blocks/5400 pair/double-sided) consists of: (1) 35 Standard Rack, 6D (150 mm) (P/N 66363-X03) (6) 66 Block Mounting Brackets (P/N 11188-X01)
Part Number 19 Width 1200 Pair Kit

12577-X12
2400 Pair Kit

12577-X24
35 Width 2700 Pair Kit

12578-X27
5400 Pair Kit

12578-X54
P/N 12578-X27
1-56
MOUNTING BRACKETS
66 Block Mounting Brackets

Used to organize and manage 66 blocks at one convenient location. Includes U-shaped cable loops to route jumper cables between blocks. 19 Mounting Bracket: 8 blocks (2 rows of 4), 400 pair, 5 cable loops 35 Mounting Bracket: 18 blocks (2 rows of 9), 900 pair, 10 cable loops Mounting hardware not included
Part Number 19 Mounting 35 Mounting Bracket Bracket

11177-101 11177-201 11177-501 P/N 11177-X01 11177-701 11188-101 11188-201 11188-501 11188-701
Color
Block Mounting Bar, Rack-Mounted

For mounting terminal blocks, card files and other equipment on 19 and 23 racks. Angle mounting bars are 1/8 (3.18 mm) cold-rolled steel T-mounting bars are 1/8 (3.18 mm) extruded aluminum Hole patterns are 12-24 tapped on 7/16 (11.113 mm) centers Supports 66/89 Blocks Sold individually 3001
Mounting Bars Type (Angle or T-Bar)

3 4 5 6 19 (Angle) 23 (Angle) 19 (T-Bar) 23 (T-Bar)
Color
3001
XXX
1-57
TERMINATION PRODUCTS ACCESSORIES
Panel Hinges
Versatile 1.75H (44.45 mm) rack-mounting hinges provide rear access to patch panels or other shallow equipment by allowing them to swing outward. Made from high strength black composite material. Sold in pairs with mounting hardware included Supports up to 30 lb (13.6 kg) per pair
Part Number
11520-001
Description
Hinges, Pair

1 (0.5)
Hinged Panel Mounting Bracket

Provides easy access to back of wall or rack-mounted panels. Can be mounted to open left or right Available in 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 mounting space, 1.75H (44.45 mm), 4 or 8D (100 mm or 200 mm) and 19W Mounting hardware not included Supports up to 30 lb (13.6 kg) load P/N 11523-X04 1152
Hinged Panel Mounting Bracket Height - in (mm)

1 2 3 4 5 3.50 (88.9), 2U 5.25 (133.4), 3U 7.00 (177.8), 4U 8.75 (222.3), 5U 10.5 (267.0), 6U
Color
Depth - in (mm)
04 08 4 (100) 8 (200)
1152
XX
1-58
CABINET & ENCLOSURE SYSTEMS

Cabinets, Thermal Products, Cable and Fiber Management & Accessories
INSIDE SECTION 2: F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet Fiber Management for TeraFrame M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet E-Series ISP Co-Location Cabinet Seismic Frame Cabinet Electronic Locking System Thermal Management Cable Management Shelves/Monitors/Drawers Accessories
Page 2-5 Page 2-20 Page 2-27 Page 2-32 Page 2-38 Page 2-41 Page 2-45 Page 2-47 Page 2-48 Page 2-50 Page 2-56 Page 2-60 Page 2-68

Use CPI Cabinet and Enclosure Systems to store multiple servers or various pieces of computer equipment, provide extra security and enhanced thermal management, or hide cables and devices for a more professional appearance. The patent pending innovations found in CPIs thermal management accessories make the most of your data centers cooling system by eliminating bypass and re-circulation of hot exhaust air.
CPI Cabinet and Enclosure Systems include:

High-quality construction and design Four vertical mounting rails for four-point attachment Standard EIA-310-D hole pattern High static load rating, ranging from 800 lb (362.9 kg) to 2500 lb (1134 kg) Large open base for cable entry and exit Rack-mount unit markings on most rails and channels for fast equipment mounting
New Products:
TeraFrame 800 mm Vertical Exhaust Duct Page 2-9
TeraFrame Accessories: Page 2-11 through 2-15
2-2

F C D E G
B A
Cabinet & Enclosure Systems

Product Description Metric footprint cabinet is available in three widths, 12 heights and 17 depths (612 standard frame sizes). Welded steel and bolted aluminum four-post frame includes two pairs of sliding, continuously adjustable mounting rails and has internal cable management space. Used to support high-density server applications and network cabling, switches and routers. TeraFrame-style network equipment cabinet has extra space along the front, rear and side for cable management. Available with an internal Network Switch Exhaust Duct designed specifically to control side-to-side airflow for network switch equipment that guides hot air out the rear of the cabinet. Load Rating lb (kg) 2500 (1134)
A Cabinet System
Page 2-5
F-Series TeraFrame
B Network Cabinet
Page 2-20
N-Series TeraFrame
2500 (1134)
M-Series MegaFrame Wide footprint cabinet with adjustable depth equipment mounting rails and 3 (80 C Cabinet System mm) of internal cable management space on both sides. Bolted aluminum construction, may be delivered partially assembled. Used to support network routers Page 2-32 and switches or high-density server applications in data centers.
2000 (907.2)
D Cabinet System
Page 2-38
C-Series SlimFrame
Narrow footprint enclosed cabinet with adjustable depth equipment mounting rails and 1 (30 mm) of internal cable management space on both sides. Minimal 24 (610 mm) overall footprint matches the width of access floor tiles in the United States. Bolted aluminum construction, may be delivered partially assembled. Used to support servers and data storage equipment in data centers. Wide or narrow footprint cabinet with adjustable depth equipment mounting rails and internal cable management space. Welded, steel frame construction has a single-color finish. Used to support servers and data storage equipment or network routers and switches in data centers. Special wide footprint MegaFrame Cabinet with three separate compartments for secure multi-user applications. Bolted aluminum construction, may be delivered partially assembled. Used in co-location facilities or on the customer premise when multiple services or tenants share an equipment room. Special wide footprint MegaFrame Cabinet internally braced for use in Zone 4 areas. Delivers fully assembled. Used in seismic zones to provide added protection for equipment.
2000 (907.2)
E Cabinet System
Page 2-41
T-Series SteelFrame
2000 (907.2)
E-Series ISP F Co-Location Cabinet Page 2-45 Seismic Frame G Cabinet Page 2-47
2000 (907.2)
800 (362.9 )
2-3
CABINET SYSTEMS
Cabinet Systems
CPI continuously provides flexibility in meeting the challenges of changing data and telecommunications technology. To meet these changes, CPI develops cabinets that are well-designed, forwardthinking and versatile. The chart below lists the main style differences of CPIs cabinet families. Cabinets are available in several styles and sizes with a choice of included equipment mounting rails, side panels and doors.
When selecting a CPI Cabinet consider:

Overall and usable width and depth Rack-mount unit required Aluminum or steel construction Style of equipment mounting rail (five to choose from) Door style (five styles including double doors) Cabinets are available without doors, sides or tops Color Fully or partially assembled
Product Comparison Cabinet & Enclosure Systems

Product F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System Page 2-5 N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet Page 2-20 M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet System Page 2-32 M-Series 48 MegaFrame Cabinet Page 2-36 C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet System Page 2-38 T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet System Page 2-41 E-Series ISP Co-Location Cabinet Page 2-45 Seismic Frame Cabinet Page 2-47 Overall/Rack-Mount Material & Width - in (mm) Construction
23.6 (600)/19 EIA 27.6 (700)/19 EIA 31.5 (800)/19 EIA 31.5 (800)/ 19 EIA 27.3 (693)/19 EIA 31.3 (795)/23 EIA 31.3 (795)/19 EIA* 27.3 (693)/19 EIA 31.3 (795)/23 EIA
Key Attribute
Partially Assembled
No
Steel and Aluminum, Metric footprint available in 612 Welded and Bolted standard frame sizes
Steel, Welded***
Controls side exhaust airflow from switches; Cisco and Juniper compatible No versions available 3 (80 mm) of internal cable management space along both sides of equipment Secure half a rack (25U) of equipment Fits over 24W (610 mm) access floor tile Fits floor tile or available in wide footprint with additional cable management space Three secure compartments in one cabinet Yes
Aluminum, Bolted**
Aluminum, Bolted
Yes
24 (610)/19 EIA
Aluminum, Bolted Steel and Aluminum, Welded and Bolted Aluminum, Bolted Aluminum, Bolted with Inner Steel Frame
Yes
24 (610)/19 EIA 27.3 (693)/19 EIA 27.3 (693)/19 EIA 31.3 (795)/23 EIA
No
Yes
27.3 (693)/19 EIA
Rated for use in Zone 4 seismic areas
No
*Use a 23"-19" Rail Adapter Kit to convert the cabinet. This cabinet has 5 (130 mm) of cable management space along both sides. **Aluminum extrusion with an anodized finish. Doors, top and side panels are painted. ***Steel cabinets are fully welded and painted a single color.
2-4
F-SERIES TERAFRAME CABINET SYSTEM
The F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System

Metric footprint for international use Available in three widths, 12 heights and 17 depths (612 standard sizes)
Choose a solid top panel with two (server-style) or four (network-style) large brush-sealed network cable access ports or use the Vertical Exhaust Duct option with high heat density applications to isolate and remove hot air from the room
Includes two pairs of sliding, continuously adjustable equipment mounting rails to provide front and rear support for 19 EIA-310-D compliant rack-mount equipment and shelves Mounting rails have 1.75H (44.45 mm) rack-mount units and are available with square-punched or threaded attachment points; rack-mount unit spaces are marked and numbered on each mounting rail
Welded steel and bolted aluminum frame construction supports up to 2500 lb (1134.0 kg) of equipment Choose solid or vented easy to remove side panels; side panels have recessed spring-loaded latches with keyed locks; cabinets can be bayed (side-by-side) with side panels installed Choose a solid metal, perforated metal or double perforated metal rear door
Choose from seven styles of latch-lock combinations; all doors have swing handles with a single-point or two-point slam or cam latch and keyed, combination or electronic lock
The mounting rails, top panel, side panels and doors are electrically bonded to the cabinet frame; a ground terminal block is included to attach the frame to the CBN or TGB
Choose a solid Lexan, solid metal or perforated metal front door; doors are reversible to open from the right or left and can be quickly removed during equipment installation or service work
Organize network cables, power strips and power cords along the sides of the cabinet with optional side-mounted vertical cable managers and vertical power strip managers Use optional CPI Passive Cooling Solutions (thermal management acccessories) to control airflow through, over and around the cabinet to eliminate hot spots and improve equipment cooling
Open base for cable entry; includes leveling feet and floor attachment brackets (casters are available as an accessory)
Available in 612 standard sizes Static load rating up to 2500 lb (1134 kg) 2-5
F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System

The F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System helps organize, store and secure computer, data storage and network equipment in the data center, computer room or network environment. Every cabinet includes two pairs of sliding, continuously adjustable equipment mounting rails to provide critical front and rear support for equipment. Square-punched or tapped EIA-310-D compliant equipment mounting rails guarantee compatibility with most rack-mount equipment. Plus, each rack-mount unit is marked and numbered on all mounting rails making it easy to locate and attach equipment. Top panels have large brush-covered cable openings that will handle large bundles of cables while preventing undesirable hot air re-circulation. Side panels have a recessed locking spring-loaded latch and can be easily removed to access equipment. Cabinets can be bayed with side panels installed or uninstalled. Doors and side panels are either solid or perforated (mesh). Doors feature a swing handle for better security. There are seven latch lock styles to choose from. Combine F-Series TeraFrame with thermal and cable management accessories to create a custom solution that fits your exact needs.
Cabinet Specifications:
Available in 12 heights, three widths and 17 depths Provides front and rear support for 19W EIA equipment and shelves with two pairs of adjustable depth rack-mount unit marked and numbered equipment mounting rails Includes grounding and bonding kit Includes leveling feet and floor anchor brackets Can be ordered with or without top panel, side panels and doors Choose from seven door latch-lock combinations Welded steel and bolted aluminum frame construction Load rating: 2500 lb (1134 kg) for 23.6 (600 mm) wide cabinets 2000 lb (907.2 kg) for 27.6 (700 mm) wide cabinets 2000 lb (907.2 kg) for 31.5 (800 mm) wide cabinets UL Listed 60950
Cabinet Includes:
(1) Four-post frame (painted finish) (4) Vertical Mounting Rails (square-punched or tapped) (1) Grounding/Bonding Kit (2) Locking, Solid or Vented Side Panels (optional) (1) Front Door (optional) (1) Rear Door (optional) (1) Top Panel (optional) (4) Leveling Feet (4) Floor Anchor Clamps (2) Mounting Brackets for a 68.5L (1740 mm) CPI Vertical Power Strip/PDU in 42U or 47U cabinets (1) Bag of 25 Each M6 Cage Nuts and Screws (square-punched rails) (1) Bag of 50 Each #12-24 Rack Channel Mounting Screws (tapped rails)
See following pages for details.

2-6

Use the part number configurator below to create a custom TeraFrame. Choose the Height, Width, Depth, Rail Style, Front Door, Rear Door, Latch, Color, Top Panel Style and Side Panel Style. Example part number: FF2J-112A-C22
F
1. Height Cabinet in mm
46.8 67.8 78.3 80.0 81.8 83.5 85.3 87.0 88.8 90.5 92.3 94.0 1189 1722 1989 2032 2078 2121 2167 2210 2256 2299 2344 2388
H W D - R FD RD L - C TP SP
0 1 2 3 4 0 2 4 5 6 10. Side Panel Style None Solid, 1 each Solid, 2 each Vented, 1 each Vented, 2 each
Frame in mm
46.6 67.6 78.1 79.9 81.6 83.4 85.1 86.9 88.6 90.4 92.1 93.9 1184 1717 1984 2029 2073 2118 2162 2207 2250 2296 2339 2385
U
24 36 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
A B C D E F G H J K L M
9. Top Panel Style None Network, 4 Cable Openings Server, 2 Cable Openings Vertical Exhaust Duct System1, 20-34H (508 mm-863 mm) Vertical Exhaust Duct System1, 34-60H (863 mm-1523 mm)
2. Width Cabinet in mm
23.6 27.6 31.5 600 700 800
1 Use on 45.1D (1147 mm) to 50.1D (1297 mm) cabinets only. Recommend the use of an optional front air dam
EIA
19 19 19
Frame in mm
23.4 27.3 31.3 594 694 794
1 2 3
C D E F A B C D E F K N 0 1 2 3
8. Color Black Signature Blue Glacier White Steel Gray
3. Depth Cabinet in mm
35.3 36.3 37.3 38.2 39.2 40.2 41.2 42.2 43.2 44.2 45.1 46.1 47.1 48.1 49.1 50.1 51.0 897 922 947 972 997 1022 1047 1072 1097 1122 1147 1172 1197 1222 1247 1272 1297
Rails in mm
28.6 29.6 30.6 31.5 32.5 33.5 34.5 35.5 36.5 37.4 38.4 39.4 40.4 41.4 42.4 43.3 44.3 726 751 776 801 826 851 876 901 926 951 976 1001 1026 1051 1076 1101 1126
Frame in mm
31.5 32.5 33.5 34.4 35.4 36.4 37.4 38.4 39.4 40.4 41.3 42.3 43.3 44.3 45.3 46.3 47.2 800 825 850 875 900 925 950 975 1000 1025 1050 1075 1100 1125 1150 1175 1200
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R T U 1 2
7. Latches (Door) Single-Point, Slam Latch, Keyed Lock Single-Point, Cam Latch, Keyed Lock Two-Point, Cam Latch, Keyed Lock Single-Point, Cam Latch, Combo Lock Two-Point, Cam Latch, Combo Lock Single-Point, Electronic Keypad Lock Single-Point, Slam Latch, Combo Lock None (use when NO DOORS selected)
Vertical Exhaust Duct
6. Rear Door None Single, Solid Metal Single, Perforated Metal Double, Perforated Metal
Note: Double door requires a two-point latch (C) or (E), see latches above.
4. Rail Style Square-Punched, 2 Pair Tapped, #12-24, 2 Pair
0 1 2 3
5. Front Door None Single, Perforated Metal Single, Solid Lexan Single, Solid Metal
See notes on next page.

2-7

Ordering Notes:
1. Height: Twelve heights are available. Frame height is height without the top panel. Cabinet height is height with the top panel installed. Frames and cabinets include leveling feet which add approximately 1 (25 mm) to the height of the cabinet. Accessory casters kits add approximately 2.8 (71 mm) to the height of the cabinet. 2. Width: Three widths are available. The 23.6W (600 mm) cabinet will match 24W (600 mm) access floor tiles. All widths include mounting rails spaced for 19 EIA equipment. Mounting rails are centered by standoff brackets within the frame. Wider cabinets have more space along the sides for cable management. 3. Depth: Seventeen depths are available. Frame depth is the outside depth of the frame. Rail depth is the maximum front-to-rear spacing of equipment mounting rails. Rail depth is reduced when accessories are added. Cabinet depth includes the front and rear doors. The footprint of the cabinet is frame width by frame depth. 4. Rail Style: Two mounting rail styles are available. Square-punched rails are preferred with rack-mount computer server and data storage equipment because they use snap-in cage nut hardware that can be changed to match equipment mounting requirements. Threaded rails speed installation of panel-mount network and cable termination equipment. 5. Front Door Style: Three front door panel styles are available: Perforated (vented) metal, solid tinted Lexan and solid metal. The door matches the color of the cabinet and includes an anodized aluminum center beam. Doors can be reversed to open from the right or the left. The perforated door is preferred with rack-mount computer server and data storage equipment. 6. Rear Door Style: Three rear door styles are available. The double door reduces the amount of aisle space required to access the rear of the cabinet. Double doors must use two-point latches and cannot be used with the Standalone Electronic Keypad (see Note 7). If you select a double rear door and a single-point latch, the double door will have a two-point cam latch (C) or (E) with the same type of lock as the front door. 7. Door Latches: Seven styles of door latch are available. All doors must have a latch. The (N) option should only be selected if the cabinet has NO doors. Doors have a swing handle on the exterior. Choose a singlepoint or two-point latch. Double doors require a two-point latch. The slam latch is a spring-loaded latch that engages when the door is pushed closed. The cam latch requires the swing handle to be turned to secure the door in the closed position. The combination lock uses a 3-digit combination entered on 3-dials that are integrated into the swing handle or a key. The combination lock can be reprogrammed in the field. The electronic keypad is integrated into the swing handle on the front door. The keypad controls access to the front and rear door and can be programmed with up to five (4-digit to 6-digit) access codes from the keypad. The keypad requires a power connection. A networkable Electronic Locking System (ELS) is also available as an accessory. 8. Color: The frame, doors, side panels and top panel are painted the color of choice. Lexan front door panels are tinted. Mounting rails are zinc plated. Interior brackets are black. 9. Top Panel Style: There are three styles of top panel available. Network Top Panels have four large cable openings. Server Top Panels have two large cable openings. Server Top Panels on cabinets that are 45.1D (1147 mm) or deeper have a knockout for the Vertical Exhaust Duct. Vertical Exhaust Duct System is only available for cabinets that are 45.1 (1147 mm) to 51.0D (1297 mm). The system includes a top-mount Vertical Exhaust Duct, a Server Top Panel, an Airflow Director and a Rear Door Sealing Kit. Select from two duct height ranges: 20 to 34 (508 mm - 863 mm) or 34 to 60 (863 mm - 1523 mm) high. Use with a solid rear door. 10. Side Panel Style: Solid and vented side panels are available. Cabinets can be bayed with or without side panels installed. Order baying kits separately.
2-8
Vertical Exhaust Duct Components

Upgrade your F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet to a ducted exhaust cabinet by adding the Vertical Exhaust Duct System Components necessary to isolate and guide hot air out of the top of the cabinet. Combine the Vertical Exhaust Duct System Components with an Air Dam Kit and Snap-In Filler Panels in a cabinet with a perforated front door, solid side panels and a solid rear door to create front-to-top airflow through the duct. Connect the duct to a drop ceiling plenum to isolate the hot air return path and keep the room and equipment cooler. TeraFrame Cabinets 45.1D (1147 mm) to 51.0 D (1297 mm) equipped with a Server Top Panel include a field removable knockout for use in a Vertical Exhaust Duct applications Order the individual components separately to match your application requirements (Vertical Exhaust Duct, Airflow Director and a Rear Door Sealing Kit) Vertical Exhaust Duct telescopes to match ceiling height and has gaskets along the top edge to create a seal around the opening in the drop ceiling; two height ranges are available Airflow Director (P/N 34570-C00) causes hot server exhaust air to flow upward from the base of the cabinet to the top of the cabinet Rear Door Sealing Kit (P/N 34573-000) seals the space between the solid rear door and the cabinet frame so hot air does not escape, but flows upward toward the duct For best results, use the Vertical Exhaust Duct System Components on cabinets configured with a perforated front door, solid side panels, a solid rear door, an Air Dam Kit and Snap-In Filler Panels.
Part Number 23.6W 27.6W 31.5W (600 mm) (700 mm) (800 mm)
34370-C00 34370-C00 34370-C02 34370-C01 34370-C01 34370-C03

Vertical Exhaust Duct, 20-34 (508 - 863) Vertical Exhaust Duct, 34-60 (863 - 1523)
Shipping Weight* lb (kg)

31 (14.1) 51 (23.1)
P/N 34370-C0X
Part Number
34570-C00 34573-000 34573-C01
Description
Airflow Director, Black Rear Door Sealing Kit for 600 & 700 mm Rear Door Sealing Kit for 800 mm

7 (3.2) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Dimensions and Usable Area Cabinet Size Exterior Width Exterior Depth in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)
23.6 (600) 27.6 (700) 31.5 (800) 20.0 (509) 23.9 (609) 23.9 (609) 23.9 (609) 20.0 (509) 20.0 (509)
Internal Area
435.8 in2 435.8 in2 435.8 in2
P/N 34570-C00
Note: Dimensions do not include the rubber seal at the top of the duct.
2-9
Air Dam Kit

Use with Snap-In Filler Panels to block airflow around the top, bottom and sides of equipment. Requires a 1.7 (43 mm) mounting rail setback.
34521-X02 34522-X02 34523-X02 34521-X03 34522-X03 34523-X03 34521-X04 34522-X04 34523-X04 34521-X05 34522-X05 34523-X05 34521-X06 34522-X06 34523-X06 34521-X07 34522-X07 34523-X07 34521-X08 34522-X08 34523-X08 34521-X09 34522-X09 34523-X09 34521-X10 34522-X10 34523-X10 34521-X11 34522-X11 34523-X11
Description
For 42U Cabinets For 43U Cabinets For 44U Cabinets For 45U Cabinets For 46U Cabinets For 47U Cabinets For 48U Cabinets For 49U Cabinets For 50U Cabinets For 51U Cabinets

17 (7.7) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7) 18 (8.2) 18 (8.2) 18 (8.2) 18 (8.2) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6)
X=color: C=Black, D=Signature Blue, E=Glacier White, F=Steel Gray. Not available for 24U and 36U cabinets. *Shipping weight is for the 31.5 (800 mm) Air Dam Kit. Air Dam shown in cabinet
Internal Air Duct

A passive duct (no fans) that moves additional cold air, up to 510 CFM at .1 inches of water (865 CMH at .02 kPa), from below the access floor to the top half of the cabinet to reduce hot spots in medium and high-density applications. Adjustable doors direct air to the front of equipment. The duct also blocks airflow around equipment so a separate Air Dam Kit is not required. Includes square-punched rails. Use on access floors only in cabinets without casters.
34470-C02 34470-C14 34470-C03 34470-C15 34470-C04 34470-C16 34470-C05 34470-C17 34470-C06 34470-C18 34470-C07 34470-C19
Internal Air Duct shown in cabinet with adjustable doors open Estimated Airflow
at .1 inches of water (.02 kPa)
Description
For 42U Cabinets For 43U Cabinets For 44U Cabinets For 45U Cabinets For 46U Cabinets For 47U Cabinets For 48U Cabinets For 49U Cabinets For 50U Cabinets For 51U Cabinets

66 (29.9) 62 (30.4) 68 (30.8) 69 (31.3) 70 (31.8) 71 (32.2) 72 (32.7) 73 (33.1) 74 (33.6) 74 (33.6)
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
34470-C08 34470-C20 34470-C09 34470-C21 34470-C10 34470-C22 34470-C11 34470-C23
23.6 (600 mm) 27.6 (700 mm)
210 CFM (356 CMH) 510 CFM (865 CMH)
Color is black. Not available for 24U and 36U cabinets. Note: Uses bottom two rack-mount units in the cabinet and reduces rail depth by 2.5 (64 mm). The depth of the frame must be a minimum 39.4 (1000 mm) when used with side panels. Shipping weight is for the 23.6 (600 mm) Internal Air Duct.
2-10
Bottom Panel
The Bottom Panel covers the bottom of the F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet to block airflow into and out of the base of the cabinet. Includes one brushsealed, 3 x 11.75 (76 mm x 292 mm) cable access port located at the rear center of the panel. Use with an Air Dam Kit and Snap-In Filler Panels to enhance front-to-rear or front-to-top airflow through cabinets when cabinets are supported on leveling feet or casters (elevated above the floor).
Part Number (by width) 23.6W 27.6W 31.5W (600 mm) (700 mm) (800 mm)
35085-X00 35085-X17 35085-X34 35085-X01 35085-X18 35085-X35 35085-X02 35085-X19 35085-X36 35085-X03 35085-X20 35085-X37 35085-X04 35085-X21 35085-X38 35085-X05 35085-X22 35085-X39 35085-X06 35085-X23 35085-X40 35085-X07 35085-X24 35085-X41 35085-X08 35085-X25 35085-X42 35085-X09 35085-X26 35085-X43 35085-X10 35085-X27 35085-X44 35085-X11 35085-X28 35085-X45 35085-X12 35085-X29 35085-X46 35085-X13 35085-X30 35085-X47 35085-X14 35085-X31 35085-X48 35085-X15 35085-X32 35085-X49 35085-X16 35085-X33 35085-X50
Cabinet Frame Depth Size in (mm)

For 31.5 (800) For 32.5 (825) For 33.5 (850) For 34.4 (875) For 35.4 (900) For 36.4 (925) For 37.4 (950) For 38.4 (975) For 39.4 (1000) For 40.4 (1025) For 41.3 (1050) For 42.3 (1075) For 43.3 (1100) For 44.3 (1125) For 45.3 (1150) For 46.3 (1175) For 47.2 (1200)

19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 20 (9.1) 20 (9.1) 21 (9.5) 21 (9.5) 21 (9.5) 22 (10.0) 22 (10.0) 23 (10.4) 23 (10.4) 23 (10.4) 24 (10.9) 24 (10.9) 25 (11.3) 25 (11.3) 25 (11.3)
X=color: C=Black, D=Signature Blue, E=Glacier White, F=Steel Gray. Shipping weight is for the 31.5 (800 mm) Bottom Panel.
Rack-Mount Cable Shelf

Use Rack-Mount Cable Shelf in any 19W CPI Cabinet equipped with an Air Dam Kit to provide a front-to-rear pathway for cables. Cables pass through brush sealed ports along the front of the shelf. Rack-Mount Cable Shelf uses 1U and will fit in cabinets with mounting rails set between 22 (560 mm) and 40D (1020 mm).
Part Number
13517-701
Description H x W (in)
1U x 19, Black

17 (7.7)
Note: Rack-Mount Cable Shelf can be used with all CPI four-post cabinets and racks.
2-11
Vertical Cable Manager

Creates an internal pathway that guides and protects network and signal cables and organizes patch and equipment cords as they enter and exit the manager to make equipment connections.T-Shaped cable management guides (fingers) separate openings that align with each rack-mount unit in the cabinet to guide patch/equipment cords to specific connections.
Vertical Cable Manager with Standard Fingers Part Number Shipping Description Weight* 23.6W 27.6W 31.5W Height lb (kg) (600 mm) (700 mm) (800 mm)
34416-C01 35090-C00 35095-C00 34417-C01 35090-C01 35095-C01 34418-C01 35090-C02 35095-C02 34419-C01 35090-C03 35095-C03 34420-C01 35090-C04 35095-C04 34421-C01 35090-C05 35095-C05
Standard Fingers
For 24U Cabinets For 36U Cabinets For 42U Cabinets For 43U Cabinets For 44U Cabinets For 45U Cabinets For 46U Cabinets For 47U Cabinets For 48U Cabinets For 49U Cabinets For 50U Cabinets For 51U Cabinets
14 (6.4) 18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 20 (9.1) 21 (9.5) 21 (9.5) 21 (9.5) 22 (10.0) 22 (10.0) 22 (10.0) 23 (10.4) 23 (10.4)
34422-C01 35090-C06 35095-C06 34423-C01 35090-C07 35095-C07 34424-C01 35090-C08 35095-C08 34425-C01 35090-C09 35095-C09 34426-C01 35090-C10 35095-C10 34427-C01 35090-C11 35095-C11
Extended Fingers
Outside Dimensions, Usable Internal Cable Area, Rail Setback

Cabinet Size in (mm)
23.6 (600) 27.6 (700) 31.5 (800)
Width in (mm)
1.9 (48) 3.1 (79) 5.0 (127)
Depth in (mm)
Cable Area
Rail Setback in (mm)

4.5 (115) 4.5 (115) 4.5 (115)
Vertical Cable Manager with Extended Fingers Part Number Width Shipping Description Weight* 23.6W 27.6W 31.5W Height lb (kg) (600 mm) (700 mm) (800 mm)
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 35102-C00 35103-C00 35102-C01 35103-C01 35102-C02 35103-C02 35102-C03 35103-C03 35102-C04 35103-C04 35102-C05 35103-C05 35102-C06 35103-C06 35102-C07 35103-C07 35102-C08 35103-C08 35102-C09 35103-C09 35102-C10 35103-C10 35102-C11 35103-C11 35092-C01 35092-C02 For 24U Cabinets For 36U Cabinets For 42U Cabinets For 43U Cabinets For 44U Cabinets For 45U Cabinets For 46U Cabinets For 47U Cabinets For 48U Cabinets For 49U Cabinets For 50U Cabinets For 51U Cabinets Black 14 (6.4) 18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 20 (9.1) 21 (9.5) 21 (9.5) 21 (9.5) 22 (10.0) 22 (10.0) 22 (10.0) 23 (10.4) 23 (10.4) 3 (1.4)
Standard Fingers
10.5 (267) 11.6 (295) 11.6 (295) 7.1 in2 27 in2 46 in2
Extended Fingers
27.6 (700) 31.5 (800) 3.1 (79) 5.0 (127) 14.1 (358) 14.1 (358) 34 in2 58 in2 7 (178) 7 (178)
Use the Slide Adapter Kit to attach Vertical Cable Managers to the cabinet frame instead of the equipment mounting rails.
N/A N/A N/A
Slide Adapter Kit

The depth of the frame must be a minimum 34.4 (875 mm) when used with Airflow Director or Quad Vertical Power Strip Manager and side panels. The depth of the frame must be a minimum 39.4 (1000 mm) when used with Wide Vertical Power Cord Manager and side panels. Color is black. *Shipping weight is for the 31.5 (800 mm ) Vertical Cable Manager.
For Recommended Cable Fill Table, go to www.chatsworth.com/cablefill
2-12
Front-to-Back Cable Manager

Adjustable depth tray connects a front-facing and a rear-facing Vertical Cable Manager to create a front-to-back cable pathway along the side of the cabinet. The large manager extends between 10" (250 mm) and 17" (430 mm). The small manager extends between 6" (150 mm) and 10" (250 mm). Sold in pairs.
Part Number 23.6W 27.6W 31.5W (600 mm) (700 mm) (800 mm) Outside Dimensions and Usable Area
Cabinet Size in (mm)
27.6 (700) 31.5 (800)
Description in (mm)
Large, Use With Rails Spaced 26 to 33 (660 to 840) Apart Small, Use With Rails Spaced 22 to 26 (560 to 660) Apart

4 (1.9)
N/A
35106-C01 35108-C01
Height in (mm)
2.5 (64 4.0 (102)
Width in (mm)
2.4 (61) 4.0 (102)
Internal Area in2 (mm2)

4.6 (2970) 14 (9000)
N/A
35106-C02 35108-C02
3 (1.4)
Color is black. *Shipping weight is for the 31.5 (800 mm) Front-to-Back Cable Manager.
Vertical Cable Ring Manager

Attaches to the side of the equipment mounting rails creating a vertical pathway for cables. Features plastic C-shaped cable management rings to guide and manage network cables, signal cables, patch and equipment cords. Available in small or large rings - each manager includes two half-height mounting brackets, cable rings and installation hardware. The (-C01) 36U manager includes six rings (three per bracket); the (-C11) 51U manager includes ten rings (five per bracket); all other managers include eight rings (four per bracket) Select managers to match cabinet frame height (rack-mount unit) Managers with small rings can be used in the 23.6W (600 mm) cabinets only; managers with large rings can be used in the 27.6W (700 mm) and 31.5W (800 mm) cabinets only
35100-CXX
Part Number Small

35100-C01
35101-CXX
Large
35101-C01 35101-C02 35101-C03 35101-C05 35101-C07 35101-C09 35101-C11
Description Height
For 36U Cabinets For 42U Cabinets For 43U & 44U Cabinets For 45U & 46U Cabinets For 47U & 48U Cabinets For 49U & 50U Cabinets For 51U Cabinets

10 (4.5) 11 (5.0) 11 (5.0) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4)
35100-C02 35100-C03 35100-C05 35100-C07 35100-C09 35100-C11
Color is black. Large ring managers will not fit 23.6W (600 mm) F-Series Cabinets.
2-13
PDU/Power Strip Lashing Bracket

Supports one or two CPI Vertical PDU/Power Strips for Cabinets and provides multiple attachment points for fastening power cable bundles and attaches to the cabinet frame behind the rear equipment mounting rails. Supports two 2.3W (58 mm) or narrower or one 3.5W (89 mm) CPI PDUs The manager is S-shaped, 8.375W x 1.7D (213 mm x 42 mm) and requires a minimum 5 (127 mm) equipment mounting rail setback
Part Number
35086-C01 35086-C02 35086-C03 35086-C04 35086-C05 35086-C06 35086-C07 35086-C08 35086-C09 35086-C10 35086-C11
Description Height
For 36U Cabinet For 42U Cabinet For 43U Cabinet For 44U Cabinet For 45U Cabinet For 46U Cabinet For 47U Cabinet For 48U Cabinet For 49U Cabinet For 50U Cabinet For 51U Cabinet

14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 17 (7.7)
Color is black. (-C01) bracket is only compatible with 38.5H (978 mm) power strip. (-C03) or taller bracket is required for 68.5H (1740 mm) PDU. (C04) or taller bracket is required for 70.5H (1791 mm) PDU.
Cable Lashing Bracket

Provides attachment points to quickly secure cable bundles within the cabinet. C-shaped bracket, 5.125W x .7D (130 mm x 17 mm) Bracket attaches to the cabinet frame and requires a minimum 5 (127 mm) equipment mounting rail setback when positioned behind the rear equipment mounting rails
Part Number
35087-C00 35087-C01 35087-C02 35087-C03 35087-C04 35087-C05 35087-C06 35087-C07 35087-C08 35087-C09 35087-C10 35087-C11
Description Height
For 24U Cabinet For 36U Cabinet For 42U Cabinet For 43U Cabinet For 44U Cabinet For 45U Cabinet For 46U Cabinet For 47U Cabinet For 48U Cabinet For 49U Cabinet For 50U Cabinet For 51U Cabinet

8 (3.6) 11 (5.0) 12 (5.4) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8)
See Section 7 for available PDU/Power Strips.
Color is black.
2-14
Baying Kits
Zero Spacing Baying Kit
Includes M6 hardware to bay two cabinets (same height and depth) side-by-side with or without side panels for simplified installation when no space is required between the cabinets. Each kit includes four M6 screws, washers and nuts.
35078-001
24 (610 mm) Baying Bracket Kit

Includes brackets and hardware to bay two 23.6 (600 mm) cabinets so that the cabinets are centered over 24W (610 mm) raised access floor tiles. Note that there will be a .4 (10 mm) gap between the cabinets. Each kits includes two .8H x 3.6W x 1.0D (20 mm x 92 mm x 25 mm) C-shaped brackets attach to the tops of the cabinet frames at the front and rear. Installation hardware allows cabinets of different depths to be bayed together.
Narrow Baying Kit

35079-701
Includes brackets and hardware that bay two cabinets with or without side panels. Each kit includes two .8H x 3.2W x 1.0D (20 mm x 82 mm x 25 mm) C-shaped brackets that attach to the tops of the cabinet frames at the front and rear and installation hardware. Allows cabinets of different depths to be bayed together.
24 (610 mm) Baying & Fascia Kit

Allows you to bay and center two 23.6W (600 mm) cabinets over 24W (610 mm) raised access floor tiles. The kits includes two brackets and hardware to space and connect the cabinets together and two fascias that cover and hide the 0.4 (10 mm) gap between the cabinets. Each kit incudes two .8H x 3.6W x 2.0D (20 mm x 92 mm x 50 mm) C-shaped brackets that attach to the tops of the cabinet frames at the front and rear, two 1W (25 mm) T-shaped fascias and installation hardware to bay the cabinets. Cabinets must be the same height and depth.
35079-702
Part Number
35078-001 35079-X01 35079-X02 35080-X00 35080-X01 35080-X02 35080-X03 35080-X04 35080-X05 35080-X06 35080-X07 35080-X08 35080-X09 35080-X10 35080-X11
Description in (mm)
Zero Spacing Baying Kit 24 (600) Baying Brackets Narrow Baying Kit 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 24U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 36U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 42U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 43U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 44U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 45U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 46U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 47U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 48U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 49U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 50U 24 (600) Baying & Fascia Kit, for 51U
Compatible Seal Kit

35081-000 35081-001 35081-003 35081-001* 35081-001* 35081-001* 35081-001* 35081-001* 35081-001* 35081-001* 35081-001* 35081-001* 35081-001* 35081-001* 35081-001*

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 9 (4.1) 11 (5.0) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4)
35079-701
35081-001
X=color: C=Black, D=Signature Blue, E=Glacier White, F=Steel Gray. Use Seal Kits when side panels are ommitted. (*Use Seal Kit 35081-001 if one panels is omitted and 35081-002 if both panels are omitted between cabinets. **Shipping weight is for Baying Kit.
2-15
Vertical Power Strip Manager

Create a separate pathway specifically for two or four CPI Vertical Power Strips for cabinets along the side of the cabinet. Attaches to the cabinet frame and adjusts in depth to match equipment. Supports 1.8W (45 mm) or narrower CPI PDUs or power strips The Dual Vertical Power Strip Manager is C-shaped, 4.3W x 1D (110 mm x 25 mm), requires a 6.3 (160 mm) rail setback and supports two PDU/power strips The Quad Vertical Power Strip Manager is S-shaped, 8.4W x 1.7D (213 mm x 43 mm), requires an 8.7 (221 mm) rail setback and supports four PDU/power strips
See diagram at left.
Part Number Dual

34595-C01 34595-C02 34595-C03 34595-C04 34595-C05 34595-C06 34595-C07 34595-C08 34595-C09 34595-C10 34595-C11
Quad
34596-C01 34596-C02 34596-C03 34596-C04 34596-C05 34596-C06 34596-C07 34596-C08 34596-C09 34596-C10 34596-C11
Description Height
For 36U Cabinet For 42U Cabinet For 43U Cabinet For 44U Cabinet For 45U Cabinet For 46U Cabinet For 47U Cabinet For 48U Cabinet For 49U Cabinet For 50U Cabinet For 51U Cabinet

14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 17 (7.7)
Color is black. (-C01) manager is only compatible with 38.5H (978 mm) power strip. (-CO3) or taller Dual Manager is required for 68.5H (1740 mm) PDU. (-C04) or taller Dual Manager is required for 70.5H (1791 mm) PDU. (-C04) or taller Quad Manager is required for 68.5H (1740 mm) PDU. (-C05) or taller Quad Manager is required for 70.5H (1791 mm) PDU.
Power Strip Bracket Kit

Use the Power Strip Mounting Bracket Kit with 42U to 47U high cabinets to attach a single 2.0W (51 mm) or narrower CPI Vertical Power Strip or PDU for cabinets to a F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet. The kit includes two mounting brackets and installation hardware. See Section 7 for Power Strip and PDU information. Not compatible with 38.5H (978 mm) Power Strips Use 43U or higher cabinets with 68.5H (1740 mm) PDUs Use 44U or higher cabinets with 70.5H (1791 mm) PDUs
34434 shown installed in TeraFrame
Part Number
34434-C01
Color is black.
Description in (mm)
66 (1676) Power Strip Mounting Bracket Kit

5 (2.3)
2-16
Vertical Power Cord Manager

Creates a separate pathway specifically for one or two CPI Vertical Power Strips for cabinets along the side of the cabinet. Attaches to the cabinet frame and adjusts in depth to match equipment. The narrow manager is L-shaped, 2.5W x 2.5D (63 mm x 63 mm), requires a 6 (152 mm) rail setback and supports a single 1.8W (45 mm) or narrower 66.3L (1684 mm) power strip The wide manager is C-shaped, 8W x 2D (203 mm x 51 mm), requires an 11 (279 mm) rail setback and supports two 2.3W (58 mm) or narrower 66.3L (1684 mm) power strips
See diagrams at left.
Part Number Narrow

34581-C42 34581-C43 34581-C44 34581-C45 34581-C46 34581-C47 34581-C48 34581-C49 34581-C50 34581-C51 Images demonstrate power strips mounted within the narrow and wide power cord manager
Wide
34582-C42 34582-C43 34582-C44 34582-C45 34582-C46 34582-C47 34582-C48 34582-C49 34582-C50 34582-C51
Description Height
For 42U Cabinet For 43U Cabinet For 44U Cabinet For 45U Cabinet For 46U Cabinet For 47U Cabinet For 48U Cabinet For 49U Cabinet For 50U Cabinet For 51U Cabinet

15 (6.8) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7)
Not available for 24U and 36U cabinets. Color is black. For 66.3L (1684) power strip only; does not support 68.5L (1740) or 70.5L (1791) PDUs. *Shipping weight is for the wide cable manager.
Power Cord Accessories

34413-C01 Add the Power Cord Management Kit to the Wide Vertical Power Cord Manager to take up power cable slack. Includes (6) 4H (100 mm) spools and (6) Saf-T-Grip Cable Management Straps Attach non-CPI power strips or PDUs to the Wide Vertical Power Cord Manager with this hardware kit (P/N 34407-C01).
Part Number
34413-C01 34407-C01 34407-C01
Description
6 Spools, 6 Straps, Black Mounting Bracket, Black

2 (0.9) 4 (1.8)
2-17
Floor Anchor Bracket

Use to secure TeraFrame to the floor. Floor Anchor Brackets fit over leveling feet and provide a bolt-down point for the cabinet. One set of Floor Anchor Brackets are included with each cabinet. This is a replacement kit. Order floor attachment hardware separately.
Part Number
34587-001 40604-003
Description
Set of 4 Brackets Installation Kit, Concrete Slab

4 (1.8) 1 (0.5)
Caster Kit
Front casters are full-swivel. Caster Kit adds 2.8 (71 mm) to the overall height of the cabinet. Includes four casters and mounting hardware
Part Number
35051-C01
Description
Set of 4 Casters, Black

25 (11.8)
Mounting Hardware
40605 TeraFrame can be fitted with threaded or square-punched equipment mounting rails. Use screws to secure equipment to threaded mounting rails. Use cage nuts to secure equipment to square-punched mounting rails. With squarepunched rails, you can change the thread (cage nut) to match equipment mounting hardware requirements.
Part Number
40605-001 40605-005 12637 12638 12639 12639-001 35058-001 12637-001 12638-001
Description
Screws, #12-24, Package of 50, Zinc Screws, #12-24, Package of 50, Black Cage Nuts and Screws, M6, Package of 25, Gold Cage Nuts and Screws, #10-32, Package of 25, Zinc Cage Nuts and Screws, #12-24, Package of 25, Black Hardware Kit, Rail Support, (16) M8 DropIn Nuts/Bolts, Package of 16, Zinc

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 3 (1.4)
2-18
Mounting Rails
Two mounting rail styles are available. Select square-punched rails for servers and data storage equipment. Square-punched rails let you change threads (cage nuts) at mounting locations to match equipment requirements. Select tapped rails to speed installation of rack-mount patch panels and network equipment. The 23.6W (600 mm) rails attach to the cabinet frame. The 27.6 (700 mm) and 31.5W (800 mm) rails include standoff brackets that center the rails for 19 EIA spacing. Sold in pairs, each rack-mount unit is marked and numbered on the rails.
Part Number 23.6 27.6 31.5 (600 mm) (700 mm) (800 mm)
35009-000 35009-012 35009-024 35009-001 35009-013 35009-025 35009-002 35009-014 35009-026 35009-003 35009-015 35009-027 35009-004 35009-016 35009-028 35009-005 35009-017 35009-029 35009-006 35009-018 35009-030 35009-007 35009-019 35009-031 35009-008 35009-020 35009-032 35009-009 35009-021 35009-033 35009-010 35009-022 35009-034 35009-011 35009-023 35009-035 35008-000 35008-012 35008-024 35008-001 35008-013 35008-025 35008-002 35008-014 35008-026 35008-003 35008-015 35008-027 35008-004 35008-016 35008-028 35008-005 35008-017 35008-029 35008-006 35008-018 35008-030 35008-007 35008-019 35008-031 35008-008 35008-020 35008-032 35008-009 35008-021 35008-033 35008-010 35008-022 35008-034 35008-011 35008-023 35008-035
Square-Punched Equipment Mounting Rails

24 36 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 24 36 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 28 (12.7) 35 (15.9) 38 (17.2) 39 (17.7) 40 (18.1) 40 (18.1) 41 (18.6) 41 (18.6) 42 (19.1) 42 (19.1) 43 (19.5) 44 (20.0) 28 (12.7) 35 (15.9) 38 (17.2) 39 (17.7) 40 (18.1) 40 (18.1) 41 (18.6) 41 (18.6) 42 (19.1) 42 (19.1) 43 (19.5) 44 (20.0)
#12-24 Tapped Equipment Mounting Rails
Mounting rails and standoff brackets are zinc plated. *Shipping weight is for the 31.5W (800 mm) tapped rail.
For F-Series TeraFrame Cabinets manufactured before February 9, 2009, contact CPI Technical Support for assistance with part numbers at 800-834-4949.
2-19
N-SERIES TERAFRAME NETWORK CABINET
The N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet

Metric footprint for international use Available in 10 heights and 11 depths (110 standard sizes) Comes with a five-piece top panel, center panel and four perimeter panels (front, sides, rear) with cable knockouts
Includes two pairs of equipment mounting rails to provide front and rear support for 19 EIA-310-D compliant equipment and shelves; mounting rails have 1.75H (44.45 mm) rack-mount units and are available with square-punched or threaded attachment points Rack-mount units are marked and numbered on each mounting rail
Frames are welded steel and support up to 2500 lb (1134.0 kg) of equipment
Choose keyed or combination/keyed locks; order Right Hand Door Latch Kit (P/N 34684-C02) to reverse front door swing Network Cabinet comes with single, perforated front door with handle and two-point latch swing The Network Switch Exhaust Duct guides hot exhaust air from the side of rack-mount switches out the rear door
Choose solid or vented easy to remove side panels; side panels have recessed latches with keyed locks Cabinets can be bayed (side-by-side) when side panels are removed Cabinet comes with a double, perforated rear door with swing handle and two-point latch Organize power strips and power cords along the sides of the cabinet with optional side-mounted vertical power strip managers
Standoff Brackets offset doors and side panels to provide extra space around equipment for enhanced side-to-side airflow and additional cable management
Open base for cable entry; includes leveling feet and floor attachment brackets (casters are available as an accessory)
Designed specifically to control side-to-side airflow for network switch equipment deployed in a hot aisle/cold aisle data center environment 2-20
N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet

The N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet provides an engineered solution for network switches and cabling in data centers with hot aisle/cold aisle layouts, delivering superior thermal management for high-density applications. Featuring offset doors and side panels, the N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet provides extra interior space around the cabinet frame for cable management and enhanced airflow. Select the Network Switch Exhaust Duct option when deploying network switches that require side-to-side airflow. The Network Switch Exhaust Duct isolates and re-directs hot exhaust air out the rear of the cabinet to help prevent the re-circulation of hot air through equipment and establishes proper airflow for a hot aisle/cold aisle layout. The N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet includes vertical cable guides and cable management spools to help organize cables. The guides are T-shaped with openings that align with each rack-mount unit on the rack and attach to the front of the cabinet frame. The spools attach to the side of the cabinet frame and help guide cables along the side of the cabinet preventing them from accidentally blocking air intakes on switch chassis. Use the vertical cable guides and cable management spools to route cables to the sides of switches to maintain full access to the switch I/O and fan modules.
Specifications:
Available in 10 heights and 11 depths Designed to meet third party specifications for specific manufacturer switches Matches standard TeraFrame Cabinet system style and sizes Includes two pairs of 19 EIA equipment mounting rails providing front and rear support for equipment and shelves Static load rating: - 2500 lb (1134 kg) on leveler feet
Cabinet Includes:
(1) Welded Steel Four-Post Frame (4) Equipment Mounting Rails (1) Single, Perforated Front Door with Swing Handle (1) Double, Perforated Rear Door with Swing Handle (1) Five-piece Top Panel (4) Leveler Feet and Floor Anchor Brackets (1) Ground Terminal Block (1) Baying Kit (1) Bag of 25 Each M6 Cage Nuts and Screws (square-punched rails) (1) Bag of 50 Each #12-24 Rack Channel Mounting Screws (tapped rails)
The Network Switch Exhaust Duct guides hot exhaust air from the side of the switch out the rear door of the cabinet. N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet is designed to meet third party specifications for specific switches
See following pages for details.

2-21

Use the part number configurator below to create a custom N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet. Choose the Height, With or Without Duct, Depth, Rail Style, Front Door, Rear Door, Latch, Color, Top Panel Style and Side Panel Style. Example part number: NF1K-113C-C42
N H W D - R FD RD L - C TP SP
1. Height Cabinet in mm
78.3 80.0 81.8 83.5 85.3 87.0 88.8 90.5 92.3 94.0 1989 2033 2077 2122 2166 2211 2255 2300 2344 2389
10. Side Panel Style Frame in mm

78.1 79.9 81.6 83.4 85.1 86.9 88.6 90.4 92.1 93.9 1984 2029 2073 2118 2162 2207 2251 2296 2340 2385
U
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 C D E F G H J K L M
0 1 2 3 4
None Solid, 1 each Solid, 2 each Vented, 1 each Vented, 2 each
9. Top Panel
4 Solid with Knock-Out Ports
Note: When sizing to match the N-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System, use the same part number digit for cabinet height and depth as the F-Series TeraFrame.
8. Color
C D E F Black Signature Blue Glacier White Steel Gray
2. Network Switch Exhaust Duct

None - Includes two Cable Finger Kits Included - Includes one Cable Finger Kit 0 1
Note: Use the Network Switch Exhaust Duct with switches that require side airflow. See Ordering Notes 3 & 4 for additional information.
7. Latches (Door)
C E Two-Point, Cam Latch, Keyed Lock Two-Point, Cam Latch, Combination Lock
3. Depth Cabinet Rail (max) N-Series Equiv. F-Series

Frame Size Frame Size
in
41.2 42.2 43.2 44.2 45.2 46.1 47.1 48.1 49.1 50.1 51.1
mm
1047 1072 1097 1122 1147 1172 1197 1222 1247 1272 1297
in
22.6 23.6 24.6 25.6 26.6 27.6 28.6 29.5 30.5 31.5 32.5
mm
575 600 625 650 675 700 725 750 775 800 825
in
25.6 26.6 27.6 28.5 29.5 30.5 31.5 32.5 33.5 34.4 35.4
mm
650 675 700 725 750 775 800 825 850 875 900
in
37.4 38.4 39.4 40.4 41.3 42.3 43.3 44.3 45.3 46.3 47.2
mm
950 975 1000 1025 1050 1075 1100 1125 1150 1175 1200 G H J K L M N P R T U
6. Rear Door
3 Double, Perforated Metal
5. Front Door
1 Single, Perforated Metal
4. Rail Style
1 2 Square Punch, 2 Pair Tapped, #12-24, 2 Pair
Note: Depths G and H have a maximum rail spacing less than 24 (610 mm) and will not support certain switch mounting brackets. Use CPI P/N 12336-719, 18 D (460 mm) Fixed Shelf, to support equipment when ordering these cabinet sizes.
2-22

Ordering Notes:
1. Height: Ten heights are available. The frame height is the height of the internal frame without the top panel. The cabinet height is the overall height of the cabinet with a top panel. Leveler feet add approximately 1 (25 mm) to the height of the cabinet. Frame heights match F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System heights. Accessory Caster Kits adds approximately 2.8 (71 mm) to the height of the cabinet. 2. Width: One width is available. Overall cabinet width with side panels is 31.5 (800 mm). The internal frame width without side panels is 23.6 (600 mm). The included mounting rails are 19 EIA-310-D compliant. 3. Network Switch Exhaust Duct: Select [1] to include a Network Switch Exhaust Duct with the cabinet (special configurations are listed under note 4 below). The duct will be pre-installed into the cabinet and includes removable exhaust panels on the side that faces the equipment. The duct is 2U less than the full height of the cabinet. Select [0] to exclude the duct for patching applications or switches that have front-to-rear airflow. Cabinets that include the Network Switch Exhaust Duct include one Cable Management Fingers Kit (see next page). Cabinets that do not include the Network Switch Exhaust Duct include two Cable Management Fingers Kits. 4. Specific N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet configurations have been developed for the following Manufacturers Switches:
N-Series TeraFrame Network Part Number H x W x D - in (mm)
NF2K-113C-C42 (Nx2), 45U x 31.5 x 40.4 (800 x 1025)** NF3K-113C-C42 (Nx3), 45U x 31.5 x 40.4 (800 x 1025)** NF4M-113C-C42 (Nx4), 45U x 31.5 x 40.4 (800 x 1025)**
*Cisco 6509-NEBS does not require Network Switch Exhaust Duct. ** Dimensins correspond to Equivalent TeraFrame depth on previous page matrix.
Manufacturer Model Number

Cisco 6506, 6509*, 6513, 9509 Cisco 9513 Juniper EX8208 or EX8216
5. Depth: Eleven depths are available. The frame depth is the depth of the internal frame without doors. The cabinet depth is the overall depth of the cabinet with doors. Rail depth is the maximum rail-to-rail depth within the frame. The N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet can be used side-by-side with the F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System. Overall cabinet depths are the same. Equivalent F-Series TeraFrame frame depths are listed in a separate column in the order table. 5. Rail Style: Square-punched rails use snap-in cage nut hardware (P/N 12637-001, 12628-001 or 12639-001) that can be changed to match equipment requirements. Tapped rails use screws (P/N 40605-001 or 40605005). Order additional mounting hardware as required. (see page 2-16) 6. Front Door: The front door is hinged on the right side. To reverse the swing, order a Right Hand Door Latch Kit (P/N 34684-C02). 7. Latches: All doors have swing handles and a two point cam latch. The keyed lock includes a physical key. The combination lock has a programmable three-digit combination and is opened with three dials on the handle or with a key. 8. Side Panels: Vented and solid side panels are available. Select a quantity of one or two panels per cabinet. Omit side panels to bay cabinets.
2-23
Network Switch Exhaust Duct Panel

Use inside cabinets equipped with the Network Switch Exhaust Duct. Install above and below switches to form a seal between the exhaust grill on the switch chassis and the exhaust duct. Network Switch Exhaust Duct Panels are included with each cabinet that is equipped with the duct. Order additional panels as required to seal the duct.
Part Number
34620-C01 34620-C02 34620-C03 34620-C11 34620-C12 Network Switch Exhaust Duct Panel shown in cabinet 34620-C13
Height
2U to 3U Panel, Black 4U to 7U Panel, Black 8U to 15U Panel, Black 2U to 3U Panel, Black 4U to 7U Panel, Black 8U to 15U Panel, Black

3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 6 (2.7) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 6 (2.7)
Compatible with N-Series NF4M-113C-C42 (Nx4) only*
Included with some cabinets - see ordering note 3, page 2-23. *Only compatibe with P/N NF4M-113C-C42 - EX8200 Series Switch (see page 2-23)
Cable Management Fingers Kit

Provides vertical cable management at one corner of the cabinet frame. Includes a set of T-shaped cable guides and five cable spools. The T-shaped cable guides attach to the front of the cabinet frame. The openings in between the T-shaped fingers align with the rack-mount unit spaces on the rack. Each opening can pass up to 48 CAT 6a patch cords. The cable spools are approximately 1 (25 mm) in diameter and 4H (100 mm) and attach to the side of the cabinet frame to maintain cables in the front or rear corners. Match to the height of the cabinet.
Part Number
34680-002 34680-003 34680-004 34680-005 34680-006 34680-007 34680-008 Cable Management Fingers Kit shown in cabinet 34680-009 34680-010 34680-011
Description Height
For 42U Cabinets, Black For 43U Cabinets, Black For 44U Cabinets, Black For 45U Cabinets, Black For 46U Cabinets, Black For 47U Cabinets, Black For 48U Cabinets, Black For 49U Cabinets, Black For 50U Cabinets, Black For 51U Cabinets, Black

4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8)
Color is Black. Included with each cabinet, see ordering note 3, page 2-24.
2-24
Caster Kit
Use to move and position the cabinet before loading the cabinet with equipment. Set of four full-swivel casters and mounting brackets. The Caster Kit attaches to the outside corners of the cabinet frame and can be removed after the cabinet is set in place.
Part Number
34628-C01
Color is Black.
Description
Caster Kit, Set of 4

25 (11.3)
Baying Kit
Connect two N-series TeraFrame Network Cabinets side-by-side. The cabinets must be the same height and depth and side panels must be removed.
Part Number
34682-C01
Description
Cabinet Baying Kit

5 (2.3)
Baying Kit is included with each cabinet.
Right Hand Door Latch Kit

Allows front door to be reversed to open from the right (hinges on left).
Part Number
34684-C02
Description
Right Hand Door Latch Kit

5 (2.3)
Snap-In Filler Panel

Block airflow through open rack-mount spaces to help keep hot air at the back of the cabinet. Snap-In Filler Panels can be used in any 19"W CPI Cabinet that has square-punched equipment mounting rails.
Part Number
34537-000 34538-000 34537-001 34538-001 34537-002 34538-002
1U x 19, Black, 1 Each 2U x 19, Black, 1 Each 1U x 19, Black, 6 Each 2U x 19, Black, 6 Each 1U x 19, Black, 50 each 2U x 19, Black, 50 each

1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 22 (10.0) 35 (15.9)
2-25
Mounting Rails
Two mounting rail styles are available.
Fixed Mounting Rails

Replacement pair of mounting rails for the front side of the N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinets equipped with the Network Switch Exhaust Duct. Mounting rails attach to the cabinet frames vertical uprights and are not adjustable in depth. The rail minimizes interference with the airflow of the network switch. Match to cabinet height.
Part Number SquareTapped Punched #12-24

34626-002 34626-003 34626-004 34626-005 34626-006 34626-007 34626-008 34626-009 34626-010 34626-011 34667-002 34667-003 34667-004 34667-005 34667-006 34667-007 34667-008 34667-009 34667-010 34667-011
Description Height

13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8)
Adjustable-Depth Mounting Rails

Replacement pair of mounting rails for the rear side of the N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinets equipped with the Network Switch Exhaust Duct and for the front and rear of cabinets that do not have an exhaust duct. Mounting rails attach to the side of the cabinet frame and adjust in depth front-to-rear. Match to cabinet height.
Part Number SquareTapped Punched #12-24

34408-002 34408-003 34408-004 34408-005
Front of cabinet shown with fixed rails
Description Height

27 (12.2) 28 (12.7) 28 (12.7) 29 (13.2) 29 (13.2) 30 (13.6) 30 (13.6) 31 (14.1) 31 (14.1) 32 (14.5)
34409-002 34409-003 34409-004 34409-005 34409-006 34409-007 34409-008 34409-009 34409-010 34409-011
34408-006 34408-007 34408-008 34408-009 34408-010 34408-011

Rear of cabinet shown with adjustable rails
Mounting rails are plated and silver color. *Shipping weights are for tapped rails. See page 2-18 for equipment mounting hardware.
2-26
FIBER MANAGEMENT FOR TERAFRAME
Fiber Management For TeraFrame Cabinet Systems

CPI Fiber Management for the TeraFrame Family of Cabinets is designed to manage Corning Cable Systems LANscape Pretium Zero-U System, a compliment to Plug & Play Universal Systems products to support Fibre Channel connectivity in Storage Area Networks (SANs). One of the fundamental challenges for SANs is the large volume of optical fiber cable and patch cords that must be managed in cabinets that store large modular switches (directors). When individual jumper cables are used to make each port connection, densities of several hundred cables concentrate along the sides of the cabinets blocking airflow and making it difficult to administer moves, adds and changes. CPI and Corning Cable Systems provide a solution that maximizes available cabinet rack space. The CPI Fiber Management System is comprised of five support components: the Fiber Trunk Cable Manager, Vertical Furcation Bracket, Horizontal Furcation Bracket, Universal Accessory Rail and Fiber Module Bracket, as well as two accessories for the Universal Accessory Rail: the Fiber Module Adapter and the Swivel Cable Spool. The system supports and provides for attachment and strain-relief of the Plug & Play Universal Systems trunk cables, as well as mounting of Plug & Play Universal Systems Modules and/or high-density Zero-U System MTP Adapter Brackets in the zero rack-mount unit space between the cabinet frame and side panel. The N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet is designed to support high-density cabling and thermal management for modular switches. Use the Fiber Trunk Cable Manager, Vertical Furcation Bracket, Horizontal Furcation Bracket, Universal Accessory Rail, Fiber Module Adapter and/or Swivel Cable Spool to manage fiber in this cabinet. The F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet is designed to support server and data storage equipment. Use the Fiber Module Bracket, Vertical Furcation Bracket and/or Horizontal Furcation Bracket to manage fiber in this cabinet.
Fiber Trunk Cable Manager

The Fiber Trunk Cable Manager attaches to the N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet. and supports and protects Corning Cable Systems Plug & Play Universal Systems trunk cables as the cables transition from vertical to horizontal orientation to make connections inside the cabinet. Attaches to the rear frame upright on the N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet; it is used in combination with the Vertical Furcation Bracket Provides critical strain relief so that the furcation plug on the trunk cable can mount properly to the Vertical Furcation Bracket Sized to support connections for two fully populated Cisco 9513 series or Brocade 48000 SAN Directors Is C-shaped, 9.7W x 0.5D (246 mm x 13 mm), made from steel, and includes installation hardware
Part Number
34719-C02 34719-C03 34719-C04 34719-C05 34719-C06 34719-C07 34719-C08 34719-C09 34719-C10 34719-C11

For 42U Cabinets, 69.6 (1768) For 43U Cabinets, 71.4 (1814) For 44U Cabinets, 73.1 (1857) For 45U Cabinets, 74.9 (1902) For 46U Cabinets, 76.6 (1946) For 47U Cabinets, 78.4 (1991) For 48U Cabinets, 80.1 (2035) For 49U Cabinets, 81.9 (2080) For 50U Cabinets, 83.6 (2123) For 51U Cabinets, 85.4 (2169)

16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 17 (7.7) 16 (7.3) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7) 18 (8.2) 18 (8.2) 19 (8.6)
Color is black. Use in CPI N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinets only. Cannot be installed on the left side of a cabinet that has a Network Switch Exhaust Duct installed. Cannot be used with a Horizontal Furcation Bracket.
2-27
Vertical Furcation Bracket

The Vertical Furcation Bracket attaches to the N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet or the F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet and supports Corning Cable Systems Plug & Play Universal Systems trunk cables. Provides attachment points for the trunk cable furcation plug and tie points for securing the trunk cable to the bracket. Attaches at any location front-to-rear along the side of the cabinet Is C-shaped, 5.1W x .7D (130 mm x 17 mm), made from steel and includes installation hardware
Part Number
34707-C00 34707-C01 34707-C02 34707-C03 34707-C04 34707-C05 34707-C06 Requires a 5.2 (132 mm) setback if installed inside the rack-mount space behind equipment mounting rails. 34707-C07 34707-C08 34707-C09 34707-C10 34707-C11

For 24U Cabinets, 38.6 (981) For 36U Cabinets, 59.6 (1514) For 42U Cabinets, 73.6 (1870) For 43U Cabinets, 75.4 (1915) For 44U Cabinets, 77.1 (1959) For 45U Cabinets, 78.9 (2003) For 46U Cabinets, 80.6 (2048) For 47U Cabinets, 82.4 (2092) For 48U Cabinets, 84.1 (2137) For 49U Cabinets, 85.9 (2181) For 50U Cabinets, 87.6 (2226) For 51U Cabinets, 89.4 (2270)

8 (3.6) 10 (4.5) 11 (5.0) 11 (5.0) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 14 (6.5) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4)
Color is black. Use in N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinets or F-Series TerFrame Cabinets. Cannot be installed on the left side of a CPI N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet that has a Network Switch Exhaust Duct installed.
Fiber Module Adapter

The Fiber Module Adapter mounts to the Universal Accessory Rail in a N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet and supports a single Corning Cable Systems Plug & Play Universal Systems CCH Module in the rack-mount space between the cabinet frame and the cabinet side panel. 4U high CCH Modules provide a transition from 12-fiber MTP connectors to simplex or duplex connectors Use in the N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet for applications with lower cable densities that do not require the Corning Cable Systems high-density Zero-U System MTP Adapter Brackets and harness assembly connectivity Is S-shaped, 7H x 2W x 2.5D (178 mm x 50 mm x 64 mm), made from steel and includes installation hardware
Part Number
34713-C01
Description
Fiber Module Adapter

2 (0.9)
Color is black. Attaches to the Universal Accessory Rail.
2-28
Universal Accessory Rail

The Universal Accessory Rail attaches to the front vertical frame upright of the N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet and supports Corning Cable Systems high-density Zero-U System MTP Adapter Brackets, Fiber Module Adapters and Swivel Cable Spools in the rack-mount space between the cabinet frame and the cabinet side panel. Provides attachment points that align with rack-mount unit on the cabinet for any combination of Swivel Cable Spools, Fiber Module Adapters and Corning Cable Systems high-density Zero-U System MTP Adapter Brackets. Used in combination with the Fiber Trunk Cable Manager and Vertical Furcation Bracket in high-density installations Is C-shaped, 1.6W x .8D (41 mm x 19 mm), made from steel and includes installation hardware
Part Number
34701-C02 34701-C03 34701-C04 34701-C05 34701-C06 34701-C07 34701-C08 34701-C09 34701-C10 34701-C11

For 42U Cabinets, 63.0 (1600) For 43U Cabinets, 64.8 (1645) For 44U Cabinets, 66.5 (1689) For 45U Cabinets, 68.3 (1734) For 46U Cabinets, 70.0 (1778) For 47U Cabinets, 71.8 (1822) For 48U Cabinets, 73.5 (1867) For 49U Cabinets, 75.3 (1911) For 50U Cabinets, 77.0 (1956) For 51U Cabinets, 78.8 (2000)

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7)
Color is black. Use in CPI N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinets only. 6U (3U top/3U bottom) shorter than the cabinets equipment mounting rails.
Swivel Cable Spool

The Swivel Cable Spool helps manage optical fiber harness assemblies as they transition from connector matings on the Universal Accessory Rail to connections in rack-mount equipment. The spools are recommended next to modular SAN switches to manage cable slack where large numbers of harness assemblies are installed in a small number of rack-mount spaces. 1U high and attaches to the Universal Accessory Rail in the zero rack-mount unit space between the cabinet frame and the cabinet side panel Includes an L-shaped mounting bracket and an L-shaped spool; the spool rotates 360 with stops at 90 increments 1.7H x 4W x 5.5D (44 mm x 102 mm x 140 mm) overall; includes installation hardware; the plastic L-shaped spool is 4W x 3D (102 mm x 80 mm), 1 (30 mm) in diameter; the steel L-shaped standoff mounting bracket is 1.7H x 2.7W x 2D (44 mm x 70 mm x 50 mm)
Part Number
34716-C01 34716-C02
Description
Swivel Cable Spool, Each, Black Swivel Cable Spool, Kit of 6, Black

2 (0.9) 3 (1.4)
2-29
Fiber Module Bracket

The Fiber Module Bracket attaches to the side of the F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet and supports Corning Cable Systems Plug & Play Universal Systems CCH Modules and fiber optic patch cords in the zero rack-mount unit space between the cabinet frame and the cabinet side panel. Provides multiple attachment points for Corning Cable Systems Plug & Play Universal Systems CCH Modules, which convert the 12-fiber MTP connectors on the trunk cables into simplex or duplex connectors for rackmount storage arrays or servers with low port density requirements Provides cable management and tie points for trunk cables and jumper cables Is S-shaped, 6.2W x 1.8D (160 mm x 46 mm), made from steel and includes installation hardware
Part Number
34718-C00 34718-C01 34718-C02 34718-C03 34718-C04 34718-C05 34718-C06 34718-C07 34718-C08 34718-C09 34718-C10 34718-C11

For 24U Cabinets, 36.5 (927) For 36U Cabinets, 57.5 (1461) For 42U Cabinets, 71.5 (1816) For 43U Cabinets, 73.3 (1861) For 44U Cabinets, 75.0 (1905) For 45U Cabinets, 76.8 (1950) For 46U Cabinets, 78.5 (1994) For 47U Cabinets, 80.3 (2039) For 48U Cabinets, 82.0 (2083) For 49U Cabinets, 83.8 (2128) For 50U Cabinets, 85.5 (2172) For 51U Cabinets, 87.3 (2216)
Supports (#) Shipping Weight Modules lb (kg)

4 7 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 (4.5) 14 (6.4) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 17 (7.7) 18 (8.2) 18 (8.2) 18 (8.2) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6)
Color is black. Use in CPI F-Series TeraFrame Cabinets only. Requires a minimum 9.7 (246 mm) rear rail setback when used with standard Coring Cable Systems Universal Systems CCH Modules to provide access to connections.
2-30
Horizontal Furcation Bracket

The Horizontal Furcation Bracket attaches to the Universal Accessory Rail in the N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet or to the side of a TeraFrame Equipment Mounting Rail in the F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet. The Horizontal Furcation Bracket can be used to secure trunk cables in the vertical orientation as the cables enter the cabinet or as a horizontal (front-to-rear) support for the furcation legs of the trunk cable. Provides attachment points for the trunk cable furcation plugs and tie points for securing the trunk cable to the bracket in low-density installations Attaches at any location top-to-bottom along the side of the cabinet; multiple brackets can be used in each cabinet Is C-shaped, 4.3W x .5D (108 mm x 12 mm) with 1.5D (38 mm) mounting flange, made from steel and includes installation hardware
Part Number
34708-C02 34708-C03 34708-C04 34708-C05 34708-C06 34708-C07 34708-C08 34708-C09 34708-C10 34708-C11 34708-C12 34708-C13 34708-C14 34708-C15 34708-C16
Description Length in (mm)

22.4 (569) 23.3 (592) 24.3 (617) 25.3 (643) 26.3 (668) 27.3 (693) 28.3 (718) 29.3 (743) 30.2 (768) 31.2 (793) 32.2 (818) 33.2 (843) 34.2 (868) 35.2 (893) 36.2 (918)
Fits Max. Rail Spacing in (mm)

22.4 (569) 23.3 (592) 24.3 (617) 25.3 (643) 26.3 (668) 27.3 (693) 28.3 (718) 29.3 (743) 30.2 (768) 31.2 (793) 32.2 (818) 33.2 (843) 34.2 (868) 35.2 (893) 36.2 (918)

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7)
Color is Black. Can be used with the Vertical Furcation Bracket; cannot be used with the Fiber Trunk Cable Manager, Vertical Cable Manager or Internal Air Duct.
2-31
M-SERIES MEGAFRAME CABINET SYSTEM
The M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet

Attach 12 (300 mm) cable runway easily with pre-drilled attachment holes Quick and easy assembly with unique patented corner attachment bracket
Top Panel with 6 edge-protected punch-out ports provides cabling access wherever needed
Optional fan kit provides 400 CFM of airflow through cabinet
Lightweight aluminum construction provides strength, durability, easy handling and lower shipping costs Rack-mount units marks simplify installation Adjustable (front to rear) vertical mounting rails allow use as a standard four-post cabinet or two channel rack Fully adjustable side-mounted cabling ring sections provide unsurpassed vertical cable management without protruding into usable space
Extruded horizontal mounting rail provides support for equipment mounting rails and cabling ring panels
Inch markers on horizontal mounting rails ensure proper alignment of vertical mounting rails
Wide variety of mounting rails with Universal EIA 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm x 15.9 mm x 12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern to meet all equipment installation requirements
Standard door options include smoked plexiglass or vented front door and solid aluminum rear door; options include vented plexiglass and perforated metal doors
Adjustable leveling feet provide stability Open base allows cable entry, exit and ventilation
Quick release attachment for front and rear doors provides easy assembly and equipment installation; door can be positioned to open to the right or left side
Available in up to 39 (990 mm) usable depth, many heights
Static load rating of 2000 lb (907.2 kg)
Solid aluminum side panels are easy-to-remove and locking 2-32
19 or 23 Standard EIA rack width
M-SERIES MEGAFRAME CABINET
M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet 72, 78 and 84 (1830 mm, 1980 mm and 2130 mm)
The M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet System supports a vast array of potential applications. The cabinet is available in a variety of heights, widths and depths to meet the most stringent demands. Also, the M-Series Cabinet System allows the user to select mounting rails to accommodate todays variety of rack-mount equipment.
Specifications:
Available in three heights; 72, 78 and 84 (1830 mm, 1980 mm and 2130 mm)* Available in 19 or 23 EIA standard rack widths Available in four depths; 24, 30, 36 and 39 (610 mm, 760 mm, 910 mm and 990 mm) Available with or without top or side panels Side panels are easy-to-remove and locking Can be ordered with or without doors in a variety of materials and styles Cabinet is available with a choice of tapped 12-24, square-punched, Sun or IBM rails Rack-mount unit marks simplify equipment installation Hardware for each rail type is included All vertical mounting rails are available in half heights (also sold separately) Manufactured from aluminum custom designed for maximum strength and functionality Bolted construction, delivers fully or partially assembled Load Rating: 2000 lb (907.2 kg) UL Listed
Cabinet Includes:
(1) Four-Post Frame (anodized aluminum finish) (4) Vertical Mounting Rails & Mounting Hardware (2) Locking, Easy-To-Remove Side Panels (1) Quick-Release Front Door (1) Quick-Release Rear Door (1) Vented Top Panel & Six Cable Access Ports (2) Vertical Half Height Cable Managers (wide) (4) Leveling Feet (1) Multi-Bay Attachment Hardware Kit (4) Floor Anchor Clamps (1) Bag of 50 Each #12-24 Rack Channel Mounting Screws with tapped rails (1) Bag of 16 each M6 Cage Nuts and Screws, and 25 each #12-24 Cage Nuts and Screws with square-punched rails
*Note: Special 8 (2.4 m) cabinets are available in standard lead times.
2-33
MegaFrame Cabinet System 72, 78 and 84 (1830 mm, 1980 mm and 2130 mm)
Dimensions:
All Cabinet Styles
Usable Vertical Panel Space Overall Height without Leveling Feet Overall Height with Leveling Feet Overall Height with Casters Frame Vertical Opening
Height Dimensions - in (mm) 72 (1830) 78 (1980)

38U, 66.50 (1689.1) 72.02 (1829.3) 72.92 (1852.2) 75.70 (1922.8) 67.90 (1724.7) 42U, 73.50 (1866.9) 78.02 (1981.7) 78.92 (2004.6) 81.70 (2075.2) 73.90 (1877.1)
84 (2130)
45U, 78.75 (2000.3) 84.02 (2130.0) 84.92 (2157.0) 87.70 (2230.0) 79.90 (2029.5)
Usable Equipment Panel Width

Overall Width Frame Horizontal Opening
Width Dimensions - in (mm) 19 EIA

27.32 (693.9) 20.20 (513.1)
23 EIA
31.32 (795.5) 24.20 (614.7)
Nominal Cabinet Depth
Depth Dimension Cabinet Only (With Doors) - in (mm) 24 (61) 30 (760) 36 (910)
24.00 (609.6) 27.22 (691.4) 27.62 (701.5) 30.00 (762.0) 33.22 (843.8) 33.62 (853.9) 36.00 (914.4) 39.22 (996.2) 39.62 (1006.3)
39 (990)
39.00 (990.6) 42.22 (1072.4) 42.62 (1082.5)
Maximum Mounting Depth - Rail to Rail Overall Depth - Inside Door to Inside Door Overall Depth - Door Face to Door Face

Overall Depth
Depth Dimension Frame Only (Without Doors) - in (mm) 24 (610) 30 (760) 36 (910)
24.00 (609.6) 26.13 (663.7) 30.00 (762.0) 32.13 (816.1) 36.00 (914.4) 38.13 (968.5)
39 (990)
39.00 (990.6) 41.13 (1044.7)
Maximum Mounting Depth - Rail to Rail
All Cabinet Styles - in (mm)

Minimum Maximum
Shipping Weights - lb (kg) 72 (1830) 78 (1980)

152 (68.9) 251 (113.9) 152 (68.9) 262 (118.8)
84 (2130)
155 (70.3) 287 (130.2)
2-34
M-SERIES MEGAFRAME CABINET Part Number Configurator

When ordering an M-Series Cabinet, the part number is always preceded by the letter M. Use the part number matirx below to configure your M-Series Cabinet. Choose the Width, Height, Depth, Cabinet Style, Color, Door, and Shipping Option. Example Cabinet Part Number: M1221-112
M W
2. Width in
19 23
O
8. Shipping Option 1 2
1 2 0 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 5
Knocked Down Assembled
3. Height in mm
84 78 72 2130 1980 1830
7. Doors 0 1 2
No front or rear doors Plexiglass front/metal rear Metal front/Metal rear Vented plexiglass front/perforated metal rear Perforated metal front/perforated metal rear Cabinet Style
4. Depth in mm
24 30 39 36 610 760 990 910
(Perforated metal doors are 63% open for high airflow)
6. Color3 1 2 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 D E F G H J
Gray White
Black
5. Cabinet Style
Tapped rails, top & side panels Tapped rails, top & no side panels Tapped rails, no top or side panels (frame only)1 Square-punched rails, top & sides Square-punched rails, top, no sides Square-Punched rails, no top or side panels (frame only)1 Sun rails2, top & side panels Sun rails2, top & no side panels Sun rails2, no top or side panels (frame only)1 IBM rails2, top & side panels IBM rails2, top & no side panels IBM rails2, no top or side panels (frame only)1
Frame Only Style
Notes: 1. Frame only style cannot be ordered with doors 2. Server rail styles are only available on cabinets 36 (910 mm) or 39 (990 mm) in depth. 3. Color refers to mounting rails and side panels and metal/perforated metal door panels. Frame is silver-colored anodized aluminum. For further assistance call 800-834-4969.
2-35
48 (1220 mm) M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet

The 48H (1220 mm) M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet is designed for space conscious customers who demand value, while offering the same excellent quality that sets CPI apart from the competition. The cabinet is available in a variety of widths and depths. Multiple cabinets can be mounted side-by-side using optional baying hardware. The cabinet is available in white, black or gray powder-coated finish. The cabinet is also available in a frame only configuration.
Note: When ordering a frame only configuration, the mounting rails have a powder-coated finish based on your color selection. The frame is always silvercolored anodized aluminum.
Specifications:
Provides 25U of rack-mount space Available in 19 EIA or 23 EIA standard rack widths Available in three depths; 24, 30 and 36 (610 mm, 760 mm and 910 mm) Load Rating: 2000 lb (907.2 kg)
*Note: For equipment security and protection, the 48 (1220 mm) MegaFrame Cabinet features a solid top panel. For vented top options call Technical Support at 800-834-4969.
2-36
M-SERIES MEGAFRAME CABINET Part Number Configurator

When ordering an M-Series Cabinet, the part number is always preceded by the letter M. Use the part number matirx below to configure your M-Series Cabinet. Choose the Width, Height, Depth, Cabinet Style, Color, Door, and Shipping Option. Example Cabinet Part Number: M2530-112
M W
2. Width in
19 23
O
1 2 0 1 2 3 4 2 3 5
3. Height in mm
48 1220
7. Doors 5
4. Depth in mm
24 30 36 610 760 910
6. Color2 1 2 7 0 1 2 3 4 5
Gray White
Black
5. Cabinet Style
Tapped rails, top & side panels Tapped rails, top & no side panels Tapped rails, no top or side panels (frame only)1 Square-punched rails, top & sides Square-punched rails, top, no sides Square-Punched rails, no top or side panels (frame only)1
Frame Only Style
Notes: 1. Frame only style cannot be ordered with doors 2. Color refers to mounting rails and side panels and metal/perforated metal door panels. Frame is silver-colored anodized aluminum. For further assistance call 800-834-4969.
2-37
C-SERIES SLIMFRAME CABINET
C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet System

The C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet System is an ideal storage solution for EIA standard 19 rack-mountable equipment that fits on a standard, 24 (610 mm) access floor tile and provides up to 43U of space. The cabinet can bay to any existing MegaFrame to meet the demand for data storage expansion. Multiple SlimFrame Cabinets bay together by selecting variations without side panels and using the included Multi-Bay Attachment Hardware Kit. Two cable management solutions are available for the SlimFrame. CPI's unique Narrow Vertical Cable Manager is included with each cabinet, or choose the larger vertical cable manager, P/N 12465, for greater capacity when baying two or more SlimFrame Cabinets.
Specifications:
Available in three heights; 72, 78 and 84 (1830 mm, 1980 mm and 2130 mm) Available in 19 EIA rack width Available in three depths; 22, 30 and 36 (560 mm, 760 mm and 910 mm) Available with or without top or side panels Side panels are easy-to-remove and locking Can be ordered with or without doors in a variety of materials and styles Cabinet is available with your choice of tapped 12-24, square-punched, Sun or IBM rails Rack-mount unit marks simplify equipment installation Hardware for each rail type is included All vertical mounting rails are available in half heights (also sold separately) Manufactured from aluminum custom designed for maximum strength and functionality Bolted construction, delivers fully or partially assembled Load Rating: 2000 lb (907.2 kg)
Cabinet Includes:
Requires only 24 (610 mm) of floor space!
(1) Four-Post Frame (anodized aluminum finish) (4) Vertical Mounting Rails & Mounting Hardware (2) Locking, Easy-To-Remove Side Panels (1) Quick-Release Front Door (1) Quick-Release Rear Door (1) Vented Top Panel with Six Cable Access Ports (2) Vertical Half Height Cable Managers (narrow) (4) Leveling Feet (1) Multi-Bay Attachment Hardware Kit (4) Floor Anchor Clamps (1) Bag of 50 Each #12-24 Rack Channel Mounting Screws with tapped rails (1) Bag of 16 Each M6 Cage Nuts and Screws and 25 Each #12-24 Cage Nuts and Screws with square-punched rails
2-38
C-SERIES SLIMFRAME CABINET
C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet System

Dimensions
All Cabinet Styles
Height Dimensions - in (mm) 72 (1830) 78 (1980)

37U 72.00 (1828.8) 72.90 (1851.7) 75.38 (1914.7) 64.88 (1648.0) 40U 78.00 (1981.2) 78.90 (2004.1) 81.38 (2067.1) 70.88 (1800.4)
84 (2130)
43U 84.00 (2133.6) 84.90 (2156.5) 87.38 (2219.5) 76.88 (1952.8)
Width Dimensions - in (mm) Usable Equipment Panel Width

19 EIA
24 (610) 19.84 (500)

Overall Depth - Frame Only
Depth Dimension Frame Only ( With Doors) - in (mm) 22 (560) 30 (760)

21.84 (554.7) 23.96 (608.6) 25.46 (646.7) 30.00 (762.0) 32.12 (815.8) 33.62 (853.9)
36 (910)
36.00 (914.4) 38.12 (968.2) 39.62 (1006.3)
Maximum Mounting Depth - Rail to Rail Overall Depth - Door Face to Door Face

Minimum Maximum
Shipping Weights - lb (kg) 72 (1830) 78 (1980)

142 (64.4) 233 (105.7) 141 (64.0) 249 (112.9)
84 (2130)
149 (67.6) 250 (113.4)
2-39
C-SERIES SLIMFRAME CABINET Part Number Configurator

When ordering an C-Series Cabinet, the part number is always preceded by the letter C. Use the part number matirx below to configure your C-Series Cabinet. Choose the Width, Height, Depth, Cabinet Style, Color, Door, and Shipping Option. Example Cabinet Part Number: C1133-732
C
2. Width in
19
O
3. Height in mm
84 78 72 2130 1980 1830
7. Doors 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 4 3 5 6
4. Depth in mm
30 36 22 760 910 560
6. Color3 1 2 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 D E F G H J
Gray White
Black
5. Cabinet Style
Tapped rails, top & side panels Tapped rails, top & no side panels Tapped rails, no top or side panels (frame only)1 Square-punched rails, top & sides Square-punched rails, top, no sides Square-Punched rails, no top or side panels (frame only)1 Sun rails2, top & side panels Sun rails2, top & no side panels Sun rails2, no top or side panels (frame only)1 IBM rails2, top & side panels IBM rails2, top & no side panels IBM rails2, no top or side panels (frame only)1
Frame Only Style
Notes: 1. Frame only style cannot be ordered with doors 2. Server rail styles are only available on cabinets 36 (910 mm) or 39 (990 mm) in depth. 3. Color refers to mounting rails and side panels and metal/perforated metal door panels. Frame is silver-colored anodized aluminum. For further assistance call 800-834-4969.
2-40
T-SERIES STEELFRAME CABINET
T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet

The T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet is an affordable, steel cabinet that is an attractive solution for 19 EIA rack-mountable equipment. It is available as a fully configured cabinet with or without a Vertical Exhaust Duct or as a frame-only cabinet without side panels or doors. Fully-adjustable EIA-310-D compliant vertical mounting rails accommodate depth-variable installation of 19 equipment and feature #12-24 tapped holes or square-punched holes to accept cage nut hardware. Additional CPI rails for special IBM or Sun equipment can also be used with the T-Series Cabinet.
Specifications:
Cabinet has two overall widths (T1 or T2); both support 19 EIA equipment Available with a Vertical Exhaust Duct to isolate and remove hot exhaust air from the cabinet Vertical cable manager is included with every cabinet Bay to T-Series Cabinets of same height and depth Mounting rails feature rack-mount unit marks, simplifying equipment installation Ships fully assembled Load rating: 2000 lb (907.2 kg)
Cabinet Includes:
(1) Four-Post Frame (4) Vertical Mounting Rails (2) Removable, Lockable Side Panels (1) Reversable, Lockable Front Door (1) Reversable, Lockable Rear Door (1) Vented Top Panel with six Cable Access Ports or (1) Solid Top Panel with five Cable Access Ports and a Vertical Exhaust Duct - Cabinets with Vertical Exhaust Duct also include (1) Air Dam Kit (1) Vertical Cable Manager (narrow or wide) (4) Leveling Feet (1) Multi-Bay Attachment Hardware Kit (1) Bag 50 #12-24 Screws (with tapped rails) (1) Combo Kit of #12-24 and M6 Cage Nuts and Screws (with square-punched rails)
2-41
T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet System

Dimensions
All Cabinet Styles
Height Dimensions - in (mm) 78 (1980)

42U 78.0 (1981) 78.9 (2004) 82.3 (2090) 74.0 (1880)
84 (2130)
45U 84.0 (2134) 84.9 (2156) 88.3 (2243) 80.0 (2032)
Cabinet Style Usable Equipment Panel Width

Width Dimensions - in (mm) T1 19 EIA

24.0 (610) 19.9 (505)
T2 19 EIA
27.3 (693) 19.9 (505)
Cabinet Depth
Usable Depth Overall Depth - Frame Only Overall Depth - Door to Door
22.6 (574)
22.6 (574) 24.0 (610) 27.0 (690)
Depth Dimensions - in (mm) 30 (760) 36 (910)

30.0 (762) 31.4 (798) 34.4 (874) 36.0 (914) 37.4 (950) 40.4 (1026)
39 (990)
39.0 (990) 40.4 (1026) 43.4 (1102)
44 (1120)
44.0 (1120) 45.4 (1153) 48.4 (1229)

Minimum Maximum
Shipping Weights - lb (kg) 78 (1980)

122 (55.3) 351 (159.2)
84 (2130)
124 (56.2) 356 (161.5)
Ordering Instructions (tables on next page)

When ordering T-Series Cabinet, the part number is always preceded by the letter T. 1st Digit - Width The T-Series is offered in two overall widths, both support 19 EIA equipment. The wider T2 cabinet provides more room for cable management, while the narrow T1 cabinet is perfect for servers. 2nd Digit - Height How tall a cabinet do you need? 3rd Digit - Depth What is your maximum mounting depth requirement? 4th Digit - Cabinet Style Choose your rail style and panel requirement. CPI offers either tapped 12-24 or square-punched vertical mounting rails. Squarepunched rails have square holes to capture various size of cage nuts. Specialty rails are available as an accessory. 5th Digit - Color Available in three standard colors 6th Digit - Doors Appearance and ventilation requirements will determine your door style. Perforated front doors have a curved profile, all other doors are flat. All Doors include a swing handle latch with a keyed lock. 7th Digit - Shipping T-Series Cabinets are fully assembled. Cabinets are also available as a frame only (bottom matrix). For further assistance call 800-834-4969.
2-42
T-SERIES STEELFRAME CABINET Part Number Configurator

When ordering an T-Series Cabinet, the part number is always preceded by the letter T. Use the part number matirx below to configure your T-Series Cabinet. Choose the Width, Height, Depth, Cabinet Style, Color, Door, and Shipping Option. Example Cabinet Part Number: T104B-742
T
2. Width in
19 23
3
O
1 2 0 1 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 7
3. Height in mm
84 78 2130 1980
7. Doors 0 1
No front or rear doors Solid plexiglass front/solid metal rear Vented plexiglass front/perforated metal rear Curved perforated metal front/perforated metal rear Curved perforated metal front/Double-perforated metal rear Curved perforated metal front/solid metal rear door with seal
4. Depth2 in mm
30 39 36 22.6 44 760 990 910 574 1120
6. Color4 1 2 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F
Gray White
Black
5. Cabinet Style
Tapped rails, top & two side panels Tapped rails, top & no side panels Tapped rails, no top or side panels (frame only)1 Multi-mount rails, top & two side panels Multi-mount rails, top & no side panels Multi-Mount rails, no top or side panels (frame only)1 Tapped rails, top & one side panel Multi-mount rails, top & one side panel Multi-mount rails, Vertical Exhaust Duct System2, 20-34H (508 - 863 mm) with two side panels Multi-mount rails, Vertical Exhaust Duct System2, 20-34H (508 - 863 mm) with one side panel Multi-mount rails, Vertical Exhaust Duct System2, 20-34H (508 - 863 mm) with no side panels Multi-mount rails, Vertical Exhaust Duct System2, 34-60H (863 - 1523 mm) with two side panels Multi-mount rails, Vertical Exhaust Duct System2, 34-60H (863 - 1523 mm) with one side panel Multi-mount rails, Vertical Exhaust Duct System2, 34-60H (863 - 1523 mm) with no side panels Cabinet Style
Frame Only Style
Cabinet Style with Vertical Exhuast Duct System
Notes: 1. Frame only style cannot be ordered with doors 2. Vertical Exhaust Duct System includes a Vertical Exhaust Duct, Air Dam Kit and seal for the rear door. Only available on depth options 4 & 7. 3. T1 cabinet outside width is 24 (610 mm); T2 cabinet outside width is 27.3 (693 mm) 4. Color refers to mounting rails and side panels and metal/perforated metal door panels. Frame is silver-colored anodized aluminum. For further assistance call 800-834-4969.
2-43
Bottom Panel Kit

The bottom panel covers the bottom of the T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet to block airflow into and out of the base of the cabinet. Part of CPIs Passive Cooling Solution. Use with an Air Dam Kit and Snap-In Filler Panels to enhance front-to-rear or front-to-top airflow through cabinets when cabinets are supported on leveling feet or casters. Seals the base of 39D (990 mm) and 44D (1120 mm) T-Series SteelFrame Cabinets manufactured after May 2009 Includes one brush-sealed, 3 x 11.5 (76 mm x 292 mm) cable access port located at the rear center of the panel Match to cabinet width (T1 or T2) and depth
Part Number
14274-X01 14274-X02 14274-X03 14274-X04
Description in (mm)
Bottom Panel Kit for T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet, T1 x 44 (1120) Bottom Panel Kit for T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet, T2 x 44 (1120) Bottom Panel Kit for T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet, T1 x 39 (990) Bottom Panel Kit for T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet, T2 x 39 (990)

17 (7.7) 19 (8.6) 15 (6.8) 17 (7.7)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=Computer White, 7=Black.
Airflow Director
Direct hot exhaust air at the back of the cabinet from the bottom of the cabinet toward the top of the cabinet. Part of CPI Passive Cooling Solutions. Use with the T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet with Vertical Exhaust Duct, an Air Dam Kit and Snap-In Filler Panels to create one-way, front-to-top airflow through the cabinet. 9.9H x 8.0D (252 mm x 203 mm) Attaches to the cabinet frame; match to cabinet width: T1 or T2
Part Number
14272-X01 14272-X02
Description
Airflow Director Kit for T-Series (T1) Airflow Director Kit for T-Series (T2)

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=Computer White, 7=Black.
2-44
E-SERIES ISP CO-LOCATION CABINET SYSTEM
E-Series ISP Co-Location Cabinet

Three separate, secure compartments in 7 (2.1 m) cabinet provide 14 usable rack-mount space for equipment mounting in each compartment. The E-Series ISP Co-Location Cabinet is available in standard 30 and 36 (760 mm and 910 mm) usable mounting depths to accommodate most file server variations. The internal width is 19 or 23. The cabinet features patented self-squaring construction to allow shipment in both fully assembled and partially assembled configurations. Partially assembled cabinets can be particularly beneficial for installations in buildings without freight loading docks or in multi-story facilities without freight elevator service. A patented, secure, 3-channel vertical cable raceway provides security for both data and power to each compartment. The cable raceway accommodates either overhead or access floor cable access. Separate power distribution to each compartment protects each co-locators equipment from power surges or outages caused by adjacent co-locators. Front and rear doors are lockable. Optional keysets unique for each compartment available. Each of the three compartments includes a separate vertical power strip (see bottom of page). Internal thermal management and power distribution has been greatly improved. E-Series Cabinets feature an optional door mounted rear fan that draws in ambient air and expels heated air for effective temperature maintenance. For optimum efficiency when using the fan, the rear door features a solid (rather than perforated) design. Load Rating: 2000 lb (907.2 kg)
Patented, secure 3-channel raceway on each side of cabinet separates power and data cables for each compartment
Each compartment includes an eight-outlet power strip. Power strip is rated 125 VAC, 15 Amp with (8) NEMA 5-15R outlets and an attached 10L (3 m) cord with a NEMA 5-15P plug.
Optional door-mounted fan keeps equipment cool. Fan is 200 CFM, 115 VAC, 50/60 Hz with an attached 2.5L (0.7,) power cord with a NEMA 5-15P plug.
2-45
E-SERIES ISP CO-LOCATION CABINET Part Number Configurator

When ordering an E-Series Cabinet, the part number is always preceded by the letter E. Use the part number matirx below to configure your E-Series Cabinet. Choose the Width, Height, Depth, Cabinet Style, Color, Door, and Shipping Option. Example Cabinet Part Number: E1051-732
E
2. Width/Rails in
19, Tapped 23, Tapped 19, Square-punched 23, Square-punched
O
1 2 3 4
7. Doors 3 4 0 6. Color1 3 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 7
Gray White Vented plexiglass front/perforated metal rear Perforated metal front/perforated metal rear Cabinet Style
3. Height in mm
84 2130
(3), 14U compartments
Perforated metal doors are 63% open for high airflow
4. Depth in mm
30 36 760 910
Black
5. Cabinet Style/Accessories
Side panels, no fan, standard locks Side panels, fan, standard locks Side panels, no fan, custom-keyed locks Side panels, fan, custom-keyed locks Baying, no fan, standard locks Baying, fan, standard locks Baying, no fan, custom-keyed locks Baying, fan, custom-keyed locks
Notes: 1. Color refers to mounting rails and side panels and metal/perforated metal door panels. Frame is silver-colored anodized aluminum. For further assistance call 800-834-4969.
2-46
SEISMIC FRAME CABINET
Seismic Frame Cabinet System

Rated Zone 4 compliant to Bellcore GR-63-CORE for Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS), Section 4.4.1.1, the Seismic Frame Cabinet System is designed to withstand the seismic stress of an 8.3 Richter scale earthquake. Offered in a 84H x 19W x 36D (2130 mm x 19W x 910 mm) cabinet solution, the aluminum outer frame provides the sound structural environment necessary for sensitive Information Technology (IT) hardware components. Standard 19 EIA Rack Width Features square-punched mounting rails with rack-mount unit marks Reinforced inner frame provides structural rigidity Aluminum outer frame with steel inner frame delivers maximum strength with minimum weight Seismic bracing kits and a full line of structural enhancement products are available to support site-specific structural requirements Internal cable management provides flexibility for wire routing and fits on-site customization Adjustable front to rear vertical mounting rails allow use as a standard four-post cabinet or two-channel rack Load Rating: 800 lb seismic (362.9 kg)
84H (2130 mm) x 19W x 36D (910 mm) Seismic Cabinet Part Number
11972-X02 11972-X12 11972-X22 11972-X32 11972-X42
Cabinet Door Style Front

No Front Plexiglass Metal
Vented Plexiglass Perforated Metal
Rear
No Rear Metal Metal
Perforated Metal Perforated Metal
84H (2130 mm) x 19W x 36D (910 mm), Without Side Panels Cabinet Door Style Part Number Front Rear
11973-X02 Closeup of reinforced inner frame 11973-X12 11973-X22 11973-X32 11973-X42 No Front Plexiglass Metal
No Rear Metal Metal

Cabinet Dimensions - in (mm)

Usable Height Usable Depth Usable Width Overall Height Overall Depth (w/doors) Overall Width Shipping Weight - lb (kg) 43U, 77.88 (1978.2) 36 (910) 19 EIA 84.13 (2136.9) 39.62 (1006.3) 27.32 (693.9) Min. - 286 (129.7) Max. - 376 (170.6)
84H (2130 mm) x 19W x 36D (910 mm), Frame Only** Part Number Cabinet Door Style
11974-X02
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black **Frame is anodized aluminum
Frame Only
2-47
ELECTRONIC LOCKING SYSTEM
Electronic Locking System for CPI Cabinets

Upgrade CPI Cabinets to automate security access to equipment with the Electronic Lock System. This IP addressable locking system is easy to configure and provides an electronic record of each cabinet access attempt. Combine a Communications Module with Electronic Lock Control Modules to build a network that will control cabinet access via Keypad Modules, Proximity Card Reader Modules and authorized IP control. Included software allows up to 10 levels of authorization, and provides monitoring and alarm reporting. The Communications Module provides a single network connection for monitoring up to 64 Lock Control Modules, 64 Keypad Modules and 64 Proximity Card Reader Modules and includes Windows-compatible software that provides setup, monitoring, recording and remote access and alarm functions The Electronic Lock Control Module connects eight swing handles (four cabinets) to the Communications Module Add the Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit to each door and connect the lock to the Electronic Lock Control Module; use the extension cable, if required Add Keypads and /or Proximity Card Reader Modules to gain access at the cabinet; one Keypad or Proximity Card Reader Module can open multiple doors/cabinets
Key:
= Communication Module = Electronic Lock Control Module
Part Number
16147-050
Description Length ft (m)

Communications Module (includes mounting brackets, a null moden cable, lock control software CD and User Manual)

5 (2.3)
Electronic Lock Control Module for 8 Handles 16147-052 (includes mounting brackets, 12 VDCpower supply and a power cord with a NEMA 5-15P plug) 16147-050 Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit for TeraFrame Cabinet 16147-060 for a single solid metal or perforated metal front door, 1/door, 9 (2.7) cable 16147-061 Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit for TeraFrame Cabinet for a single solid plexiglass front door, 1/door, 9 (2.7) cable
5 (2.3)
3 (1.4)
3 (1.4)
Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit with Integrated Keypad 16147-062 Module for TeraFrame Cabinet for a single solid metal or perforated metal front door, 1/door, 9 (2.7) cable 16147-052 16147-063 Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit for TeraFrame Cabinet for a single or double, solid metal or perforated metal rear door, 1/door, 9 (2.7) cable
4 (1.8)
2 (0.9)
Note: Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit for the TeraFrame Cabinet will connect to existing slam or two-point latches. Modules are 1.25 H x 5.32 W x 11.77D (32 mm x 135 mm x 229 mm)
16147-062
The Communications, Electronic Lock Control and Proximatey Card Reader Module connect with patch cords (see next page). The Keypad Module connects with the Keypad Module cables. 2-48
ELECTRONIC LOCKING SYSTEM
Optional Modules for the Electronic Locking For CPI Cabinets

Keypad Module (recommended)
Enter door access codes at or near the cabinets on the Keypad Module. Enter the door swing handle number, and then enter the access code. When used with the Proximity Card Reader Module, enter the door swing handle number and use the proximity card as the access code. 16147-008
Proximity Card Reader Module (optional)

The Proximity Card Reader Module includes an external card reader and two proximity cards. Use the proximity cards as user access keys with the Keypad Module.
Part Number
16147-008 16147-016 16147-054 16147-054 16147-040

Keypad Module with one S1 to RJ-11 Cable, 9 (2.7) Keypad Module Cable, S1 to RJ-11, 9 (2.7) Proximity Card Reader Module , includes External Card Reader (also includes mounting brackets, 12 VDC power supply and a power cord with a NEMA 5-15P plug Extra Proximity Cards, Pack of 5

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 5 (2.3) 1 (0.5)
Accessories for the Electronic Locking System for CPI Cabinets

Part Number
16147-015 16147-020 16147-030 16147-030 16147-041 16147-042 60070-007 60070-014 60070-025 60074-001

Electronic Lock Extension Cable, 16 (5) Universal Mounting Bracket (included with 16147-050, 052 & 054) Power Supply and Cord (included with 16147-052 & 054) Electronic Locking System User Manual (included with 16147-050) Electronic Locking System Software CD (included with 16147-050) Network Patch Cord, RJ-45, 7 (2.1) Network Patch Cord, RJ-45, 14 (4.3) Network Patch Cord, RJ-45, 25 (7.6) RJ-45 F/F Coupler Kit (Pack of 4)

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
2-49
THERMAL MANAGEMENT
Thermal Management For Cabinet & Enclosure Systems

The biggest challenge in todays data center is thermal management, which is no surprise considering the average heat load generated per equipment cabinet has doubled since 2000. Creating a properly configured cabinet that works with your data centers cooling system to control airflow and maximize cooling effectiveness is vital to success. Not only is it important to create a properly configured cabinet, but arranging cabinets in a hot aisle/cold aisle layout enhances thermal conditions and establishes one-way airflow thought the cabinet space. CPI provides a wide range of innovative thermal management solutions that are designed to channel cool air to the front of equipment cabinets where it is needed most. Our most recent approach to cooling the data center involves CPI Passive Cooling Solutions. This solution allows customers to reclaim control over airflow so it can be directed where it is needed, eliminating bypass and re-circulation of hot exhaust air and the formation of hot spots.
Snap-In Filler Panel

Block airflow through open rack-mount spaces to help keep hot air at the back of the cabinet. Snap-In Filler Panels can be used in any 19"W CPI Cabinet that has square-punched equipment mounting rails.
Part Number
34537-000 34538-000 34537-001 34538-001 34537-002 34538-002
1U x 19, Black, 1 Each 2U x 19, Black, 1 Each 1U x 19, Black, 6 Each 2U x 19, Black, 6 Each 1U x 19, Black, 50 each 2U x 19, Black, 50 each

1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 22 (10.0) 35 (15.9)
2-50
THERMAL MANAGEMENT
KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet

13571
The KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet blocks airflow from escaping through cable access holes in access floor environments significantly increasing cooling effectiveness in the data center. A double layer of premium grade Nylon 6 brushes creates a seal around cables preventing cold air from escaping. Brushes will not break or deform from repeated use. Most brush filaments are treated to dissipate static build-up. Grommets are easy to install in the middle or along the edge of floor tiles and allow large bundles of cables and large power connectors to pass through the opening. Use Integral Grommets (13571-00X) for new cable access holes; an integrated sleeve passes through the hole to protect cables Use Split Integral Grommets (13671-00X) for new cable access holes at the edge of tiles; Grommet comes apart to release cables Use Surface-Mount (13576-00X), Large Surface-Mount (12676-00X) and Extra-Large Surface-Mount Grommets (13677-00X) to cover existing holes Large and Extra-Large Surface-Mount Grommets include a two-piece steel plate that covers a larger hole in the floor; the cable opening is the same Use 3" (75 mm) and 6" (150 mm) Extended Brush Grommets (13674-00X and 13675-00X) to cover long, narrow cuts in 24 and 600 mm access floor tiles Use Mini Grommet (13871-00X) and Mini Grommet with untreated brush filaments (13872-00X) for new installations; flush-mount design with a sleeve that protects cables as they pass through the floor
13676
13671
13675
13576 Part Number 1 Each

13571-001 13671-001 13576-001 13676-001 13677-001 13674-001 13675-001 13871-001 13872-001
13871 Description in (mm)

Integral Grommet Split Integral Grommet
10 Each
13571-002 13671-002 13576-002 13676-002 13677-002 13674-002 13675-002 13871-002 13872-002
Overall Size H xW x D in (mm)

1-5/8 x 11 x 8-1/4 (41 x 280 x 210) 1-5/8 x 11 x 8-1/4 (41 x 280 x 210) 1-1/8 x 11 x 8-1/4 (29 x 280 x 210) 1-15/16 x 12 x 11-3/4 (33 x 305 x 298) 1-15/16 x 12 x 15 (33 x 305 x 381) 1 x 24 x 5 (25 x 610 x 130) 1 x 24 x 8 (25 x 610 x 200) 1.5 x 7.7 x 5.7 (38 x 190 x 145) 1.5 x 7.7 x 5.7 (38 x 190 x 145)

18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 21 (9.5) 43 (19.5) 43 (19.5) 29 (13.2) 37 (16.8) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3)
Surface-Mount Grommet Large Surface-Mount Grommet Extra-Large Surface-Mount Grommet Extended 3 (75) Brush, 24 (610) Extended 6 (150) Brush, 24 (610) Mini Grommet Mini Grommet; no static dissipation
Part Number
13571-00X 13671-00X 13576-00X 13676-00X 13677-00X 13674-00X 13675-00X 13871-00X 13872-00X
Cable Opening W x D - in (mm)

8 x 4 (200 x 100) 8 x 4 (200 x 100) 8 x 4 (200 x 100) 8 x 4 (200 x 100) 8 x 4 (200 x 100) 22 x 2-1/2 (560 x 64) 22 x 5-1/2 (560 x 140) 5 x 2-1/2 (130 x 64) 5 x 2-1/2 (130 x 64)
Maximum Hole in Floor W x D - in (mm)

9-3/16 x 6-3/4 (234 x 172) 9-3/16 x 6-3/4 (234 x 172) 10 x 7-1/4 (250 x 185) 10 x 9-3/4 (250 x 248) 10 x 13 (250 x 330) 22 x 2-1/2 (560 x 64) 22 x 5-1/2 (560 x 140) 6 x 4 (150 x 100) 6 x 4 (150 x 100)
Note: Large and Extra-Large Surface-Mount Grommets include grommets and steel plates which ship in separate boxes. Shipping Weights are for 10 each; P/N (-002).
2-51
THERMAL MANAGEMENT
Air Dam Kit - Cabinet Airflow Baffles

The Air Dam Kit creates a barrier between the cabinet door and the front of equipment along the top, bottom and sides of the cabinet. When used in combination with perforated front and rear doors, the Air Dam Kit helps to channel cool air to the front of equipment and also helps to prevent the mixing of heated air from the rear of the cabinet with cool air at the front of the cabinet. Use on M-Series MegaFrame, C-Series SlimFrame and T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet Systems 5D (130 mm) baffles Kit consists of: (1) Top baffle (1) Bottom baffle (4) Small side baffles (4) Large side baffles Installation hardware
Part Number
Description HxW in (mm) For M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet System

84 (2130) x 19 78 (1980) x 19 72 (1830) x 19 48 (1220) x 19 84 (2130) x 23 78 (1980) x 23 72 (1830) x 23 48 (1220) x 23

11 (5.0) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 8 (3.6) 11 (5.0) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 8 (3.6) 11 (5.0) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 11 (5.0) 10 (4.5)
13336-X10 13336-X11 13336-X12 13336-X15 13336-X20 13336-X21 13336-X22 13336-X25 13336-X10 13336-X11 13336-X12 13338-X10 13338-X11
For C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet System

84 (2130) x 19 78 (1980) x 19 72 (1830) x 19
For T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet System

84 (2130) x 19 78 (1980) x 19
2-52
THERMAL MANAGEMENT
Fan Kit For M-Series MegaFrame

The MegaFrame Fan Kit provides optional ventilation and cooling for the cabinet. Four fans mount on two interchangeable frames to fit cabinet top panel Grill design and ball-bearing motor offer longer life and quiet operation Each fan frame has an IEC C-14 power inlet Includes a detachable 15L (4.6 m) power cord with a molded plug Provides up tp 400 CFM of ventilation for cabinet Can be used on the MegaFrame, SlimFrame and Seismic Frame Cabinets UL Recognized
Part Number
Description / Color Cooling Fan Kit - 400 CFM

6 (2.7) 6 (2.7)
12480-701 12480-702
Black, 115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 5-15P Black, 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 6-15P
Fan Kit For T-Series SteelFrame

The T-Series Fan Kit provides optional ventilation and cooling with the built-in redundancy of a three-fan system. Fans exhaust warm air out of the top of the cabinet. Provides up to 300 CFM of ventilation for cabinet Quick, easy mounting to the inside of the top panel (not for use in cabinets that have a Vertical Exhaust Duct) IEC C-14 power inlet, includes a 12L (3.7 m) detachable power cord with an IEC C-13 connector and molded NEMA 5-15P plug for 115V application or 615P Plug for 230V applications UL Recognized
Part Number
12724-701 12724-702
Description / Color
Black, 115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 5-15P Black, 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 6-15P

8 (3.6) 8 (3.6)
Fan Specifications - Each Fan Operating Voltage

115 VAC 230 VAC
Airflow
100 CFM 100 CFM
Noise Level (1 Meter Max)

37 dBA 37 dBA
Power Consumption
15 Watts 15 Watts
Operating Frequency
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
2-53
THERMAL MANAGEMENT
Intelligent & Standard Fan Doors

The Intelligent Fan Door, when used as the rear door on a cabinet, removes heated air and prevents the build up of heated air inside the cabinet, which can cause equipment to overheat and shut down. Intelligent Fan Door uses a solid-state temperature control to vary fan speed from an ultra quiet low speed at low air temperature through increasingly higher speeds as temperature rises. Peak exhaust airflow can reach 960 CFM. Intelligence allows this system to deliver cooling when and where it's needed while keeping the noise to a minimum. Standard Fan Door using single-speed fans are also available. They provide 100 CFM per fan for a total of 800 CFM. Use Intelligent Fan Doors on the rear of CPI M-Series MegaFrame, C-Series SlimFrame or T-Series SteelFrame Cabinets that support rack-mount computer and data storage equipment Multiple IEC C-14 power connections allow attachment to different circuits for power redundancy (2 connections/4 fans each) 115 VAC/60 Hz fans includes two detachable power cords with IEC C-13 to NEMA 5-15P plugs
Standard Fan Door Intelligent Fan Door
MegaFrame & SlimFrame Fan Doors

Door Type
13212 13222 13213 13223 Intelligent Fan Doors for MegaFrame Standard Fan Doors for MegaFrame Intelligent Fan Doors for SlimFrame Standard Fan Doors for SlimFrame
SteelFrame Fan Doors

Door Type
13214 13224 Intelligent Fan Doors for SteelFrame Standard Fan Doors for SteelFrame
Color
1 2 7 Gray White Black
Color
1 2 7 Gray White Black Cabinet Width 1 2 19 Rack-Mount 23 Rack-Mount
Cabinet Width - in (mm)

1 2 24 (610) Overall (19 Rack-Mount) 27.3 (693) Overall (19 Rack-Mount)
Cabinet Height - in (mm)

0 1 132xx - x x x 84 (2130) Overall 78 (1980) Overall
Cabinet Height - in (mm)

0 1 2 5 132xx - x x x 84 (2130) Overall 78 (1980) Overall 72 (1830) Overall 48 (1220) Overall*
Notes: Not for use with cabinets that have a Vertical Exhaust Duct. -Intelligent, full height; 960 CFM/60 Hz, 115 VAC, 2 x NEMA 5-15P -Standard, full height; 800 CFM/60 Hz, 115 VAC, 2 x NEMA 5-15P -Intelligent, 48H (1220 mm) ; 480 CFM/60 Hz, 115 VAC, 1 x NEMA 5-15P -Standard 48H (1220 mm); 400 CFM/60 Hz, 115 VAC, 1 x NEMA 5-15P
*Only available for M-Series MegaFrame Cabinets. (1) power connection, 480 CFM (Intelligent), 400 CFM (Standard)
2-54
THERMAL MANAGEMENT
Filtered Ventilation System For 30D (760 mm) MegaFrame Cabinets

The Deluxe Filter Cabinet Ventilation System provides positive pressure inside the cabinet ensuring the highest level of protection from airborne dust particles. This system has the fans and filters installed at the bottom of the cabinet. Air exhausts through vents in the cabinet top. Equipment may not be mounted in the 2U at the bottom of the cabinet to allow clearance for cabinet intake air. The Standard Filter Cabinet Ventilation System is for the retrofitting of MegaFrame Cabinets with fans already located on the cabinet top. For 19 and 23W x 30D (760 mm) MegaFrames Air Filter Kit with 115 VAC fans provides up tp 400 CFM and has an attached 15L (4.6 m) power cord with a NEMA 5-15P plug Air Filter Kit with 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz fans provides up to 400 CFM and has an attached 15L (4.6 m) power cord with a NEMA 6-15P plug Trim-to-fit filter media is readily available from many commercial suppliers or can be ordered from CPI 3/8 (9.53 mm) thick filter provides 70-75% dust particle retention One filter provided with each kit
Note: This product only available for 30D (760 mm) MegaFrame Cabinets. Unit will generate 48 db noise level. For other depths, contact Technical Support at 800-834-4969.
12511-50X
Air Filter Kit with Fans
Part Number 19 12510-50X

Air Filter Kit w/o Fans
Description
23 Deluxe Filter Cabinet Ventilation System

Air Filter Kit w/ 115 VAC Fans Air Filter Kit w/ 230 VAC Fans Air Filter Kit w/o Fans

22 (10.0) 22 (10.0) 13 (5.9) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
12511-501 12511-502 12511-503 12511-504 12510-501 12510-502 12507-001 12505-001
Standard Filter Cabinet Ventilation System Accessories - in (mm)

12 X 24 X 3/8 (300 x 610 x 9.53) Filter, 6 Pack Foam Insert, 2 Pack (for cable ports)
2-55
CABLE MANAGEMENT
Cable Management Overview For Cabinet & Enclosure Systems

CPI offers a variety of optional Cable Management Products for our Cabinet and Enclosure Systems to manage power and network cables. The MegaFrame, SlimFrame and SteelFrame Cabinet Systems contain internal cable management space along both sides of the frame. Vertical ring style and enhanced trough style cable managers are available. These cable managers can be attached to the frame and adjusted from front-to-rear, independently of the mounting rails. The SteelFrame Cabinet also offers an External Cable Manager available on the 84H x 39D (2130 mm x 990 mm) model that attaches to the side of the cabinet. CPIs TeraFrame Cabinet System offers optional network cable managers that attach to the equipment mounting rails and power strip/cord managers which connect to the cabinet frame, keeping cables separated. One cable manager can be attached to each mounting rail within the cabinet.

One pair shown The Vertical Cable Manager provides cable management in addition to the Integrated Cable Manager. Available for 72, 78 and 84 (1830 mm, 1980 mm and 2130 mm) cabinets. Includes one pair of sections and eight rings Large 2.3W x 5.5D (58 mm x 140 mm) heavy duty plastic rings with rounded edges organize and protect cable sheaths Ships pre-assembled Position anywhere along horizontal mounting rails Use with MegaFrame, Seismic Frame, and SteelFrame T2 Series of cabinets; use with SlimFrame when bayed without side panels
Part Number
Shown installed with cable 12465-X05 12465-X06 12465-X07
Color Height (pair) in (mm)

Cabling Ring Section, 72 (1830) Cabling Ring Section, 78 (1980) Cabling Ring Section,r 84 (2130)

7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black. Rings are black.
Vertical Cabling Ring Accessory Kit

Add additional cable rings to the Vertical Cable Manager for easy cable segregation. Each ring can be oriented parallel or perpendicular to the cabinet's mounting rails. Add to Vertical Cable Manager Includes (8) heavy-duty molded plastic cable rings and (8) mounting screws U-ring design allows easy insertion of cable, providing more flexibility in cable management Rounded edges protect cable sheaths
Create two cable pathways using one manager
Part Number
14068-701
Description
8 Cable Rings, Black

3 (1.4)
2-56
CABLE MANAGEMENT
Narrow Vertical Cable Manager

One section shown This space-saving manager is ideal in CPIs narrower SlimFrame C-Series and SteelFrame (T1 Series) Cabinets. Rings snap on, making new configurations a simple process Control radius helps maintain a proper bend radius in cables Designed for use in SlimFrame and SteelFrame T1 Series Cabinets Includes (2) vertical mounting brackets, (8) pre-assembled cable rings, (1) control radius and (1) hardware kit
Part Number
11809-X00 11809-X01 Control radius shown attached to bracket 11809-X02
Section Dimensions HxWxD in (mm)

For 84H (2130 mm) Cabinet, 1 Pair 34.7 x 1.75 x 4.13 (881 x 44.5 x 104.9) For 78H (1980 mm) Cabinet, 1 Pair 31.7 x 1.75 x 4.13 (44.5 x 104.9 x 805) For 72H (1830 mm) Cabinet, 1 Pair 28.7 x 1.75 x 4.13 (44.5 x 104.9 x 729)

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 4 (1.8 )
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black (Rings are black.)
Narrow Vertical Cabling Ring Accessory Kit

Add additional cable rings to the Narrow Vertical Cable Manager for additional configurations. Contains (8) black 1.40H x 1.45W x 4.13D (36.8 mm x 104.9 mm x 35.6 mm) plastic U-rings U-ring design allows for easy insertion of cables
Part Number
11817-001
Description
8 Black Narrow Cable Rings

1 (0.5)
Horizontal Cable Tray

Network cabling is neatly stored in the tray, but hidden from view. Designed to complement M-Series and T-2 Series SteelFrame vertical cable rings. Creates a 6W (150 mm) internal cable pathway Sold in pairs Supports up to 50 lb (22.7 kg)
Part Number 19 Rack

10365-X19
23 Rack
10365-X23

4 (1.8)
2-57
CABLE MANAGEMENT
Enhanced Cable Managers

Enhanced Vertical Managers allow cables to be organized by rack-mount unit, making it easier to trace individual cables during moves, adds and changes. Additionally, two Enhanced Vertical Managers can be connected with Frontto-Back Managers (as shown) to create a complete pathway for cables that connect network switches and computers within the same or adjacent cabinets. Enhanced Vertical Managers are available in two sizes for large and extralarge cable capacities. The narrow version can be added to any MegaFrame Cabinet. The wide version is used in any 23W MegaFrame Cabinet that has been converted into a 19 rack solution with CPI's 23-19 Rail Adapter Kit (P/N 10587, page 2-83). Both models include a lockable, snap-on door to protect cables. The matching Front-to-Back Managers (sold in pairs) snap onto the vertical managers and adjust to match the depth of the cable managers. Cable openings in Enhanced Vertical Manager allow cables to exit by rack-mount unit; openings have rounded edges to protect cable and will not deform or break The back side of the Enhanced Vertical Manager has four edge-protected cable pass-through ports for front-to-back cabling Cover snaps on and opens to the right or left Front-to-Back Managers adjust in depth to connect the front and rear Enhanced Vertical Manager Constructed of high-strength lightweight aluminum
Narrow Enhanced Vertical Cable Manager
Front-to-Back Manager
Part Number
Description HxWxD in (mm) Enhanced Vertical Manager, Narrow

72 x 3.50 x 5.23 (1830 x 88.9 x 132.8) 78 x 3.50 x 5.23 (1980 x 88.9 x 132.8) 84 x 3.50 x 5.23 (2130 x 88.9 x 132.8)

9 (4.1) 10 (4.5) 11 (5.0) 11 (5.0) 12 (5.4) 13 (5.9) 3 (1.4) 2 (0.9)
13171-702 13171-701 13171-700 13170-702 13170-701 13170-700 13169-701 13168-701
Enhanced Vertical Manager, Wide

72 x 4.75 x 8.77 (1830 x 120.7 x 222.8) 78 x 4.75 x 8.77 (1980 x 120.7 x 222.8) 84 x 4.75 x 8.77 (2130 x 120.7 x 222.8) 2.38 x 1.74 (60.5 x 44.2), 2 each
Front-to-Back Horizontal Manager, Narrow Front-to-Back Horizontal Manager, Wide

2.38 x 3.77 (60.5 x 95.8), 2 each
Shown: (2) 13171-700 (2) 13169-701
Shown: (2) 13170-700 (2) 13168-701
2-58
CABLE MANAGEMENT
External Cable Manager for T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet

Attach to the side of the cabinet Creates vertical and front-to-rear cable pathways T-shaped cable fingers guide cables Vertical cable openings align with rack-mount spaces in the cabinet Solid bottom with brushed cable access Top is open over the front and rear vertical manager Includes solid locking front and rear doors Matches height and depth of cabinet Two sizes available: 6W or 12W (150 mm or 300 mm)
Part Number
16144-X50 16145-X50 16144-X40 12 version shown without doors 16145-X40
Description WxD in (mm)

6 x 36 (150 x 910) 12 x 36 (300 x 910) 6 x 39 (150 x 990) 12 x 39 (300 x 990)

111 (50.3) 127 (57.6) 114 (51.7) 131 (59.4)
Therma-Stop Brush Side Panel

Use in between the cabinet and External Cable Manager Front and rear brush cable openings block airflow between cabinets Includes a keyed lock Matches the depth of the cabinet or cable manager
Part Number
16143-X50 16143-X40

Brush, Locking, 36 (910) Brush, Locking, 39 (990)

63 (28.6) 68 (30.8)
2-59
SHELVES
Fixed Shelf
Use fixed shelves to support equipment without rack-mounted brackets such as modems, CPUs, small power supplies, monitors, etc. Shelves mount to the Universal EIA 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm -15.9 mm -12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern of the four vertical mounting rails. Three depths are offered in 18, 24 and 29 (460 mm, 610 mm and 740 mm) to provide clearance for cables, ventilation, power strips, etc. Shelves have adjustable mounting depths of 13 to 24 (330 mm to 610 mm) for the 18 (460 mm) shelf, 17 to 28 (430 mm to 710 mm) for the 24 (610 mm) shelf and 24 to 38 (610 mm to 970 mm) for the 29 (740 mm) shelf. Available in vented and non-vented styles. Vented shelves are designed to optimize airflow through cabinet. Sold individually. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Accommodates the Monitor Tie-Down Bracket, P/N 11725-X01 Installs using (8) #12-24 screws (not included) 19 shelf supports up to 250 lb (113.4 kg) 23 shelf supports up to 200 lb (90.7 kg) 19 shelves are UL Listed
Part Number
Color

7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 11 (5.0) 11 (5.0) 11 (5.0) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5)
Part Number
19W x 18D (460 mm) Fixed Shelf, non-vented

12336-119 12336-219 12336-719 12337-119 12337-219 12337-719 12334-119 12334-219 12334-719 12335-119 12335-219 12335-719 14070-119 14070-219 14070-719 14072-119 14072-219 14072-719 Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black
Shipping Weight lb (kg) 23W x 18D (460 mm) Fixed Shelf, non-vented Color
Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 11 (5.0) 11 (5.0) 11 (5.0)
12336-123 12336-223 12336-723 12337-123 12337-223 12337-723 12334-123 12334-223 12334-723 12335-123 12335-223 12335-723 14070-123 14070-223 14070-723 14072-123 14072-223 14072-723
19W x 18D (460 mm) Fixed Shelf, vented
2-60
SHELVES
Sliding Shelf
These specially designed shelves are suitable for applications where there is a need to access installed equipment for maintenance, upgrading, cleaning, etc. The cable management arm prevents cable damage during shelf extension or retraction. It also maintains proper bend radius of cable. Shelves mount to the four vertical mounting rails. Two depths are offered in 18 and 24 (460 mm and 610 mm) to provide clearance for cables, ventilation, power strips, etc. Shelves have adjustable mounting depths of 14 to 24 (360 mm to 610 mm) for the 18 (460 mm) shelf and 18 to 30 (460 mm to 760 mm) for the 24 (610 mm) shelf. Offered in either vented or nonvented styles. Vented shelves are designed to optimize airflow. Sold individually. Extends 17 (430 mm) for 18D (460 mm) shelf and 23 (580 mm) for 24D (610 mm) Offered in 18 (460 mm) or 24 (610 mm) depth, vented or non-vented Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Shelf locks in closed or fully open position, providing stability Ships fully assembled, installs using (8) #12-24 screws (not included) Fits cabinets that are 30D (760 mm) or less Accommodates the Monitor Tie-Down Bracket, P/N 11725-X01 Supports up to 140 lb (63.5 kg)
Part Number
Shipping Weight lb (kg) 19W x 18D (460 mm) Sliding Shelf, non-vented Color
Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 13 (5.9) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3) 16 (7.3)
Part Number
Shipping Weight lb (kg) 23W x 18D (460 mm) Sliding Shelf, non-vented Color
Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black Gray Computer White Black 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 14 (6.4) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7) 17 (7.7)
12338-119 12338-219 12338-719 12339-119 12339-219 12339-719 12345-119 12345-219 12345-719 12346-119 12346-219 12346-719
12338-123 12338-223 12338-723 12339-123 12339-223 12339-723 12345-123 12345-223 12345-723 12346-123 12346-223 12346-723
19W x 18D (460 mm) Sliding Shelf, vented
19W x 24D (610 mm) Sliding Shelf, non-vented
23W x 24D (610 mm) Sliding Shelf, non-vented
2-61
SHELVES
32 Deep (810 mm) Sliding Shelf

Unlike most storage solutions that may cause kinking, twisting and cutting of cables during shelf extension and retraction, CPI's flexible polycarbonate belt, which fits in the rear undercarriage, solves these problems. This belt easily attaches to either the left or right side of the vertical bracket and contains eight molded releasable clips that accommodate cable bundles measuring up to 1 (25.4 mm) in diameter. Supports up to 160 lb (72.6 kg) using less than 2U Locks in the closed position Open easily with accessible front lock levers providing greater stability while accommodating deep servers Maximum usable shelf space of up to 32 (810 mm) Cable management belt provides greater flexibility in the storage of wire bundles Designed for 36 or 39D (910 mm or 990 mm) cabinets
Part Number
Style 19W x 32D (810 mm) Sliding Shelf

25 (11.3) 25 (11.3) 25 (11.3) 25 (11.3)
Flexible cable manager
11913-X19 11914-X19 11913-X23 11914-X23

X=Color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black
Vented
19W x 32D (810 mm) Sliding Shelf

Non-Vented

Vented

Non-Vented
Extra Heavy Duty Sliding Shelf

Shelf provides support up to 300 lb (136.1 kg) and uses only 2U, providing 26 (660 mm) usable depth. Flexible cable management belt eliminates kinking, bending or cutting of cable Adjustable mounting depth of 20 to 34 (510 mm to 860 mm) 19 shelf provides 17.5 (445 mm) usable width 23 shelf provides 21.5 (546 mm) usable width Locks in fully closed or open position
Part Number
Patented shelf extends a full 24 (610 mm) 12700-X19 12700-X23
Description
19W Solid Shelf 23W Solid Shelf

29 (13.2) 30 (13.6)
X=Color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black
2-62
SHELVES
Rack-Mount Cable Shelf

Use Rack-Mount Cable Shelf in any 19W CPI cabinet equipped with an Air Dam Kit to provide a front-to-rear pathway for cables. Cables pass through brush sealed ports along the front of the shelf. Rack-Mount Cable Shelf uses 1U and will fit in cabinets with mounting rails set between 22 and 40D (560 mm and 1020 mm).
Part Number
13517-701
1U x 19, Black

17 (7.7)
Monitor Shelf And Sliding Keyboard Tray With Mouse Pad

Provides a compact solution for storing and accessing components. Installs using eight #12-24 screws (not included). Adjustable mounting depth of 23 to 39D (580 mm to 990 mm) Tray fits up to 19.1W x 8.5D (485 mm x 216 mm) keyboards Tray and mouse pad store inside the monitor shelf Keyboard tray locks into position Mouse pad is 7 x 7 (180 mm x 180 mm) Monitor shelf supports up to 200 lb (90.7 kg)
Note: Monitor TieDown Kit, see Page 2-74, can be used with this product to securely hold your monitor to the shelf.
Part Number 19 Wide

12495-X19
23 Wide
12495-X23

23/24 (10.4/10.9)
Flush-Mounting Sliding Keyboard Tray With Wrist Rest

This space-saving keyboard tray requires only 1U. Extends 11 (280 mm) giving full access to keyboard Ball bearing slide produces smooth operation Locks in open position 19 holds up to 16.37W x 7.67D (415.8 mm x 194.8 mm) keyboards 23 holds up to 20.37W x 8.67D (517.4 mm x 220.2 mm) keyboards Mounting hardware not included
Part Number
15555-X19 15556-X23
Description

9 (4.1) 10 (4.5)
2-63
SHELVES
Keyboard+Tray
Keyboard included
The Keyboard+Tray features an IBM-compatible (PC, XT, AT and PS/2) keyboard tray with 104 full-size keys. Contains a built-in trackpad, eliminating the need for a mouse, tail and separate tray Features two PS/2 standard connectors-one keyboard, one mouse Ships fully assembled Mounting hardware not included
Part Number
LCD Monitor+Shelf is offered on Page 2-66. Purchase both the Monitor+Shelf and Keyboard+Tray in the Space Saving Duo also listed on Page 2-66.
Description
4-Post, Keyboard+Tray, Black 4-Post, Keyboard+Tray, With Gold Contacts

13 (5.9) 13 (5.9)
13480-719 13480-729
Low Profile Fixed Shelf

Unique telescoping design delivers between 20 and 36 (510 mm and 910 mm) of continuous support for up to 100 lbs (4534 kg) of equipment in less than 1U of rack-mount space. Shelf bracket provides front and rear support, attaching with single screw to mounting rails Available in 19 EIA and 23 EIA widths, providing 17.5 and 21.5 (445 mm & 546 mm) surface space respectively Made of steel Supports up to 100 lb (45.4 kg) 19 shleves are UL Listed Shelf extends from 20- 36 (510 mm - 910 mm) in depth. Mounting brackets included, but not shown.
Part Number
12573-X19 12573-X23 12610-X19 12610-X23
Description
19W Solid Shelf 23W Solid Shelf 19W Vented Shelf 23W Vented Shelf

16 (7.3) 18 (8.2) 15 (6.8) 17 (7.7)
2-64
LCD MONITOR
LCD/KVM Console
The LCD/KVM is a convenient set of rack-mount peripherals that use only 1U of rack-mount space and can connect to one, eight or 16 computers. Includes a 19 EIA rack-mount shelf with a 15, 17 or 19 LCD display and a 106 key keyboard with a touch pad Connects to one, eight or 16 computers; multi-computer units include a keyboard/video/mouse (KVM) switch Dual sides allow the LCD display and keyboard tray to open separately; the slides also lock in the closed position Includes an internal universal power supply with an IEC 320 connector for international use and a 6L (1.8 m) power cord with a NEMA 5-15P plug KVM switch connects to computers with PS/2 or USB keyboard and mouse connections with signal cables and supports DOS, Windows (98, 98SE, ME, 2000, XP, NT), HP Unix, Linux, Novel 3.12-6 and SUN operating systems Use with CPI Cabinet Systems or four-post systems (does not attach to two-post racks)
Includes: LCD panel, a keyboard with touch pad, (1) VGA + 2xPS/2 signal cable and (1) USB cable. 15 and 17 LCD models attach to rails spaced 26.8to 32.8 (681 mm - 835 mm) apart; 19 LCD models attach to rails spaced 29.2 to 35.3 (742 mm - 897 mm) apart.
Part Number
13715-301 13717-301 13719-301
1 Port LCD Consoles (No KVM Switch) Description Shipping HxWxD Weight in (mm) lb (kg)
15 LCD, 1U x 19 x 19.1 (485), Black 17 LCD, 1U x 19 x 19.1 (485), Black 19 LCD, 1U x 19 x 19.1 (485), Black 38 (17.2) 38 (17.2) 40 (18.1)
137
8 and 16 Port LCD/KVM Consoles (Includes KVM Switch) LCD Size

15 17 19 15 17 19
Unit Size HxWxD in (mm)

1U x 19 x 23.8 (605) 1U x 19 x 26.2 (665)
Rail Depth Range in (mm)
Shipping Weight Range lb (kg)
23.1 - 32.0 (589 - 815) 39 - 48 (17.7 - 21.8) 25.6 - 34.5 (651 - 877) 39 - 48 (17.7 - 21.8)
1U x 19 x 23.8 (605) 23.1 - 32.0 (589 - 815) 39 - 48 (17.7 - 21.8)
Includes Cables
0 1 2 None (select this option if ordering individual signal cables) 6 PS2/VGA Cables, 8 or 16 cables based on KVM port selected 6 USB/VGA Cables, 8 or 16 cables based on KVM port selected
KVM Ports
08 16 8 16
137
XX - X
XX
Note: LCD/KVM Console is only available in black.
For specifications and cable options for this product, please see page 8-16. 2-65
LCD MONITOR
LCD Monitor+Shelf
Increase usable space inside your cabinet using the LCD Monitor+Shelf. The flat-panel monitor stores horizontally. When needed, pull out the monitor and rotate it to a position in front of your other mounted equipment. A unique friction plate holds the device at any angle you choose. 19 EIA; requires less than 2U Rotates to a horizontal position and slides into cabinet or rack when not in use Ships fully assembled Integrated cable management prevents tangles Attaches to mounting rails spaced 27 to 40 (690 mm to 1020 mm) apart
LCD Monitor included Also available in two-post version
Monitor Specifications
Display: 10.6H x 13.3W (169 mm x 338 mm) TFT Color LCD Resolution: 1280 x 1024 Color Support: 16.77 million colors Viewing Angle (10:1 contrast ratio): H-160, V-160 Power Consumption: 35 Watts maximum Power Requirements: 100-120 VAC or 200-240 VAC 50/60 Hz Input Signals: RGB (Analog), DVI Standard 1.0 (DIgital) Input Connector: VGAD-Sub mini 15 pin, DVI-D 24 pin (switchable) Plug & Play: VESA DDC 2B Certifications and Standards: TCO'03, TV/Ergonomics (including ISO 13406-2), TV/GS, c-Tick, CE, CB, UL (CTVus), CSA (cTVus), FCC-B, Canadian ICES-003-B, TV/S, VCCI-B, EPA ENERGY STAR, RoHS, WEEE, EIZO (Eco Products) 2006
Integrated cable management prevents tangles
Part Number
13380-729
4-Post, 2U x 19, Black

25 (11.3)
Space Saving Duo

Order CPIs LCD Monitor+Shelf and Keyboard+Tray under one part number. Both products together use 3U of rack-mounting space.
Part Number
13381-724 13381-725
Description
4-Post, LCD Monitor+Shelf & Keyboard+Tray 4-Post, LCD Monitor+Shelf & Gold Contact Keyboard+Tray

40 (18.1) 40 (18.1)
2-66
DRAWER
Redesigned to allow stackable units
Lockable Storage Drawer

CPI's redesigned Lockable Storage Drawer keeps backup media, software, manuals, laptops, test equipment, and extra patch cords in close proximity to where they are typically used within a cabinet. It now allows for stackable units. Lockable Storage Drawer is available for 19W or 23W racks and cabinets. It includes attachment brackets that allow center mounting on two-post racks with 3 or 6D (80 mm or 150 mm) equipment channels or front and rear attachment to four-post racks and cabinet systems with mounting rails that are adjusted between 24 and 39 (610 mm and 990 mm) in depth. Attaches to any CPI freestanding 19W or 23W rack or cabinet system Available in three heights: 2U, 3U and 4U Features 20D (510 mm) lockable drawer that extends full depth for easy access to stored equipment Supports a 100 lb (45.4 kg) load (drawer and top surface combined)
Drawer with two-post mounting brackets
Part Number
Drawer with four-post mounting brackets
Description Drawer Depth in (mm) 19 Rack-Mount


18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 22 (10.0) 21 (9.5) 23 (10.4) 25 (11.3)
13082-X19 13083-X19 13084-X19 13082-X23 13083-X23 13084-X23
23 Rack-Mount
Drawer Dividers For Lockable Storage Drawer

Divide your Lockable Storage Drawer into three sections, approximately 5W (130 mm) each, to organize and store CD and tape cases. For use with the 3U and 4U drawers only.
Part Number
13185-X01
Description
Divider, 3U & 4U Drawers

3 (1.4)
2-67
ACCESSORIES
Caster Kits
Caster Kits allow cabinets to be moved quickly and easily. When space is limited, cabinets can be placed against the wall when not in service. Casters also allow for easy reconfiguration of space. Increases cabinet height as follows: - P/N 13203, by 3.68 (93.5 mm) - P/N 13204, by 3.38 (85.8 mm) - P/N 14275, by 4.28 (108.7 mm) Casters swivel and lock Install casters prior to populating cabinet Intended to be used on CPI Cabinets manufactured after July 1, 2004
P/N 13203 includes: (4) Corner gussets (4) Full swivel, 3 (80 mm) diameter locking casters Installation hardware P/N 13204 includes: (4) Reinforcement plates (4) Full swivel, 3 (80 mm) diameter locking casters Installation hardware P/N 14275 includes: (2) Reinforcement plates with fixed casters (2) Corner gussets with full swivel 3 (80 mm) locking casters Installation hardware
P/N 13203 shown
Part Number
13203-001 13204-001 14275-001
Description
Casters for MegaFrame Casters for SlimFrame & Co-Location Cabinets Casters for T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet

27 (12.2) 13 (5.9) 25 (11.3)
Universal Cabinet Light

Fits any 19 EIA or 23 rack or cabinet. It can be mounted in various orientations to direct additional illumination where it is most needed. Only 1U; provides 8 Watts of fluorescent light from 115VAC On/Off switch and 6 (1.8 m) cord White lens with white housing; black bracket
Part Number
13393-719 13393-723
Description
19 Cabinet Light, 8 Watt 23 Cabinet Light, 8 Watt

3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
Hardware Kits
12637 Tapped Rail Hardware Kits (sold separately) Shipping Part Nominal Package Weight Finish Number Size Of lb kg)
40605-001 12-24 12-24 12-24 12-24 M-6 10-32 12-24 50 1,000 50 1,000 25 25 25 Zinc Zinc Black Black Gold over Zinc Zinc Black 1 (0.5) 9 (4.1) 1 (0.5) 9 (4.1) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
12638 12639
40605-004 40605-005 40605-006 12637-001 12638-001 12639-001
Square-Punched Hardware Kits (sold separately)
2-68
ACCESSORIES
Tapped 12-24 & Square-Punched Mounting Rails

CPIs accessory vertical mounting rails provide additional mounting rail options for MegaFrame, SlimFrame or SteelFrame Cabinets. Select full or half rack sizes and install using captive bolts in the horizontal mounting rail. Tapped rails are made of high-strength aluminum and are best for network cabinets holding interconnect equipment, switches and routers Square-punched rails are made of steel and feature square-punched holes for most servers and data storage equipment Both styles feature universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm -15.9 mm -12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern Each kit includes two mounting rails and 5/16 -18 hex nuts for mounting rails to cabinet Rack-mount unit marks simplify equipment installation
Note: There are two pair of additional captive bolts per cabinet allowing two pair of vertical mounting rails to be added to each cabinet.
Full Length Rails

Rails are grouped by height.
28H (710 mm) Cabinet Vertical Rails, Full Length Tapped Square-Punched Description - in (mm)
12460-X01 12630-X01 28 (710) Cabinet, Pair
12460-X03 12630-X03 48 (1220) Cabinet, Pair
Square-punched rails feature cage nuts that slip into square holes
12460-X05 12630-X05 72 (1830) Cabinet, Pair
12460-X06 12630-X06 78 (1980) Cabinet, Pair
12460-X07 12630-X07 84 (2130) Cabinet, Pair
Half Length Rails

Half length rails are available for cabinets that are 72 (1830 mm) or higher.
Tapped
12450-X05 12450-X06 12450-X07
Square-Punched
12631-X05 12631-X06 12631-X07
Description - in (mm)
72 (1830) Cabinet, Pair 78 (1980) Cabinet, Pair 84 (2130) Cabinet, Pair
Please see page 2-68 for Hardware Kits.. 2-69
ACCESSORIES
Front Rail
Vertical Mounting Rails For Sun Equipment

Z-Shaped Rail Square-Punched Rail
For use within the MegaFrame, SlimFrame and SteelFrame cabinets, this three-piece vertical mounting rail system delivers greater flexibility and maximum use of floor space by allowing a larger variety of servers to be mounted in 30D (760 mm) or deeper cabinets. Series 11812 rail kit includes two front rails, two Z-shaped rails, two squarepunched rails and packaged hardware. The shape of the rails allow the installation of Sun servers that have unique side-mounting requirements. Rear Square-Punched rails allow Four-post mounted equipment requiring EIA-310-D standard mounting to be installed in a cabinet also containing Sun equipment. Series 11813 and 11815 Z-shaped rail kits can be used when mounting multiple Sun servers of varying depths within the same cabinet. These kits include two Z-shaped rails and hardware. All mounting rails adjust from 24-39 (610 mm - 990 mm). Design and shape of rails allow Sun servers to be side-mounted, where required Rear square-punched rails maximizes available space for accessories and connectivity products in 36 or 39D (910 mm or 990 mm) cabinets Rack-mount unit markings on rails simplify equipment installation Made of steel
Part Number
Description Height in (mm) Full Height Z-shaped Rail Kit

84 (2130) Cabinet, Pair 78 (1980) Cabinet, Pair 72 (1830) Cabinet, Pair 48 (1220) Cabinet, Pair

9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 8 (3.6) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 5 (2.3) 50 (22.7) 47 (21.3) 43 (19.5) 29 (13.2) 21 (9.5) 20 (9.1) 19 (8.6) 1 (0.5)
11813-X01 11813-X02 11813-X03 11813-X05 11815-X01 11815-X02 11815-X03 11812-X01 11812-X02 11812-X03 11812-X05 11814-X01 11814-X02 11814-X03 12638-001
Half Height Z-shaped Rail Kit

Full Height Rail Kit

Half Height Rail Kit

Sun Rail Hardware Kits (sold separately)

10 -32, Zinc, Pack of 25
Sun Rails Hardware Kits -12638
2-70
ACCESSORIES
Vertical Mounting Rails For IBM eServer pSeries Servers

IBM vertical mounting rails for the MegaFrame, SlimFrame and SteelFrame cabinets include two full or half height rails and 5/16-18 serrated flange nuts. Mounting rails are made of steel with the Universal EIA 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm -15.9 mm -12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern. Mounting holes are round in shape and non-threaded. Mounting rails adjust from 24-39 (610 mm - 990 mm) allowing the installation of equipment with varying depths
When mounting IBMs eServer pSeries Servers, CPI recommends the following bracing accessories:
Adjustable Bracing Kit (P/N 12477) Retractable Stabilizer Kit (P/N 13123) MegaFrame Floor Anchor Clamps (included with each cabinet). Must be anchored to floor using CPI P/N 40604, 40607, or equivalent
Part Number
Description Height in (mm) Full Height IBM Rail Kit

Shipping Weight lb kg)

10 (4.5) 7 (3.2) 8 (3.6) 6 (2.7) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 4 (1.8) 1 (0.5)
11953-X00 11953-X01 11953-X02 11953-X05 11954-X00 11954-X01 11954-X02 13980-001
Half Height IBM Rail Kit

IBM Rail Hardware Kits (sold separately)

M-5 x .8, Gold over Zinc, Pack of 25
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White; 7=Black
IBM Rails Hardware Kits - 13980
Grounding & Bonding Kit For T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet

Side panels and doors are electrically bonded to the cabinet frame using #12 conductors factory cut-to-length and factory terminated. Kit also includes a 2barrel grounding block that attaches to the cabinet frame and holds up to two #0 gauge wires.
Part Number
12725-001
Description
Grounding & Bonding Kit

2 (0.9)
2-71
ACCESSORIES
Patch Panel Auxiliary Mounting Rails For Datacom Cabinets

Patch Panel Auxiliary Mounting Rails allow patch panels to be mounted in a cabinet independent of mounting rail location. Front and rear tapped holes accommodate the installation of panel-mounted equipment in addition to providing rear cable management options. For use in CPI MegaFrame, SteelFrame and SlimFrame Cabinets Rail is 10.5H x 1.26W x 3D, (267 mm x 32 mm x 80 mm) 6U Made of aluminum; hardware included Supports 150 lb (68 kg) vertical load, 110 ft-lb (149.1 Nm) rotational moment equal to 100 lb (45.4 kg) cantilevered load at 1 (0.3 m) from mounting bolt
Part Number
12533-X01
Description
Auxiliary Mounting Rails, Pair

3 (1.4)
23-19 Rail Adapter Kit

Mount your 19W equipment in a 23W MegaFrame Cabinet with the 23-19 Rail Adapter Kit. Kit includes 12 adapters and packaged hardware Made of steel Adapters can be used with CPIs tapped 12-24, Square-Punched, Sun, or IBM rails and are available for all cabinet heights Front to rear adjustability remains intact; increases cable routing space Rail adapter kit is available for all cabinet heights Supports up to 1000 lb (453.6 kg)
Part Number
10587-X01
Description
(12) 23-19 Rail Adapters

5 (2.3)
RMU Label Kits

Easy-to-read numbers take the guesswork out of aligning components, eliminating the need for manual rack-mount unit calculation. Two kits are available: 1-45U for 7 (2.1 m) racks and cabinets; 1-58U for 8 or 9 (2.4 m or 2.7 m) racks and cabinets Kit contains four individual label packs, enough for four racks and four cabinets Labels are constructed of W (10 mm) durable polyester film with adhesive backing and are black with rack-mount numbers printed in white
Part Number
11927-001 11927-002
Description
1-45U Labels 1-58U Labels

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
2-72
ACCESSORIES
Retractable Stabilizer Kit For M- & C-Series Cabinets

The Retractable Stabilizer Kit is a floor-level brace that provides anti-tip protection when heavy, slide-mounted equipment is extended in front of the cabinet. When not in use, the stabilizer can be retracted under the cabinet for unimpeded aisle space and improved cabinet appearance. The stabilizer is recommended for new cabinet installations as access to the bottom interior of a populated cabinet may be difficult. Leveling feet (included with each cabinet) or casters (P/N 13203-001) are required to support the cabinet, so that stabilizing feet can slide freely. Full Kit: If the cabinet has leveling feet and no casters, select the full kit which comes with leveling feet extensions. Partial Kit: If the cabinet has casters in addition to leveling feet, select a partial kit because extensions are included with CPI caster sets.
Part Number
Description WxD in (mm) Full MegaFrame Kits

19 x 30 (76) Cabinet, Black 19 x 36 (910) Cabinet, Black 19 x 39 (990) Cabinet, Black 23 x 30 (760) Cabinet, Black 23 x 36 (910) Cabinet, Black 23 x 39 (990) Cabinet, Black

32 (14.5) 34 (15.4) 36 (16.3) 35 (15.9) 37 (16.8) 39 (17.7) 28 (12.7) 30 (13.6) 32 (14.5) 31 (14.1) 33 (15.0) 35 (15.9) 29 (13.2) 31 (14.1) 25 (11.3) 27 (12.2)
13123-713 13123-715 Retractable Stabilizer Kit shown attached to cabinet with leveling feet and casters 13123-714 13123-723 13123-725 Designed for CPI MegaFrame and SlimFrame Cabinets that are 6, 66 and 7H (1.8 m, 2.0 m and 2.1 m) , 19 or 23W, and 30, 36 or 39D (760 mm, 910 mm or 990 mm) Provides anti-tip support for servers up to 300 lb (136.1 kg) Safe use requires that servers are secured in the closed position prior to extending the stabilizer feet and that only one server at a time be extended for service When rack-mount equipment is not being serviced, stabilizer remains under the cabinet, keeping aisles clear for service carts Perforated floor tiles located in front of the cabinet remain unobstructed, allowing cool air to flow freely 13123-724 13124-713 13124-715 13124-714 13124-723 13124-725 13124-724 13125-713 13125-715 13126-713 13126-715
Partial MegaFrame Kits

19 x 30 (76) Cabinet, Black 19 x 36 (910) Cabinet, Black 19 x 39 (990) Cabinet, Black 23 x 30 (760) Cabinet, Black 23 x 36 (910) Cabinet, Black 23 x 39 (990) Cabinet, Black
Full SlimFrame Kits

19 x 30 (760) Cabinet, Black 19 x 36 (910) Cabinet, Black
Partial SlimFrame Kits

19 x 30 (760) Cabinet, Black 19x 36 (910) Cabinet, Black
2-73
ZONE CABLING & WIRELESS ENCLOSURES

Enclosures for Raised Floors, Wall-Mount & Drop Ceiling
INSIDE SECTION 3: Zone Enclosures - Raised Floor Zone Enclosures - Drop Ceiling Zone Enclosure Service Parts Wireless Enclosures - Drop Ceiling Wireless Enclosures - Wall-Mount
Page 3-4 Page 3-6 Page 3-9 Page 3-10 Page 3-12
ZONE CABLING & WIRELESS ENCLOSURES

CPI has partnered with American Access Technologies, Inc., the leading developer of Zone Cabling and Wireless Enclosures, to provide telecommunications spaces outside of the traditional telecommunications room. Standards-recognized zone cabling practices create consolidation points to reduce the overall cost of adding or moving network cabling. Use Zone Cabling Enclosures to pre-wire a work area so connections to the rest of the network are closer to network users. Pre-wiring to zone enclosures makes future connection changes within the zone easier and less disruptive because only cables within the zone are moved, added or changed. Wireless Enclosures secure and protect wireless access points and network connections close to network users. CPI offers several styles of wall-mount and drop ceiling wireless enclosures that include several NEMA-rated models that can be used in warehouses, industrial environment and outdoors.
CPI Zone Cabling and Wireless Enclosures include:

High-quality construction and design Small exterior dimensions to save space in tight areas Secure equipment support outside of the data room Reduced cost of cable configurations Enclosed for security and safety UL Listed Suitable for low-voltage and active applications Can be used in air handling spaces
3-2
ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES
Telecommunication Enclosures For Zone Cabling & Wireless Applications

In traditional cabling models, cables extend from a centralized telecommunication room to each work area. Cable changes impact the entire length of cable between this central room and the work area and can be disruptive to workers within the workspace. In zone cabling, floor space is divided into zones (typically the area between structural building columns), and an enclosure is placed near the center of the zone to house a consolidation point. Thus, only the cable between the consolidation point and work area is impacted when a network connection is changed, reducing the amount of material, labor and workspace disruption involved in the change.
Traditional Home Run Wiring
Alternately, an active component (such as a switch) can be placed within the enclosure, essentially creating a mini-telecommunication room within the workspace. When fiber is routed into the enclosure, an easily scalable network is created via the active component. The customers network is thus positioned to allow fiber to the desktop when desired. Zone cabling is an ideal solution to support networked areas with high churn (such as rented commercial office space, data centers, laboratories, schools, hospitals, retail operations, warehouses and industrial environments) or for use in any building that does not have planned space for a telecommunication room. Wireless networks eliminate the need for data cabling to each user and are the best solution in large, open areas like classrooms and meeting rooms. Wireless networks can supplement, overlay or replace traditional networks. The key to an effective wireless network is the positioning of the wireless access point to provide maximum coverage in the workspace. Once locations are defined, wireless enclosures create a secure space for the network connection and the wireless access point. CPI offers Zone Cabling and Wireless Enclosures for use in drop ceilings, access floors and on walls. Also, a special series of wall-mount enclosures made of fiberglass are NEMA rated for use in dusty or wet environments, such as outdoors, in a warehouse or in a light industrial site (not submerged or in hazardous locations). Product applications and model information are given on the following pages.
Zone Cabling
Wireless 3-3
ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES - RAISED FLOOR
Raised Floor Enclosures

Raised Floor Enclosures fit under a single 2 x 2 access floor tile. Most models use the access floor tile as a lid. Enclosures are UL Listed, suitable for low voltage and active applications and for use in air handling spaces. A variety of sizes are available to match floor height. Most models include brackets for attachment to access floor support pedestals. Enclosures include threaded equipment mounting rails and have multiple, edge-protected cable access ports with foam sealing kits. All enclosures are finished clear. In enclosures designed for use in low height floors, two facing pairs of pivoting equipment mounting rails are used to provide easy access to the front and rear of the patch panel. In deeper enclosures, rails that are parallel to the floor provide higher consolidation point capacity. There is also a model with a lift out tray that can support active components. Order #12-24 equipment mounting screws (P/N 40605-001) separately.
Raised Floor Enclosures For Patch Panels

These enclosures use the access floor tile as a lid. (All models, except A0222-RF, include access floor installation brackets.) A0222-RF features four cable access ports 6 x 3/4 (152 mm x 19 mm); 19 EIA threaded equipment mounting rails pivoting A0422-RF features four cable access ports 6 x 3/4 (152 mm x 19 mm); 19 EIA threaded equipment mounting rails pivoting A0622-RF features four cable access ports 6-3/4 x 2 (171 mm x 50 mm); 19 EIA threaded equipment mounting rails pivoting A0822-RF features four cable access ports 6-3/4 x 2 (171 mm x 50 mm); 19 EIA threaded equipment mounting rails pivoting 13772-001 features larger cable openings for Cat 6a cables; two ports 14-3/4 x 3-1/4 (374 mm x 8 2mm) and two ports 6-1/4 x 7 (158.8 mm x 180 mm); 19 EIA threaded equipment mounting rails pivoting A1422-RF features four cable access ports 9-3/4 x 2-3/4 (247 mm x 69 mm); 19 EIA threaded equipment mounting rails fixed 13772-002 features larger cable openings for Cat 6a cables; six ports 14-3/4 x 3-1/4 (374 mm x 82 mm); 19 EIA threaded equipment mounting rails pivoting
A0822-RF
Part Number
A0222-RF A0422-RF A0622-RF A0822-RF 13772-001 A1422-RF
A1422-RF

1U+1U Enclosure for 2 (50) Floor 1U+1U Enclosure for 4 (100) Floor 2U+2U Enclosure for 6 (150) Floor 4U+4U Enclosure for 8 (200) Floor 4U+4U Enclosure. for 8 (200) Floor, Large Ports 11U Enclosure for 14 (360) Floor 4U+4U Enclosure for 14 (360) Floor, Large Ports

10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 23 (10.4) 23 (10.4) 25 (11.3) 30 (13.6) 30 (13.6)
13772-002
3-4
ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES - RAISED FLOOR
Raised Floor Enclosure For Fiber

Prepare your data center for future changes by pre-wiring it with fiber connections located under an access floor. Fits under a single 2 x 2 access floor tile A0822-RF-F features two 7 x 2 (180 mm x 50 mm) cable access ports and 19 EIA threaded equipment mounting rails with 4U of rack-mount space A1422-RF-F features two 10 x 2-1/2 cable access ports and 19 EIA threaded equipment mounting rails with 6U of rack-mount space Equipment mounting rails can be centered, or offset in the enclosure to accomodate angled patch panels or longer electronics Cable tie points simplify cable management Includes (4) access floor support brackets
A0822-RF-F
Part Number
A0822-RF-F A1422-RF-F

4U Fiber Enclosure for 9 (230) Floor 6U Fiber Enclosure for 14 (356) Floor

30 (13.6) 30 (13.6)
Raised Floor Enclosure For Active Components

Features a lift-out tray for 2U x 10-1/4D (260.4 mm) of active components and 5U (divided 2U - 1U - 2U) for passive connectivity. Includes a junction box for a duplex power outlet Includes fan to remove heat generated by active components
Part Number
A1411-RF-HR

7U Enclosure for 14 (360) Floor

30 (13.6)
A1411-RF-HR
Raised Floor Enclosure With Locking Cover For Patch Panels

Drop-In enclosure measures 21-1/4 x 22-1/4 (539.8 mm x 565.2 mm) and includes a locking cover for use completely below access floor tiles. Installation only requires the removal of one floor tile. Features pivoting mounting rails similar to models above and is perfect for existing data centers
Part Number
A0802-RF-DI

4U+4U Enclosure for 9 (230) Floor

25 (11.3)
A0802-RF-DI
3-5
ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES - DROP CEILING
Ceiling Enclosures
Ceiling Enclosures fit within a single 2 x 2 or 2 x 4 space, replacing a standard acoustical ceiling tile. The enclosures face and interior are painted white and have recessed panels to support a ceiling tile, so that they blend with the drop ceiling. A fully hinged door panel with latch closures supports equipment. The door opens downward so that equipment is facing the service technician. Three door styles are available to support wiring blocks, patch panels or active components. Door locks are available as an accessory. Ceiling Enclosures are UL Listed, suitable for low voltage and active applications and for use in air handling spaces. 2 x 2 enclosures support 70 lb (31.8 kg) of cables and equipment, 20 lb (9.1 kg) on the access door 2 x 4 enclosures support 80 lb (36.3 kg) of cables and equipment, 50 lb (22.7 kg) on the pneumatic assisted access door Enclosures fit in 12H (300 mm) drop ceilings and attach to building structure with four or six 3/8 threaded rods (ordered separately) Includes two or four edge-protected cable access ports with fire-rated foam sealing kits
Ceiling Enclosure For Hubs, Switches And Patch Panels

Telecommunication enclosure supports a combination of active components and patch panels or other panel-mount termination hardware. Enclosures include a junction box for power and a fan to remove heat generated by active components. A1222-HR provides 5U for patch panels and 2U x 15D (380 mm) for active equipment; equipment mounts on the door 13812-001 provides larger cable openings for Cat 6a; one 3-1/4 x 14-3/4 (82.6 mm x 374.7 mm) and one 6-1/4 x 6-7/8 (158.8 mm x 174.6 mm) A1024-HR provides 5U for patch panels and 2U x 15D (380 mm) for active equipment; equipment mounts on the door A1224-HR provides a total of 10U with (3) brackets sized 4U - 2U - 4U to support a combination of patch panels and 15D (380 mm) active equipment; brackets may be mounted on the door or the back of the enclosure Order #12-24 equipment mounting screws separately
A1222-HR
Part Number
A1222-HR 13812-001 A1024-HR A1224-HR
Description
2 x 2 Ceiling Enclosure 2 x 2 Ceiling Enclosure, Large Ports 2 x 4 Ceiling Enclosure 2 x 4 Ceiling Enclosure

39 (17.7) 40 (18.1) 47 (21.4) 45 (20.4)
3-6
Ceiling Enclosure For Patch Panels

Secure a consolidation point using 19 patch panels or other panel-mount termination hardware. A1222-PP provides a total of 5U with (3) brackets sized 2U - 1U - 2U; brackets mount on the door 13812-002 provides larger cable openings for Cat 6a; one 3-1/4 x 14-3/4 (82.6 mm x 374.7 mm) and one 6-1/4 x 6-7/8 (158.8 mm x 174.6 mm) A1024-PP provides a total of 5U with (3) brackets sized 2U - 1U - 2U; brackets mount on the door A1224-PP provides a total of 10U with (3) brackets sized 4U - 2U - 4U; brackets may be mounted on the door or the back of the enclosure Order #12-24 equipment mounting screws separately
A1222-PP
Part Number
A1222-PP 13812-002 A1024-PP A1224-PP 13813-001
Description
2 x 2 Ceiling Enclosure 2 x 2 Ceiling Enclosure, Large Ports 2 x 4 Ceiling Enclosure 2 x 4 Ceiling Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Fan Kit & Junction Box

38 (17.2) 39 (17.7) 43 (19.6) 45 (20.4) 3 (1.4)
Fan Kit & Junction Box, included with 13812-001, can be installed on either 13812-002 or 13812-003 to better support active components. 13813-001
Ceiling Enclosure For Wiring Blocks

Secure a consolidation point using wiring blocks. Enclosures include removable equipment mounting plates that can be match drilled to accommodate a wide variety of wiring blocks. A1222-LP has (1) mounting plate, size 13-3/4W x 19-1/2L (349 mm x 495 mm) for (2) 300-pair 110D (without legs) style blocks or (1) 300-pair 110A (with legs) style blocks 13812-003 provides larger cable openings for Cat 6a; one 3-1/4 x 14-3/4 (82.6 mm x 374.7 mm) and one 6-1/4 x 6-7/8 (158.8 mmx 174.6 mm) A1024-LP has (1) mounting plate, 16W x 22L (406 mm x 559 mm) for (2) 300-pair 110A (with legs) style blocks A1224-LP has (2) mounting plates, size 13-3/4W x 19-1/2L (349 mm x 495 mm) for (4) 300-pair 110D (without legs) style blocks or (2) 300-pair 110A (with legs) style blocks
A1224-LP
Part Number
A1222-LP 13812-003 A1024-LP A1224-LP
Description
2 x 2 Ceiling Enclosure 2 x 2 Ceiling Enclosure, Large Ports 2 x 4 Ceiling Enclosure 2 x 4 Ceiling Enclosure

38 (17.2) 39 (17.7) 43 (19.6) 45 (20.4)
3-7
Basic Consolidation Enclosures

Basic Consolidation Enclosures (BCE) provide a low-cost, low-density consolidation point for telecommunication cabling. Both Ported (-P) and NonPorted (-N) enclosures can be configured to be used either above the drop ceiling or below an access floor. All Ported versions (-P) come with a fire-rated foam sealing kits making them suitable for air handling spaces. Basic Consolidation Enclosures are UL Listed (2043), plenum rated, come with a sealed door and a clear aluminum finish.
BCE-6-P
BCE-6-P measures 14W x 6D x 20L (360 mm x 150 mm x 510 mm) and includes installation brackets for attachment to building structure with 3/8 threaded rods. (Equipment mounting brackets not included.)
Part Number
BCE-6-P
BCE-6-P
Description
2-Port Enclosure

7 (3.2)
BCE-24-P/N
BCE-24-P/N measures 14W x 3D x 20L (360 mm x 80 mm x 510 mm). It includes rotating threaded interior mounting brackets for a one rack-mount space (1U) 19 patch panel. Order #12-24 equipment mounting screws separately.
Part Number
BCE-24-P
Description
1U 2-Port Enclosure 1U Non-Ported Enclosure

7 (3.2) 7 (3.2)
BCE-24-P BCE-24-N
BCE-48-P/N
BCE-48-P/N measures 14W x 6D x 20L (360 mm x 150 mm x 510 mm). It includes rotating threaded interior mounting brackets for two rack-mount spaces (2U) of 19 patch panels. Order #12-24 equipment mounting screws separately.
Part Number
BCE-48-P
BCE-48-P
Description
2U 2-Port Enclosure 2U Non-Ported Enclosure

12 (5.4) 12 (5.4)
BCE-48-N
3-8
ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES SERVICE PARTS
Zone Enclosure Service Parts

CPI provides a variety of replacement parts for zone cabling enclosures. Order foam kits and access floor mounting brackets to replace items that have been damaged or when additional quantities are required.
Chrome Lock Kits/Spare Keys

Optional locks provide additional security for all standard ceiling enclosures. Includes two locks and two keys.
Part Number
Chrome Lock Kit Spare Keys
Chrome Lock Kit
Description
Lock Kit, Pair Spare Keys, Pair
Foam Kits
Additional foam for sealing cable access ports on zone cabling enclosures used in plenum spaces.
Part Number
FP-B33-25
Description
Foam Kit for A0622 and A0822 Foam Kit for A1422 Foam Kit for Ceiling Enclosure
FP-B33-06 FP-B33-11 FP-B33-25
Raised Floor Mounting Brackets

Additional brackets used to support Raised Floor Enclosures from access floor support pedestals.
Part Number
RF-BRACKET
RF-BRACKET
Description
Mounting Brackets, 4 each
3-9
WIRELESS ENCLOSURES - DROP CEILING
Ceiling-Mounted Wireless Access Point Enclosures

Ceiling Enclosures create a permanent location for various wireless access points or bridges within drop ceilings. Equipment is supported on the access door. Most access doors are pre-punched with openings for antennas. Ceiling Enclosures include support brackets for use with 2 ceiling grids. AAT-CAP features interchangeable door-mounted faceplates with mounting brackets for equipment. Universal Faceplate accepts access points up to 2H x 10W x 8D (50 mm x 250 mm x 200 mm) with antennae(s) up to 10.5 (267 mm) apart. Enclosure is finished in white.
Part Number
Shipping Description Weight WxDxL lb (kg) in (mm) Wireless Ceiling Enclosures Without Faceplates
12 x 10 x 14.5 (305 x 254 x 368) 12 x 13 x 14.5 (305 x 330 x 368) with junction box 12 x 5 x 14.5 (305 x 127 x 368) 8 (3.6) 9 (4.1) 8 (3.6) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1)
AAT-CAP AAT-CAP-10-P AAT-CAP-S

AAT-CAP-00
Faceplates For Wireless Enclosures

AAT-CAP-00 AAT-CAP-UNI
AAT-CAP-UNI
Blank (Solid) Faceplate Universal Faceplate For Cisco Aironet 350 For Cisco Aironet 1100 For Cisco Aironet 1200 For Cisco Aironet 1232 For Cisco Aironet 1242 Blank (Solid) Faceplate Universal Faceplate Cisco 350 Faceplate Cisco 1100 Faceplate Cisco 1200 Faceplate Cisco 1232 Faceplate Cisco 1242 Faceplate Blank (Solid) Faceplate Universal Faceplate Cisco 350 Faceplate Cisco 1200 Faceplate Cisco 1232 Faceplate Cisco 1242 Faceplate
AAT-CAP-35 AAT-CAP-11 AAT-CAP-12 AAT-CAP-1232 AAT-CAP-1242

AAT-CAP-00-KIT AAT-CAP-UNI-KIT
AAT-CAP-11
AAT-CAP-12
AAT-CAP Enclosures, 10D (250 mm), With Faceplates

AAT-CAP-1232
AAT-CAP-1242
AAT-CAP-35-KIT AAT-CAP-11-KIT
AAT-CAP
AAT-CAP-12-KIT AAT-CAP-1232-KIT AAT-CAP-1242-KIT
AAT-CAP-S Enclosures, 5D (130 mm), With Faceplates

AAT-CAP-S-00-KIT AAT-CAP-S-UNI-KIT AAT-CAP-S-35-KIT AAT-CAP-S-12-KIT AAT-CAP-S-1232-KIT AAT-CAP-S-1242-KIT AAT-CAP-1232-KIT
Note: AAT-CAP-11 may only be used with AAT-CAP.
3-10
WIRELESS ENCLOSURES - DROP CEILING
Ceiling-Mounted Wireless Enclosure

Ceiling Enclosures create a secure and permanent location for various wireless access points or bridges within drop ceilings. Equipment is supported on the access door. Enclosures are finished in white.
Part Number
13833-001
Description WxDxL in (mm)

15.5 x 5 x 16.5 (394 x 127 x 419) Optimized for Cisco 1250 10 x 4 x 12.75 (254 x 102 x 324) Optimized for Cisco Aironet 350

10 (4.5) 5 (2.3)
13833-001 WA064-CAP
WA064-CAP
Dome Wireless Enclosure

The AAT-ACE-DOME replaces a single drop ceiling tile to hide wireless access points in open office spaces. The dome is mounted on a fully hinged locking door providing easy access to equipment and cables for authorized technicians only. (1) 3/4H x 3W (19.1 mm x 80 mm) edge-protected cable access port with approved foam sealing kit Includes two sets of standoffs to adjust height of back plate within dome Enclosure: 23-3/4W x 3D x 23-3/4L (603.3 mm x 80 mm x 603.3 mm) Dome: 6-1/2H (165 mm), 14 Diameter (360 mm) Dome is large enough to accomodate most acccess points including Ciscos large 1250 series AP Product Weight: 10.5 lb (4.76 kg) Removable mounting plate is 8 7/8W x 6-7/8L (225.43 mm x 174.63 mm) Customer must provide (4) 3/8 threaded rods and installation hardware Enclosure and dome are finished in white
Part Number
AAT-ACE-DOME
Description WxDxL in (mm)

23.75 x 3 x 23.75 (603 x 80 x 603) Domed Wireless Enclosure

21 (9.5)
3-11
WIRELESS ENCLOSURES - WALL
Wireless Wall-Mount Enclosure

Wall-mounted access points provide better wireless coverage in some environments. This enclosure is for interior use and provides a secure and permanent wall-mounted location for various wireless access points and bridges. Optimized for Cisco Aironet 350 Enclosure is finished in beige UL Listed
Part Number
WA064-WAP
Description HxWxD in (mm)

8 x 11 x 3 (200 x 280 x 80)

9 (4.1)
NEMA-Rated Wireless Wall-Mount Enclosure

The AAT-MWME-P is a wall-mounted wireless acces point enclosure designed for warehouse, manufacturing/light industrial and exterior use. A single front door provides access to equipment. The door is attached with a continuous steel hinge and secured by padlock through a stainless steel padlock hasp. A gasket seals the interior at closure. Enclosure is completely sealed, customer drills cable entry holes to fit application Enclosure: fiberglass reinforced polyester, gray Enclosure: 11-1/2H x 9-1/2W x 4-1/2D (292 mm x 241 mm x 114 mm) Product Weight: 5 lb (2.3 kg) Interior of the enclosure is 3D (80 mm) Maximum equipment size is 9 x 7 x 3 (230 mm x 180 mm x 80 mm) Customer must provide installation and cable access hardware NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13
Part Number
AAT-MWME-P

11.5 x 9.5 x 4.5 (292 x 241 x 114)

6 (2.7)
3-12
WIRELESS ENCLOSURES - WALL
Large NEMA-Rated Wireless Wall-Mount Enclosure

The AAT-WME-P is for warehouse, manufacturing, light industrial and exterior use. A single front door provides access to equipment. The door is attached with a continuous steel hinge and secured by padlock through a stainless steel padlock hasp. A gasket seals the interior at closure. Enclosure is completely sealed, customer drills cable entry holes to fit application Removable mounting plate for wireless transmitters Enclosure: Fiberglass reinforced polyester, gray Product Weight: 7.5 lb (3.4 kg) The interior of the enclosure is 5D (130 mm) Maximum equipment size: 13.5 x 11.5 x 5 (343 mm x 292 mm x 130 mm) Customer must provide installation and cable access hardware NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13
Part Number
AAT-WME-P

15.5 x 13.5 x 6 (394 x 343 x 150)

11 (5.0)
Large NEMA-Rated Wireless Wall-Mount Enclosure With Window

The AAT-WMESG-P is for warehouse, manufacturing, light industrial and exterior use. A single front door provides access to equipment. The door is attached with a continuous steel hinge and secured by padlock through a stainless steel padlock hasp. A gasket seals the interior at closure. Large window provides viewing of equipment. Enclosure is completely sealed, customer drills cable entry holes to fit application Removable mounting plate for wireless transmitters Enclosure: Fiberglass reinforced polyester, gray Product Weight: 7.5 lb (3.4 kg) The interior of the enclosure is 5D (130 mm) Maximum equipment size: 13.5 x 11.5 x 5 (343 mm x 292 mm x 130 mm) NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13
Part Number
AATWMESG-P

15.5 x 13.5 x 6 (394 x 343 x 150) Large Enclosure with Window

11 (5.0)
3-13
ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES - WALL
Wall-Mount Enclosure
The Wall-Mount Enclosure measures 24H x 42W x 7.5D (610 mm x 1070 mm x 191 mm). Includes mounting positions for passive and active equipment, a junction box and a fan to remove heat generated by active components. Mounting positions include space for a single 100 pair 110-style termination block, a single 6-port fiber optic adapter panel, two 2U x 19 spaces for patch panels or other panel mount termination hardware and one 3U x 19 space for active components up to 18D (460 mm). The enclosure is pre-punched with knockouts for 1/2 or 1-1/2 electrical conduit for cables and has an insulated, locking, fully-hinged double door to reduce noise and provide security. Enclosure is finished in beige
Part Number
AAT-AWM-H

24 x 42 x 7.5 (610 x 1070 x 191)

73 (33.1)
MUTOA Floor Boxes

Multi-User Telecommunications Outlet Assemblies (MUTOA) are typically small, passive devices that do not rack-mount. CPIs MUTOA Floor Boxes allow convenient and economical storage of these devices. Available in 24- and 48-port designs. Lightweight construction Meets TIA-569-B standards
Part Number
13701-024 13701-048
Description
24-Port MUTOA Floor Box 48-Port MUTOA Floor Box

30 (13.6) 35 (15.7)
3-14
WALL-MOUNT SYSTEMS
Wall-Mount Racks, Cabinets & Accessories
INSIDE SECTION 4: Hinged Wall Racks EasySwing Wall-Mount Rack Fixed Wall Racks Wall Rack With Enclosure Cube-iT Plus Cabinet System ThinLine II Wall-Mount Cabinet Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet
Page 4-4 Page 4-6 Page 4-7 Page 4-10 Page 4-12 Page 4-18 Page 4-20
WALL-MOUNT SYSTEMS
CPI offers several styles of open and enclosed Wall-Mount Systems for cables and equipment. Wall-Mount Systems create accessible locations for equipment where space is limited or does not exist. Store and secure equipment on the wall inside or outside of the data center or equipment room and connect remote groups of users to the network.
CPI Wall-Mount Systems include: Wall-Mount Open Systems

Mountable to wall or backboard Open architecture for airflow and easy access to cables Support of patch panels, shelves, trays and network equipment with roll-formed #12-24 tapped mounting holes 19or 23 rack-mount width High-strength, lightweight aluminum construction (most models) Standard EIA-310-D hole pattern Fixed and swing-out designs for easier installation Offer up to 350 lb (158.8 kg) static load rating
Wall-Mount Enclosed Systems

Mountable to wall or backboard Enclosed with lockable doors for security and aesthetic appeal 19 rack-mount width Standard EIA-310-D hole pattern Fixed and swing-out designs for easier installation Wall-mounted, floor-supported cabinets offer up to 1000 lb (453.6 kg) static load rating
4-2
WALL-MOUNT SYSTEMS
Open Mounting
Wall-Mounted Products
Available in open and enclosed systems, wall-mounted racks and cabinets are an excellent choice to support equipment when floor space is limited or where a small group of users exist. Open wall-mount racks present easy access to cables and equipment and offer both fixed and swing frames. Swing frames pivot open on one side to provide access to the rear of equipment and are used to support patch panels, while fixed frames hold more weight and are used for network routers and switches. Enclosed wall-mount cabinets provide added physical security and are available in vertical, hinged and floor-supported designs. Vertical cabinets hold equipment against the wall to minimize the depth of the cabinet. Use vertical cabinets to support a small group of network users. Hinged cabinets provide access to the front and the rear of equipment. The cabinet body is hinged near the wall and can swing open to access cable terminations and the rear of equipment. Floor-supported cabinets are also hinged, but the cabinet body is supported from the floor with casters. This type of cabinet can hold more weight than wall-mounted hinged cabinets and are used to replace a freestanding rack in small rooms where added equipment security is required.
Enclosed Mounting
Product Comparison
Open Systems
Product Universal Swing Gate Wall Rack Page 4-4 Standard Swing Gate Wall Rack Page 4-5 EasySwing Wall-Mount Rack Page 4-6 Heavy-Duty Wall-Mount Equipment Rack Page 4-7 Fixed Wall-Mount Equipment Rack Page 4-8 Purpose Load Rating - lb (kg) Feature rich, swing frame used to support network equipment Up to 150 (68.0) for a medium size group of users General use, swing frame used to support network equipment Up to 150 (68.0) for a medium size group of users. UL Listed Affordable, swing frame used to support network equipment for a small group of users. Ships preassembled Strong, fixed frame used to support network equipment for a medium size group of users and other heavy equipment Basic, fixed frame used to support network equipment for a small group of users. UL Listed Up to 85 (38.6) Up to 350 (158.8) Up to 200 (90.7)
Enclosed Systems
Cube-iT Plus Wall-Mount Cabinet Page 4-12 Feature rich, hinged cabinet used to secure network connections for a medium size group of users. Five-inch deep Up to 200 (90.7) rear panel allows conduit to terminate at back of cabinet. UL Listed
Cube-iT Plus Floor-Supported Cabinet Feature rich, hinged and floor-supported wall cabinet replaces Up to 1000 (453.6) Page 4-14 floor supported network equipment in small equipment rooms ThinLine II Wall-Mount Cabinet Page 4-18 Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet Page 4-20 Space-saving cabinet used to secure network connections for Up to 100 (45.4) a small group of users. Ideal for high-traffic areas Mid-level, hinged cabinet used to secure network connections Up to 150 (68.0) for a medium size group of users
4-3
UNIVERSAL SWING GATE RACK
Universal Swing Gate Rack

This full-featured swing gate rack offers 150 lb (68.0 kg) load handling capacity, easy assembly and built-in cable management capabilities. 35 (890 mm), 20U, usable mounting height 12 (300 mm) or 18 (460 mm) usable depth Dual locking latches keep gate securely closed Improved cable management with nine cable pass- through ports and six Saf-T-Grip reusable Velcro strips Made of strong, lightweight aluminum Easy assembly using included instructions Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm -15.9 mm -12.7 mm) alternating mounting hole pattern drilled on both front and back sides Gate opens 180 (50) #12-24 mounting screws included; black painted units ship with black screws, clear units ship with zinc screws Supports 150 lb (68.0 kg) of equipment when securely mounted to wall or backboard
113
Universal Swing Gate Rack Depth - in (mm)

47 48 12 (300) 18 (460)
Color
Panel Width
19 23 19 23
113
XX
XX Shipping Weight - lb (kg)

11347-X19 11347-X23 11348-X19 11348-X23 24 (10.9) 25 (11.3) 29 (13.2) 30 (13.6)
4-4
STANDARD SWING GATE WALL RACK
Standard Swing Gate Wall Rack

The Standard Swing Gate Wall Rack provides easy access to the rear of equipment, making it the ideal choice for supporting patch panels and switches.
Part Number
Height** in (mm)
Depth in (mm)

22 (10.0) 24 (10.9) 42 (19.1) 24 (10.9) 26 (11.8) 46 (20.9) 25 (11.3) 26 (11.8) 50 (22.7) 31 (14.1) 33 (15.0) 60 (27.2) 23 (10.4) 25 (11.3) 43 (19.5) 25 (11.3) 27 (12.2) 47 (21.3) 26 (11.8) 28 (12.7) 51 (23.1) 32 (14.5) 34 (15.4) 61 (27.7)
19 Wide Rack
11790-X12 11790-X18 11790-X25* 11791-X12 11791-X18 11791-X25* 11807-X12 11807-X18 11807-X25* Usable Depth - in (mm): 12 (300) = 11 (280) usable 18 (460) = 17 (430) usable 25 (640) = 24 (610) usable Dual hinges opens to right or left, stopping in 90 position EIA-310-D compliant UL Listed Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm -15.9 mm -12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern Includes (50) #12-24 mounting screws; black painted units ship with black screws, clear units ship with zinc screws Supports 100 lb (45.4 kg) of equipment in the open and closed position when securely mounted Load capacity can be increased to 150 lb (68 kg) with optional Heavy Duty Swing Gate Kit Supports single-sided and double-side shelves Ships partially assembled with installation hardware Optional Cable Management Ring Kit available on Page 4-9 11792-X12 11792-X18 11792-X25* 11793-X12 11793-X18 11793-X25* 11794-X12 11794-X18 11794-X25* 11808-X12 11808-X18 11808-X25* 11795-X12 11795-X18 11795-X25* 24.5 (622) 24.5 (622) 24.5 (622) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 49.0 (1245) 49.0 (1245) 49.0 (1245) 73.5 (1867) 73.5 (1867) 73.5 (1867) 24.5 (622) 24.5 (622) 24.5 (622) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 49.0 (124) 49.0 (1245) 49.0 (1245) 73.5 (1867) 73.5 (1867) 73.5 (1867) 13 13 13 21 21 21 27 27 27 41 41 41 13 13 13 21 21 21 27 27 27 41 41 41 12 (300) 18 (460) 25 (640) 12 (300) 18 (460) 25 (640) 12 (300) 18 (460) 25 (640) 12 (300) 18 (460) 25 (640) 12 (300) 18 (460) 25 (640) 12 (300) 18 (460) 25 (640) 12 (300) 18 (460) 25 (640) 12 (300) 18 (460) 25 (640)
23 Wide Rack
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5=Clear 7=Black. *(-X25) not available in clear **Overall Height
Heavy Duty Swing Gate Kit

Increases the load bearing capacity of the 18D (460 mm) and 25D (640 mm) Standard Swing Gate Wall Racks to 150 lb (68 kg). Hardware included.
Part Number
12795-X01
Description
Two Brackets

4 (1.8)
4-5
EASYSWING WALL-MOUNT RACK
EasySwing Wall-Mount Rack

The EasySwing Wall-Mount Rack is a cost-effective 19 EIA swing gate rack for mounting network, communications and security equipment in a telecommunications or equipment room where floor space is limited. Opens 180 to right or left Locking latch pin secures gate in closed position. Includes lanyard for attachment to rack 19 EIA threaded equipment mounting rails Includes reusable cable management straps Durable all-steel construction Ships fully assembled and flat; simply unfold and mount to wall Keyhole wall mounting holes with mounting template included on carton Order 1/4 installation hardware separately Includes (12) #12-24 equipment mounting screws Supports 85 lb (38.6 kg) of equipment
Part Number
13602-X08 13602-X12 13602-X18 13602-X25 13604-X08 13604-X12 Ships flat 13604-X18 13604-X25 13608-X12 13608-X18
Height** in (mm)
24.5 (622) 24.5 (622) 24.5 (622) 24.5 (622) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 51.5 (1308) 51.5 (1308)
U
11 11 11 11 19 19 19 19 26 26
Depth in (mm)
8 (200) 12 (300) 18 (460) 25 (640) 8 (200) 12 (300) 18 (460) 25 (640) 12 (300) 18 (460)

22 (10.0) 24 (10.9) 28 (12.7) 34 (15.4) 27 (12.2) 29 (13.2) 33 (15.0) 38 (17.2) 33 (15.0) 37 (16.8)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black **Usable Height
4-6
HEAVY DUTY WALL-MOUNT RACK
Heavy Duty Wall-Mount Equipment Rack

Mounting heavy equipment in a wall-mounted rack is no longer a problem. Use the Heavy Duty Wall-Mount Equipment Rack to hold up to 350 lb (158.8 kg). The 24 (610 mm) depth allows larger equipment to be wall-mounted. Quick and easy assembly has been engineered in to save you valuable installation time. Includes assembly hardware and mounting 1/4 x 2 lag bolts. Sold individually. Choice of 38.5 or 73.5H (978 mm or 1867 mm); 19 or 23W; by 18 or 24D (460 mm or 610 mm) 12-24 roll-formed threads on 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm -15.9 mm -12.7 mm) spacing, both sides Made of high-strength, lightweight aluminum Includes (50) #12-24 mounting screws; black painted units ship with black screws, clear units ship with zinc screws Shipping weight approximately 9 to 19 lb (4.1 to 8.6 kg) Holds up to 350 lb (158.8 kg) when securely mounted to wall or backboard
1532
Heavy Duty Wall Rack Dimensions H x W - in (mm) 0 1 2 3

38.5 (978) x 19 73.5 (1867) x 19 38.5 (978) x 23 73.5 (1867) x 23
Internal Dimensions A - in (mm)

17.75 (450.9) 17.75 (450.9) 21.75 (552.5) 21.75 (552.5)
B - in (mm)
18.31 (465.1) 18.31 (465.1) 22.31 (566.7) 22.31 (566.7)
U
20 40 20 40
Color
Depth - in (mm)
18 24 18 (460) 24 (610)
1532
XX
4-7
FIXED WALL-MOUNT RACK
Fixed Wall-Mount Equipment Rack

The Fixed Wall-Mount Equipment Rack provides a sturdy platform for wall mounting equipment. EIA-310-D compliant equipment mounting system Punched with the Universal alternating 5/8-5/8-1/2(15.9 mm -15.9 mm -12.7 mm) hole pattern Tapped with #12-24 roll-formed threads Includes (50) #12-24 equipment mounting screws; black painted units ship with black screws, clear units ship with zinc screws Supports single-sided and double-sided shelves Ships unassembled with installation hardware Shipping weight approximately 9 to 19 lb (4.1 to 8.6 kg) Supports 200 lb (90.7 kg) of equipment when securely mounted to wall or backboard using all eight leg mounting holes
1196
Wall-Mount Equipment Rack Height - in (mm)

0 1 2 3 4 5 24.5 (622) 38.5 (978) 73.5 (1867) 24.5 (622) 38.5 (978) 73.5 (1867)
EIA Width
19 19 19 23 23 23
U
13 21 41 13 21 41
Color
Depth - in (mm)
06 12 18 6 (150) 12 (300) 18 (460)
1196
XX
Corner Cushions
Includes double-sided adhesive squares for easy installation Since wall racks are elevated above the floor and extend away from the wall, bumping into the rack is a safety concern. Corner Cushions cover the exposed leading edges of racks for added protection. Flame retardant, non-toxic Foam design conforms to ASTM standards for safety surfacing material
Part Number
12858-001
Description
Corner Cushions, Set of 4

1 (0.5)
4-8
WALL-MOUNT RACK ACCESSORIES
Cable Management For Wall Racks

Attaches to the Standard Swing Gate Wall Rack and the Fixed Equipment Wall-Mount Rack. Creates a pathway from the wall to the front, side or rear of the equipment mounting space. Made from a polymer-blend material that is UL Rated for use in plenum spaces Flexible material holds bundles secure while also allowing easy entrance of additional cables Internal Diameter: 3 (80 mm) Finish: Black Kit includes six rings and mounting hardware
Part Number
11799-001
Description
Set of 6 Rings, Black

2 (0.9)
Flush Mounted Wall Bracket

This bracket makes it easy to mount up to two 1U or a single 2U piece of rack-mount equipment (1U=1.75, 44.45 mm) flush to a wall. Ideal for small or tight spaced installations. Mounting hardware not included. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum. Supports up to 75 lb (34 kg)
Note: This wall bracket is not rack-mountable.
Part Number 19 Rack

11583-119 11583-219 11583-519 11583-719
23 Rack
11583-123 11583-223 11583-523 11583-723
Color
Extra-Capacity, Flush Mounted Wall Bracket

This rack is used to mount up to 6U of rack-mount equipment flush to the wall. Ideal for small or tight spaced installations. Supports 150 lb (68 kg). Mounting hardware not included. Made of strong, lightweight aluminum.
Part Number
11754-X19
6U x 19 Wall Bracket
4-9
WALL-MOUNT RACK WITH ENCLOSURE
Wall-Mount Rack With Enclosure

Enjoy the benefits of a wall-mount rack solution with the added protection and security of an enclosure at an attractive price. As always, CPI quality is built into this attractive, economical product. So, whenever floor space is at a premium and a full size rack is not required, use the CPI Wall-Mount Rack with Enclosure. Available in two sizes with aluminum or plexiglass doors. Ships fully assembled with mounting instructions and hardware.
Rack Features:
Strong, lightweight aluminum construction provides maximum strength and minimal weight uprights: channel type, 1 x 3 x 3/16 (30 mm x 80 mm x 4.763 mm) Available in two rack sizes to meet your applications: - 24.5H (622 mm) x 19W x 12D (300 mm) - 38.5H (978 mm) x 19W x 18D (460 mm) Includes wall-mounting 1/4 x 2 lag bolts and 50 #12-24 mounting screws; black painted units ship with black screws, clear units ship with zinc screws Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm x 15.9 mm x 12.7 mm) hole pattern allows for a wide variety of mounting options Supports up to 200 lb (90.7 kg)
Enclosure Features:
Strong, lightweight aluminum construction Enclosure sizes: - 28H x 24.5W x 16D (710 mm x 622 mm x 410 mm) - 42H x 24.5W x 22D (1070 mm x 622 mm x 560 mm) Vented top and bottom for optimum airflow Convenient cable access via removable two top and two bottom cable pass-through ports, 1.6 x 3.5 (41 mm x 89 mm) Lockable door is easily installed to open from left or right Optional Fan Kit available for 18D (460 mm) enclosure
Part Number Gray

12264-116 12265-116 12324-122 12325-122
White
12264-216 12265-216 12324-222 12325-222
Black
12264-716 12265-716 12324-722 12325-722

44 (20.0) 44 (20.0) 60 (27.2) 60 (27.2)
24.5H (622 mm) x 19W x 12D (300 mm) w/Solid Door 24.5H (622 mm) x 19W x 12D (300 mm) w/Plexiglass Door 38.5H (978 mm) x 19W x 18D (460 mm) w/Solid Door 38.5H (978 mm) x 19W x 18D (460 mm) w/Plexiglass Door
4-10
WALL-MOUNT RACK ACCESSORIES
Shelves
15 (380 mm) shelf mounts in 18D (460 mm) racks only
Note: See Section 1 for additional tray/shelf options. 12291
Part Number
Description
10D (250 mm) Shelf, H x W - in (mm) Weight - lb (kg)
12291-X01
2U x 17.25 (438.2), Supports 40 (18.1) 15D (380 mm) Shelf, H x W - in (mm) Weight - lb (kg)
4 (1.8)
40074
40074-X00
5.19 (131.8 mm)
3U x 17.25 (438.2), Supports 50 (22.7)
6 (2.7)
12.00 (304.8 mm) 15.00 (381.0 mm)
Fan/Filter Kit
Fan pressurizes enclosure, forcing warmer air out top vents. Fan is rated for 200 CFM and has an attached 56L (1.6 m) power cord with NEMA 5-15P plug. (37 dB noise level)
Part Number
11755-003 11222-001
Description
200 CFM, 115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 5-15P Replacement Filters, Set of 4

3 (1.4) 1 (0.5)
Power Strip
Streamlined, durable steel body is fitted with bracket for mounting. 17L (430 mm), uses 1U, black Circuit breaker, eight outlets, 10 (3 m) cord
Part Number
12816-701 12816-702 12816-703 12816-704 12816-705 12816-706 12816-707
AMP
15A 15A 15A 15A 20A 20A 20A 20A
Surge Protected
No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes
Plug Type
NEMA 5-15P NEMA L5-15P NEMA 5-15P NEMA L5-15P NEMA 5-20P NEMA L5-20P NEMA 5-20P NEMA L5-20P
Outlet Type
15A (5-15R) 15A (5-15R) 15A (5-15R) 15A (5-15R) 20A (5-20R) 20A (5-20R) 20A (5-20R) 20A (5-20R)
See Section 7 for additional power options.
12816-708
4-11
CUBE-iT PLUS CABINET SYSTEM
TM
CUBE-iT PLUS Cabinet System

The patented Cube-it Plus Cabinet System is a series of wall-mounted and floor-supported telecommunications enclosures designed to secure communications equipment for a cross connect. The cabinets are copper and fiber ready, and feature easy access to the front or rear of the cabinet. Both the wall-mounted and floor-supported cabinets share these benefits: Swing-out cabinet body enables easy access to the rear of installed equipment Rear panel is pre-punched with knock-outs for 1/2, 3/4, 2-1/2 and 3 conduit, and has cable tie points and attachment points for accessory rack-mount brackets Cabinet body includes one pair of adjustable 19 EIA threaded equipment rails Cabinet body is vented. Vents will accept accessory fan Front door design incorporates rounded edges and corners to improve safety in public access spaces A locking front door and rear panel provide security Wide variety of accessories are available Load Rating: 200 lb (90.7 kg) for wall-mounted cabinet 1000 lb (453.6 kg) for floor-supported cabinet
Wall-Mounted Cube-iT Plus
Wall-Mounted Cabinet Specifications (24H, 36H & 48H Cabinets) (610 mm, 910 mm & 1220 mm)
Patented hinge design allows the installer to remove the rear panel for easy installation For indoor use only, not for use in air-handling spaces Usable heights: 24H (610 mm) = 12U; 36H (910mm) = 18U; 48H (1220 mm) = 26U Includes one pair of 19W adjustable (front-to-rear), mounting rails with Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm-15.9 mm -12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern. EIA-310-D Compliant; front rails are threaded for #12-24 mounting screws Cable knockouts include: (4) 1/2 or 3/4, two on top, two on bottom; (8) 2-1/2 or 3, four on top, four on bottom; (4) edge-protection grommets are included for 3 knockouts 5D (130 mm) rear panel punched to accept accessory equipment mounting brackets Constructed of riveted and bolted steel with epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat paint finish. Equipment mounting rails are aluminum Ships fully assembled with mounting hardware, 50 each #12-24 screws and installation template UL Listed to support up to 200 lb (90.7 kg)
Depths for Wall-Mounted Cabinet in (mm) Cabinet Depth

Cabinet Body Depth Maximum Usable Depth
13 (330) 18 (460) 24 (610) 30 (760) 7.2 (18) 12.2 (310) 18.2 (462) 24.2 (615) 11.8 (300) 16.8 (427) 22.8 (579) 28.8 (732)
Wall-Mounted, Floor-Supported Cube-iT Plus
Wall-Mounted, Floor Supported cabinet specifications located on Page 4-14.
4-12
CUBE-iT PLUS CABINET SYSTEM

24H (610 mm) Cube-iT Plus - Wall Mounted Part Number & Color White Black
13265-224 13275-224 11890-224 11901-224 11840-224 11900-224 11996-224 12419-224 12787-524 13265-724 13275-724 11890-724 11901-724 11840-724 11900-724 11996-724 12419-724
TM
Door Style
Metal Door Plexiglass Door Metal Door Plexiglass Door Metal Door Plexiglass Door Metal Door Plexiglass Door
Width in (mm)
24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610)
Depth in (mm)
13 (330) 13 (330) 18 (460) 18 (460) 24 (610) 24 (610) 30 (760) 30 (760)

70 (31.8) 67 (30.4) 78 (35.4) 75 (34.0) 87 (39.5) 84 (38.1) 97 (44.0) 94 (42.6) 3 (1.4)
Extra Mounting Rails, 1 pair

L-Shaped, Threaded, 12U
13265-236 13275-236 11890-236 11901-236 11840-236 11900-236 11996-236 12419-236 12787-536 13265-736 13275-736 11890-736 11901-736 11840-736 11900-736 11996-736 12419-736
Door Style
Width in (mm)
Depth in (mm)
13 (330) 13 (330) 18 (460) 18 (460) 24 (610) 24 (610) 30 (760) 30 (760)

89 (40.4) 83 (37.6) 99 (44.9) 93 (42.2) 111 (50.3) 105 (47.6) 124 (56.2) 118 (53.5) 4 (1.8)
Metal Door 24 (610) Plexiglass Door 24 (610) Metal Door 24 (610) Plexiglass Door 24 (610) Metal Door 24 (610) Plexiglass Door 24 (610) Metal Door 24 (610) Plexiglass Door 24 (610) Extra Mounting Rails, 1 Pair L-Shaped, Threaded, 18U
13265-248 13275-248 11890-248 11901-248 11840-248 11900-248 11996-248 12419-248 12787-548 13265-748 13275-748 11890-748 11901-748 11840-748 11900-748 11996-748 12419-748
Door Style
Metal Door Plexiglass Door Metal Door Plexiglass Door Metal Door Plexiglass Door Metal Door Plexiglass Door
Width in (mm)
24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610) 24 (610)
Depth in (mm)
13 (330) 13 (330) 18 (460) 18 (460) 24 (610) 24 (610) 30 (760) 30 (760)

108 (49.0) 101 (45.8) 121 (54.9) 114 (51.7) 135 (61.2) 128 (58.1) 151 (68.5) 143 (64.9) 5 (2.3)
Extra Mounting Rails, 1 Pair

L-Shaped, Threaded, 26U
Floor-Mount Foot Kit

13483-001 Foot Kit for 24D (610 mm) & 30D (760 mm) Cabinets Only 5 (2.3)
Note: Foot Kit allows front door and rear panel to open when cabinet is placed on the floor, shelf or other surface.
4-13
CUBE-iT PLUS CABINET SYSTEM Wall-Mounted, Floor-Supported Cabinet Specifications For 60H & 72H (1520 mm & 1830 mm) Cabinets
Cabinet body features lockable front door and swing-out rear panel for easy equipment access cabinet body is supported by an attached wheel base For indoor use only, not for use in air-handling spaces Usable heights: 60H (1520 mm) = 33U; 72H (1830 mm) = 40U Wheeled base adds an additional 6 (150 mm) to height Includes one pair of 19W adjustable (front-to-rear), mounting rails with Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm -15.9 mm -12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern; EIA-310-D Compliant Includes integrated cable management space for vertical cable manager accessory Cable knockouts include: (4) 1/2 or 3/4, two on top, two on bottom; (10) 2-1/2 or 3, five on top, five on bottom; (5) edge-protection grommets are included for 3 knockouts 5D (130 mm) rear panel punched to accept accessory equipment mounting brackets Constructed of riveted and bolted steel with epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat paint finish; equipment mounting rails are aluminum Ships fully assembled with mounting hardware
TM
60H (1520 mm) Cube-iT Plus - Wall Mounted & Floor-Supported Part Number & Color Width Depth Door Style in (mm) in (mm) White Black
13491-260 13494-260 13492-260 13495-260 13493-260 13496-260 13276-260 13491-760 13494-760 13492-760 13495-760 13493-760 13496-760 13276-760 Metal Door Plexiglass Door Metal Door Plexiglass Door Metal Door Plexiglass Door 27.3 (693) 27.3 (693) 27.3 (693) 27.3 (693) 27.3 (693) 27.3 (693) L-Shaped, Threaded, 33U 18 (460) 18 (460) 24 (610) 24 (610) 30 (760) 30 (760)

201 (91.2) 192 (87.1) 221 (100.2) 212 (96.2) 246 (111.6) 236 (107.0) 12 (5.4)
Extra Mounting Rails, 1 pair 72H (1830 mm) Cube-iT Plus - Wall Mounted & Floor-Supported Part Number & Color Width Depth Door Style in (mm) in (mm) White Black
13491-272 13494-272 13492-272 13495-272 13493-272 13496-272 13276-272 13491-772 13494-772 13492-772 13495-772 13493-772 13496-772 13276-772 Metal Door Plexiglass Door Metal Door Plexiglass Door Metal Door Plexiglass Door 27.3 (693) 27.3 (693) 27.3 (693) 27.3 (693) 27.3 (693) 27.3 (693) L-Shaped, Threaded, 40U 18 (460) 18 (460) 24 (610) 24 (610) 30 (760) 30 (760)

224 (101.6) 212 (96.2) 247 (112.0) 235 (106.6) 274 (124.3) 262 (118.8) 14 (6.4)
Extra Mounting Rails, 1 pair Depths for Wall-Mounted, Floor-Supported Cabinet in (mm) 18 (460) 24 (610)
12.2 (310) 16.8 (427) 18.2 (462) 22.8 (579)
Cabinet Depth
Cabinet Body Depth Maximum Usable Depth
30 (760)
24.2 (615) 28.8 (732)
4-14
CUBE-iT PLUS CABINET SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
TM
Fan Kit
Attaches over the vents in the side of the Cube-iT Plus Cabinet Draws air into the cabinet, pressurizing the cabinet and forcing warm air out of the side vents 115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 37 dB Fan with 5L (1.5 m) attached power cord and NEMA 5-15 plug 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 37 dB Fan with 5L (1.5 m) attached power cord and NEMA 6-15P plug Includes mounting hardware & cable ties Fan Filter Kit reduces dust and can be mounted internally for security or externally for convenience Filter kit and filters sold separately
Part Number
12804-701
12805-X01
Description
100 CFM, 115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 5-15P 100 CFM, 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 6-15P

4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 1 (0.5)
12804-702 12805-201 12805-701 12806-001
Filter Kit For Fan

Filter Kit, White Filter Kit, Black Filters, Box of 6
Light
Attaches to the bottom, top or side of cabinet Provides 8 Watts of fluorescent light with on/off switch 115 VAC with 6 (1.8 m) attached power cord and NEMA 5-15P plug 1 RMU rack-mount version also available
Part Number
12803-701
Description
Light

3 (1.4)
Termination Block Panel

13287-501
Attaches to rear panel of Cube-iT Plus Cabinet Supports six 110D-style 100-pair blocks or four 66-style blocks/H89D brackets Clear finish
Part Number
13287-501
13288-501
Description HxW in (mm)

11.5 x 19 (292 x 480 mm), 66 Block 11.5 x 19 (292 x 480 mm), 110 Block

4 (1.8) 4 (1.8)
13288-501
4-15
TM
45 Mounting Bracket
Attaches to rear panel to create a 3U x 19 EIA rack-mount space for patch panels Includes installation hardware
Part Number
12796-501
Description
3U, 1 Pair, Clear

3 (1.4)
90 Mounting Bracket
Attaches to rear panel of to create a 2U x 19 EIA vertical rack-mount space Includes installation hardware
Part Number
13285-501
Description
2U, 1 Pair, Clear

3 (1.4)
Vertical Mounting Bracket

2U (1 pair) Attaches to the equipment mounting rail Creates a 2U x 19 EIA or 3U x 19 vertical rack-mount space Includes installation hardware Supports 75 lb (34 kg)
Part Number
13286-501 3U (1 pair) 13286-502
Description
2U, 1 Pair, Clear 3U, 1 Pair, Clear

3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
Horizontal Wire Management Bar

Attaches to the rear of the equipment mounting rail Secure premise cables after termination on patch panels Includes mounting hardware and 12 cable ties
Part Number
11837-201 11837-701
Description Color
White Black

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
4-16
TM
Power Strip
Attaches to the bottom, top or side 115 VAC 15 Amp or 20 Amp, 8 outlets with 10L (3 m) power cord and circuit breaker Select straight or locking plug style Includes bracket and installation hardware
Part Number
Description 15 Amp

4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8)
12820-701 12820-702 12820-703 12820-704 12820-705 12820-706 12820-707 12820-708
NEMA 5-15P NEMA L5-15P Surge-Protected, NEMA 5-15P

Surge-Protected, NEMA L5-20P
20 Amp
NEMA 5-20P NEMA L5-20P Surge-Protected, NEMA 5-20P
Surge-Protected, NEMA L5-20P

For 60H (1520 mm) and 72H (1830 mm) Cube-iT Plus Cabinets only Use in 60H (1520 mm) and 72H (1830 mm) cabinets only Openings align with rack-mount units Fingers manage patch cords 2.7W x 5D (69 mm x 130 mm) usable interior space Adjusts front-to-rear within cabinet Must be installed before rack-mount equipment
Part Number
13485-760 13485-772

Manager for 60 (1520) Cabinet Manager for 72 (1830) Cabinet

9 (4.1) 10 (4.5)
Shelves For Cube-it Plus

40074
Part Number
Description HxW in (mm)

10D (250 mm) Shelf 2U x 17.25 (438.2), Holds 40 lb (18.1 kg)

4 (1.8) 6 (2.7)
12291-X01
5.19 (131.8 mm)
15D (380 mm) Shelf

40074-X00 3U x 17.25 (438.2), Holds 50 lb (22.7 kg)
12.00 (304.8 mm) 15.00 (381.0 mm)
4-17
THINLINE II WALL-MOUNT CABINET
ThinLine II Wall-Mount Cabinet

The space-saving ThinLine II safely secures 19 rack-mount network equipment with minimal intrusion into the room perfect for tight areas and high-traffic places such as classrooms and retail stores. The ThinLine II maximizes interior space using a distinctive equipment mounting rail system. Individual rails can be easily rotated for horizontal or vertical mounting and then bolted into place, making patch panel punchdown easier. The cabinet can hold a server, switch, horizontal cable manager, patch panel, fiber service loop and fiber-optic patch panel with room to accommodate additional mounting needs. An easy-to-remove top panel slides in and out of position (without tools) using a spring button release. In addition, the 26H (660 mm) cabinet can be mounted so that the removable top panel becomes a side panel. A 4 x 6 (100 mm x 150 mm) opening in the rear of the cabinet and knockouts sized 3/4 and 1-1/2 allow cable entry and exit. Multiple cable tie-down points in rear panel and included Saf-T-Grip straps secure cables safely. Door features rounded edges and corners and can be mounted to open from either right or left Removable top panel provides direct access to equipment without disturbing other devices Multiple sets of knockouts allow flexibility in cable organization Louvers and fan accessory provide ventilation Cabinet includes a 2 x 4 (50 mm x 100 mm) junction box to hold an optional surge-suppressed duplex outlet, eliminating the need for a power strip Made of steel Ships fully assembled with mounting hardware Static load rating is 100 lb (45.4 kg) ThinLine II can hold a server, switch, horizontal cable manager, patch panel, fiber service loop and fiberoptic patch panel with room to accommodate additional mounting needs.
Part Number
Description HxWxD in (mm) 26H (660 mm) ThinLine II

26 x 26 x 5, 2U, (660 x 660 x 130) 26 x 26 x 8.5, 4U, (660 x 660 x 216) 26 x 26 x 12, 6U, (660 x 660 x 300)

47 (21.3) 54 (24.5) 60 (27.2) 60 (27.2) 68 (30.8) 76 (34.5)
13050-X11 13050-X12 13050-X13 13050-X21 13050-X22 13050-X23
36H (910 mm) ThinLine II

36 x 26 x 5, 2U, (910 x 660 x 130) 36 x 26 x 8.5, 4U, (910 x 660 x 216) 36 x 26 x 12, 6U, (910 x 660 x 300)
4-18
THINLINE II WALL-MOUNT CABINET ACCESSORIES
Fiber Slack Manager Panel

The Fiber Slack Manager Panel provides both fiber slack management and a mounting surface for a small fiber manager or fiber-optic patch panel. Secured under the outermost mounting units, the panel takes up no mounting space within the cabinet. It attaches to the cabinet with standard #12-24 rack screws (included in the ThinLine II Cabinets hardware kit).
Part Number
12955-219 12955-719
Description
19 Rack-Mount 19 Rack-Mount
Color
White Black

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Surge-Suppressed Duplex Receptacle

The cabinet can be easily configured with two surge-suppressed outlets, eliminating the need for a power strip. ThinLine II includes an electrical junction box that can be mounted on either side of the cabinet. A 1/2 or 3/4 knockout is provided.
Part Number
12934-001
Description
Receptacle, 125V, 15A

2 (0.9)
Intelligent Fan Kit

The ThinLine II Intelligent Fan Kit uses a solid state temperature control to vary fan speed from an ultra quiet low speed at low air temperature through increasingly higher speeds as temperature rises.
13051-001
Part Number
13051-001 13051-002
Description
115 VAC, 60 Hz, 4U/6U Cabinets 115 VAC, 60 Hz, 2U Cabinet

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
13051-001 Intelligent Fan Specifications:

Minimum Fan Speed
(air temp 77 or less) 65 CFM (Free Air) 34 dB (Noise Level)
Maximum Fan Speed

(air temp 104 or greater) 120 CFM (Free Air) 51 dB (Noise Level)
13051-002 Intelligent Fan Specifications:

Minimum Fan Speed
(air temp 77 or less) 36 CFM (Free Air) 28 dB (Noise Level)
Maximum Fan Speed

(air temp 113 or greater) 49 CFM (Free Air) 33 dB (Noise Level)
4-19
SILVER FRAME WALL-MOUNT CABINET
Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet

The Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet provides an elegant and premium quality enclosure for protecting and securing your rack-mount equipment. Uses less space than conventional floor racks or enclosures. Unique duallocking hinge design provides convenient front and rear access. With the 5.5 x 10.3 (140 mm x 262 mm) cable pass-through port in the center of the back panel, it is possible to route cable through the wall directly into the mounted cabinet for a more secure installation. Rack-mounting surface depth is adjustable front to back 7-1/2 (191 mm) for 14 (360 mm) depth and 16-1/2 (419 mm) for 24 (610 mm) depth. 36 (910 mm) usable mounting height (20U). Universal 5/8-5/8-1/2 (15.9 mm -15.9 mm -12.7 mm) alternating hole pattern on both front and back sides. Unique dual locking hinge design Strong, lightweight aluminum construction 19 rack width Vented top and bottom for optimum airflow Adjustable rack-mounting surface Includes (50) #12-24 mounting screws; black painted units ship with black screws, clear units ship with zinc screws Installation hardware included: 1/4 lag screw for backboard or stud mounting and Saf-T-Grip Cable Management Straps for cable routing Ships fully assembled Supports up to 150 lb (68 kg)
Part Number
Description Shipping HxWxD Weight in (mm) lb (kg) Silver Frame Cabinet w/Smoked Plexiglass Doors
41 x 24.3 x 14 (1040 x 617 x 360) 41 x 24.3 x 24 (1040 x 617 x 610) 41 x 24.3 x 14 (1040 x 617 x 360) 41 x 24.3 x 24 (1040 x 617 x 610) 61 (27.7) 71 (32.2) 61 (27.7) 71 (32.2)
11680-X19 11685-X19 12680-X19 12685-X19

Usable Height: Usable Depth: Usable Width: 41 (1040 mm) = 36 (910 mm)/20U 14 (360 mm) = 10.19 (258.8 mm) 24 (610 mm) = 20.19 (512.8 mm) 24.3 (617.mm) = 19 (480 mm)
Silver Frame Cabinet with Solid Metal Doors
X=color: 2=White, 7=Black
Fan/Filter Kit
Fan pressurizes enclosure, forcing warmer air out top vents. Fan is rated for 200 CFM and has an attached 56L (1.6 m) power cord with NEMA 5-15P plug. (37 dB noise level)
Part Number
11755-003
Description
200 CFM, 115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, NEMA 5-15P Replacement Filters, Set of 4

3 (1.4) 1 (0.5)
Power Strips available on Page 7-22.
11222-001
4-20
CABLE MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS

Cable Managers & Accessories
INSIDE SECTION 5: Evolution Vertical Cable Management Velocity Cable Management Vertical Cable Management Vertical Cabling Accessories Horizontal Cable Management Saf-T-Grip Cable Straps Distribution Rings Brackets Mag Clips
Page 5-3 Page 5-10 Page 5-15 Page 5-24 Page 5-29 Page 5-36 Page 5-37 Page 5-39 Page 5-41
CABLE MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS

CPI provides an end-to-end solution to help you organize cables and cords throughout your network. CPIs Cable Management Products provide a convenient cable run within, between and around racks and cabinets for better cable performance. Rack-mount cable managers provide critical support for cable bundles by defining cable pathways resulting in better cable organization. To adapt to your data center needs, CPI Cable Management Products have been designed in a large variety of widths, heights and depths. They are available in several horizontal and vertical sections of various dimensions, utilizing rack-mount unit finger guides and/or rings and feature door panels to hide and secure cable.
CPI Cable Management Products include:

High-quality construction and design Proper cable bend radii to ensure maximum performance of data transmission Decreased potential cable damage Easy cable moves, adds and changes Prevention of tangled cords Meets ANSI/TIA/EIA installation guidelines for Category 5e/6/6a and fiber cables Provides for a professional, attractive installation
New Products:
Velocity Cable Management Vertical Sections; Page 5-10, Horizontal; Page 5-25
5-2
EVOLUTION VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT
Evolution Cable Management

CPI Evolution Cable Management provides an engineered solution for managing high-density cabling applications on open two-post and four-post CPI Rack Systems, delivering increased performance to match the demands of data center applications. Featuring easy-to-use doors with styling that complements the CPI TeraFrame Family of Cabinets; Evolution Cable Management provides innovative interior features to help maximize the capacity and utility of vertical and horizontal cable management.
Evolution Vertical Cable Manager:

Use vertical managers on the sides of racks to manage premise cables, patch cords and jumper cords. Vertical managers include plastic T-shaped cable guides with openings that align with each rack-mount unit space on the rack. Rounded edges on the cable guides and the top of the manager protect cables as they enter or exit the interior storage space. On double-sided managers, Movable MidSections allow personalized placement of Cable Distribution Spools and other cable management accessories to effectively route patch cords. Use accessory Fiber Segregation Kits to create a dedicated internal channel for fiber cabling or accessory Cable Lashing Bar Kits to anchor premise cables closer to the Movable Mid-Sections to increase capacity. The Movable Mid-Sections can also be positioned for a 50/50, 40/60 or 60/40 front/rear split of the internal cable management space to match cabling requirements. The door is secured by a spring-loaded two-point latch controlled by a single knob; simply turn the knob on the right or left side of the door and pull to swing the door open or turn both knobs to remove the door. The door attaches to the base and top of the cable manager, not the cable guides, and opens wider than previous designs for better access to cables. Vertical managers are available in single-sided and double-sided configurations in three widths to match cabling requirements.
Features:
Improved T-shaped cable guides decrease deflection when loaded with cables; especially important when deploying Cat 6a cable Rounded edges on the cable guides protect cables as they enter and exit the storage space Door opens to the right or left with a single knob Rigid trough minimizes movement when installed on the end of a row of racks; solid construction with a full rectangular base supports large bundles of heavy cables Openings in the back of the single-sided and middle of the double-sided managers allow cables to pass easily front to rear Double-sided managers have Movable Mid-Sections that allow for flexibility in the volume of cable management space provided in the front and rear portions of the cable manager Fixed Accessory Panels on the single-sided and Movable Mid-Sections on the double-sided manager support various cable management accessories to divide the interior space and manage cable slack
View of Evolution Cable Management installed on CPI Rack

5-3
For Horizontal Evolution Cable Management, see page 5-29.
Evolution g1 Single-Sided Vertical Cable Manager

Single-Sided Vertical Manager includes:
Contoured front door with easy-open knobs and vertical center feature in contrasting aluminum finish Rigid cable manager with 1U spaced plastic T-shaped cable guides (fingers) Three Fixed Accessory Panels at the back of the cable manager Three large Cable Distribution Spools included with 10, 12 and 15 (250 mm, 300 mm and 380 mm) wide managers
Part Number
35511-703 35512-703 35513-703 35514-703
Single-Sided Vertical Manager also available in 6 and 8 heights.
7H (2.1 m) W x D - in (mm)
6 x 13.2 (150 x 335) 8 x 13.2 (200 x 335) 10 x 13.2 (250 x 335) 12 x 13.2 (300 x 335) 15 x 13.2 (380 x 335)

57 (25.9) 61 (27.7) 67 (30.4) 73 (33.1) 83 (37.6)
35515-703
Color is black. For 6H (1.8 m) use -701. For 8H (2.4 m) use -715.
Evolution g2 Double-Sided Vertical Cable Manager

Double-Sided Vertical Manager includes:
Contoured front door with easy-open knobs and vertical center feature in contrasting aluminum finish Rear door with easy-open knobs and all black finish Rigid cable manager with 1U spaced plastic T-shaped cable guides (fingers) Three Movable Mid-Sections; creates 50/50, 60/40 or 40/60 interior split Three large Cable Distribution Spools included with 10, 12 and 15 (250 mm, 300 mm and 380 mm) wide managers
Part Number
35521-703 35522-703 35523-703 35524-703 35525-703
7H (2.1 m) W x D - in (mm)
6 x 24.5 (150 x 622) 8 x 24.5 (200 x 622) 10 x 24.5 (250 x 622) 12 x 24.5 (300 x 622) 15 x 24.5 (380 x 622)

94 (42.6) 101 (45.8) 110 (49.9) 118 (53.5) 129 (58.5)
Double-Sided Vertical Manager also available in 6and 8 heights.
Color is black. For 6H (1.8 m) use -701. For 8H (2.4 m) use -715.
5-4
Fiber Segregation Kit

Creates a separate pathway for fiber cables and patch cords inside Evolution Vertical Cable Managers. Attaches to the Fixed Accessory Panels inside Evolution g1 Single-Sided and Movable Mid-Sections inside Evolution g2 Double-Sided Managers The number of kits allowed per manager depends on the position of the Movable Mid-Section in double-sided managers and the width of the vertical cable manager as listed in the table at left Each kit includes two 20.5H (521 mm) J-shaped steel mounting brackets, eight plastic Fiber Segregation Spools and mounting hardware that create a separate pathway inside the vertical cable manager when assembled and installed The Fiber Segregation Spools turn 360 with stops at 90 allowing easy access to fiber cables The assembled bracket is 3.8W x 4.3D (97 mm x 109 mm) with a 2.4W x 4.0D (61 mm x 102 mm) and includes mounting hardware
Cable Manager Width in (mm)

6 (150) 8 (200) 10 (250) 12 (300) 15 (380)
Double-Sided Single-Sided with 60/40 and all other Front/Rear Split Double-Sided (60% side) positions
1 1 2 2 2 0 1 1 2 2
Part Number
35475-701
Color is black.
Description
Fiber Segregation Kit

6 (2.7)
Cable Lashing Bar Kit

Cable Lashing Bar Kit provides tie points for cables inside Evolution Vertical Cable Managers. Attaches to Fixed Accessory Panels inside Evolution g1 Single-Sided and the Movable Mid-Sections inside Evolution g2 Double-Sided Managers Use up to six cable lashing bars (front/rear) in 6W (150 mm) vertical cable managers and up to ten (front/rear) in the 8W (200 mm), 10W (250 mm), 12W (300 mm) and 15W (300 mm) vertical cable managers Each kit includes four round .23 (5.7 mm) diameter 20.6L (524 mm) steel lashing bars and mounting hardware
Part Number
35473-001
Color: Zinc plated, silver.
Description

2 (0.9)
5-5
Cable Divider Bar Kit

The Cable Divider Bar provides tie points for cables inside the Evolution Vertical Cable Manager and divides the interior of the cable manager to create multiple pathways for cables. Attaches to the Fixed Accessory Panels inside Evolution g1 Single-Sided and the Movable Mid-Sections inside the Evolution g2 Double-Sided Managers Each Cable Divider Bar is 5.75H x 1W x 20L (146 mm x 25 mm x 510 mm), welded steel construction consisting of a vertical cable lashing bar and two U-shaped cable dividers Use side-by-side to create multiple pathways in 10W (250 mm) or wider cable managers Each kit includes four Cable Divider Bars and mounting hardware
Part Number
35503-701
Color is black.
Description
Cable Divider Bar Kit

3 (1.4)
Solid Rear Panel Manager

Solid Rear Panel encloses the rear of the Evolution g1 Single-Sided Vertical Cable Manager. Easy installation; hangs from the top of the manager or attaches to the back of the Fixed Accessory Panels with included hardware Install Cable Distribution Spools and any additional Fixed Accessory Panels before attaching the Solid Rear Panel; does not block attachment of other cable management accessories inside the manager Sold individually or in pairs; select to match the width and height of the cable manager
6W 8W 10W 12W 15W Height (150 mm) (200 mm) (250 mm) (300 mm) (380 mm) Shipping Weight ft (m) lb (kg) Part Number (each)
6 (1.8) 35501-701 35501-704 35501-707 35501-710 35501-713 7 (2.1) 35501-702 35501-705 35501-708 35501-711 35501-714 9 (4.1) 11 (5.0)
8 (2.4) 35501-703 35501-706 35501-709 35501-712 35501-715 12 (5.4) Part Number (Pair)
6 (1.8) 35501-751 35501-754 35501-757 35501-760 35501-763 34 (15.4) 7 (2.1) 35501-752 35501-755 35501-758 35501-761 35501-764 42 (19.1) 8 (2.4) 35501-753 35501-756 35501-759 35501-762 35501-765 46 (20.9)
Color is black. Shipping weights are for 15W (380 mm) Solid Rear Panels.
5-6
Solid Mid Panel

Solid Mid Panel covers and divides the front and rear of the Evolution g2 Double-Sided Vertical Cable Manager. Easy installation nested two-piece assembly telescopes to cover the width of the manager; attaches to the back of the Movable Mid-Sections inside the manager with included hardware Does not block attachment of additional Movable Mid-Sections or other cable management accessories inside the manager Requires additional Movable Mid-Sections, one in a 7 manager and two in the 8 (2.4 m) manager, for proper installation Sold individually or in packs of four; select to match the width and height of the cable manager
6W 8W 10W 12W 15W Height (150 mm) (200 mm) (250 mm) (300 mm) (380 mm) Shipping Weight ft (m) lb (kg) Part Number (each)
6 (1.8) 35497-701 35497-704 35497-707 35497-710 35497-713 7 (2.1) 35497-702 35497-705 35497-708 35497-711 35497-714 14 (6.4) 16 (7.3)
8 (2.4) 35497-703 35497-706 35501-709 35497-712 35497-715 18 (8.2) Part Number (Pack of 4)
6 (1.8) 35497-751 35497-754 35497-757 35497-760 35497-763 58 (26.3) 7 (2.1) 35497-752 35497-755 35497-758 35497-761 35497-764 62 (28.1) 8 (2.4) 35497-753 35497-756 35497-759 35497-762 35497-765 70 (31.8)
Color is black. Shipping weights are for 15W (380 mm) Solid Mid Panels.
Solid Side Panel Manager

Solid Side Panel covers the side of a Evolution g2 Double-Sided Vertical Cable Manager located at the end of a row of equipment racks. Easy tool-less installation hangs from the top of the manager and attaches at the bottom of the manager with included snap-in hardware Sold individually or in pairs; select to match the height of the cable manager
Part Number
35502-701 35502-702 35502-703 35502-751 35502-752 35502-753
Color is black.
Description Height ft (m)

6 (1.8), Each 7 (2.1), Each 8 (2.4), Each 6 (1.8), 1 Pair 7 (2.1), 1 Pair 8 (2.4), 1 Pair

16 (7.3) 19 (8.6) 21 (9.5) 30 (13.6) 35 (15.9) 39 (17.7)
5-7
Movable Mid-Section Kit For Evolution g2 Double-Sided Cable Manager

Kit includes three Movable Mid-Sections for the Evolution g2 Double-Sided Vertical Cable Manager. Select to match the width of the cable manager Includes installation hardware
Part Number
35493-701 35493-702 35493-703 35493-704 35493-705
Color is black.

6 (15) Evolution g2 Double-Sided 8 (200) Evolution g2 Double-Sided 10 (250) Evolution g2 Double-Sided 12 (300) Evolution g2 Double-Sided 5 (380) Evolution g2 Double-Sided

4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 7 (3.2) 8 (3.6)
Fixed Accessory Panel Kit for Evolution g1 Single-Sided Cable Manager

Kit includes three Fixed Accessory Panels for the Evolution g1 Single-Sided Vertical Cable Manager. Select to match the width of the cable manager Includes installation hardware
Part Number
35492-701 35492-702 35492-703 35492-704 35492-705
Color is black.

6 (150) Evolution g1 Single-Sided 8 (200) Evolution g1 Single-Sided 10 (250) Evolution g1 Single-Sided 12 (300) Evolution g1 Single-Sided 15 (380) Evolution g1 Single-Sided

3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 6 (2.7) 7 (3.2)
Evolution Floor Bracket

Evolution Floor Bracket secures the base of the Evolution Vertical Cable Managers to the floor when located at the end of a row of equipment racks. Light-duty, steel bracket with attachment hole sized for 1/4 hardware Sold in packs of 12, order floor attachment hardware separately
Part Number
35506-701
Color is black.
Description
Evolution Floor Bracket, Pack of 12

3 (1.4)
5-8
Cable Distribution Spools

Cable Distribution Spools provide slack management and strain relief for patch cords and jumper cables inside Evolution Vertical Cable Managers. Three large cable distribution spools are included with each 10, 12 and 15 wide (250 mm, 300 mm and 380 mm) vertical cable manager (will not fit other sizes) Attaches to the fixed adapter panels on the back of single-sided vertical cable managers and the Movable Mid-Sections inside the double-sided vertical cable managers Spools are 2.75 (69.9 mm) in diameter and 5.9L (150 mm) and made from black plastic Each kit includes four spools and mounting hardware
Part Number
15008-001
Color is black.
Description
Cable Distribution Spools, Pack of 4

2 (0.9)
Cable Distribution Spool Spacer Kit

The Cable Distribution Spool Spacer Kit is used with the Cable Distribution Spool to offset the spool so that the front edge of the spool is close to the front edge of cable management fingers in the Evolution g2 Double-Sided Cable Managers. Use in 10, 12 and 15 (250 mm, 300 mm and 380 mm) wide managers; each manager includes three spools and three spacers Attaches to the Movable Mid-Sections inside double-sided Evolution g2 Vertical Cable Managers Use one Cable Distribution Spool Spacer with each Cable Distribution Spool when the Movable Mid-Sections in the cable manager are set for a 50/50 front/rear split Use two Cable Distribution Spool Spacers with each Cable Distribution Spool when the Movable Mid-Sections in the cable manager are set for a 60/40 front/rear split; stack both of the Cable Distribution Spool Spacers on the 60% side Spacers are 2.8 (71 mm) in diameter and 2.5H (64 mm) and made from black plastic Each kit includes eight spacers and mounting hardware
Part Number
35505-001
Color is black.
Description
Cable Distribution Spool Spacer Kit

1 (0.5)
Also compatible with Cable Spool Kit shown on page 5-15.

5-9
VELOCITY CABLE MANAGEMENT
Velocity Cable Management

CPIs Velocity Cable Management is an economical cable management solution for everyday use in telecommunication rooms, equipment rooms and lab spaces and creates a complete vertical and horizontal pathway for premise cabling and patch cords on CPI Rack Systems.
Vertical Cable Managers:

Velocity Cable Management includes single- and double-sided vertical cable managers available in four widths and three heights and can ship unassembled in compact packaging to reduce shipping costs and storage space, providing easier staging and handling on the job site with less packaging to remove. No tools are required to assemble the cable manager. The components simply snap together and the manager bolts to the side of the rack with included hardware. The vertical cable manager features a large cross section to maximize internal cable management space. To simplify cable management, T-shaped cable guides and openings on the sides of the manager align with each rack-mount unit and have rounded edges to protect cables from snags. Snap-on covers are included and swing open to the right or left to provide easy access and protect cables when closed. The manager has openings in the body which allow cables to pass easily front-to-rear. Add the accessory Cable Spool Kit to manage fiber, the Cable Lashing Bar Kit to secure large cable bundles or the Cable Ring Kit to create a rear pathway on the back of single-sided managers. Vertical managers for open two-post and four-post CPI Rack Systems Packaging: - Each vertical cable manager ships unassembled in a single carton - Each horizontal cable manager ships fully assembled in a single carton Material: - Vertical cable manager has steel mid panels, splice plates and plastic sides; covers on 3.6W (91 mm) and 6W (152 mm) managers are plastic; covers on 10W (254 mm) and 12W (305 mm) managers are steel with plastic hinges - Horizontal cable manager is plastic Finish: Black epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat paint on steel parts; black plastic
Snaps together:
5-10
Velocity Single-Sided Vertical Cable Managers

Single-Sided Vertical Cable Managers include:
Four vertical side sections with T-shaped cable guides spaced 1U apart Four mid panels with attachment points for cable management accessories Two splice plates used to assemble the top and bottom side sections Two half-height covers that snap onto the T-shaped cable guides Eight M8 hex bolts, washers and hex flange nuts to secure cable managers to the rack
Velocity Single-Sided Vertical Cable Managers Part Number Description HxWxD in (mm) For 6H (1.8 m), 38U Racks
13901-701 13902-701 13904-701 13905-701 13901-703 13902-703 13904-703 13905-703 13901-715 13902-715 13904-715 13905-715 70 x 3.6 x 9.7 (1778 x 91 x 246) 70 x 6 x 9.8 (1778 x 152 x 249) 70 x 10 x 10.3 (1778 x 254 x 262) 70 x 12 x 10.4 (1778 x 305 x 264) 17 (7.7) 18 (8.2) 30 (13.6) 32 (14.5) 18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 32 (14.5) 34 (15.4) 19 (8.6) 21 (9.5) 34 (15.4) 36 (16.3)
For 7H (2.1 m), 45U Racks

Note: 3.6W & 6W ship with extruded plastic doors; 10W & 12W ship with metal doors.
80.5 x 3.6 x 9.7 (2045 x 91 x 246) 80.5 x 6 x 9.8 (2045 x 152 x 249) 80.5 x 10 x 10.3 (2045 x 254 x 262) 80.5 x 12 x 10.4 (2045 x 305 x 264)

91 x 3.6 x 9.7 (2311 91 x 246) 91 x 6 x 9.8 (2311 x 152 x 249) 91 x 10 x 10.3 (2311x 254 x 262) 91 x 12 x 10.4 (2311 x 305 x 264)
Color is black. Velocity Single-Sided Vertical Cable Managers are 9.5D (241 mm) without doors. The overall depth listed in the order table varies due to the bevel on the door which differs slightly with width. Usable depth is 7.5 (191 mm). Usable width is 1.3 (33 mm) less than overall width.
Velocity Cable Managers are easy to ship and store - compact packaging requires less storage space, reduces waste and is easier and more cost-efficient to ship.
See Cable Fill Tables at www.chatsworth.com/cablefill

5-11
Velocity Double-Sided Vertical Cable Manager

Double-Sided Vertical Cable Manager includes:
Four vertical side sections with T-shaped cable guides spaced 1U apart Four mid panels with attachment points for cable management accessories Two splice plates used to assemble the top and bottom side sections Four half-height covers that snap onto the T-shaped cable guides Eight M8 hex bolts, washers and hex flange nuts to secure cable managers to the rack
Velocity Double-Sided Vertical Cable Managers Part Number Description HxWxD in (mm) For 6H (1.8 m), 38U Racks
13911-701 13912-701 13914-701 13915-701 13911-703
Note: 3.6W & 6W ship with extruded plastic doors; 10W & 12W ship with metal doors.

23 (10.4) 26 (11.8) 37 (16.8) 40 (18.1) 25 (11.3) 28 (12.7) 40 (18.1) 43 (19.5) 27 (12.2) 30 (13.6) 44 (20.0) 47 (21.3)
70 x 3.6 x 16.4 (1778 x 91 x 417) 70 x 6 x 16.6 (1778 x 152 x 422) 70 x 10 x 17.5 (1778 x 254 x 445) 70 x 12 x 17.8 (1778 x 305 x 446)

80.5 x 3.6 x 16.4 (2045 x 91 x 417) 80.5 x 6 x 16.6 (2045 x 152 x 422) 80.5 x 10 x 17.5 ( 2045 x 254 x 445) 80.5 x 12 x 17.8 (2045 x 305 x 446) 13912-703 13914-703 13915-703 13911-715 13912-715 13914-715 13915-715

91x 3.6 x 16.4 (2311 x 91 x 417) 91 x 6 x 16.6 (2311 x 152 x 422) 91 x 10 x 17.5 (2311 x 254 x 445) 91 x 12 x 117.8 (2311 x 305 x 4464)
Color is black. Velocity Double-Sided Vertical Cable Managers are 16 D (406 mm) without doors. The overall depth listed in the order table varies due to the bevel on the door which differs slightly with width. Usable depth in the front of the manager is 7.5 (191 mm). Usable depth at the rear of the manager is 5.5 (140 mm). Usable width is 1.3 (33 mm) less than overall width.
For Velocity Horizontal Cable Management, see page 5-29.

5-12
Cable Ring Kit

The Cable Ring Kit creates a separate cable pathway on the back of a Velocity Single-Sided Vertical Cable Manager for premise cables. Match the kit to the width and height of the vertical cable managers; one kit per manager Attaches to the sides with included hardware Rings are C-shaped, 3.0H x 7.7D (76 mm x 196 mm), with a plastic latch that spins open to provide access to cables Cable opening on 3.6W (91 mm) rings is 1.4W (36 mm); cable opening on other rings is 3.8W (97 mm) Rings are made from aluminum and painted black; latch is black plastic Each kit includes multiple rings and mounting hardware. The (-7X6) kits include six rings, the (-7X7) kits include seven rings, the (-7X8) kits include eight rings
Part Number
Description Height ft (m) For 3.6W (91 mm) Managers

Cable Ring Kit for 6 (1.8) Manager Cable Ring Kit for 7 (2.1) Manager Cable Ring Kit for 8 (2.4) Manager

8 (3.6) 9 (4.1) 11 (5.0) 9 (4.1) 11 (5.0) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 14 (6.4) 15 (6.8) 14 (6.4) 16 (7.3) 18 (8.2)
13934-716 13934-717 13934-718 13934-726 13934-727 13934-728 13934-746 13934-747 13934-748 13934-756 13934-757 13934-758
For 6W (152 mm) Managers



See Cable Fill Tables at www.chatsworth.com/cablefill

5-13
Cable Spool Kit

The Cable Spool Kit includes four small cable spools to provide slack management and strain relief for patch cords and jumper cables inside the Velocity Vertical Cable Managers. Use in 6W (152 mm) or wider vertical cable managers; one kit per side Attaches to the mid panel with included hardware Spools are 2 (51 mm) in diameter and 6L (152 mm) Made from aluminum; painted black Each kit includes four spools and mounting hardware
Part Number
13935-701
Color is black.
Description
Cable Spool Kit, Pack of 4

2 (0.9)

The Cable Lashing Bar Kit provides tie points for cables inside Velocity Vertical Cable Managers. Use in 6W (152 mm) or wider vertical cable managers; one kit per side Attaches to the mid panel with included hardware Bars are .23 (5.7 mm) in diameter; two bars are 23.7L (602 mm); four bars are 16.6L (422 mm) Made from steel; zinc-plated, silver-colored Each kit includes six lashing bars and mounting hardware
Part Number
13928-001
Zinc plated, silver colored.
Description

2 (0.9)
Also compatible with Cable Distribution Spools and Cable Distribution Spool Spacer Kit shown on page 5-9.
5-14
VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT
MCS Master Cabling Section

The MCS Master Cabling Section virtually eliminates the need for horizontal cable managers by providing frequent 1U spacing of the cable guides that aligns precisely with the rack spacing. Includes innovative, rigid aluminum SwitchGate Door/Cover that hides and conceals cable. A handle is included on the outside of the door/cover making removal and installation even easier. Extra-wide, contoured cable guides provide smooth movement and meet UL 94V-O Flame Resistant standards SwitchGate Door/Cover is easily switched from right to left opening and can be removed Double-Sided MCS Master Cabling Sections have edge-protected pass through ports and vertical slots for optional Saf-T-Grip straps 10W (250 mm) version includes (4) Cable Distribution Spools Mounting hardware and doors are included Attach to Standard Racks, Universal Racks or QuadraRacks
Double-Sided MCS shown with door open
Shown on rack with Jumper Tray
Part Number
Height ft (m)
Depth in (mm)

14 (6.4) 15 (6.8) 16 (7.3) 17 (7.7) 18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 22 (10.0) 16 (7.3) 17 (7.7) 19 (8.6) 20 (9.1) 21 (9.5) 23 (10.4) 25 (11.3) 38 (17.2) 40 (18.1) 43 (19.5) 45 (20.4) 48 (21.8) 51 (23.1) 56 (25.4)
Part Number
Height ft (m)
Depth in (mm)

34 (15.4) 36 (16.3) 38 (17.2) 40 (18.1) 42(19.1) 45 (20.4) 49 (22.2) 38 (17.2) 40 (18.1) 43 (19.5) 45 (20.4) 48 (21.8) 51 (23.1) 56 (25.4) 44 (20.0) 47 (21.3) 50 (22.7) 53 (24.0) 57 (25.9) 60 (27.2) 67 (30.4)
4.4W (112 mm) Single-Sided

30091-X00 30091-X01 30091-X02 30091-X03 30091-X05 30091-X15 30091-X08 30092-X00 30092-X01 30092-X02 30092-X03 30092-X05 30092-X15 30092-X08 30093-X00 30093-X01 30093-X02 30093-X03 30093-X05 30093-X15 30093-X08 5.6 (1.7) 6 (1.8) 6.6 (2.0) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 5.6 (1.7) 6 (1.8) 6.6 (2.0) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 5.6 (1.7) 6 (1.8) 6.6 (2.0) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2)) 8.08 (205.2) 8.08 (205.2) 30094-X00 30094-X01 30094-X02 30094-X03 30094-X05 30094-X15 30094-X08 30095-X00 30095-X01 30095-X02 30095-X03 30095-X05 30095-X15 30095-X08 30096-X00 30096-X01 30096-X02 30096-X03 30096-X05 30096-X15 30096-X08
4.4W (112 mm) Double-Sided

5.6 (1.7) 6 (1.8) 6.6 (2.0) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 5.6 (1.7) 6 (1.8) 6.6 (2.0) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 5.6 (1.7) 6 (1.8) 6.6 (2.0) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2) 16.15 (410.2)
6W (150 mm) Single-Sided
6W (150 mm) Double-Sided
Note: X=color; 5=Clear, 7=Black. 9 (2.7 m) unit is an 8 (2.4 m) unit with 1 (0.3 m) extension. Clear (-5XX) versions have black doors/covers and cable guides.
5-15
MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section With Extended Fingers

The MCS-EFX is a larger, higher capacity version of CPIs popular MCS Master Cabling Section vertical cable management solution. It is appropriate for two-post and four-post applications and is available in single-sided and double-sided configurations. MCS-EFX is manufactured from a combination of strong, lightweight aluminum sheet and plenum-rated composite materials for maximum strength at minimal weight. MCS-EFX is packaged in a single carton for easy handling and includes installation hardware. Cable openings on the side of MCS-EFX are sized to accommodate 48 patch cords, twice the capacity of the standard MCS; openings have rounded edges to protect cable and will not deform or break Patented cable openings on the sides of MCS-EFX align with rack-mount unit space on the rack allowing cables to exit by raack-mount unit The door hinges open to the right or left for easy access to cables during moves, adds and changes and locks in the closed position to protect cables from damage Plastic Cable Guides meet UL 94V-O Flame Resistant standards 10W and 12W (250 mm and 300 mm) Double-Sided MCS-EFX include (4) Cable Distribution Spools Mounting hardware and doors are included Attach to Standard Racks, Universal Racks or QuadraRacks
Extended fingers of MCS-EFX
Hinged locking door
Part Number
Height ft (m)
Depth in (mm)

31 (14.1) 32 (14.5) 35 (15.9) 40 (18.1) 42 (19.1) 45 (20.4) 44 (20.0) 47 (21.3) 50 (22.7)
Part Number
Height ft (m)
Depth in (mm)

56 (25.4) 59 (26.8 62 (28.1) 69 (31.3) 73 (33.1) 76 (34.5) 75 (34.0) 79 (35.8) 83 (37.6)

40092-X03 40092-X05 40092-X15 40093-X03 40093-X05 40093-X15 40094-X03 40094-X05 40094-X15 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 10.62 (269.7) 10.62 (269.7) 10.62 (269.7) 10.62 (269.7) 10.62 (269.7) 10.62 (269.7) 10.62 (269.7) 10.62 (269.7) 10.62 (269.7) 40095-X03 40095-X05 40095-X15 40096-X03 40096-X05 40096-X15 40097-X03 40097-X05 40097-X15

7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 21.23 (539.2) 21.23 (539.2) 21.23 (539.2) 21.23 (539.2) 21.23 (539.2) 21.23 (539.2) 21.23 (539.2) 21.23 (539.2) 21.23 (539.2)
X=color: 5=Clear, 7=Black. Clear (-5XX) versions have black doors/covers and cable guides.
5-16
CCS Combination Cabling Section

The CCS Combination Cabling Section offers the best of CPIs cabling sections, but with added design features. This cabling section is double-sided with the front side featuring plastic cable guides (like those used on the MCS Master Cabling Section) while the back retains the classic VCS Vertical Cabling Section design. 1U cable guides on the front designed for fanning and managing patch cords Open cabling section on the rear provides easy access and routes cable bundles feeding into the back of patch panels Edge-protected pass through ports make it easy to route cable from front to back; vertical slots along the center separator secure cable bundles neatly with optional Saf-T-Grip Cable Management Straps Plastic Cable Guides meet UL 94V-O Flame Resistant standards Innovative SwitchGate Door/Cover (front) is easily opened from the right or left and can be removed so that cable does not have to thread through guides Attach to Standard Racks, Universal Racks, QuadraRack or Adjustable QuadraRack frames Mounting hardware and doors are included Usable Depth For 3D (80 mm) Rack Version: Front=5.90 (149.9 mm); Rear=5.35 (135.9 mm) For 6D (150 mm) Rack Version: Front=7.40 (188.0 mm); Rear=6.85 (174.0 mm)
Hinged locking door
Part Number 3D (80 mm) Racks

30161-701 30161-703 30161-705 30161-715 30161-708 30162-701 30162-703 30162-705 30162-715 30162-708 30163-701 30163-703 30163-705 30163-715 30163-708
Height ft (m)
Color

25 (11.3) 29 (13.2) 31 (14.1) 33 (15.0) 38 (17.2) 29 (13.2) 34 (15.4) 37 (16.8) 39 (17.7) 44 (20.0) 40 (18.1) 46 (20.9) 50 (22.7) 53 (24.0) 59 (26.8)
Part Number 6D (150 mm) Racks

30164-701 30164-703 30164-705 30164-715 30164-708 30165-701 30165-703 30165-705 30165-715 30165-708 30166-701 30166-703 30166-705 30166-715 30166-708
Height ft (m)
Color

28 (12.7) 33 (15.0) 36 (16.3) 38 (17.2) 43 (19.5) 33 (15.0) 38 (17.2) 41 (18.6) 44 (20.0) 49 (22.2) 42 (19.1) 49 (22.2) 53 (24.0) 56 (25.4) 63 (28.6)
3.65W (92.7 mm)

6 (1.8) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 6 (1.8) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 6 (1.8) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black
3.65W (92.7 mm)

6 (1.8) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 6 (1.8) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 6 (1.8) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black
6W (150 mm)
6W (150 mm)
10W (250 mm)
10W (250 mm)
5-17
CCS-EFX Combination Cabling Section With Extended Fingers

The CCS-EFX is a double-sided vertical cable management trough designed for use with most two- and four-post racks to manage cable at the crossconnect, especially when using angled-face copper patch panels. The CCS-EFX is manufactured from a combination of strong, lightweight aluminum sheet and plenum-rated composite materials for maximum strength at minimal weight. CCS-EFX is packaged in a single carton for easy handling and includes installation hardware. Cable openings on the front are sized to fit 48 patch cords, twice the capacity of the CCS; openings have rounded edges to protect cable and will not deform or break Cable openings on front of CCS-EFX align with rack-mount unit on rack allowing cables to exit by rack-mount unit The front door hinges open to the right or left and locks in the closed position to protect cables Open cabling section on the rear of CCS-EFX allows large premise cable bundles to exit the manager into the rack-mount space. Spin closure latches secure cables Attach to 3D (80 mm) Standard Racks, Universal Racks or QuadraRack Mounting hardware and doors are included
Extended fingers of CCS-EFX
Hinged locking door
Part Number
Height ft (m)
Depth in (mm) 6W (150 mm)
Color

38 (17.2) 41 (18.6) 44 (20.0) 52 (23.6) 56 (25.4) 60 (27.2) 56 (25.4) 60 (27.2) 64 (29.0)
40098-703 40098-705 Usable Depth Front=8.60 (218.4 mm); Rear=5.35 (135.9 mm) 40098-715 40099-703 40099-705 40099-715 40100-703 40100-705 40100-715
7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4)
14.94 (379.5) 14.94 (379.5) 14.94 (379.5)
Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black
10W (250 mm)

14.94 (379.5) 14.94 (379.5) 14.94 (379.5)
12W (300 mm)

14.94 (379.5) 14.94 (379.5) 14.94 (379.5)
5-18
Global Standard Pack

The Global Standard Pack is an easy-to-use solution for managing equipment and cabling at the cross connect. It includes one CPI Standard Rack, a concrete floor installation kit, and one or two CPI Global Vertical Cabling Sections packaged in a single carton. The Global Standard Pack shown has two Global Vertical Cabling Sections used back-to-back on the same side of the rack to create a double-sided cable manager. Cabling sections can also be mounted on opposite sides of the rack to create two single-sided cable pathways. Numbered rack-mount spaces on the rack are printed on the equipment mounting channels providing the installer an easy way of positioning equipment in planned spaces Cable openings in Global Vertical Cabling Section align with rack-mount unit spaces on the rack allowing cables to exit by rack-mount unit Cable openings have rounded edges to protect cable and will not deform or break Door/cover snaps on and opens to the right or left for easy access to cables during moves, adds or changes Global Standard Pack is UL Listed as a communication circuit accessory Global Standard Pack consists of: (1) 7H (2.1 m) x 19W x 3D (80 mm) Standard Rack (1) or (2) Single-Sided Global Vertical Cabling Section (GVCS) (1) Concrete Floor Installation Kit Packed and shipped in a single container
Standard Rack with rack-mount units printed on rack
Fingers align with rack-mount units on rack
Part Number
57001-X03 57002-X03 57003-X03 57004-X03

Rack with one 3.65 (92.7) GVCS Rack with two 3.65 (92.7) GVCS Rack with one 6 (150) GVCS Rack with two 6 (150) GVCS

50 (22.7) 65 (29.5) 52 (23.6) 67 (30.4)
X=color: 5=Clear, 7=Black. Clear (-5XX) versions include GVCS with black doors/covers and cable guides. GVCS is 6.76D (171.7 mm).
Combines a 7H (2.1 m) x 19W x 3D (80 mm) Standard Rack, Global Vertical Cabling Sections and Concrete Floor Installation Kit into one convenient shipping container!
See Section 1 for shelf accessories. 5-19
Single-Sided Narrow Vertical Cabling Section

Provides convenient cable run between equipment racks. Conceals cable for a more attractive installation. Bolts to CPI Standard Rack, Universal Rack, QuadraRack 4-Post Frame and QuadraRack Server Frame Includes formed cabling section, lockable cabling latches - 12 (300 mm) between latches, protective edge guards and mounting hardware 3.65W x 6.38D (92.7 mm x 162.1 mm); single-sided cable trough 9 (2.7 m) version consists of a 7 (2.1 m) section and 2 (0.6 m) extension
11730
Cabling Section, Single-Sided, Narrow Color

11584-X02 One-Foot Extension
Height - ft (m)
00 01 02 03 05 15 08 5.6 (1.7) 6 (1.8) 6.6 (2.0) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7)
11730
- X
XX
Single-Sided Narrow Vertical Cabling Section Extensions

Adds one or two feet of height to vertical cabling sections, providing a uniform vertical pathway from ceiling to rack. Mounting hardware included. 11378-X02 Two-Foot Extension Part Number
11584-X02

One-Foot Extension 3.65 x 6.38 (92.7 x 162.1) Two-Foot Extension 3.65 x 6.38 (92.7 x 162.1)

3 (1.4) 4 (1.8)
11730-X03 Single-Sided Narrow
11378-X02
5-20
Single-Sided Wide Vertical Cabling Section

Provides convenient cable run between equipment racks. Conceals cable for a more attractive installation. Bolts to CPI Standard Rack, Universal Rack, QuadraRack 4-Post Frame and QuadraRack Server Frame Includes formed cabling section, lockable cabling latches spaced 12 (300 mm) apart, protective edge guards and mounting hardware 6W x 6.38D (150 mm x 162.1 mm); single-sided cable trough 9 (2.7 m) version consists of 7 (2.1 m) section with a 2 (0.6 m) extension
11374 11584-X01 One-Foot Extension
Cabling Section, Single-Sided, Wide Color

Height
00 01 02 03 05 15 08 5 6 (1.7 m) 6 (1.8 m) 6 6 (2.0 m) 7 (2.1 m) 7 6 (2.3 m) 8 (2.4 m) 9 (2.7 m)
11374 11378-X01 Two-Foot Extension
XX
Single-Sided Wide Vertical Cabling Section Extensions

11374-503 Single-Sided Wide Adds one or two feet of height to vertical cabling sections, providing a uniform vertical pathway from ceiling to rack. Mounting hardware included. Description Shipping Part WxD Weight Number in (mm) lb (kg)
11584-X01 11378-X01 One-Foot Extension 6 x 6.38 (150 x 162.1) Two-Foot Extension 6 x 6.38 (150 x 162.1) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8)
5-21
Double-Sided Narrow Vertical Cabling Section

Provides double-sided 3.65 (92.7 mm) cable run between equipment racks. Oval ports measuring 1.38 x 2.25 (35.1 mm x 51.2 mm) are spaced at 11.62 (295.1 mm) intervals along center separator for convenient cable and wiring pass through. Vertical slots secure optional Saf-T-Grip Cable Management Straps for neatly bundled cables. Bolts to CPI Standard Rack, Universal Rack, QuadraRack 4-Post Frame and QuadraRack Server Frame Includes formed cabling section, lockable cabling latches spaced 12 (300 mm) apart, protective edge guards and mounting hardware 3.65W x 12.75D (92.7 mm x 323.9 mm); double-sided cable trough 1.38 x 2.25 (35.1 mm x 57.2 mm) oval pass through ports every 11.62 (295.1 mm) 9 (2.7 m) version consists of 7 (2.1 m) section with a 2 (0.6 m) extension Mounting hardware included
Part Number
12096-X03 12096-X15 12096-X08
Description ft (m)
7 (2.1) Double-Sided Narrow 8 (2.4) Double-Sided Narrow 9 (2.7 ) Double-Sided Narrow

24 (10.9) 27 (12.2) 28 (12.7)
Double-Sided Narrow Vertical Cabling Section Extensions

Adds one or two feet of height to vertical cabling sections, providing a uniform vertical pathway from ceiling to rack. Mounting hardware included.
11782-X02 Two-Foot Extension
Part Number
11781-X02

One-Foot Extension 3.65 x 12.75 (92.7 x 323.9) Two-Foot Extension 3.65 x 12.75 (92.7 x 323.9)

4 (1.8) 7 (3.2)
12096-X03 Double-Sided Narrow
11782-X02
5-22
Double-Sided Wide Vertical Cabling Section

These space-saving ducts with locking latches hold and separate wiring for a more organized and managed equipment room installation. Provides convenient cable run between equipment racks. Conceals cable for a more attractive installation. 2.50 (63.5 mm) diameter ports spaced at 11.625 (295.28 mm) intervals allow for convenient cable and wiring pass through. Vertical slots secure optional Saf-T-Grip Cable Management Straps for neatly bundled cables. Bolts to CPI Standard Rack, Universal Rack, QuadraRack 4-Post Frame and QuadraRack Server Frame Includes formed cabling section, lockable cabling latches - 12 (300 mm) between latches, protective edge guards and mounting hardware 6W x 12.75D (150 mm x 323.9 mm); double-sided cable trough 2.5 (64.0 mm) diameter pass through ports every 11.62 (295.1 mm) 9 (2.7 m) version consists of a 7 (2.1 m) section with a 2 (0.6 m) extension Mounting hardware included
Part Number
11729-X03 11729-X15 11729-X08
Description ft (m)
7 (2.1) Double-Sided Wide 8 (2.4) Double-Sided Wide 9 (2.7 ) Double-Sided Wide

30 (13.6) 31 (14.1) 32 (14.5)
11782-X01 Two-Foot Extension
Double-Sided Wide Vertical Cabling Section Extensions

Adds one or two feet of height to vertical cabling sections, providing a uniform vertical pathway from ceiling to rack. Mounting hardware included.
Part Number 11729-503 Double-Sided Wide

11781-X01 11782-X01

One-Foot Extension 6 x 12.75 (150 x 323.9) Two-Foot Extension 6 x 12.75 (150 x 323.9)

5 (2.3) 9 (4.1)
5-23
Cabling Section Cover

Designed to be used on narrow and wide Vertical Cabling Sections to provide a clean professional appearance. Available in metal or plexiglass versions plexiglass for 7 (2.1 m) only - in sizes to fit your installation. Hides cables Provides professional appearance Quick attachment and removal For use with vertical cabling sections only
Part Number
Height ft (m)
Color/Style

8 (3.6) 8 (3.6) 4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 9 (4.1) 9 (4.1) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 8 (3.6)
3.65W (92.7 mm)

12189-001 12664-702 11923-705 11923-715 11923-708 12188-001 12664-701 11922-705 11922-715 11922-708 7 (2.1) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 7 (2.1) 7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) Black, Plexiglass Black, Metal Black, Metal Black, Metal Black, Metal
6W (150 mm)
Black, Plexiglass Black, Metal Black, Metal Black, Metal Black, Metal
Finger Snaps Cable Guides

Adding Finger Snaps Cable Guides is a snap. The unique, patented design provides retrofit cable guides in between the latches on VCS Vertical Cabling Sections or CCS Combination Cabling Sections. Plastic cable guides that easily retrofit onto CPI VCS Vertical Cabling Sections or CCS Combination Cabling Sections Resilient composite material ensures long lasting, quality construction Extra-wide and contoured guides allow smooth transition of the cable from the horizontal pathway into a CPI cabling section 1U cable guides are designed for fanning and managing patch cords or cables Meets UL 94V-O Flame Resistant standards
Part Number
12370-001 12370-002
Description
2 Finger Snaps, Black 12 Finger Snaps, Black

1 (0.5) 2 (0.9)
5-24
Extended Fingers Bracket

Extended Fingers Bracket provides extra-deep cable management capacity for applications that require large cable bundles or thick cable. Extra space also improves cable bend radius management, meeting or exceeding the needs of the latest Category 5e/6/6a or fiber industry standards. It is a cost-effective accessory for cable management in specific areas of the rack rather than along its entire height. It is preassembled in 7U, 9U and 13U heights for mounting directly onto any industry-standard rack Patented cable guide fingers at 1U intervals provide an organized cable pathway Made of durable, flame-retardant (UL 94V-0) plastic for environmental safety Sold individually
Part Number
1U
Description
7U, Black 9U, Black 13U, Black

2 (0.9) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8)
12891-703 12891-701 12891-702
Horizontal Cable Guides

Rack-Mounted cable guides organize multiple horizontal cable runs. Designed to use with most rack-mounted panels. Slotted loop design makes cable installation and changes quick and simple Made of thick aluminum and black plastic dipped to reduce cable insulation damage Sold in matching pairs Threaded side holes allow mounting of vertical cable loop (P/N 10683-001)
Part Number
10419-001 11157-001 11154-001 11153-001
Description
One Loop Two Loop Four Loop Six Loop
Dim. A in (mm)
3.46 (87.9) 5.25 (133.4) 8.60 (218.4) 15.60 (396.2)
Dim. B in (mm)
4.25 (108.0) 3.88 (98.6) 3.88 (98.6) 3.88 (98.6)
5-25
IBM Style Vertical Cable Loop

Used for vertical cable runs on most rack mounted equipment. Mounts in a variety of ways to equipment rack or connector panels. 1-1/2 (38 mm) hole to hole. Aluminum construction coated with black plastic to prevent cable scrapes Sold individually or in package of 100 Mounting hardware not included
Part Number
10683-001 10683-101
Color
Black Black, Package of 100

1 (0.5) 23 (10.4)
Vertical Wire Management Loop

CPI Vertical Wire Management Loops are used to organize patch cords and cabling. Maintains vertical wire management for one or two racks mounted together. Mounting hardware not included. Does not protrude into rack-mounting space Aluminum construction coated with black plastic to prevent damage to cable jackets
Part Number
13079-001
Color
Black

1 (0.5)
Double-Wide Cable Ring

Provides vertical cable management space between racks butted side-by-side by mounting to the hole pattern across two rack channels. Large size, 2.3H x 2.8W x 4D (58 mm x 71 mm x 100 mm) accommodates larger cable bundles. Made of thick aluminum with rounded edges to reduce cable insulation damage. Sold individually or in box of 100. Shipping weight approximately 4 oz (110 g) each and 25 lb (11.3 kg) for box of 100. Mounting hardware not included. Mounts to hole pattern across two rack channels Provides vertical cable management for larger cable bundles Use where vertical cabling section is not required
Part Number Individually

12228-X01
Box of 100
12228-X11
Description
Double-Wide Loop
5-26
Narrow Cable Ring

Attaches to walls or racks where width is limited. Holds and dresses vertical cable runs. Mounting hardware not included. Made of aluminum with rounded edges to reduce cable insulation damage Narrow Cable Ring is 2.50H x 1.25W x 4.00D (63.5 mm x 31.8 mm x 101.6 mm) Sold individually or box of 100
Part Number Individually

11228-X01
Box of 100
11228-X11
Description
Narrow Cable Ring
Narrow Cable Loop

Use these cable loops to hold and dress cable vertically. Attach to walls or racks where width is limited. Mounting hardware not included. Made of aluminum with rounded edges to reduce cable insulation damage Naroow Cable Loop is 2.50H x 1.25W x 4.00D (63.5 mm x 31.8 mm x 101.6 mm) Sold individually or box of 100
Part Number Individually Box of 100

11230-X01 11230-X11
Description
Narrow Cable Loop

Cable Distribution Spools promote a gradual bend for cable runs to aid in complying with ANSI/TIA/EIA-568B bend radius requirements (typically 4X the cable diameter). Routes all types of cabling from horizontal to vertical or vice-versa.
1-1/2 (38 mm) Cable Distribution Spool

Made of fire-retardant, high-strength composite material Wall or rack-mounting hardware included
4 (100 mm) Cable Distribution Spool

The kit includes a #12-24 rack screw and a wood screw for use with the 4 (100 mm) spool Made of high-impact plastic
15002-001
Part Number 1-1/2 (38 mm) Spool

15003-001 15003-002
4 (100 mm) Spool

15002-001 15002-002
Color/Description
Black, Each Black, Pack of 100
5-27

Cable Distribution Spools provide slack management and strain relief for patch cords and jumper cables inside CPI vertical cable managers. Designed for use inside any CPI double-sided vertical cable manager 6W and wider, including VCS, MCS, MCS-EFX, CCS, CCS-EFX and Evolution g2 DoubleSided Vertical Cable Manager. Also compatible with Evolution g1 SingleSided Vertical Cable Manager. Three large cable distribution spools are included with each 10, 12 and 15 wide (250 mm, 300 mm and 380 mm) vertical cable manager (will not fit other sizes) Attaches to the fixed adapter panels on the back of single-sided vertical cable managers and the Movable Mid-Sections inside the double-sided vertical cable managers Spools are 2.75 (69.9 mm) in diameter and 5.9L (150 mm) and made from black plastic Each kit includes four spools and mounting hardware Made of high-impact, flame retardant material Spools mounted on a double-sided vertical cabling section
Part Number
15008-001 15008-002
Description/Color
Spool Kit, Black Spool Kit, White

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
2 (50 mm) Diameter Fiber Management Spools

Use the 2 (50 mm) Diameter Fiber Management Spool to support fiber and copper cables within CPI's extensive line of vertical cabling sections. The spools meet EIA/TIA bend radius requirements and minimize cable tangles and tears for more efficient data transmission. Provides proper cable support and bend radius for more efficient data transmission Maintains strength under heavy cable loads Mounts to all CPI vertical cabling sections 6W (150 mm) or wider, including MCS, MCS-EFX, CCS, CCS-EFX and VCS
P/N 12765-702
2 (50 mm) Diameter Fiber Management Spools Application Package Shipping Part Width Weight Number Of in (mm) lb (kg)
12766-702 12766-707 For 6, 10 or 12 (150, 250 or 300) Double-Sided Cabling Sections For 6, 10 or 12 (150, 250 or 300) Double-Sided Cabling Sections 2 7 2 (0.9) 5 (2.3)
P/N 12766-702
5-28
HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGEMENT
Evolution Horizontal Cable Manager

Use Evolution Horizontal Cable Managers above and below patch panels and network switches to organize and store cables. Horizontal managers include plastic T-shaped cable guides to organize patch cords and jumper cords as the cords enter and exit the manager to make individual equipment connections. The snap-on cover matches the door styling on the vertical manager. Swing the cover up or down to access cables; the cover stays in the open position while cabling. Three edge-protected, oval-shaped pass-through ports allow patch cords to pass front-to-rear. Horizontal managers are available in three heights. Contoured front door with snap-hinges and longitudinal center feature contrasting aluminum finish Three 1.25H x 2.12W (31 mm x 53 mm) edge-protected oval cable pass-through ports at the rear of the cable manager Improved T-shaped cable guides decrease deflection when loaded with cables; especially important when deploying Cat 6a cable Rounded edges on the cable guides protect cables as they enter and exit the storage space Snap-On cover opens up or down and stays in the open position
Part Number
35441-701 35441-702 35441-703
Color is black.

1U x 19 x 8.2 (208) 2U x 19 x 8.2 (208) 3U x 19 x 8.2 (208)

4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 6 (2.7)
Velocity Horizontal Cable Manager

Use Velocity Horizontal Cable Manager above and below patch panels and network switches to organize and store cables. Features T-shaped cable guides at the top and bottom of the manager to organize patch cords. Two cable openings in the rear of the manager allow front-to-rear cabling and the snap-on cover stays in the opened position to provide easy access to cables. The single-sided horizontal cable managers are available in three heights. Horizontal managers for open two-post and four-post CPI Rack Systems The Velocity Horizontal Cable Manager includes: - One 19W EIA rack-mount cable manager with T-shaped cable guides - One cover that snaps onto the T-shaped cable guides - Four #12-24 x 1 rack-mount screws and four M6 x 25 mm rack-mount screws
Part Number
13930-701 13930-702 13930-703

1U x 19 x 5.9 (150) 2U x 19 x 5.9 (150) 3U x 19 x 5.9 (150)

2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
Color is black. 1U = 1.75 (44.45 mm); the overall height of the manager is .03 (0.16 mm) less than the full rack-mount unit height. Usable depth is 3.7 (94 mm). The usable height of the manager varies but is 1.2 (31 mm) less than the overall height of the manager at the narrowest point.
5-29
Universal Horizontal Cable Manager

Create an attractive and highly functional horizontal pathway for patch cords and multimedia applications using coax, copper and fiber optic cables. After routing the cables or cords, simply snap on the cover for a clean, professional appearance. Extra-wide and contoured cable guide fingers, spaced 1.75 (44.5 mm) apart, separate and organize patch cords for quick and easy moves, adds and changes. The cable guides are offset to ensure proper bending radii of patch cables even hooded patch cables Patented fingers meet the requirements of UL 94V-0 flammability rating Snap-on covers are easy to use and open 180 up or down with adjacent installation Covers and panel have a black powder-coat textured finish, reducing fingerprints and smudges
30530-719
Double-Sided Universal Horizontal Cable Manager

Part Number
30529-719 30529-723 30530-719 30530-723 30531-719 30531-723

1U x 19 x 11.73 (297.9) 1U x 23 x 11.73 (297.9) 2U x 19 x 11.73 (297.9) 2U x 23 x 11.73 (297.9) 3U x 19 x 11.73 (297.9) 3U x 23 x 11.73 (297.9)

5 (2.3) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 7 (3.2) 6 (2.7) 7 (3.2)
30130-719
Single-Sided Universal Horizontal Cable Manager

Part Number
30139-719 30139-723 30130-719 30130-723 30131-719 30131-723

1U x 19 x 4.96 (126.0) 1U x 23 x 4.96 (126.0) 2U x 19 x 5.14 (130.6) 2U x 23 x 5.14 (130.6) 3U x 19 x 5.14 (130.6) 3U x 23 x 5.14 (130.6) 1U x 19 x 6.26 (159.0) 1U x 23 x 6.26 (159.0) 2U X 19 X 6.44 (163.6) 2U X 23 X 6.44 (163.6) 3U X 19 X 6.44 (163.6) 3U X 23 X 6.44 (163.6)

2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 6 (2.7)
30330-719
Use Universal Horizontal Cable Manager in conjunction with the CPI Patch Panel Wire Management Bar (P/N 12176-X01) and any of CPIs vertical cabling sections for clean, organized cable management.
30339-719* 30339-723* 30330-719* 30330-723* 30331-719* 30331-723*
*Note: Deep Panel is used when Double-Sided MCS Master Cabling Sections are center-mounted on 3D racks.
5-30
Patch Panel Wire Management Bar

The Patch Panel Wire Management Bar provides the necessary wire management and strain relief required by ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B. Attaches to rack with standard #12-24 rack screws (not included). Sold individually. 19 rack-mountable May be mounted inward for 6 (150 mm) channel or outward to standard 3 (80 mm) rack side channel Wire tie holes maintain wire perpendicular relative to termination point Made of sturdy aluminum
Part Number
12176-101 12176-201 12176-501 12176-701
Color

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
19 Horizontal Wire Management Panel For VCS

The Horizontal Wire Management Panel is offset 1.5 (38 mm) from the rack channel to ensure proper bending radii of patch cables even hooded patch cables. This unique raised back plane design doubles as a horizontal passthrough trough. Unique offset design provides patch cable pathway from front-to-back or side-to-side Use in combination with VCS Vertical Cabling Sections Available in single 1.75 (44.5 mm) or double 3.5 (89.0 mm) rack-mounting units design Mounts quickly and easily using threaded cable distribution spools Cable distribution spools maintain bend radius through the passthrough trough and across the front plane of the horizontal manager
Part Number
13070-X19 13075-X19
Description
1U 2U
Shipping Weight
2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
5-31
19 Horizontal Wire Management For MCS and CCS

Use in combination with MCS Master Cabling Section, CCS Combination Cabling Section to provide open horizontal management for cables.
Part Number
12541-X19 12542-X19
X=color: 5=Clear, 7=Black
Description
1U 2U

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Clip-On Cable Cover

The Clip-On Cable Cover is designed for use with the CPI 19 Horizontal Wire Management Panels. Two versions of the cover are available, one for P/N 13070-XXX (1U), and one for P/N 13075-XXX (2U). The Clip-On Cover is attached to the horizontal wire management panel by simply sliding/clipping it into place. The cover further promotes the organized and secure appearance of any CPI rack installation.
Part Number
12663-X01 12663-X02
Description
1U 2U

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Slip-On Cover, Ring Panel

The Slip-On Cover is used on the Large Horizontal Ring Panel, P/N 11564-XXX. Sold individually. Shipping weight approximately 2 lb (0.9 kg).
Part Number 19
11764-119 11764-219 11764-519 11764-719
23
11764-123 11764-223 11764-523 11764-723
Color
5-32
Jumper And Transition Trays

The Jumper and Transition Trays aid in compliance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-568B bend radius requirements. Two styles are available to provide upper and lower horizontal/vertical cable management and promote a gradual, controlled bend for both UTP and optical fiber cable. Adjust the position of the bend radius to deliver cables into the vertical cable manager or attach a transition plate between trays to create a solid wire way between racks. Mounting screws not included. Sold individually. Provides 1-1/2 (38 mm) bend radius for compliant installation of Category 5e/6/6a or fiber cable Telescopes to adjust cable entry or exit position Mounts on 19 or 23 rack; may also be wall-mounted Strong lightweight aluminum construction
12183 Upper Tray
Upper Tray, 3.5D (89 mm) Part Number 19

12183-119 12183-219 12183-519 12183-719 13183-119 13183-219 13183-519 13183-719 12185-119 12185-219 12185-519 12185-719 12187-119 12187-219 12187-519 12187-719 12186-101 12186-201 12186-501 12186-701
23
12183-123 12183-223 12183-523 12183-723 13183-123 13183-223 13183-523 13183-723 12185-123 12185-223 12185-523 12185-723 12187-123 12187-223 12187-523 12187-723 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Color
Gray White Clear Black Gray White Clear Black Gray White Clear Black Gray White Clear Black Gray White Clear Black

3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
13183 Deep Upper Tray
Upper Tray, 6D (150 mm)
Lower Tray, Single, 3.5D (89 mm) 12185 Lower Tray, Single
Lower Tray, Double, 3.5D (89 mm)
12187 Lower Tray, Double
Transition Plate, 15.5L (394 mm)
12186 Transition Plate
5-33
Rack Radius Drop

The Rack Radius Drop provides a transition from a horizontal cable run onto a rack while maintaining the recommended bend radius. Cable bundles are held securely in place on the Rack Radius Drop by using the included Saf-T-Grip Center Grommet Buckle Cable Management Strap; 9L (230 mm) for 12392X09 and 12393-X01 and 6L (150 mm) for 12392-X06 and 12394-X01 only.
Note: For UTP and STP-A, the required bend radius is no less than four times the cable diameter. For optical fiber, the required bend radius is either 10 times the cable diameter or 1.2 (30 mm), whichever is larger. (reference BICSI TDDM).
12392-X06
Three styles are available:

1) 3 (80 mm) or 6 (150 mm) rack channels without vertical rack cabling sections use P/N 12392-X06, 3(80 mm) or 12392-X09, 6(150 mm). 2) Single sided vertical rack cabling managers use P/N 12393-X01 3) Double sided vertical rack cabling managers use P/N 12394-X01 Provides an organized method to transition from horizontal cable run onto the rack while maintaining bend radius; styles offered for use with or without vertical rack cabling sections Provides 1-1/2 (38 mm) bend radius Quick and easy slip-on installation onto rack channel Sold individually
12393-X01
Part Number
12392-X06 12392-X09 12393-X01 12394-X01
Description in (mm)
Rack Radius Drop for 3 (80) Rack Channels w/o Vertical Cabling Sections Rack Radius Drop for 6 (15) Rack Channels w/o Vertical Cabling Sections Rack Radius Drop For Use with Single Sided Vertical Cabling Section Rack Radius Drop For Use with Double Sided Vertical Cabling Section

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
12394-X01
Large Horizontal Cable Ring

This is the same ring used on our Large Horizontal Ring Panel series 11564. Sold individually and in quantities of 50. Provides horizontal cable management on wall 2.8H x 6W (71 mm x 150 mm) heavy duty aluminum rings Rounded edges protect cable sheaths
Part Number
11563-101 11563-201 11563-501 11563-701

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Box of 50
11563-150 11563-250 11563-550 11563-750

19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6)
Color
5-34
Large Horizontal Ring Panel

Used to organize horizontal cable runs. Large 2.8H (71 mm) by 6W (150 mm) heavy duty aluminum rings with rounded edges protect cable sheaths and will not bind during installation. Rings are bolted onto panels so they can be added or removed as needed. 19 and 23 wide rack panel options come pre-assembled with seven equally spaced rings. 2.8H x 6W (71 mm x 150 mm) heavy duty aluminum rings Rings can be added or removed as needed Installation hardware not included Shipping weight approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg)
Part Number 19
11564-119 11564-219 11564-519 11564-719
23
11564-123 11564-223 11564-523 11564-723
Color
Rack Cabling Managers

Used to organize horizontal cable and wire runs. Two sizes of slotted plastic rings provide ample room to hold all types and sizes of wiring and cabling. Easy to install on equipment racks Installation hardware not included
1175
Rack Cabling Managers Panel/Ring Size H x D - in (mm)

2 3 1U, 1.6 x 1.3 (41 x 33) Rings 2U, 3 x 1.6 (80 x 41) Rings
Color
Rack Width
19 23 19W 23W
1175
XX
5-35
SAF-T-GRIP STRAPS
Saf-T-Grip Open Loop Series

Used to strap together free hanging computer cable for a tangle-free installation. Strap is held in place by a loop that adheres to one cable. Simply peel the hook and loop sides apart to remove strap.
Saf-T-Grip End Grommet Buckle Series

The buckle design provides extra strength for those harder to manage cables. Mounts cable along walls and backboards or wherever horizontal cable runs are required. Wrap this strap around the cable and back through the nylon buckle. Pull snugly, cinching down the cable for secure fit. Open Loop Series
Saf-T-Grip Center Grommet Buckle Series

The buckle design provides twice the holding strength of ordinary straps. Unique center grommet feature provides a sturdy fixture for attaching straps in any direction. Simply loop the strap around cables and back through the buckle. Secure cinch back and down for a secure hold.
Saf-T-Grip Strap Series Type

020 050 060 Open Loop Series (pkg. of 25) End Grommet & Buckle Series (pkg. of 25) Center Grommet & Buckle Series (pkg. of 25)
Strap Length - in (mm)

06 09 12 6 (150), for 2 (50) diameter cable bundles 9 (230), for 3 (80) diameter cable bundles 12 (300), for 4 (100) diameter cable bundles
Strap Width - in (mm)

2 3/4 (19.1)
Strap Colors
01 03 Black Royal Blue
Center Grommet & Buckle Series
0X0
XX
XX
5-36
CABLE MANAGEMENT ACCESSORIES
Open Composite Distribution Ring

Supports cable and wire in communication closets, on backboards, equipment racks or wherever cable runs are required. These rings are made of highstrength, fire-retardant material with rounded edges to prevent damage to cable and wire insulation while providing easy pull-through. Mounting hole configuration allows rings to be attached to most surfaces including our equipment racks. The open designed C rings allow for easy adds, moves and changes, eliminating the need to feed through cable. Mounting hardware not included. Organizes equipment wiring and cabling Strong, lightweight composite construction Eliminates cable nicks, great for wire pulling Split ring style allows easy additions or changes to cable runs Molded of fire-retardant material
Part Number
12035-001 12035-011

2 (50) Open C Ring, Gray Carton of 100

1 (0.5) 6 (2.7)
Channel-Mounted Distribution Ring

Designed to mount to the upright channels of CPI Universal Racks. Made of high-strength, fire-retardant material with rounded edges prevent damage to cable and wire insulation while providing easy pull-through. The open-design C rings allow for easy adds, moves and changes, eliminating the need to feed through cable. Mounting hardware not included. Mounts on CPI Universal Racks only Organizes equipment wiring and cabling Strong, lightweight composite construction Split ring style allows easy additions or changes to cable runs Molded of fire-retardant material Sold individually and in quantities of 100
Part Number
11125-001 11125-011

3 (80) Open C Ring, White, For Universal Racks Only Carton of 100

1 (0.5) 9 (4.1)
11125 shown on Rack
5-37
Closed Composite Distribution Rings

With Distribution Rings all your wiring and cabling can now be neatly and easily organized and managed. Designed to support cable and wire in communication closets, on backboards, equipment racks or wherever cable runs are required. The versatile brackets are made of high-strength, fireretardant composite material. Rounded edges prevent damage to cable and wire insulation while providing easy pull-through. Mounting hole configuration allows brackets to be attached to most surfaces including our equipment racks. Color is compatible with most equipment. Mounting hardware not included. Strong, lightweight, fire-retardant composite material construction Easy to install onto CPI equipment racks or backboards Rounded shape eliminates cable nicks, great for wire pulling Color: gray finish Sold individually and in quantities of 100
Part Number
12127-001 12127-011 10812-001 10812-011

2 (50) Closed D Ring Carton of 100 3 (80) Closed D Ring Carton of 100

1 (0.5) 6 (2.7) 1 (0.5) 9 (4.1)
Metal D-Rings
A convenient and economical way to route, support and secure cables and jumper wires in terminal closets or wherever cable runs are required. Offered in three standard sizes Made from 1/8 x 1/2 (3.18 mmm x 13 mm) hot-rolled steel strap with zinc plating to resist corrosion Ring edges are rolled to prevent nicks and scratches in the cable and wire insulation Sold individually and in quantities of 100 Mounting hardware not included
Part Number
10941-000 10941-010 10942-000 10942-010 10943-000 10943-010
Description
Small Small, box of 100 Medium Medium, box of 100 Large Large, box of 100

1 (0.5) 16 (7.3) 1 (0.5) 22 (10.0) 1 (0.5) 24 (10.9)
5-38

Nylon
Stand-Off Tie Bracket

These brackets mount to the back of the rack channel to provide a convenient point to tie-down cable runs. Choice of either non-conductive nylon or high strength aluminum Either end of the aluminum bracket can be attached to rack, allowing cabling to run several different ways Mounting hardware not included Sold individually and in quantities of 50
Part Number
10001-001 Aluminum 10001-050 10559-X00 10559-X50
Description WxL in (mm)

1 x 5 (30 x 13), White Nylon 1 x 5 (30 x 130), White Nylon 1 x 6 (30 x 150), Aluminum 1 x 6 (30 x 150), Aluminum
Package of
1 50 1 50

1 (0.5) 3 (1.4) 1 (0.5) 5 (2.3)
Cable Strain Relief Bracket

Have you ever pulled cables out of rack-mounted equipment accidentally? Do you need to maintain a minimum bend radius for your cabling? Our rackmounted cable strain relief is the answer. Made of high-strength aluminum, it includes ten flexible Saf-T-Grip Cable Management Straps. This bracket can be mounted at desired height and depth to position straps right where you need them. Reusable rivets allow Saf-T-Grips to be added or removed as required. Aluminum construction. Mounting hardware not included
Part Number 19 Rack

11570-119 11570-219 11570-519 11570-719
23 Rack
11570-123 11570-223 11570-523 11570-723
Color
5-39
Jack Plate Wall-Mounting Bracket

This innovative flush-mount wall board bracket is designed to hold round style modular jack plate assemblies. To install, simply drill a 2-3/8 (60.33 mm) diameter hole into dry wall, insert bracket into hole and using a flat blade screwdriver, tighten patented sure-grip pads to hold securely in place. Adjustable pads handle most wall sizes up to 1 (25.4 mm) thick. Clear plastic flush mount design is invisible when installed. Four screws hold pattern to fit round modular jack rings. Includes two #6-32 machine screws. For AT&T and Regional Bell Operating Co. use with modular jack plate assemblies such as Allen-Tel AT218 or Suttle SE-625B2 (not included).
Part Number
20502-002 20502-022
Description
Jack Plate Wall-Mounting Bracket Jack Plate Wall-Mounting Bracket in carton of 200

1 (0.5) 12 (5.4)
Mag-Clips, Medium Sized

The medium sized 17000 and 17100 magnetic clips are designed to hold a 25-pair cable or several electrical cords. Keeps cables neat within workstation areas neat and off of the floor to reduce the danger of accidents. Nylon cable ties can be laced through the four square holes in the top of the 17000 series to secure additional cables.
Part Number
17000-000 17000-050 17000-100 17000-150 17000-000 17100-000 17100-050 17100-100 17100-150
Description/Color
Clip With Holes, Gray Clip With Holes, Gray, Box of 50 Clip With Holes, Beige Clip With Holes, Beige, Box of 50 Clip Without Holes, Gray Clip Without Holes, Gray, Box of 50 Clip Without Holes, Beige Clip Without Holes, Beige, Box of 50
5-40
Mag-Clips, Large
This larger clip holds a 100-pair telephone cable or up to 1 (30 mm) diameter tubing. There are also holes provided to lace additional cords to the top of the clip. The amount of direct pull required to separate the clips from a painted steel surface averages 15 lb (67 kg).
Part Number
17500-000 17500-020 17500-100 17500-120 17500-200 17500-220
Description / Color
Clip, Gray Clip, Gray, Box of 25 Clip, Beige Clip, Beige, Box of 25 Clip, White Clip, White, Box of 25

1 (0.5) 7 (3.2) 1 (0.5) 7 (3.2) 1 (0.5) 7 (3.2)
Mag-Clips, Wrap-Around Clasp

The wrap-around clasp easily secures a 25-pair cable,approximately 7/16 (11.113 mm) diameter, or a similar size cable, cord or tubing. The doublemagnetic style has extra clasp-mounting screws allowing them to hold two cables with the addition of another clasp. Incorporate either a single or double magnet assembly to provide sufficient holding power. Direct pull required to separate these magnets from a painted surface averages 5 lb (22 kg) for the single magnetic style and 12 lb (53 kg) for the double magnet style Finished in Chem Film over zinc plating Extra clasps may be ordered separately
Part Number
17250-000 17350-000 17260-001 17260-002
Description
Single Wrap-Around Clip Double Wrap-Around Clip Extra Clasps, Small Extra Clasps, Large

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
5-41
CABLE RUNWAY & TRAY PRODUCTS

Cable Runway, Cable Tray & Accessories
INSIDE SECTION 6: OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray System Cable Runway Products Cable Runway Junction Products Auxiliary Frame Products Cable Runway Support Products Cable Runway Accessories
Page 6-3 Page 6-16 Page 6-25 Page 6-33 Page 6-40 Page 6-50
CABLE RUNWAY & TRAY PRODUCTS

CPIs Cable Runway and Tray Products like Cable Management Products (Section 5), makes up a vital part of the IT infrastructure solution. These systems provide horizontal, vertical and backbone pathways from the data center to workstations. Cable Runway Products support backbone and horizontal cables between the point of entry/exit into the telecommunications or equipment room and cross-connects on the rack or cabinet. These integrated cable pathway systems route cable within and outside of the equipment room, under access floors and above acoustic ceilings. CPI currently offers complete runway and ladder rack solutions. Use Cable Tray Products to provide a flexible pathway for installation around existing obstacles. Support horizontal cables from the data center or equipment room to network users or support backbone cabling between rooms. CPIs Cable Tray Products install quickly and can be cut to form smooth curved transitions around obstacles.
CPI Cable Runway & Tray Products include:

High-quality construction and design Promotes proper cable bend radii for better data transmission Decreases cable damage Simplifies moves, adds and changes Prevents tangled cords Meets ANSI/TIA/EIA installation guidelines for Category 5e/6/6a and fiber cables Provides an attractive installation
6-2
ONTRAC WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY SYSTEM
OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray System

CPIs OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray System creates point-to-point pathways for network cabling in data centers, network equipment rooms and office spaces. The OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray System can be cut and formed into smooth turns and transitions easily adapting to most locations. The tray provides excellent load bearing capability and protection for cables, can be used in plenum spaces and is UL Classified for suitability as an equipment grounding conductor. Choose from various supports to attach the tray to the ceiling, wall or under access floors to create a pathway for network cables. A variety of cable management accessories are also offered to protect and guide cables along the pathway.
Features:
Constructed from 5 mm and 6 mm diameter steel wires, welded on 2 x 4 (50 mm x 100 mm) intersections (5 mm cross and bottom wires; 6 mm side wires) Available in three heights 2 (50 mm), 4 (100 mm) and 6 (150 mm) and various widths in standard 10L (3 m) sections Cut and bend to form smooth curved transitions around obstacles UL Classified for suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Side walls are 2 (50 mm), 4 (100 mm) and 6H (150 mm) to support different cable fill capacities
Part Number & Finish Zinc Plate

34811-504 34811-506 34811-508 34811-512 34811-516 34811-518 34811-520 34811-524 34821-504 34821-506 34821-508 34821-512 34821-516 34821-518 34821-520 34821-524 34831-508 34831-512 34831-516 34831-518 34831-520 34831-524
Nominal Dimensions Height Width in (mm) in (mm)

2 (50) 2 (50) 2 (50) 2 (50) 2 (50) 2 (50) 2 (50) 2 (50) 4 (100) 4 (100) 4 (100) 4 (100) 4 (100) 4 (100) 4 (100) 4 (100) 6 (150) 6 (150) 6 (150) 6 (150) 6 (150) 6 (150) 4 (100) 6 (150) 8 (200) 12 (300) 16 (400) 18 (450) 20 (500) 24 (600) 4 (100) 6 (150) 8 (200) 12 (300) 16 (400) 18 (450) 20 (500) 24 (600) 8 (200) 12 (300) 16 (400) 18 (450) 20 (500) 24 (600)
Black Paint
34811-704 34811-706 34811-708 34811-712 34811-716 34811-718 34811-720 34811-724 34821-704 34821-706 34821-708 34821-712 34821-716 34821-718 34821-720 34821-724 34831-708 34831-712 34831-716 34831-718 34831-720 34831-724
Cable Fill Area Shipping Weight in2 mm2 lb (kg)

8.0 12.1 16.2 24.3 32.5 36.6 40.6 48.8 15.7 23.7 31.6 47.5 63.5 71.4 79.4 95.3 47.0 70.6 94.3 106.1 117.9 141.5 5 208 7 833 10 458 15 708 20 953 23 583 26 208 31 458 10 168 15 293 20 418 30 668 40 918 46 043 51 168 61 418 30 378 45 628 60 878 68 503 76 128 91 378 11 (5.0) 12 (5.4) 14 (6.4) 17 (7.7) 20 (9.1) 21 (9.5) 23 (10.6) 26 (11.8) 14 (6.4) 16 (7.3) 18 (8.7) 21 (8.5) 24 (10.9) 25 (11.3) 27 (12.2) 30 (13.6) 22 (10.0 25 (11.3) 28 (12.7) 29 (13.2) 31 (14.1) 34 (15.4)
6-3
Standard Splice Kit

Use to connect sections of wire mesh cable tray together end-to-end, at intersections and turns Each splice kit includes three components: a stamped washer with a 1/4-20 x 3/4L fixed screw, a contoured splice washer and a 1/4-20 flange nut The two halves of the splice wrap around adjacent wires on the tray connecting the tray wires together Clear or black zinc electroplate finish
Part Number & Finish Zinc Plate Black Paint

34738-501 34738-701
Description
Standard Splice Kit, Pack of 50

11 (5.0)
Number of Splices Required to Form an End-to-End Connection (Fig 1) Tray Width - in (mm) Tray Height 4 (100) 6 (150) 8 (200) 12 (300) 16 (400) 18 (450) 20 (500) 24 (600) in (mm) 2 (50) 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5
4 (100) 6 (150) 4 N/A
4
N/A
6
6
6 6
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
Fig 1
Note: Use two splices (one per side) on the sides of the 2H (50 mm) tray and four splices (two per side) on the sides of the 4H (100 mm) and 6H (150 mm) trays; use the rest of the splices evenly spaced on the bottom of the tray. Substitute Splice Bars (P/N 34739-X01) along the sides to create a more secure end-to-end connection. Bonding of painted trays requires metal-to-metal contact between tray wires and the splice. Remove paint where the splices contact the trays. The cable tray employing these splice methods is suitable for use as an equipment grounding conductor. See installation instructions for more details.
Number of Splices Required to Form a Smooth 90 Turn (Fig 2) Tray Width in (mm)
4 (100)
Removed Standard Splice Kit Sections (P/N 34738-X01) 2 3 4 6 7 8 10 11 1 2 3 5 6 7 9 10
Splice Bar (P/N 34739-X01) 1 1

1
Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) 2 2 2 2

2
6 (150) 8 (200) Fig 2 12 (300) 16 (400) 18 (450) 20 (500) 24 (600)
1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2
Note: Standard Splice Kit, Splice Bar and Splice Washer & Bolt Kit are sold in packs of 50. Quantities listed in this table are for individual splices/bars/washers. Make one splice connection between each removed section. One connection is made using a Splice Bar and two Washers & Bolts. The Splice Bar may be cut shorter with wire cutters for a finished look. The rest of the connections use Standard Splices. Installing a ground conductor along the turn using P/N 34838-001 is required to insure bonding across removed sections. See installation instructions for more details.
6-4
Splice Bar
Use with splices from the Standard Splice Kit (P/N 34738-X01) to create a more secure end-to-end connection between wire mesh cable tray sections Attaches to the side of the tray using three splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) Recommended for all trays that are 18W (450 mm) or wider Manufactured from steel; .75H x .125W x 10.8L (19.1 mm x 3.2 mm x 274.6 mm) Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish

34739-501 34739-701
Description
Splice Bar, Pack of 50

12 (5.4)
Number of Splice Bars Required to Form an End-to-End Connection (Fig 1) Tray Height in (mm)
2 (50) 4 (100) 6 (150)
Tray Width - in (mm)

12 (300) 2 4 4 16 (400) 2 4 4 18 (450) 2 4 4 20 (500) 2 4 4 24 (600) 2 4 4
Fig 1
Note: Use two splice bars (one per side) on the sides of the 2H (50 mm) tray and four splice bars (two per side) on the sides of the 4H (100 mm) and 6H (150 mm) trays. Each splice bar requires 3 splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01). Use splices from the Standard Splice Kit (P/N 34738-X01) across the bottom of tray. Bonding of painted trays requires metal-to-metal contact between tray wires, splice and splice bar. The cable tray employing these splice methods is suitable for use as an equipment grounding conductor. See installation instructions for more details.
Splice Washer & Bolt Kit

Use with Splice Bar (P/N 34739-X01) to connect wire mesh trays together end-to-end Use to secure tray to ceiling, wall and access floor supports Use to attach accessories to wire mesh cable tray Includes contoured splice washers, 1/4-20 x 3/4L carriage bolts and a 1/4-20 flange nuts Clear or black zinc electroplate finish

34728-501 34728-701
Description
Splice Washers & Bolt Kit, Pack of 50

2 (0.9)
6-5
Clamp Washer
Use to securely fasten two layers of wire mesh when connecting trays at 90 bends or intersections May be used to attach tray to support Attaches to the tray using a 1/4-20 x 3/4L carriage bolt and flange nut from the Carriage Bolt Hardware Kit (P/N 34728-X02) Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish

34746-501 34746-701
Description
Clamp Washer, Pack of 25

2 (0.9)
Carriage Bolt Hardware Kit

Use with Clamp Washer to connect wire mesh trays together Includes 1/4-20 x 3/4L carriage bolts and 1/4-20 flange nut Zinc or black electroplate finish Use to attach dividers and horizontal radius together

34728-502 34728-702
Description
Carriage Bolt Washer Kit, Pack of 50

2 (0.9)
90 Splice Bar Kit

Use to create a secure 90 T- or L-shaped intersection between two wire mesh cable tray sections Kit includes all hardware needed to make one 90 T-shaped or two L-shaped intersections (two 90 Splice Bars, eight contoured splice washers, four Clamp Washers and ten 1/4-20 x 3/4L carriage bolts and 1/4-20 flange nuts) 90 splice bars are manufactured from steel; .75H x .125W x 8.38L (19.1 mm x 3.2 mm x 212.7 mm) Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish; hardware is zinc plated Sold individually

34740-501 34740-701
Description
90 Splice Bar Kit

2 (0.9)
6-6
L Support Bracket Kit

Use to support a wire mesh cable tray pathway along a wall or under a floor Installation requires two 3/8 lag bolts and two flat washers for plywood backer boards or two 1/4 hex cap bolts, two flat washers and two appropriate anchors for concrete walls (ordered separately) Use the 16W (400 mm) or smaller version to support cable tray from an access floor pedestal; attach to the pedestal with a single Pedestal Clamp Bracket Kit (P/N 34737-X01); floor height must be at least 12 (300 mm) Tray attaches to the L Support Bracket with two splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) or use the fold-over tab at the end of the bracket to secure the tray Can be used to support multiple trays of varying widths; the combined width of multiple trays must not exceed the width of the tray stated in the order table below Manufactured from steel; 6H x 2.4W (152 mm x 61 mm), length varies Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Sold individually

34734-504 34734-508 34734-512 34734-516 34734-520 34734-524 34734-704 34734-708 34734-712 34734-716 34734-720 34734-724

For 4 (100) Tray For 8 (200) Tray For 12 (300) Tray For 16 (400) Tray For 20 (500) Tray For 24 (600) Tray

1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8)
Trapeze Support Bracket

Use to support wire mesh cable tray from the ceiling using a pair of threaded rods Installation requires a pair of 5/8, 1/2, 3/8 or 1/4 threaded rods, four hex nuts, two (5/8, 1/2) or four (3/8, 1/4) flat washers, two split lock washers and two appropriate anchors/ceiling clamps (order separately) Tray attaches to the Trapeze Support Bracket with two slice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) Can be used to support multiple trays of varying widths; the combined width of multiple trays must not exceed the width of the tray stated in the order table below Manufactured from steel; .5H x 2.4W (12.7 mm x 61 mm); length varies Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Sold individually

34730-512 34730-516 34730-520 34730-524 34730-712 34730-716 34730-720 34730-724

For 12 (300) Tray For 16 (400) Tray For 20 (500) Tray For 24 (600) Tray

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
6-7
Center Support Bracket

Use to support wire mesh cable tray from the ceiling with a single 5/8 threaded rod Tray attaches to the Center Support Bracket with two splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) or use fold-over tabs to secure the tray on all sizes except the 4W (100 mm) version Used to support a single cable tray Manufactured from steel; 7.5H x 2.4W (190.5 mm x 61 mm), length varies Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Sold individually

34729-504 34729-508 34729-512 34729-516 34729-520 34729-524 34729-704 34729-708 34729-712 34729-716 34729-720 34729-724


1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4)
Triangle Support Bracket

Use to support a wire mesh cable tray pathway along a wall Installation requires two 3/8 lag bolts and two flat washers for plywood backer boards or two 1/4 hex cap bolts, two flat washers and two appropriate anchors for concrete walls (ordered separately) Tray attaches to the Triangle Support Bracket with two splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) or use the fold-over tab at the end of the bracket to secure the tray Manufactured from steel; 1.6W (41.3 mm), height and length vary Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Sold individually

34733-504 34733-508 34733-512 34733-516 34733-520 34733-524 34733-704 34733-708 34733-712 34733-716 34733-720 34733-724


1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8)
6-8
Wall-Mount Angle
Use to support the end of wire mesh cable tray against the wall Installation requires two 1/4 lag bolts and two flat washers for plywood backer boards or two 1/4 hex cap bolts, two flat washers and two appropriate anchors for concrete walls (ordered separately) Tray attaches to the Wall-Mount Angle with two splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) Manufactured from steel; 2.0H x 1.25D (50.8 mm x 31.8 mm), length varies Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Sold individually

34735-504 34735-508 34735-512 34735-516 34735-520 34735-524 34735-704 34735-708 34735-712 34735-716 34735-720 34735-724


1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Edge Hanger
Use in pairs to support wire mesh cable tray from the ceiling using threaded rod Installation requires a single 3/8 or 1/4 threaded rod, two hex nuts, one 3/8 or two 1/4 flat washers, one split lock washer and an appropriate anchor/ceiling clamp (ordered separately) The side of the tray is supported in the two J-shaped hooks at the bottom of the hanger; use pliers to close hooks and secure tray once cable has been loaded Use in pairs to support a single cable tray Manufactured from steel; 2.9H x 1.5W x 1.2D (72.6 mm x 38.1 mm x 31.4 mm) Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish

34731-501 34731-701
Description
Edge Hanger, Pack of 50

7 (3.2)
6-9
Pedestal Clamp Bracket

Use with the L Support Bracket to support wire mesh cable tray from access floor pedestals under an access floor Use one Pedestal Clamp Bracket to attach a 16W (400 mm) or smaller L Support Bracket to an access floor pedestal; floor height must be at least 12 (300 mm) Pedestal Clamp Bracket attaches to 1 to 2 round and square pedestals (1-1/2 max when diagonally oriented on square pedestals); includes a 3/8-16 x 4.9L (125 mm) V-Bolt and installation hardware Manufactured from steel; bracket is 2.0H x 4.8W x 1.0D (50.8 mm x 123.8 mm x 25.4 mm) Bracket has a zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish; V-bolt and installation hardware has a zinc finish Sold individually

34737-501 34737-701
Description
Pedestal Clamp Bracket

1 (0.5)
Pedestal Clamp Support Kit

Use to support wire mesh cable tray from adjacent access floor pedestals Kit includes two Pedestal Clamp Brackets, a 21.5W (546 mm) tray support bracket, and 1/4 installation hardware Tray attaches to the tray support bracket with two splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) Can be used to support multiple trays of varying widths with a combined width up to 20W Tray support bracket is manufactured from steel; .5H x 2.4W x 21.5L .(12.7 mm x 61 mm x 546 mm) Brackets have a zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish; V-bolt and installation hardware has a zinc finish Sold individually

34737-502 34737-702
Description
Pedestal Clamp Support Kit

4 (1.8)
6-10
Under Floor Support

Use to support wire mesh cable tray from the floor under an access floor Attaches to the floor with 1/4 hardware or adhesive Tray attaches to the Under Floor Support with a splice washer from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) Under Floor Supports can be used in pairs to support wider trays Manufactured from steel; width, height and depth vary see the order table below Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Sold individually
Zinc Plate
34736-543 34736-546 34736-583 34736-586 34736-589
Part Number & Finish Dimensions Black Height Width Depth in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) Paint
34736-743 34736-746 34736-783 34736-786 34736-789 3 (75) 6 (150) 3 (75) 6 (150 9 (225) 4 (100) 4 (100) 8 (200) 8 (200) 8 (200) 7 (180) 8.6 (218) 7 (180) 8.6 (218) 10.2 (260)

1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8)
Note: The height of the raised floor must be more than the height of the Under Floor Support and the tray.
Rack-Mount Hook
Use to attach wire mesh cable tray to the top of a two-post or four-post CPI Rack System Includes a Clamp Washer with a hook that attaches to the L-shaped top angle on CPI Rack Systems Attach tray to the top of the rack in the parallel (side-to-side) or perpendicular (front-to-back) orientation; parallel alignment may not be centered over the rack Hook is manufactured from steel; 1.3H x 1W x 1.5D (34 mm x 25 mm x 38 mm) Black powder coat paint finish; installation hardware has a black zinc finish Sold in packs of 4
Part Number
34732-701
Description
Rack-Mount Hook, Pack of 4

1 (0.5)
6-11
ONTRAC WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES
Cable Tray Bottom Insert

Use to cover the bottom of a section of wire mesh cable tray to protect or hide cables Hemmed sides and angled corners make it easy to align and connect tray inserts Attaches to the tray with included hardware (two contoured splice washers, 1/4-20 x 3/4L carriage bolts and flange nuts) Can be used with Cable Tray Dividers (P/N 34743-50X), but divider must attach near the centerline or edge of tray by bolting to sides of the tray through the slots used to secure the bottom insert to the tray Manufactured from .03(.8 mm) thick steel; includes three 40L (1020 mm) pieces with hemmed edges to cover a single 10L (3 m) section of wire mesh tray Plain galvanized finish (cannot be painted) Sold as three-piece kit; one kit covers a single 10L (3 m) section of wire mesh cable tray
Part Number
34745-504 34745-506 34745-508 34745-512 34745-516 34745-518 34745-520 34745-524

For 4 (100) Tray For 6 (150) Tray For 8 (200) Tray For 12 (300) Tray For 16 (400) Tray For 18 (450) Tray For 20 (500) Tray For 24 (600) Tray

4 (1.8) 6 (2.7) 8 (3.6) 11 (5.0) 14 (6.4) 16 (7.3) 18 (8.2) 21 (9.5)
Cable Tray Divider

Use to divide the internal area of a section of wire mesh cable tray to organize cables by type or zone Hemmed top edge protects cables Attaches to the bottom of the tray with included hardware (two contoured splice washers, 1/4-20 x 3/4L carriage bolts and flange nuts); can be used with Cable Tray Covers (P/N 34744-5XX) Manufactured from .03 (.8 mm) thick steel; includes three 39.4L (1000 mm) pieces to cover a single 10L (3 m) section of wire mesh tray Plain galvanized finish (cannot be painted) Sold as three-piece kit; one kit covers a single 10L (3 m) section of wire mesh cable tray
Part Number
34743-502 34743-504 34743-506

For 4 (100) Tray For 6 (150) Tray For 8 (200) Tray

3 (1.4) 5 (2.3) 7 (3.2)
6-12
Cable Tray Covers

Use to cover the top of a section of wire mesh cable tray to protect or hide cables Hemmed edges protect the installer Attaches to the tray with fold-over tabs formed along the edge of the cover; bend the tabs over the top wire on the tray using a flat edge screwdriver Manufactured from .03 (.8 mm) thick steel; includes three 39.4L (1000 mm) pieces to cover a single 10L (3 m) section of wire mesh tray Plain galvanized finish (cannot be painted) Sold as three-piece kit; one kit covers a single 10L (3 m) section of wire mesh cable tray
Part Number
34744-504 34744-506 34744-508 34744-512 34744-516 34744-518 34744-520 34744-524

For 4 (100) Tray For 6 (150) Tray For 8 (200) Tray For 12 (300) Tray For 16 (400) Tray For 18 (450) Tray For 20 (500) Tray For 24 (600) Tray

2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 5 (2.5) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 7 (3.2) 8 (3.6)
Horizontal Bend Radius

Use to connect Cable Tray Dividers at intersections between two tray sections Use to soften the inside radius of a sharp 90 bend or to create a protective barrier on an outside radius Attaches to the ends of two Cable Tray Dividers or the side of the tray with included hardware (two contoured splice washers, 1/4-20 x 3/4L carriage bolts and flange nuts) Manufactured from .048 (1.2 mm) thick steel; standard length is 18 (457 mm) Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Sold individually

34742-502 34742-504 34742-506 34742-702 34742-704 34742-706

For 2 (50) Tray For 4 (100) Tray For 6 (150) Tray

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9)
6-13
Tool-Less Radius Drop

Use to properly support cables as they exit or enter cable tray pathways Provides a wide radius featuring tool-less attachment that requires no cutting of the tray during installation Secure cables through slots in the radius drop with cable straps or ties Attaches to the bottom of the tray with two bendable tabs that lock the radius drop in place Can also be attached to the bottom of the tray with a splice washer from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) Manufactured from .048 (1.2 mm) thick steel; mounting surface is .24H x 3.7W x 3.7D (6.2 mm x 94 mm x 94 mm); curved surface is 5.9W (150 mm) with a 2 (50 mm) radius Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Sold individually
Part Number & Finish Description Zinc Plate Black Paint

34741-501 34741-701 Tool-Less Radius Drop

1 (0.5)
Large Radius Drop

Use to properly support cables as the cables exit or enter cable tray pathways Secure cables through slots in the radius drop with cable straps or ties Attaches to the bottom or side of the tray with two splice washers from the Splice Washer & Bolt Kit (P/N 34728-X01) Manufactured from .048 thick (1.2 mm) steel; 3.2H x 8.75W x 5D (83.3 mm x 222 mm x 128 mm); curved surface is 8.75W (222 mm) with a 3.5 (89 mm) radius Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Sold individually

34747-501 34747-701
Description
Large Radius Drop

1 (0.5)
Split Bolt Grounding Clamp

Use to attach a ground conductor to wire mesh cable tray Split bolt attaches over the wires that form the tray Slot accommodates #6 AWG wire; remove paint from tray for ground contact Manufactured from bronze alloy and copper; 1.5L (38 mm)
Part Number
34838-001
Description
Split Bolt Grounding Clamp, Pack of 10

1 (0.5)
6-14
Power Box Bracket

Use to attach a two-gang duplex junction box or other items to the side of wire mesh cable tray Use to attach cable tray to the floor Use to attach 4W (100mm) cable tray to the wall Attaches to the bottom or side of the tray with fold-over tabs formed along the sides of the bracket; bend the tabs over the wires on the side or bottom of the tray using pliers Manufactured from .06 (1.5 mm) thick steel; 3H x 3.5W x .78D (76 mm x 89 mm x 20 mm) Zinc electroplate or black powder coat paint finish Sold individually

34748-501 34748-701
Description
Power Box Bracket

1 (0.5)
Label Holder
Use to label a section of wire mesh cable tray to identify the pathway or a drop location Attaches to the side of the tray; hangs over the top of the tray and snaps into place Manufactured from rigid PVC; 1.8H x 8.5W x .61D (46 mm x 216 mm x 15.5 mm) Meets UL 94V-0 flammability rating (can be used in plenum spaces) Clear plastic
Part Number
34749-001
Description
Label Holder, Pack of 10

1 (0.5)
Cable Tray Installation Tools

34839
Use to cut wire mesh cable tray to fit and form pieces to match pathway requirements Bolt Cuter has angled head to allow clear view while cutting Wire Shear has jaws designed to deliver a square cut on wires Cable Roller and Bracket provides strain relief when pulling cables around corners; attaches directly to tray and adjusts in height to match tray Sold individually
Part Number 13368

34839-001 13367-001 13368-001 13368-002
Description
Bolt Cutter Style Cable Tray Cutting Tool Wire Shear Style Cutting Tool Cable Roller Cable Roller Bracket

6 (2.7) 5 (2.3) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
6-15
CABLE RUNWAY PRODUCTS
Runway In A Box
Cable runway is individually packaged to simplify shipping. Individual packaging is utilized for all 10250 Series Universal Cable Runway, 11252 Series TELCO-Style Cable Runway and 11275 Series UL Classified Cable Runway. Individual pieces of runway are packaged in a custom width box of 32 ECT cardboard and banded on our strapping machine. Each box is labeled with the part number and product description indicating color and width. Pallets are designed to support the full length and width of multiple quantities of runway. Runway is neatly stacked in two or three columns, fully stretch-wrapped and banded to the pallet to eliminate movement during shipping.
Universal Cable Runway

Our most popular cable runway is designed for value conscious customers. The Universal Cable Runway offers the industry standard features youve come to expect. With the runway supported every 5 (1.5 m), maximum load with minimal deflection is 132 lb/ft (59.9 kg). Made of 3/8 x 1-1/2 x .065 (9.53 mm x 38 mm x 1.65 mm) wall rectangular steel tubing Cross members welded at 12 (300 mm) intervals Individually boxed to prevent scratches and damage Standard length is 9-11 1/2/119.5 (3035 mm) Installation Best Practices includes Runway Elevation Kit (page 6-19)
Part Number/Color Gray White Black
Width (Dim. A)* in (mm)

4 (100) 6 (150) 9 (230) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460) 24 (610) 30 (760) 36 (910)

18 (8.2) 19 (8.6) 20 (9.1) 25 (11.3) 27 (12.2) 29 (13.2) 32 (14.5) 35 (15.7) 38 (17.2)
10250-104 10250-204 10250-704 10250-106 10250-206 10250-706 10250-109 10250-209 10250-709 10250-112 10250-212 10250-712 10250-115 10250-215 10250-715 10250-118 10250-218 10250-718 10250-124 10250-224 10250-724 10250-131 10250-231 10250-731 10250-137 10250-237 10250-737
6-16
TELCO-Style Cable Runway

Similar in construction to our Universal Cable Runway (10250 Series). The side stringers are 1 1/2 x 3/8 x .065 (38 mm x 9.53 mm x 1.65 mm) and the cross members are 1/2 x 1 x .065 (12.7 mm x 30 mm x 1.65 mm) welded at 9 (230 mm) intervals. The overall length is 9 8-1/2116.5 (2959 mm) or 4 5-1/2/53.5 (1359 mm) to comply with TELCO-Style standards Individually boxed to prevent scratching and damage Installation Best Practices includes Runway Elevation Kit (page 6-19)

11252-106 11252-206 11252-706 11252-109 11252-209 11252-709 11252-110 11252-210 11252-710 11252-112 11252-212 11252-712
A
Width (Dim. A) in (mm)

6 (150) 9 (230) 10 (250) 12 (300) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460) 20 (510)
Length (Dim. B) in (mm)

9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959) 4 5-1/2 (1359) 9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959)
11252-113 11252-213 11252-713

Note: Shown in two sections for illustrative purposes, actual product is one piece.
11252-115 11252-215 11252-715 11252-118 11252-218 11252-718 11252-120 11252-220 11252-720
UL Classified Cable Runway

Similar in construction to our TELCO Style Cable Runway (11252 series). The side stringers are 1 1/2 x 3/8 x .065 (38.1 mm x 9.53 mm x 1.65 mm) and the cross members are 1/2 x 1 x .065 (12.7 mm x 30 mm x 1.65 mm) welded at 9 (230 mm) intervals. Color is Gold chem film over zinc plating or black chem Underwriters Laboratory Classified for suitability (as an equipment grounding conductor only) The overall length is 9 8-1/2/116.5 (2959 mm) to comply with TELCO-Style standards Individually boxed to prevent scratching and damage Installation Best Practices includes Runway Elevation Kit (page 6-19)
Part Number
B

6 (150) 9 (230) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460) 20 (510) 24 (610)
Length (Dim. B) in (mm)

9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959) 9 8-1/2 (2959)

19 (8.6) 20 (9.1) 22 (10.0) 26 (11.8) 28 (12.7) 29 (13.2) 31 (14.1)
11275-X06 11275-X09 11275-X12 11275-X15 11275-X18 11275-X20 11275-X24
X=color over zinc: 0=Gold, 7=Black
6-17
Trough Cable Runway

Features rubber-capped vertical members on both sides which form a trough to accommodate larger cable runs. Wall is .065 (1.65 mm) thick. Use with heavy-duty splice kits (11299-001, 11298-001)
9 11-1/2L/119.5 (3035 mm), 12 (300 mm) Spacing Between Cross Members

Part Number/Color Gray
10692-109 10692-110 10692-112 10692-115 10692-118
White
10692-209 10692-210 10692-212 10692-215 10692-218
Black
10692-709 10692-710 10692-712 10692-715 10692-718

9 (230) 10 (250) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460)
9 8-1/2L/116.5 (2959 mm) , 9 (230 mm) Spacing Between Cross Members

10693-109 10693-110
A
White
10693-209 10693-210 10693-212 10693-215 10693-218
Black
10693-709 10693-710 10693-712 10693-715 10693-718

9 (230) 10 (250) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460)
10693-112 10693-115
Note: When using P/N 10693 select a radius drop that is less than 7.5W (191 mm) such as P/N 12101-X03.
10693-118
Quick Ship Cable Runway Kit

The 4 6 (1359 mm) length of this cable runway is designed to meet UPS requirements without additional charges. Packaged one kit per box. Kit consists of: (2) 4 6/53.5 (1359 mm) cable runway; combined length is 8 11 3/8L/ 107.38 (2727.5 mm) (1) Butt-Splice Kit (P/N 11301-001)

12170-106 12170-109 12170-112
White
12170-206 12170-209 12170-212
Black
12170-706 12170-709 12170-712

6 (150) 9 (230) 12 (300)
6-18
Alternate Space Cable Runway

Designed specifically for use over 19 wide racks (CPI Series 55053, 46353 or 66353) and any 6W (150 mm) vertical cable manager. A single 104.75L (2660.7 mm) space will transition a row of four 19 Racks (CPI Series 55053, 46353 or 66353) and five 6W (150 mm) Vertical Cabling Sections (CPI Series 11729, as shown lower left). Runway cross-members are spaced to simplify horizontal to vertical alignment of Cross Member Radius Drops Eliminates additional hardware, time-consuming field fabrication, and complicated adjustments required with traditional products

31472-706 31472-712 31472-718 31472-724

6 (150) 12 (300) 18 (460) 24 (610)

17 (7.7) 24 (10.9) 28 (12.7) 31 (14.1)
31472-106 31472-206 31472-112 31472-212 31472-118 31472-218 31472-124 31472-224

Note: When runway is supported from the ceiling, select a single Radius Drop to match the width of the runway at each transition point. When runway is supported with a Rack-to-Runway Mounting Plate, use two each 12100-X06 Radius Drops at each transition point for 12, 18 and 24W (300 mm, 460 mm and 610 mm) runway.
6-19
PatchRack For CPI Cable Runway

The PatchRack is a miniature two-post rack that can be attached to CPI Cable Runway to save rack-mount space by placing patch panels or interconnect equipment above the rack or cabinet. Use Patch Rack to create a zone network in the data center. Two versions are available. Racks P/N 13395 attach to the Cable Runway side stringer with a 7D (180 mm) standoff bracket. Racks P/N 13394 attach to a cross member underneath the Cable Runway. The position of the rack can be adjusted front-to-back or side-toside. Racks P/N 13395 can also attach perpendicular to Cable Runway that is 12W (300 mm) or less. Use the Cross Member Hardware Kit P/N 13399-702 for perpendicular mounting of all racks on any width of Cable Runway. Attaches to all CPI Cable Runway, but optimized for 1-1/2H x 3/8W (38.1 mm x 9.53 mm) side stringers or cross members to Universal Cable Runway Supports 19W rack-mount equipment Supports up to 60 lb (27.2kg)
P/N 13395
Part Number
13395-X04
Description
With Side Stringer Brackets, 4U With Side Stringer Brackets, 8U With Cross Member Brackets, 4U* With Cross Member Brackets, 8U*

5 (2.3) 7 (3.2) 4 (1.8) 6 (2.7)
P/N 13394
13395-X08 13394-X04 13394-X08
X=Color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5=Clear, 7=Black. White (-2XX) include gold-colored hardware, all others includes black color hardware. Does not include Side Stringer Brackets. *Attaches to cross-member in parallel orientation only.
Accessories For PatchRack

P/N 13399
Use Cross Member Hardware Kit for perpendicular mounting on all widths of Cable Runway. The D-Ring Kit provides cable management
Part Number
13399-702 13396-204 13396-208
Description
Cross Member Hardware Kit, Black D-Rings for 4U Rack, 6 Rings, White D-Rings for 8U Rack, 10 Rings, White

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9)
P/N 13396
6-20
Cable Runway Pathway Dividers

Pathway Dividers divide Cable Runway into multiple cable pathways in order to organize cables according to media type or destination. Different types of cables such as backbone fiber cables, copper cables and bonding conductors are easily separated within the Cable Runway. Also, by organizing horizontal cables by destination according to route or zone, technicians can better manage cables when additional cables are added or when the cable path through the building changes due to building renovations. Cable spools separate cables into individual pathways for better organization of cables Spools have a smooth surface to protect cable jackets from damage during installation or maintenance Easy installation with included hardware Universal/Trough Style Dividers fit 3/8H x 1-1/2W (9.53 mm x 38.1 mm) cross members on CPI Universal or Trough Cable Runway TELCO/UL Classified Style Dividers fit 1/2H x 1W (13 mm x 30 mm) cross members on CPI TELCO or UL Classified Cable Runway
Part Number
Description Universal or Trough Style Dividers

1 (0.5) 3 (1.4) 1 (0.5) 3 (1.4)
13392-711 13392-712 13392-721 13392-722
Divider, Package of 5 Divider, Package of 25
TELCO or UL Classified Style Dividers

Divider, Package of 5 Divider, Package of 25
6-21
Cable Runway Radius Drop

Mounts to the side stringer or cross member of CPI Cable Runway to help maintain proper Category 5e/6/6a or fiber bend radius. Quick and easy installation using clevis pin Fits 6, 9, 12 and 18 (150 mm, 230 mm, 300 mm and 460 mm) cross member tubing For use only with runs on CPI Universal Runway (Series 10250) Provides 3 (80 mm) bend radius Products 5W (130 mm), 12100-X06, 12101-X03, drop into CPIs 6W (150 mm) vertical cabling sections Supplied with 1-1/2 (38.1 mm) cable spools (P/N 15003-001) to separate and guide cables Sold individually
Runway Radius Drop, Cross Member

Part Number
12100-106 12100-109 12100-112 12100-118 12100-206 12100-209 12100-212 12100-218 May be used on other runway series with Cable Runway Movable Cross Member (12115 series) 12100-706 12100-709 12100-712 12100-718
Cable Runway Width in (mm)

6 (150) 9 (230) 12 (300) 18 (460) 6 (150) 9 (230) 12 (300) 18 (460) 6 (150) 9 (230) 12 (300) 18 (460)
Product Width in (mm)

5 (130) 8 (200) 11 (280) 17 (430) 5 (130) 8 (200) 11 (280) 17 (430) 5 (130) 8 (200) 11 (280) 17 (430)
Color
Gray Gray Gray Gray White White White White Black Black Black Black
Cable Spools
2 ea. 2 ea. 3 ea. 3 ea. 2 ea. 2 ea. 3 ea. 3 ea. 2 ea. 2 ea. 3 ea. 3 ea.
Runway Radius Drop, Stringer

Part Number
12101-101 12101-102 12101-103 12101-201 12101-202 12101-203 12101-701 12101-702 12101-703
Runway Application
Universal Telco Misc. Universal Telco Misc. Universal Telco Misc.
Product Width in (mm)

10-1/4 (260.4) 7-3/4 (196.9) 5 (130) 10-1/4 (260.4) 7-3/4 (196.9) 5 (130) 10-1/4 (260.4) 7-3/4 (196.9) 5 (130)
Color
Gray Gray Gray White White White Black Black Black
Cable Spools
3 ea. 2 ea. 2 ea. 2 ea. 2 ea. 2 ea. 3 ea. 2 ea. 2 ea.
6-22
Cable Runway Radius Bend

Creates a gradual bend for cascading cable runs. Made of lightweight 1-1/2 x 3/8 (38.1 mm x 9.53 mm) tubular steel Three cross members welded at approximately 23 degree increments Outside or Inside is determined by welding cross members closer to cable side
Part Number 90-Degree Outside Bend 10723

10723-X06 10723-X09 10723-X12 10723-X15 10723-X18 10723-X20 10723-X24
90-Degree Inside Bend

10724-X06 10724-X09 10724-X12 10724-X15 10724-X18 10724-X20 10724-X24

6 (150) 9 (230) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460) 20 (510) 24 (610)
10724
*Gold Radius Bends are UL Classified
Cable Runway E-Bend

Creates a 90 degree gradual sweep in horizontal plane for Cable Runway runs. Designed for cabling in conformance with minimum bend radius requirements (typically 4 times the cable diameter). Made of lightweight 11/2 x 3/8 (38.1 mm x 9.53 mm) tubular steel to fit standard Cable Runway. Cross members welded at approximately 23 degree increments. Conforms to Category 5e/6/6a requirements Easy installation using CPI Butt-Splices (P/N 11301-001, not included)
Part Part Part Number Number Number 9 W (230 mm) 12W (300 mm) 18W (460 mm)
10822-109 10822-209 10822-709 10822-009 10822-112 10822-212 10822-712 10822-012 10822-118 10822-218 10822-718 10822-018
Color
Gray White Black Gold*
*Gold E-Bends are UL Classified
6-23
Cable Runway Movable Cross Member

Permits the dropping of cables at any point between cross members of 9,12 or 18W (230 mm, 300 mm or 460 mm) Cable Runways. Combine with the recommended Cable Runway Radius Drop. Fits on standard Cable Runway only 1-1/2 x 3/8 stringer (38.1 mm x 9.53mm) Can be used as an attachment point for the Cable Runway Radius Drops listed below Easy installation using provided hardware
Part Number
12115-109 12115-112 12115-118 12115-209 12115-212 12115-218 12115-709 12115-712 12115-718
Cable Runway in (mm)

9 (230) 12 (300) 18 (460) 9 (230) 12 (300) 18 (460) 9 (230) 12 (300) 18 (460)
Color
Use with Radius Drop

12100-107 12100-110 12100-116 12100-207 12100-210 12100-216 12100-707 12100-710 12100-716
Note: White (-2XX) kits include gold-colored hardware, Gray (-1XX) and Black (-7XX) kits include black color hardware.
Cable Runway Standoff Support Kit

Allows the attachment of cable runway 12 (300 mm) directly above and either parallel or perpendicular to existing Cable Runway. Each kit consists of the following items: two steel angle pieces, four steel brackets and eight sets of nuts, bolts and washers. The angle pieces are available in gray, white, black or gold finish.
Part Number
31470-112 31470-212 31470-712 31470-012
Description
Standoff Support Kit Standoff Support Kit Standoff Support Kit Standoff Support Kit
Color
Gray White Black Gold
Note: Gold (-012) and White (-212) kits include gold-colored hardware, Gray (-112) and Black (-712) kits include black color hardware.
6-24
CABLE RUNWAY JUNCTION PRODUCTS
Butt-Splice Kit
Use Butt-Splice Kit to connect two sections of Cable Runway end-to-end. Fits both solid and tubular steel 1-1/2 x 3/8 and 2 x 3/8 (38.1 mm x 9.53 mm and 50.8 mm x 9.53 mm) Cable Runway. Kit consists of: (4) splice plates (2) 3/8-16 trimmed head bolts (2) 3/8-16 hex nuts (2) 3/8 split lock washers
Part Number
11301-X01 11301-X02 16301-X01
Description in (mm)
Butt-Splice Kit, 1-1/2 x 3/8 (38 x 9.53) Stringer Butt-Splice Kit, 2 (50.8) Stringer UL Classified Kit

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Heavy-Duty Butt-Splice Kit

For butting two lengths of Cable Runway together. Bolt through Butt-Splice Kit for earthquake areas Cable Runway drilling is required Kit consists of: (4) splice plates for 1-1/2 stringers (4) 3/8-16 x 1-1/4 hex cap screws (4) 3/8-16 hex nuts (4) 3/8 split lock washers
Part Number
11299-X01 16299-X01
Description
Heavy-Duty Butt-Splice Kit UL Classified Butt-Splice Kit

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Heavy-Duty Junction-Splice Kit

Bolt-through Junction-Splice Kit for vertical runs or to meet seismic requirements. Material is 2 x 2 x 3/16 (50 mm x 50 mm x 4.763 mm) steel angle Cable Runway drilling is required Kit consists of: (2) splice angles (4) 3/8-16 x 1-1/4 hex cap screws (4) 3/8-16 hex nuts (4) 3/8 split lock washers
Part Number
11298-X01 16298-X01
Description
Heavy-Duty Junction Splice UL Classified Junction Kit

3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
6-25
Junction-Splice Kit
Used to create a 90 degree junction splice with all types of 1-1/2 x 3/8 or 2 x 3/8 (38.1 mm x 9.53 mm and 50.8 mm x 9.53 mm) Cable Runway. Kit consists of: (4) corner clamp plates (2) 3/8-16 x 1 3/8 trimmed head bolts (2) 3/8-16 hex nuts (2) 3/8 split lock washers
Part Number
11302-X01 11302-X02 16302-X01 Dim A Dim B
Description in (mm)
Junction-Splice Kit 1-1/2 x 3/8 (38mm x 9.53) Stringer Junction-Splice Kit 2 x 3/8 (50.8 x 9.53) Stringer UL Classified Junction Kit

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Cable Runway Corner Bracket

Creates a radius for L, T or X-shaped intersections of Cable Runway formed when two or more pieces of Cable Runway are connected together with the Junction-Splice Kit (P/N 11302 or 16302) or Heavy-Duty Junction-Splice Kit (P/N 11298 or 16298). Single-piece welded assembly fabricated from 3/8 x 1-1/2 x .065 (9.53 mm x 38.1 mm x 1.65 mm) wall rectangular steel tubing Easy installation; brackets/hardware included
Dim.
A B
15 W (380 mm) in (mm)

15.48 (393.2) 15.48 (393.2)
24W (610 mm) in (mm)

24.13 (612.9) 24.13 (612.9)
Part Number 15W (380 mm)

11959-X15
Part Number 24W (610 mm)

11959-X24
Description
Corner Bracket
X=color over zinc: 0=Gold, 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black
Transition Adapter Butt-Splice Kits

Enables 1-1/2 x 3/8 (38.1 mm x 9.53 mm) side stringers to be spliced to 2 x 3/8 (50.8 mm x 9.53 mm) side stringers. P/N 10991-001 allows SwivelSplice Kits to be used with 2 x 3/8 (50.8 mm x 9.53 mm) side stringers. Kit 10699-X01 consists of: (1) 2 Butt-Splice Kit (P/N 11301-X02) (2) steel bars Kit 10991-X01 consists of: (1) 2 Butt-Splice Kit (P/N 11301-X02) (1) 1-1/2 Butt-Splice Kit (P/N 11301-X01) (2) Gray or Black finish/color steel transition bars
10699-X01 10991-X01
Part Number
10699-X01 10991-X01
Description in (mm)
Adapter Kit, 1-1/2 to 2 (38.1 to 50.8) Transition Kit, 1-1/2 to 2 (38.1 to 50.8)

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
6-26
Adjustable Junction-Splice Kit

Adjusts to form any junction angle for cabling that requires a large radius bend or to route around existing plumbing, electrical, etc. Kit consists of: (4) adjustable corner plates (2) 3/8-16 x 2 hex cap screws (2) 3/8-16 hex nuts (2) 3/8 lock washers Note: Requires one kit to attach one end of cable runway.
Part Number
10616-X01
Description
Adjustable Junction Splice Kit

2 (0.9)
90 Runway-Splice Kit
Designed to butt-splice 1-1/2 (38.1 mm) Cable Runway at a 90 angle. Kit consists of: (2) 90 outside clamps (2) Inside edge clamps (2) 3/8-16 trimmed round head, square neck bolts (2) 3/8-16 hex nuts and lock washers
Part Number
11314-X01 16314-X01
Description in (mm)
90 Runway-Splice Kit, 1-1/2 x 3/8 (38.1 x 9.53) stringer UL Classified Kit

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
45 Runway-Splice Kit
Butt-splices Cable Runway at a 45 angle. Kit consists of: (2) 45 outside clamps (2) Inside edge clamps (2) 3/8-16 trimmed round head, square neck bolts (2) 3/8-16 hex nuts and lock washers
Part Number
11313-X01 16313-X01
Description in (mm)
45 Runway-Splice Kit, 1-1/2 x 3/8 (38.1 x 9.53) stringer UL Classified Kit

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
6-27
Swivel Splice Kit

Splices cable runway vertically, horizontally or perpendicularly. Adjusts to any angle; not limited to 45 or 90 degrees. Flexible swivel design simplifies Cable Runway installation by making it easier to route around existing plumbing, electrical, etc. Material is steel. Hardware and instructions are included. Butt Swivel (10487) Kit consists of: (8) bracket end (8) 5/16-18 x 3/4 round head square, neck bolts (2) 5/16-18 x 1 round head square, neck bolts (10) 5/16-18 hex nuts, split lock washers Junction Swivel (10488) Kit consists of: (4) bracket end (2) bracket supports and plate clamps (2) 5/16-18 x 1 round head square, neck bolts (8) 5/16-18 x 3/4 round head. square. neck bolts (10) 5/16-18 hex nuts, split lock washers Vertical Swivel (10489) Kit consists of: (4) bracket end (2) bracket clamps and plate clamps (2) 5/16-18 x 1 round head, square neck bolts (6) 5/16-18 x 3/4 round head, square neck bolts (8) 5/16-18 hex nuts, split lock washers
Butt-Swivel Splice
Part Number
10487-X01
Description
Butt-Swivel Splice Kit Junction Swivel Splice Kit Vertical Swivel Splice Kit UL Classified Butt Swivel Splice Kit UL Classified Junction Swivel Splice Kit UL Classified Vertical Swivel Splice Kit

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Junction-Swivel Splice
10488-X01 10489-X01 16487-X01 16488-X01 16489-X01
Vertical-Swivel Splice
6-28
3 (80 mm) Channel Rack-To-Runway Mounting Plate

Secures Cable Runway to the top of Standard Rack and Universal Rack. Mounts either parallel or perpendicular. For proper attachment of 6W (150 mm) Cable Runway, specify a rack with top bars instead of top angles. Material is 1/4 (6.4 mm) thick cold-rolled steel Installation best practice includes Runway Elevation Kit (P/N 10506-XXX) Kit consists of: (1) mounting plate (4) 5/16-18 x 2 1/3 J-bolts (2) 5/16-18 x 2 J-bolts (4) 5/16-18 hex nuts (4) 5/16 split lock washers
Parallel Mounting
Part Number
10595-X04 10595-X08 10595-X12 10595-X18
Runway Width in (mm)

4 (100) 5 to 8 (130 to 200) 9 to 12 (230 to 300) 15 to 18 (380 to 460) 20 to 24 (510 to 610)
Plate Material
Steel Steel Steel Steel Aluminum

4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 7 (3.2) 4 (1.8)
Perpendicular Mounting
Note: 12408-X24 adds 1.25 (31.8 mm) to height of rack.
12408-X24*
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black, 0=Gold *12408 Not available in Gold
3 (80 mm) Channel Rack-To-Runway Mounting Plate With Bracket

Secures Cable Runway to the top of Universal Rack without intruding into mounting space. The combination of the flat plate and hat-shaped bracket form a clamp around the rack's top angles or top bars. Mounts either parallel or perpendicular. For proper attachment of 6 runway, use top bars (13045 Series) rather than top angles. Installation best practice includes Runway Elevation Kit (P/N 10506-XXX) Kit consists of: (1) mounting plate (1) 2-1/4 hat-shaped bracket (1) 2 hat-shaped bracket (2) J-Bolts, 5/16-18 x 2-1/4 (3) hex nuts, 5/16-18 (3) split lock washers, 5/16
Part Number
12730-X04 12730-X08
Note: 13730-X24 adds 1.25 to height of rack.

4 (100) 5 to 8 (130 to 200) 9 to 12 (230 to 300) 15 to 18 (380 to 460) 20 to 24 (510 to 610)
Plate Material
Steel Steel Steel Steel Aluminum

4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 7 (3.2) 4 (1.8)
12730-X12 12730-X18 13730-X24
6-29
6 (150 mm) Channel Rack-To-Runway Mounting Plate

Secures Cable Runway to the top of 6D (150 mm) Standard Rack. Mounts either parallel or perpendicular to runway. To attach 6W (150 mm) Cable Runway, specify a rack with two top bars instead of top angles. Installation best practice includes Runway Elevation Kit (P/N 10506-XXX) Kit consists of: (1) mounting plate (4) 5/16-18 x 2 1/4 J-bolts (2) 5/16-18 x 2 J-bolts (4) 5/16-18 hex nuts (4) 5/16 split lock washers
Parallel Mounting
Part Number
12121-X09 12121-X12 12121-X18 12121-X24

5 to 9 (130 to 230) 9 to 12 (230 to 300) 15 to 18 (380 to 460) 20 to 24 (510 to 610)
Plate Material
Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 7 (3.2) 5 (2.3)
Perpendicular Mounting
6 (150 mm) Channel Rack-To-Runway Mounting Plate With Bracket

Secures Cable Runway to the top of 6D (150 mm) Standard Rack without intruding into valuable mounting space. The combination of the flat plate and hat-shaped bracket form a clamp around the rack's top angles or top bars. Mounts either parallel or perpendicular. For proper attachment of 6 (150 mm) runway, use top bars (13045 Series) rather than top angles on your rack. Installation best practice includes Runway Elevation Kit (P/N 10506-XXX) Kit consists of: (1) mounting plate (1) 2-1/4 hat-shaped bracket (1) 2 hat-shaped bracket (2) J-Bolts, 5/16-18 x 2-1/4 (3) hex nuts, 5/16-18 (3) split lock washers, 5/16
Part Number

5 to 9 (130 to 230) 9 to 12 (230 to 300) 15 to 18 (380 to 460) 20 to 24 (510 to 610)
Plate Material
Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum

5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 7 (3.2) 5 (2.3)
12731-X09 12731-X12 12731-X18 12731-X24
6-30
CABLE RUNWAY WALL TO RACK KIT
Cable Runway Wall To Rack Kit

The CPI Cable Runway Wall To Rack Kit is a one part number solution to the problem of providing support for cable between the rack and the wall. Kit consists of: (1) 4 6L/54 (1370 mm) Universal Cable Runway (1) Wall angle support bracket (1) Rack to runway mounting plate (1) Pair of end caps (6) J-bolts Use Kit Part Number 11911 when attaching to a Standard and/or Universal series rack with a 3D (80 mm) mounting channel. Use kit number 31473 with 6D (150 mm) Standard Rack.
Note: The kit is available with runway that is 6, 9 or 12W (150 mm, 230 mm or 300 mm). Rack is not included. Configure your requirements using the part number matrix below.
Part Number
Description Standard and Universal Racks with 3D (80 mm) Mounting Channels Width - in (mm)
11911-X06 11911-X09 11911-X12
6 (150) Cable Runway Wall to Rack Kit 9 (230) Cable Runway Wall to Rack Kit 12 (300) Cable Runway Wall to Rack Kit
24 (10.9) 28 (12.7) 32 (14.5)
Standard Rack with 6D (150 mm) Mounting Channels Width - in (mm)

31473-X06 Rack Not Included 31473-X09 31473-X12 6 (150) Cable Runway Wall to Rack Kit 9 (230) Cable Runway Wall to Rack Kit 12 (300) Cable Runway Wall to Rack Kit 17 (7.7) 19 (8.6) 24 (10.9)
6-31
CABLE RUNWAY ELEVATION PRODUCTS
Cable Runway Elevation Kit

Supports Cable Runway above a continuous row of CPI Racks or Cabinets of varying height. It also provides additional space between the tops of the racks or cabinets and the cable runway, which can be used to create smoother vertical to horizontal transition of cables. Two ranges of incremental elevation: 2 to 3 or 4 to 6 (50 mm to 80 mm or 100 mm to 150 mm) Can be mounted perpendicular or parallel Rack kit includes a single pair of brackets and assembly hardware Rack kits attach to the top of the rack with a Rack-To-Runway Mounting Plate (P/N 10595 or 12121, sold separately) Cabinet kits include two pairs of brackets and assembly hardware Cabinet kits attach directly to the top of the cabinet
2, 2.5 or 3H (50 mm, 64 mm or 80 mm) Elevation Rack

10506-102 10506-202 10506-702 10506-002 10506-106 10506-206 10506-706 10506-006

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
Cabinet
10506-112 10506-212 10506-712 10506-012 10506-116 10506-216 10506-716 10506-016

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3)
Color
Gray White Black Gold Gray White Black Gold
4, 5 or 6H (100 mm, 130 mm or 150 mm) Elevation
Note: Gold (-0XX) and White (-2XX) kits include gold-color hardware. Gray (-1XX) and Black (-7XX) kits include black-color hardware.
Wall-Mounted Option
6-32
CABLE RUNWAY AUXILIARY FRAME PRODUCTS
Auxiliary Framing Channel, Cable Runway

Steel channel or bar commonly used as auxiliary framing for Cable
Runways Color is Gray (other colors available)
Part Number
Color
Length ft (m)

24 (10.9) 17 (7.7)
1 x 2 x 3/16 (25 mm x 50 mm x 4.763 mm) Channel

11450-101 10745 10628 11450 10745-106 10628-102 Gray Gray 10 (3) 10 (3)
9/16 x 2 x 3/16 (14.288 mm x 50 mm x 4.763 mm) Channel 3/8 x 2 (9.53 mm x 50 mm) Bar
Gray 6 (1.8) 14 (6.4)
Auxiliary Framing Channel Splice, Cable Runway

Used to butt-splice either 9/16 x 2 (14.288 mm x 50 mm), Figure A or 1 x 2 (25 mm x 50 mm), Figure B, Auxiliary Framing Channel. Material is steel finished with Gold over Zinc plating. Kit consists of: (2) splice plates (no drilling required) (1) 3/8-16 hex cap screw (1) 3/8-16 hex nut and split lock washers
Figure A
Part Number
10715-001 11307-000
Description in (mm)
9/16 x 2 (14.288 x 50) Channel 1 x 2 (25 x 50) Channel
Figure
A B

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Figure B
6-33
Heavy-Duty, Auxiliary Framing Channel Splice, Cable Runway

Provides extra strength to butt-splice framing channel. Drilling the framing channel is required Color is gray splice bars with gold hardware Kit consists of: (1) channel splice, 6L (150 mm) (1) steel bar splice, 6L (150 mm) (4) 1/2-13 hex cap screws (4) 1/2-13 hex nuts and split lock washers
Figure A Use with 10628
Part Number
10746-101 10747-101
Description in (mm)
9/16 x 2 (14.288 x 50) Channel 1 x 2 (25 x 50) Channel
Figure
A B

3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
Figure B Use with 11450
Auxiliary Framing Bar Splice Kit, Cable Runway

Butt-splices 3/8 x 2 (9.53 mm x 50 mm) Auxiliary Framing Bar. Drilling the framing bar is required Material is steel bar 1/4 x 2 x 6L (6.4 mm x 50 mm x 150 mm) Color is gray with gold hardware Kit consists of: (2) splice bars (4) 1/2-13 hex cap screws (4) 1/2-13 hex nuts and split lock washers
Figure C Use with 10745
Part Number
10748-101
Description in (mm)
Bar Splice Kit
Figure
C

4 (1.8)
6-34
Slip-On Framing Clip, Cable Runway

Allows easy installation of additional rack grids to existing grids by slipping clamps around 5/8 threaded rod. Material is steel finished with gold over zinc plating Kit consists of: (2) slotted clamps (2) 5/8 Slip-On Lock Nuts
Slip-On is a registered trademark of Slip-On Lock Nut Co.
Part Number
11019-001 11019-002
Description in (mm)
For 3/8 (9.53) Bar or Runway Stringer, 5/8 threaded rod For 9/16 (14.288) channel, 5/8 threaded rod

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Framing Clip Kit, Cable Runway

Creates a rigid connection between two adjacent grid or cable runway sections. Material is steel finished with gold over zinc plating; kit consists of 2 brackets only Installation will require: - (1) 5/8-11 or 1/2-13 threaded rod (of appropriate length) - (2) 5/8-11 or 1/2-13 hex nuts - (2) 5/8 or 1/2 split lock washers
-001
-002 -003
Part Number
Description in (mm) 5/8 Bolt Size

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
10609-001 10609-002 10609-003 10621-001 10621-002 10621-003
For 3/8 (9.53) Bar or Runway Stringer For 9/16 (14.288) Channel For 1 (30) Channel
1/2 Bolt Size

For 3/8 (9.53) Bar or Runway Stringer For 9/16 (14.288) Channel For 1 (30) Channel
6-35
J-Bolt Kit, Auxiliary Framing Channel/Wall Angle Support

Used to attach a 2 x 1 (50 mm x 30 mm) auxiliary framing channel to a wall angle support. Finish is gold over zinc plating Kit consists of 2 each: 1/4-20 x 1-3/4 J-Bolts 1/4-20 hex nuts 1/4 split lock washers
Part Number
11303-000
Description
J-Bolt Kit

1 (0.5)
J-Bolt Kit, Auxiliary Framing Channel/Rack Top Bar

Used to attach a 2 x 1 (50 mm x 30 mm) auxiliary framing channel to a 1 1/2 (38 mm) equipment rack top bar. Finish is gold over zinc plating Kit consists of: (1) 1/4 x 1 x 3-1/2 (6.4 mm x 30 mm x 89 mm) cold-rolled steel plate (2) 5/16-18 x 3-1/4 J-Bolts (2) 5/16-18 hex nuts and split lock washers
Part Number
11305-000
Description
J-Bolt Kit

1 (0.5)
J-Bolt Kit, Auxiliary Framing Channel/Rack Top Angle

Used to attach a 2 x 1 (50 mm x 30 mm) auxiliary framing channel to a 2 x 2 (50 mm x 50 mm) equipment rack top angle. Finish is gold over zinc plating Kit consists of: (1) 1/4 x 1 x 3-1/2 (6.4 mm x 30 mm x 89 mm) cold-rolled steel plate (2) 5/16-18 x 3-3/4 J-Bolts (2) 5/16-18 hex nuts and split lock washers
Part Number
11304-000
Description
J-Bolt Kit

1 (0.5)
6-36
J-Bolt Kit, Auxiliary Framing Channel/Runway

To attach 1-1/2 (38 mm) Cable Runway to a 1 x 2 (30 mm x 50 mm) auxiliary framing channel without drilling. Gold over zinc plating Kit consists of: (1) 1/4x 1 x 3-1/2 (6.4 mm x 30 mm x 89 mm) cold-rolled steel plate (2) 5/16-18 x 3-1/4 J-Bolts (2) 5/16-18 hex nuts, split lock washers
Part Number
11306-001 11306-002
Description in (mm)
For 1-1/2 (38) Side Stringers For 2 (50) Side Stringers

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
J-Bolt Clip Kit, Auxiliary Framing Channel/Cable Runway

For fastening Cable Runway to auxiliary framework. Material is steel finished with gold over zinc plating. Kit consists of: (1) Clip J-Bolt (1) 1/2-13 split lock washer (1) 1/2-13 hex nut
Part Number
10635-003 10635-005 10635-007
Description in (mm)
For 3/8 x 2 (9.53 x 50) Bar For 9/16 x 2 (14.288 x 50) Channel For 1 x 2 (30 x 50) Channel

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Clip J-Bolt, Auxiliary Framing Channel/Cable Runway

Used to attach Cable Runway to auxiliary framing. Sold individually Gold over zinc plating Kit consists of: (1) 1/2-13 lock nut (1) 1/2 Split lock washer
Part Number
10620-003 10620-004
Description Nominal Size and Length

1/2-13 x 4-3/8 1/2-13 x 4-7/8

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
6-37
Spanner J-Bolt, Auxiliary Framing Channel/Cable Runway

Used to attach Cable Runway to auxiliary framing. Gold over zinc plating Sold individually Kit consists of: (1) Spanner J-Bolt (1) 1/2-13 split lock washer (1) 1/2-13 hex nut
Part Number
10702-001 10702-002
Description Nominal Size and Length

1/2-13 x 4-3/8 1/2-13 x 4-7/8

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
J-Bolts (Hook Bolt, Round Bend), Auxiliary Framing Channel/Cable

Used to bolt Cable Runway (11431 series only), auxiliary framing channels and/or bars together. Gold over zinc and black zinc plate finish Includes nut and split lock washer Commercial grade Kits sold individually
Part Number
11430-X01 11430-X02 11431-X01 11431-X02 11431-X03 11431-X04 11431-X05 11431-X06
Nominal Size
1/4-20 1/4-20 5/16-18 5/16-18 5/16-18 5/16-18 5/16-18 5/16-18
Length
1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 3/4 3 1/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 6 1/2
Opening
7/32 7/32 7/16 7/16 7/16 9/32 7/16 7/16

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
X=color: 0=Gold, 7=Black
6-38
Spanner Clip, Cable Runway

For fastening Cable Runway to auxiliary framework. Material is steel finished with gold over zinc plating.
Part Number
10709-001 10709-003 10709-005
Description in (mm)
For 3/8 x 2 (9.53 x 50) Bar, Pair For 9/16 x 2 (14.288 x 50) Channel, Pair For 1 x 2 (30 x 50) Channel, Pair

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
V-Bolt Mounting Kit Auxiliary Framing Channel/Rack Top Angle

Provides for mounting auxiliary framing bar or channel to equipment rack top angle. For use with standard 1 (30 mm) pipe (schedule 40). Finish is gold over zinc plating. Kit consists of: (2) bracket clips (2) 1/2-13 nuts and lock washers (1) V-Bolt, 5
Part Number
10741-001 10741-002 10741-003
Description in (mm)
For Auxiliary Framing Bar, 3/8 x 2 (9.53 x 50) For Auxiliary Framing Channel, 9/16 x 2 (14.288 x 50) For Auxiliary Framing Channel, 1 x 2 (30 x 50)

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
V-Bolts
Used to bolt angle material to structural supports. Finish is gold over zinc plating Commercial grade Order lock washers and hex nuts separately Sold individually
Part Number
01002-001 01002-002 01002-003 01002-004 01002-005
Nominal Size
3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 1/2-13 1/2-13
Length
3 4 6 5 8
Thread
1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 2
Width
2-7/16 2-7/16 2-7/16 2-5/8 2-5/8
6-39
CABLE RUNWAY SUPPORT PRODUCTS
Triangular Support Bracket, Aluminum

Triangular Support Bracket provides wall support for Cable Runway. Made of 1/4 x 2 (6.4 mm x 50 mm) aluminum bar. Load rating is 100 lb (45.4 kg). Kit consists of: (1) triangular bracket (2) 5/16-18 x 2 1/4 J-bolts (2) 5/16-18 hex nuts & 5/16 lock washers
Part Number
11312-106 11312-112 11312-118 11312-206 11312-212 11312-218 11312-706 11312-712 11312-718
Runway Widths in (mm)

4-6 (100 - 150) 6-12 (150 - 300) 12-18 (300 - 460) 4-6 (100 - 150) 6-12 (150 - 300) 12-18 (300 - 460) 4-6 (100 - 150) 6-12 (150 - 30m) 12-18 (300 - 460)
Color

2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
Triangular Support Bracket, Steel

Triangular Support Bracket provides wall support for cable runway. Made of cold rolled steel. Load rating is 400 lb (181.4 kg). Kit consists of: (1) vertical wall-mounting bracket (1) runway support channel (1) angle support channel (3) clevis pins (5/16 diameter) & cotter pins (2) 5/16-18 x 2 1/4 J-bolts (2) 5/16-18 hex nuts & 5/16 lock washers
Part Number
11746-112 11746-118 11746-124 11746-212 11746-218 11746-224 11746-712 11746-718 11746-724 11746-012 11746-018 11746-024
Runway Widths in (mm)

6, 12 (150, 300) 18 (460) 24 (610) 6, 12 (150, 300) 18 (460) 24 (610) 6, 12 (150, 300) 18 (460) 24 (610) 6, 12 (150, 300) 18 (460) 24 (610)
Color
Gray Gray Gray White White White Black Black Black Gold Gold Gold

5 (2.3) 8 (3.6) 9 (4.1) 5 (2.3) 8 (3.6) 9 (4.1) 5 (2.3) 8 (3.6) 9 (4.1) 5 (2.3) 8 (3.6) 9 (4.1)
6-40
Wall Angle Support Kit, Cable Runway

A B
2 x 2 x .105 (50 mm x 50 mm x 2.67 mm) steel support angle is designed for wall-mounting specific widths of Cable Runway.
Kit consists of:

(1) wall angle (2) 5/16-18 x 2 1/4 J-bolts (2) 5/16-18 hex nuts (2) 5/16 lock washers
C
11421
Wall Angle Support Kit Color

1 2 7 0 Gray Computer White Black Gold

04 06 09 10 12 15 18 20 24 30 4 (100) 6 (150) 9 (230) 10 (250) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460) 20 (510) 24 (610) 30 (760)
Dim. A in (mm)
6 (150) 8 (200) 11 (280) 12 (300) 14 (360) 17 (430) 20 (510) 22 (560) 26 (660) 32 (810)
Dim. B in (mm)
4.31 (109.5) 6.31 (160.3) 9.31 (236.5) 10.21 (261.9) 12.31 (312.7) 15.31 (388.9) 18.31 (465.1) 20.31 (515.9) 24.31 (617.5) 30.31 (769.9)
Dim. C in (mm)
4.31 (109.5) 4 (100.0) 7 (180.0) 8 (200.0) 10 (250.0) 13 (330.0) 16 (410.0) 18 (460.0) 22 (460.0) 28 (710.0)
11421 -
XX
6-41
Wall Angle, Cable Runway

Steel angles used as a wall support or as part of earthquake bracing. Material is 2 x 2 x 3/16 (50 mm x 50 mm x 4.763 mm) steel Color used is Gray (other colors available) Wall angle is not pre-drilled
Part Number
11420-101 11420-104 11420-108 11420-110
Dim. A ft (m)
1 (0.3) 4 (1.2) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0)
Color
Gray Gray Gray Gray

3 (1.4) 7 (3.2) 20 (9.1) 23 (10.4)
J-Bolt Kit, Cable Runway

To attach Cable Runway to Wall Angle Support, a Wall Support Bracket or to a MegaFrame Cabinet. Kit (wall angle/support) consists of: (2) 5/16-18 x 2-1/4 J-bolts (11431-001) (2) 5/16-18 hex nuts (2) 5/16 split lock washers MegaFrame kit consists of: (4) 5/16-18 x 3-1/4 J-bolts (4) 5/16 split lock washers (4) 5/16-18 hex nuts
Part Number
11308-X01 11308-X05
X=color: 0=Gold, 7=Black
Color
J-Bolt Kit J-Bolt Kit, MegaFrame

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Foot Kit, Cable Runway

To attach and secure Cable Runway to a wall or floor. Foot made of 3/8 x 1-1/2 x 6H (9.53 mm x 38 mm x 150 mm) steel. Kit consists of: (2) cable rack feet (4) splice plates (2) 3/8-16 x 2 1/4 trimmed round head square neck bolts (2) 3/8-16 hex nuts (2) 3/8 lock washers
Part Number
11309-X01
Color
Foot Kit

4 (1.8)
X=color: 0=Gold, 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black. Gold and white kits include gold color hardware, Gray and black kits include black color hardware.
6-42
Adjustable Floor Support Stands, Cable Runway

Use for floor support for cable runway grids. Sold in pairs. Design allows mounting of any width cable runway Heights from 5 to 10 (130 mm to 250 mm) Should be securely fastened to floor Kit consists of: (2) 2 pipe caps (2) floor flanges (2) 2 pipe (4) grid clamps (2) spacers, 3/8 x 1.5 (2) 5/8-11 threaded rod (2) 5/8 lock washers (6) 5/8-11 nuts
Part Number Gray

11235-101 11236-101 11237-101
White
11235-201 11236-201 11237-201
Black
11235-701 11236-701 11237-701
Height in (mm)
5 to 6 (130 to 150) 6 to 8 (150 to 200) 8 to 10 (200 to 300)
Adjustable Floor Support Channel, Cable Runway

Use for floor support of Cable Runway. Sold in pairs Cable Runway height adjustable from 3 to 8 (80 mm to 200 mm) Must be securely fastened to floor with 5/8 rods and anchors (included)
Part Number Gray

11241-112 11241-115 11241-118
White
11241-212 11241-215 11241-218
Black
11241-712 11241-715 11241-718

12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460)
Note: To install the anchors, use the specially designed anchor setting tool (P/N 06003-001) sold separately. 1/2 Pair Shown
6-43
Tall Pipe Stand, Cable Runway

Supports auxiliary framing or Cable Runway from the floor. Material is steel Kit consists of: (1) floor flange (1) appropriate length of 2 (50 mm) pipe (1) pipe cap, center drilled and tapped for a 5/8- 11 threaded rod (P/N 11440, not included) (3) 5/8-11 hex nuts (3) 5/8 split lock washers (4) 1/4-20 x 1 1/2 studs (4) 1/4-20 concrete anchors (4) 1/4-20 hex nuts (4) 1/4 Type B washers Installation also requires: (1) grid clamp of appropriate width, See P/N 10609 (1) 5/8-11 threaded rod of appropriate length, See P/N 11440 Note: Must be securely mounted to floor with included anchor kit. Also, in the case of attachment to Cable Runway, you may need to use Runway Support Brackets, series 11408 or 10607.
Part Number
10684-X01 10684-X02 10684-X03 10684-X04
Description in (mm)
2 x 79 (50 x 2010) Tall Pole 2 x 85 (50 x 2160) Tall Pole 2 x 91 (50 x 2310) Tall Pole 2 x 103 (50 x 2620) Tall Pole
Overall Height ft (m)

7 (2.1) 7.6 (2.3) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7)

16 (7.3) 18 (8.2) 20 (9.1) 24 (10.9)
Threaded Ceiling Kit, Cable Runway

Used to suspend Cable Runway from the ceiling. Material is steel, finished with Gold over zinc plating. Kit consists of: (1) ceiling support bracket (1) either 3/8-16 x 6, 5/8-11 x 6, M10 x 2M or M16 x 2M threaded rod (1) runway support bracket (4) either 3/8-16, 5/8-11, M10 or M16 hex nuts
Part Number
Drawing shows 2 kits
Note: Recommended spacing between ceiling kits is 5 (1.5 m). The ceiling hole diameter for P/N 11310 is .375 (9.5 mm) for 3/8 or M10 rod; .500 (12.7 mm) for 5/8 or M16 rod.
Description
Threaded Ceiling Kit, 3/8 Rod Threaded Ceiling Kit, 5/8 Rod Threaded Ceiling Kit, M10 x 2M Threaded Ceiling Kit, M16 x 2M

3 (1.4) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2)
11310-001 11310-003 11310-093 11310-094
6-44
Threaded Drop Rods

Used to support Cable Runway from ceilings Standard or metric threads, various lengths Gold chem film over zinc plate finish
Part Number
11440-001 11440-002 11440-003 11440-004 11440-005 11440-006 11440-007 11440-008 11440-009 11440-012 11440-024 11440-036 11440-091 11440-092 11440-093 11440-094 11440-095 11440-096
Description
3/8-16 UNC-2A rod, 6L 5/8-11 UNC-2A rod, 6L 3/8-16 UNC-2A rod, 12L 5/8-11 UNC-2A rod, 12L 5/8-11 UNC-2A rod, 8L 5/8-11 UNC-2A rod, 4L 5/8-11 UNC-2A rod, 6L 5/8-11 UNC-2A rod, 8L 5/8-11 UNC-2A rod, 5.5L 5/8-11 UNC-2A rod, 1L 5/8-11 UNC-2A rod, 2L 5/8-11 UNC-2A rod, 3L M10 x 1.5 rod, 1 m L M16 x 2 rod, 1 m L M10 x 1.5 rod, 2 m L M16 x 2 rod, 2 m L M10 x 1.5 rod, 3 m L M16 x 2 rod, 3 m L

2 (0.9) 5 (2.3) 5 (2.3) 10 (4.5) 7 (3.2) 4 (1.8) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 5 (2.3) 7 (3.2) 11 (5.0)
Threaded Rod Coupling Kit

Used to splice two threaded rods end to end.
Part Number
10697-001 10697-002
Description
For 3/8 Rod For 5/8 Rod

3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
6-45
Threaded Rod Cover

Protects cable from damage during installation. Made of plastic tubing. Gray I.D. = 0.630 (16 mm)
Part Number
11085-001
Description Length - ft (m)

Threaded Rod Cover, 10 (3)

5 (2.3)
Threaded Rod I-Beam Clamps, Cable Runway

Fastens a 3/8 or 5/8 threaded rod to an I-beam. Material is cold-rolled steel Finish is Gold over zinc plating
Part Number
10557-001 10557-003
Description
For 3/8-16 Threaded Rod For 5/8-11 Threaded Rod

3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
Slip-On Lock Nut

Used to add a nut to threaded rod without having to thread from the end. Zinc plated. Slip-On is a registered trademark of Slip-On Lock Nut Co.
Part Number
03003-001 03003-002
Description
3/8-16 Slip-On Lock Nut 5/8-11 Slip-On Lock Nut

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Size in (mm)
3/8 (10) 5/8 (16)
Recommended Load - lb (kg)

2,000 (907.2) 5,000 (2268.0)
Recommended Torque
19-25 ft/lb (26 Nm-34 Nm) 100-120 ft/lb (135.6 Nm-162.7 Nm)
Runway Support Brackets

Secures threaded rod to Cable Runway. Mounting hardware not included.
Part Number
11408-001 11408-003
Description
For 3/8 (10 mm) or M10 Rod and 1-1/2 (38) Stringers For 5/8 (16 mm) or M16 Rod and 1-1/2 (38) Stringers

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
6-46
Ceiling Support Bracket

Used to attach threaded rod to ceiling, hardware is not included.
Part Number
11406-001 11406-002
Description
3/8 (10 mm) or M10 Rod 5/8 (16 mm) or M16 Rod

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Slotted Support Bracket

Secures threaded rod to Cable Runway. Kit consists of: (1) slotted support bracket (2) hex nuts (2) split lock washers
Part Number
10607-002 10607-001
Description in (mm)
For 3/8 or M10 Rod and 1-1/2 (38) Stringers For 5/8 or M16 Rod and 1-1/2 (38) Stringers

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Vertical Wall Brackets

Used to secure Cable Runway with 1-1/2 x 3/8 (38 mm x 9.53 mm) stringers to a wall. Material is 1/4 x 1-1/2 (6.4 mm x 33 mm) steel Sold in pairs Gold color over zinc plating Wall mounting hardware not included
Part Number
10608-001
Description
Runway Wall Brackets (Pair)

1 (0.5)
Slip-On Support Bracket, Cable Runway

Provides easy additions of Cable Runway layers to existing cable racks by allowing support brackets and nuts to slip over drop rod. For use with 5/8 (16 mm) threaded rod only Finish is gold over zinc plating Kit consists of: (2) patented Slip-On nut (1) slotted bracket (1) retainer piece
Part Number
10873-001
Description
Slip-on Support Bracket

1 (0.5)
6-47
Cable Runway Center Support Kit

This kit has been designed to make installation of cable runway in the ceiling even easier by using just a single point of attachment. The center attachment design not only makes installation easy but also provides quick and simple cable routing with no need to thread the cable between the runway supports. The support kit securely attaches to the cable runway stringer, eliminating possible dislocations. Not Included: Threaded rod (P/N 11440-002 or -004) and Ceiling Support Bracket (P/N 11406-002). Made of steel Provides an open support system with quick and simple cable routing Threaded rod cover protects cable insulation from damage Kit consists of: (1) support bracket (1) reinforcement bar (2) 5/8-11 hex nuts (1) 5/8 split lock washers (1) 12L (300 mm) threaded rod cover (1) J-bolt kit (2 J-bolts; 2 nuts; 2 washers)
The Cable Runway Center Support Kit is available in sizes to support 6 to 24W (150 mm to 610 mm) cable runway
Part Number
12362-X06 12362-X12 12362-X15 12362-X18 12362-X24
Description Width - in (mm)

6 (150) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460) 24 (610)
Dim. A in (mm)
6.56 (166.6) 12.56 (319.0) 16.20 (411.5) 19.20 (487.7) 25.20 (640.1)

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 5 (2.3)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black, 0=Gold, Gold and white kits include gold color hardware; Gray and black kits include black color hardware.
Support Extension Kit, Cable Runway

Provides a 2 (50 mm) height extension over support grid so cable runway can be properly supported in both directions. Steel plate extensions. Steel channel sections and plate extensions are painted in Gray. Hardware is gold over zinc plating. Kit consists of: (2) channel extensions (2) plate extensions (4) 5/16-18 x 6 1/2 J-bolts (11431-006) (4) 5/16-18 hex nuts (4) 5/16 split lock washers
Part Number
10611-101
Description
Channel Support Extension Kit

9 (4.1)
6-48
Cable Retaining Post

Provides extra cable depth to existing 1-1/2 (38 mm) cable runway installation. Mounts onto Cable Runway side stringers. Post is 1/2 x 1 x .065 (12.7 mm x 25.4 mm x 1.7 mm) wall rectangular steel tubing; bracket is 1046 steel Kit consists of: (1) Post, bracket, and end cap (1) 1/4-20 x 1-1/4 hex cap screw, split lock washer and hex nut
Part Number
10596-X06 10596-X08 10596-X10
Height A in (mm)
6 (150) 8 (200) 10 (250)

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black. Post and bracket are gold over zinc plating or painted gray, black or white. End cap is black.
Cable Runway Tray

For use with Universal (10250) Cable Runway to prevent cable sag. Material is .032 (.81 mm) thick 5052-H32 sheet aluminum Length is 9 11-1/2/119.5 (3035 mm)
Part Number
10606-X06 10606-X09 Tray rests on cross members, between stringers 10606-X12 10606-X15 10606-X18 10606-X24
Width in (mm)
6 (150) 9 (230) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460) 24 (610)

2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 5 (2.3) 6 (2.7) 9 (4.1)
Cable Runway Screen

For use with Trough Type (10692 & 10693) Cable Runway to prevent cable sag. Material is .032 (.81 mm) thick sheet steel. Length is 9 8-1/2/116.5 (2959 mm) with 3-1/2 (89 mm) extension/overlap. Kit consists of: (1) cable runway screen and (10) cable runway screen clips (10646)
Part Number
10639-X06 10639-X10 10639-X12 Screen is suspended under cable runway 10639-X15 10639-X18 10639-X20
Width in (mm)
6 (150) 9 (230) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460) 20 (510)

12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4)
6-49
CABLE RUNWAY ACCESSORIES
Cable Runway Insulator Bar Kit

Electrically isolates Cable Runway sections, isolating grounded sections of runway or where strong EMI/RFI fields could generate eddy-currents, which could disturb down-line equipment. Made of durable, non-conductive white Delrin Kit consists of: (2) insulator bars, 1.5H x 3/8W x 5.5L (38 mm x 9.53 mm x 140 mm) (2) butt-splice kits (P/N/ 11301-001)
Part Number
10842-001 10842-010
Description
Insulator Bar Kit, 1 Kit Insulator Bar Kit, 10 Kits

2 (0.9) 24 (10.9)
End Closing Kit, Cable Runway

Used to close an unspliced end of Cable Runway. Made of 3/8 x 1-1/2 x .065 (9.53 mm x 38 mm x 1.65 mm) thick rectangular steel tubing. Kit consists of: (1) end closing bar (4) corner clamp plates (2) 3/8-16 x 1 3/8 trimmed round head square neck bolts (2) 3/8-16 hex nuts
Part Number
11700-X04 11700-X05 11700-X06 11700-X09 11700-X12 11700-X15 11700-X18 11700-X20 11700-X24
Description
End Closing Kit, Cable Runway End Closing Kit, Cable Runway End Closing Kit, Cable Runway End Closing Kit, Cable Runway End Closing Kit, Cable Runway End Closing Kit, Cable Runway End Closing Kit, Cable Runway End Closing Kit, Cable Runway End Closing Kit, Cable Runway
Width in (mm)
4 (100) 5 (130) 6 (150) 9 (230) 12 (300) 15 (380) 18 (460) 20 (510) 24 (610)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black, 0=Gold
6-50
Protective End Caps For Runway

Covers and protects exposed ends of cable runway and auxiliary framing bar and channel. Reduces chances of personal injury and equipment damage. Made of fire-retardant flat black colored rubberized material Sold in pairs
Part Number
10642-001 10757-001
Description in (mm)
For 1-1/2 x 3/8 (38 x 9.53) Stringer For 2 x 3/8 (50 x 9.53) Auxiliary Bar

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
L Bracket, Cable Runway

Bracket provides a separate facility for running power conductors or other cables that should be physically separated from main cables. Made of 1/8 x 1 (3.18 mm x 30 mm) steel; gold finish/color over zinc plating Kit consists of (1): Bracket for 1-1/2 stringer 1/4-20 x 3/4 hex bolt
Part Number
11268-001
Description
L Bracket

1 (0.5)
Touch-Up Paint In Spray Can

Air dry lacquer for touching up finish. Matches color and gloss of CPIs textured paint; Air dries to hard finish in minutes 12 oz (340 g) pressurized can
Part Number
25400-100 25400-200 25400-700
Color
Gray White Black

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Touch-Up Paint In Bottle

Air dry waterborne paint for touching up finish. Matches color and gloss of CPIs textured paint. 1 oz (30 g) bottle with applicator
Part Number
25401-100 25401-200 25401-700
Description oz (g)
1 (30) Bottle, Gray 1 (30) Bottle, White 1 (30) Bottle, Black

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
6-51
Hex Nuts
Part Number
20142-071 20017-071 20142-081 20017-081 Sold individually 20142-091 20017-091 03001-001 20142-111
Nominal Size
1/4-20 1/4-20 5/16-18 5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 1/2-13 5/8-11
Finish
Gold Zinc Plated Gold Zinc Plated Gold Zinc Plated Gold Gold

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Split Lock Washers

Part Number
04003-002 20015-070 20141-080 Sold individually 20015-080 20141-090 20015-090 20141-100 04003-001
Nominal Size
1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 1/2 5/8
Finish
Gold Zinc Plated Gold Zinc Plated Gold Zinc Plated Gold Gold

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Washers: Type A Plain

Part Number
20283-012 Sold individually 04002-002 20283-013 04002-001 20283-022
Nominal Size
5/16 Wide 3/8 Wide 3/8 Narrow 5/8 Wide 5/8 Wide
Finish
Zinc Plated Gold Zinc Plated Gold Zinc Plated

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Carriage Bolts
Used in cable runway installations. Round head square neck bolts that Include nut and split lock washer. Gold over zinc plating
Part Number
01001-005 Sold individually 01001-006
Nominal Size
5/16-18 5/16-18
Length
3/4 1

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
6-52
Hex Cap Bolts

Also called Washer Faced Hex Cap Screws. Commercial grade. Zinc plate or gold finish
Part Number
20290-106 20290-118 20290-216 20290-307 02004-001 02004-002 02004-003 02004-004 02004-005 02004-006 02004-007
Nominal Size
1/4-20 1/4-20 5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 1/4-20 1/2-13 3/8-16 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11
Finish
Zinc Plated Zinc Plated Zinc Plated Zinc Plated Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold
Length
3/4 2-1/4 2 7/8 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-1/4 3-1/4
Trim Head Bolts

Used in cable runway Installations. The trimmed head will not catch or cut cables. Trimmed round head square neck bolts Includes nut and split lock washer Gold over zinc plating
Part Number
01004-001 01004-002 01004-003 11433-003 Sold individually 11433-004
Nominal Size
3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16
Length
1-3/8 1-7/8 3-1/4 2-1/4 2-3/4

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Hex Lag Screw

Used to install racks onto wood or other soft surfaces. Gold over zinc plate finish
Part Number
02006-001 02006-002 02007-004 Sold individually 20098-832
Nominal Size
1/2-6 5/8-5 1/4-10 3/8-7
Length
2 2 2 2

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
6-53
POWER MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS

Power Strips & PDUs for Racks & Cabinets
INSIDE SECTION 7: Vertical, Single-Phase Power Strips Vertical, Single-Phase PDUs Vertical, Three-Phase PDUs Horizontal, Single-Phase Power Strips Horizontal, Single-Phase PDUs Horizontal, Three-Phase PDUs PowerScope In-Line Meter Power Strips, Miscellaneous Accessories and Service Parts
POWER MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS

Power Management Products are designed to fully integrate into a CPI Rack System (Section 1) or Cabinet and Enclosure System (Section 2), delivering electrical power to support a wide array of active equipment and provide safe, efficient distribution of power. CPI has a large variety of sizes and configurations available to meet almost any need. For basic applications with lower power requirements and where remote monitoring is not required, use CPIs rack-mount Power Strips to distribute power to equipment. In data center, computer and equipment room applications, use CPIs rack-mount Power Distribution Units (PDUs) to distribute power to equipment and remotely monitor power, temperature and humidity conditions. To upgrade existing PDUs with remote monitoring, select CPIs PowerScope In-Line Power Meter.
CPI Power Management Products Include:

Power Strips Vertical and Horizontal Rack-Mount Configurations Optional circuit breakers, surge protection and local meters Single-Input, Single-Phase models for circuits rated up to 20 Amperes NEMA-NEMA plug-to-receptacle combinations UL Listed Power Distribution Units (PDUs) Vertical and Horizontal Rack-Mount Configurations Four progressive feature levels: Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled Optional circuit breakers, local meters, remote monitoring and remote power cycling Monitored and Controlled models integrate with CPIs Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) software (Section 10) which provides simplified web-based, multi-site monitoring Single-Input and Dual-Input models for circuits rated up to 60 Amperes Single-Phase and Three-Phase plugs NEMA-NEMA, NEMA-IEC, and IEC-IEC plug-to-receptacle combinations UL Listed PowerScope In-Line Power Meter Upgrade existing basic and metered PDUs with remote monitoring Remote monitoring of current use, temperature and humidity Optional local meters Single-Input and Dual-Input models Single-Phase and Three-Phase plugs
7-2
OVERVIEW
Power Strip and PDU Options

Power Strips:
CPIs Power Strips are available with the following options: Thermal Circuit Breakers provide basic over-current protection Surge Protection provides basic voltage-spike protection Local Meters displays the total current use by connected equipment
PDUs:
CPIs PDUs are grouped into four progressive levels with distinct features: Basic - Provides basic power distribution and circuit protection with circuit breakers. Some models are available without circuit breakers. Metered - Includes features of Basic PDUs but also contains an in-line ammeter with digital display that shows the amount of current being used by equipment attached to the PDU. Single-phase PDUs with multiple circuit segments (two or more circuit breakers) may have multiple ammeters with digital displays one for each circuit segment. Three-phase PDUs have three ammeters with digital displays one for each phase. Both arrangements make it easier to plan and balance power loads. Monitored Presents same features of Metered PDUs along with an Ethernet connection which allows monitoring of power meters through an IP connection using a web browser, CPIs SEMA software (Section 10) or third-party software that supports SNMPv1 protocol. Monitored PDUs also have an external temperature and humidity sensor connection. Connect the environmental sensor (sold separately) to monitor temperature and humidity conditions in the cabinet. Controlled - Includes features of Monitored PDUs as well as switchable outlets that can be turned on or off remotely allowing remote power cycling. Each controlled outlet also has a built-in ammeter allowing current to be measured by outlet. Use with SEMA software (Section 10) to generate reports that lists individual equipment power use.
Included Features
Tool-less Mounting Circuit Breakers Local Digital Current Meters Network Access/Current Monitoring Temp/Humidity Sensor Port SEMA-Compatible Controlled Outlets Monitored Outlets
Note: means included; o means optional PDUs rated above 20 Amperes require Circuit Breakers.
Basic
o
Metered
o
Monitored
o
Controlled

7-3
ORDERING INFORMATION
Ordering Information
Ordering information for CPI Power Strips, PDUs and PowerScope In-Line Meter is organized into separate ordering tables as follows: Vertical, Single-Phase Power Strips Vertical, Single-Phase PDUs Vertical, Three-Phase PDUs Horizontal, Single-Phase Power Strips Horizontal, Single-Phase PDUs Horizontal, Three-Phase PDUs PowerScope In-Line Meter Miscellaneous Power Strips with product-specific mounting brackets Accessories CPI Vertical PDUs can be ordered with or without mounting brackets. There are several ordering tables for Vertical PDUs to designate the specific cabinet or rack-mounting brackets.
How Ordering Tables are Organized:

In general, each ordering table lists input voltage and current, plug type, number and type of outlets, number and type of circuit breakers and size. The ordering tables may include multiple part number columns to designate feature set (basic, metered, monitored or controlled) or rack-mount size (19W EIA and 23W). To select a product: Determine if you require a vertical or horizontal mounting solution - If vertical, consider the type of rack/cabinet it will attach to - If horizontal, evaluate the rack-mount size: 19W EIA or 23W Decide if you need a Single-Phase or Three-Phase power connection Determine if you need a Power Strip or PDU Based on the above decisions, locate the correct ordering table on the following pages (ex: Vertical, Single-Phase PDU with TBK brackets for F-Series TeraFrame Cabinets) Select the product attributes from left-to-right to determine the part number Please note the following: The input voltage and current are the maximum rated values of the input plug PDUs may have one or two styles of outlets; there is a diagram of plugs and outlets on the next page to aid in product selection Carefully note circuit breaker configurations on models rated over 20 Amperes; total current available to equipment may be limited by the circuit breaker configuration; outlets are evenly divided between circuit breakers PDU sizes are listed in the reference tables on the next page; other sizes are listed in the table/notes If you do not see the configuration that you need, please contact CPI Technical Support for assistance.
7-4
ORDERING INFORMATION
Reference Tables for PDU sizes listed in the ordering tables:
Size Code
A B C D E F G H I J K
Vertical PDU Size Table Height Width in (mm) in (mm)

68.5 (1740) 68.5 (1740) 70.5 (1791) 68.5 (1740) 68.5 (1740) 68.5 (1740) 68.5 (1740) 68.5 (1740) 68.5 (1740) 68.5 (1740) 68.5 (1740) 2.0 (51) 1.8 (46) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 2.4 (61) 2.4 (61) 2.4 (61) 1.8 (46) 2.0 (51) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89)
Depth in (mm)
3.8 (95) 3.8 (95) 3.8 (95) 3.5 (89) 3.8 (95) 3.5 (89) 1.9 (48) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 2.0 (51) 3.5 (89)
Code
S T U V W X Y Z
Horizontal PDU Size Table Height Width (U) in (EIA)

1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19
Depth in (mm)
4.5 (114) 6.5 (165) 6.0 (152) 8.0 (203) 28 (711)* 9.0 (230) 1.9 (48) 1.6 (41)
Note: Size W requires front/rear (4-Post) support.
Note: The depth measurement includes raised boxes at the top/bottom ends of the PDUs for circuit breakers. Generally, the portion of the PDU with outlets is 2.0D (51 mm).
Plug/Inlet & Outlet Recognition Table

Straight Plugs
NEMA 5-15P NEMA 5-20P NEMA 6-20P
125VAC/15A
125VAC/20A NEMA L5-20P
250VAC/20A NEMA L5-30P NEMA L6-20P NEMA L6-30P
Locking Plugs (Single-Phase)
NEMA L5-15P
125VAC/15A
250VAC/30A
CS 3P/4W
Locking Plugs (Three-Phase)
NEMA L21-20P
120/208 VAC/20A 120/208 VAC/30A
250VAC/20A NEMA 6-20R
250VAC/30A NEMA L6-20R
250V/50A
Power Receptacles
NEMA 5-15R
NEMA 5-20R
NEMA L15-30R
125VAC/15A
125VAC/20A
250VAC/20A
2 P+E
250 VAC/20A
3 P+E
250 VAC/30A
IEC Power Outlet/Inlet
IEC 60320 C-13/C-14 IEC 60320 C-19/C-20 IEC 60309/3-WIRE
IEC 60309/4-WIRE
125/250VAC/15A
125/250 VAC/20A
250VAC/16-32A
250 VAC/60A
7-5
VERTICAL, SINGLE-PHASE POWER STRIPS Single-Phase, Vertical Power Strips

with Versa-Clamp Mounting Brackets for Cabinets1
Inlet Volts Amps Plug
3
Outlets Qty
10 10 5-15P 10 20 20 20 10 10 L5-15P 10 20 20 20 10 10 5-20P 10 20 20 20 10 10 L5-20P 10 20 20 20
Type
Circuit Breaker (Thermal)

1 x 15A 1 x 15A 1 x 15A 1 x 15A 1 x 15A 1 x 15A 1 x 15A 1 x 15A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A
Surge Protector
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Size4 Length in (mm)

38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683)
Part Number2 Basic

12850-721 12850-701 12850-702 12848-721 12848-701 12848-702 12850-722 12850-703 12850-704 12848-722 12848-703 12848-704 12850-723 12850-705 12850-706 12848-723 12848-705 12848-706 12850-724 12850-707 12850-708 12848-724 12848-707 12848-708
Metered
12848-771 12848-751 12848-752 12848-772 12848-753 12848-754 12848-773 12848-755 12848-756 12848-774 12848-757 12848-758
5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R
15
125
20
Notes: 1. The part numbers in the order table above include Versa-Clamp Mounting Brackets for CPI s M-Series MegaFrame and T-Series SteelFrame Cabinets. 2. There is a different part number for Basic and Metered Power Strips. Metered Power Strips include a single in-line ammeter with digital display. 3. Plugs and outlets are NEMA. LX-XXP means locking plug. Power Strips have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Power Strips are 1.6"W x 1.6"D (41 mm x 41 mm). Note that Power Strips with 10 outlets are 38.5"L (978 mm).
See page 7-5 for plug definitions. Continued on next page. 7-6
VERTICAL, SINGLE-PHASE POWER STRIPS Single-Phase, Vertical Power Strips

with Versa-Clamp Mounting Brackets 2-Post and 4-Post Rack Systems1
3
Outlets Qty
10 10 5-15P 10 20 20 20 10 10 L5-15P 10 20 20 20 10 10 5-20P 10 20 20 20 10 10 L5-20P 10 20 20 20
Type

Surge Protector
Size4 Length in (mm)

38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 38.5 (978) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683) 66.3 (1683)
Part Number2 Basic

12853-721 12853-701 12853-702 12851-721 12851-701 12851-702 12853-722 12853-703 12853-704 12851-722 12851-703 12851-704 12853-723 12853-705 12853-706 12851-723 12851-705 12851-706 12853-724 12853-707 12853-708 12851-724 12851-707 12851-708
Metered
12851-771 12851-751 12851-752 12851-772 12851-753 12851-754 12851-773 12851-755 12851-756 12851-774 12851-757 12851-758
5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R
15
125
20
Notes: 1. The part numbers in the order table above include Versa-Clamp Mounting Brackets for 2-Post and 4-Post Rack Systems. Brackets use 2U. 2. There is a different part number for Basic and Metered Power Strips. Metered Power Strips include a single in-line ammeter with digital display. 3. Plugs and outlets are NEMA. LX-XXP means locking plug. Power Strips have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Power Strips are 1.6"W x 1.6"D (41 mm x 41 mm). Note that Power Strips with 10 outlets are 38.5"L (978 mm).
See page 7-5 for plug definitions. Continued on next page. 7-7
VERTICAL, SINGLE-PHASE POWER DISTRIBUTION UNITS PDUs Single-Phase Vertical Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
with No Mounting Brackets1
Inlet Volts Amps
15
Plug
Circuit Breaker Qty Type Qty Type (Magnetic) Size4 Outlets

3 3
Part Numbers (NBK versions)2 Basic

-
Metered Monitored Controlled

35841-2A1 35841-2B1 35841-3B1 35642-3C1 35821-3B1 35822-3C1 35623-3A2 35821-3A1 35823-3G1 35822-5C3 35821-5A3 35823-5G3
L5-15P 5-20P
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
5-15R C13 5-15R 5-20R C13 5-20R C13 C13 C13 C13 6-20R C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13
6 6 4 6 4 6 4
C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19
B H/A B I H/A A A H/A H/A B B A B B/A C I I/D B I C B B B/A C
35642-1A1 35642-2A1
125
20
L5-20P
35642-1B1 35642-2B1 35643-1A1 35643-2A1 35643-1A2 35643-2A2 35622-1A1 35622-2A1 35622-1B1 35622-2B1 35821-2B1 35822-2C2
30
L5-30P 6-20P
20
L6-20P
250 30 L6-30P
24 L6-15R 24 24 24 24 C20* 16 IEC60309 2P+E 20 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
35623-1A1 35623-2A1 35822-1C1 35822-2C1 35823-1A2 35623-2A2 35652-1B2 35652-2B2 35652-1A1 35652-2A1 35821-2A1 35823-2G2 35823-2G1 35652-1A3 35652-2A3
230
24 L6-15R 32 IEC60309 2P+E
35653-1C3 35653-2C3
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above do not include Mounting Brackets for CPI Cabinets or Racks. Order mounting brackets separately. 2. There is a different part number for Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled PDUs. The table on page 7-3 lists features for each type. 3. NEMA plugs are LX-XXP or X-XXP. NEMA Outlets are X-XXR. IEC 60309 Plugs are 2P+E. IEC 60320 Inlets/Outlets are CXX. *Power cord not included on PDUs with C20 plug/inlet. All other PDUs have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Refer to the Vertical PDU Size Table on page 7-5 for PDU dimensions. When there are two listings (ex: H/A), the Basic model is a different size (H). Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
See page 7-5 for plug definitions and PDU Size. Continued on next page. 7-8
VERTICAL, SINGLE-PHASE POWER DISTRIBUTION UNITS (PDUs) Single-Phase Vertical Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
with Mounting Brackets for F-Series TeraFrame Cabinets1
Inlet Volts Amps
15
Plug

3 3
Part Numbers (TBK versions)2 Basic

35642-121 35642-151 13157-701 13179-701 35643-121 35643-122 13158-721 35622-121 13158-722 35622-151 13178-721 13179-701 35623-121 35822-181 35623-122 35652-152 35652-121 35652-123 35653-183 -

35841-221 35642-221 35841-251 35642-251 13157-751 13179-751 35643-221 35643-222 13158-771 35622-221 13158-772 35622-251 35821-251 13178-771 13179-751 35822-282 35623-221 35822-281 35623-222 35652-252 35652-221 35821-221 35652-223 35823-2E2 35823-2E1 35653-283 35841-351 35642-381 35821-351 35822-381 35623-322 35821-321 35823-3E1 35821-523 35823-5E3 35822-583
L5-15P 5-20P L5-20P 2 x L5-20P C20*
24 24 24 24 24 20 20 24 24 20
5-15R C13 5-15R 5-20R C13 5-20R C13 5-20R C13 6-20P C13 6-20P C13 C13 6-20R C13 6-20R C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13
6 6 4 6 4 6 4
C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19
1 x 15A 1 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 20A 1 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 15A 2 x 20A 2 x 15A 2 x 20A 2 x 15A 1 x 16A 1 x 16A 2 x 16A 2 x 16A 2 x 16A 2 x 16A
B H/A B I H/A C D A A C H/A C H/A B C D B A B B/A C I I/D B I C B B B/A C
125
20
30
L5-30P
6-20P 20 L6-20P
24 20 24 24
250
2 X L6-20P 20 C20* 20 24 30 L6-30P 24 24 24 C20* 16 IEC60309 2P+E 20 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
24 L6-15R
230
24 L6-15R 32 IEC60309 2P+E
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above include Mounting Brackets for CPIs F-Series TeraFrame Cabinets only. 2. There is a different part number for Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled PDUs. The table on page 7-3 lists features for each type. 3. NEMA plugs are LX-XXP or X-XXP. NEMA Outlets are X-XXR. IEC 60309 Plugs are 2P+E. IEC 60320 Inlets/Outlets are CXX. *Power cord not included on PDUs with C20 plug/inlet. All other PDUs have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Refer to the Vertical PDU Size Table on page 7-5 for PDU dimensions. When there are two listings (ex: H/A), the Basic model is a different size (H). Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
VERTICAL, SINGLE-PHASE POWER DISTRIBUTION UNITS PDUs Single-Phase Vertical Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
with Mounting Brackets for M-Series MegaFrame and T-Series SteelFrame Cabinets1
Inlet Volts Amps
15
Plug

3 3
Part Numbers (CBK versions)2 Basic

35642-111 35642-141 35643-111 35643-112 35622-111 35622-141 35623-111 35822-171 35623-112 35652-142 35652-111 35652-113 35653-173 -

35841-211 35642-211 35841-241 35642-241 35643-211 35643-212 35622-211 35622-241 35821-241 35822-272 35623-211 35822-271 35623-212 35652-242 35652-211 35821-211 35652-213 35823-2D2 35823-2D1 35653-273 35841-341 35642-371 35821-341 35822-371 35623-312 35821-311 35823-3D1 35822-573 35821-513 35823-5D3
L5-15P 5-20P
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
5-15R C13 5-15R 5-20R C13 5-20R C13 C13 C13 C13 6-20R C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13
6 6 4 6 4 6 4
C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19
B H/A B I H/A A A H/A H/A B B A B B/A C I I/D B I C B B B/A C
125
20
L5-20P
30
L5-30P 6-20P
20
L6-20P
250 30 L6-30P
24 L6-15R 24 24 24 24 C20* 16 IEC60309 2P+E 20 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
230
24 L6-15R 32 IEC60309 2P+E
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above include Mounting Brackets for CPIs M-Series MegaFrame and T-Series SteelFrame Cabinets only. 2. There is a different part number for Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled PDUs. The table on page 7-3 lists features for each type. 3. NEMA plugs are LX-XXP or X-XXP. NEMA Outlets are X-XXR. IEC 60309 Plugs are 2P+E. IEC 60320 Inlets/Outlets are CXX. *Power cord not included on PDUs with C20 plug/inlet. All other PDUs have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Refer to the Vertical PDU Size Table on page 7-5 for PDU dimensions. When there are two listings (ex: H/A), the Basic model is a different size (H). Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
VERTICAL, SINGLE-PHASE POWER DISTRIBUTION UNITS (PDUs) Single-Phase Vertical Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
with Mounting Brackets for Rack Systems1
Inlet Volts Amps
15
Plug

3 3
Part Numbers (RBK versions)2 Basic

35642-131 35642-161 13240-701 13247-701 35643-131 35643-132 13242-721 35622-131 13242-722 35622-161 13246-721 13247-701 35623-131 35822-191 35623-132 35652-162 35652-131 35652-133 35653-193 -

35841-231 35642-231 35841-261 35642-261 13240-751 13247-751 35643-231 35643-232 13242-771 35622-231 13242-772 35622-261 35821-261 13246-771 13247-751 35822-292 35623-231 35822-291 35623-232 35652-262 35652-231 35821-231 35652-233 35823-2F2 35823-2F1 35653-293 35821-361 35822-391 35623-332 35821-331 35823-3F1 35821-533 35823-5F3 35822-593 35841-361 35642-391 -
L5-15P 5-20P L5-20P 2 x L5-20P C20*
24 24 24 24 24 20 20 24 24 20 24 20
5-15R C13 5-15R 5-20R C13 5-20R C13 5-20R C13 6-20P C13 6-20P C13 C13 6-20R C13 6-20R C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13
6 6 4 6 4 6 4
C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19
1 x 15A 1 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 20A 1 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 15A 2 x 20A 2 x 15A 2 x 20A 2 x 15A 1 x 16A 1 x 16A 2 x 16A 2 x 16A 2 x 16A 2 x 16A
B H/A B I H/A C D A A C H/A C H/A B C D B A B B/A C I I/D B I C B B B/A C
125
20
30
L5-30P 6-20P
20
L6-20P
24 24
250
2 X L6-20P 20 C20* 20 24 30 L6-30P 24 24 24 C20* 16 IEC60309 2P+E 20 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
24 L6-15R
230
24 L6-15R 32 IEC60309 2P+E
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above include Mounting Brackets for 2-post and 4-post Rack Systems only. Brackets use 4U. 2. There is a different part number for Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled PDUs. The table on page 7-3 lists features for each type. 3. NEMA plugs are LX-XXP or X-XXP. NEMA Outlets are X-XXR. IEC 60309 Plugs are 2P+E. IEC 60320 Inlets/Outlets are CXX.*Power cord not included on PDUs with C20 plug/inlet. All other PDUs have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Refer to the Vertical PDU Size Table on page 7-5 for PDU dimensions. When there are two listings (ex: H/A), the Basic model is a different size (H). Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
VERTICAL, THREE-PHASE POWER DISTRIBUTION UNITS (PDUs) Three-Phase Vertical Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
with No Mounting Brackets1
Inlet Volts Amps
120/208 120 Output 120/208 208 Output 120/208 120/208 Output 120/208 120 Output 120/208 208 Output
Plug

3 3
Part Numbers (NBK versions)2 Basic Metered Monitored Controlled

35632-3A1 35632-3A3 35632-3A2 35632-3A4 35632-3A8 35633-3A1 35633-3A3 35633-3B2 35633-3A4 35811-3A1 35812-3B1 35633-3C4 35613-3A1 35814-3C2 35616-3A1 35815-3G2 35812-5B1 -
20
L21-20P
24 24
5-20R C13 6-20R C13 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R C13 6-20R C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C19 C13 C13 C13
6 6 12 6 6 6 9 6 9 6 9 9
C19 C19 C13 L6-20 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19
I/A I/A I/A I/A A A A/D B A/D B/D B/E E/C B/D D F E E D/G B/A E D B/E
35632-1A1 35632-2A1 35632-1A3 35632-2A3 35632-1A2 35632-2A2 35632-1A4 35632-2A4 35632-2A7
20
L21-20P
24 24
20
L21-20P
6 24
30
L21-30P
24 24
35633-1A1 35633-2A1 35633-1A3 35633-2A3 35633-1B2 35633-2B2 35633-1A4 35633-2A4 35811-1A2 35811-2A1 35812-1B2 35814-1C3 35814-1C2 35616-1A1 35815-1G3 35815-1G2 35812-2B1 35814-2C1 35815-2G1 35633-1C4 35633-2C4
30 20 30 35
L21-30P L15-20P L15-30P CS 3P/4W CS 3P/4W
24 24 15 24 24 15 30 24
250
50
42 15 12 24 42 15
60
IEC60309 3P+E
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above do not include Mounting Brackets for CPI Cabinets or Racks. Order mounting brackets separately. 2. There is a different part number for Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled PDUs. The table on page 7-3 lists features for each type. 3. NEMA plugs are LXX-XXP. NEMA Outlets are X-XXR. IEC 60309 Plugs are 3P+E. IEC 60320 Outlets are CXX. California Style plugs are CS 3P/4W. All PDUs have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Refer to the Vertical PDU Size Table on page 7-5 for PDU dimensions. When there are two listings (ex: I/A), the Basic model is a different size (I). For listing (E/C), Controlled PDUs are size C. Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
with Mounting Brackets for F-Series TeraFrame Cabinets1
Inlet Volts Amps
Plug

3 3
Part Numbers (TBK versions)2 Basic

35632-121 35632-123 35632-122 35632-124 35633-121 35633-123 35633-152 35633-124 35811-122 35633-184 35812-152 35814-183 35814-182 35616-121 35815-1E3 35815-1E2

35632-221 35632-223 35632-222 35632-224 35632-227 35633-221 35633-223 35633-252 35633-224 35811-221 35812-251 35633-284 35814-281 35815-2E1 35632-321 35632-323 35632-322 35632-324 35632-328 35633-321 35633-323 35633-352 35633-324 35811-321 35812-351 35633-384 35613-321 35814-382 35616-321 35815-3E2 35812-551 -
20
L21-20P
24 24
6 6 12 6 6 6 9 6 9 6 9 9
C19 C19 C13 L6-20 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19
20
L21-20P
24 24
20
L21-20P
6 24
30
L21-30P
24 24
30 20 30 35
L21-30P L15-20P L15-30P CS 3P/4W CS 3P/4W
24 24 15 24 24 15 30 24
250
50
42 15 12 24 42 15
60
IEC60309 3P+E
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above include Mounting Brackets for CPIs F-Series TeraFrame Cabinets only. 2. There is a different part number for Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled PDUs. The table on page 7-3 lists features for each type. 3. NEMA plugs are LXX-XXP. NEMA Outlets are X-XXR. IEC 60309 Plugs are 3P+E. IEC 60320 Outlets are CXX. California Style plugs are CS 3P/4W. All PDUs have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Refer to the Vertical PDU Size Table on page 7-5 for PDU dimensions. When there are two listings (ex: I/A), the Basic model is a different size (I). For listing (E/C), Controlled PDUs are size C. Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
with Mounting Brackets for M-Series MegaFrame and T-Series SteelFrame Cabinets1
Inlet Volts Amps
Plug

3 3
Part Numbers (CBK versions)2 Basic

35632-111 35632-113 35632-112 35632-114 35633-111 35633-113 35633-142 35633-114 35811-112 35633-174 35812-142 35814-173 35814-172 35616-111 35815-1D3 35815-1D2

35632-211 35632-213 35632-212 35632-214 35632-217 35633-211 35633-213 35633-242 35633-214 35811-211 35812-241 35633-274 35814-271 35815-2D1 35632-311 35632-313 35632-312 35632-314 35632-318 35633-311 35633-313 35633-342 35633-314 35811-311 35812-341 35633-374 35613-321 35814-372 35616-311 35815-3D2 35812-541 -
20
L21-20P
24 24
6 6 12 6 6 6 9 6 9 6 9 9
C19 C19 C13 L6-20 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19
20
L21-20P
24 24
20
L21-20P
6 24
30
L21-30P
24 24
30 20 30 35
L21-30P L15-20P L15-30P CS 3P/4W CS 3P/4W
24 24 15 24 24 15 30 24
250
50
42 15 12 24 42 15
60
IEC60309 3P+E
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above include Mounting Brackets for CPIs M-Series MegaFrame and T-Series SteelFrame Cabinets only. 2. There is a different part number for Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled PDUs. The table on page 7-3 lists features for each type. 3. NEMA plugs are LXX-XXP. NEMA Outlets are X-XXR. IEC 60309 Plugs are 3P+E. IEC 60320 Outlets are CXX. California Style plugs are CS 3P/4W. All PDUs have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Refer to the Vertical PDU Size Table on page 7-5 for PDU dimensions. When there are two listings (ex: I/A), the Basic model is a different size (I). For listing (E/C), Controlled PDUs are size C. Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
with Mounting Brackets for Rack Systems1
Inlet Volts Amps
Plug

3 3
Part Numbers (RBK versions)2 Basic

35632-131 35632-133 35632-132 35632-134 35633-131 35633-133 35633-162 35633-134 35811-132 35633-194 35812-162 35814-193 35814-192 35616-131 35815-1F3 35815-1F2

35632-231 35632-233 35632-232 35632-234 35632-237 35633-231 35633-233 35633-262 35633-234 35811-231 35812-261 35633-294 35814-291 35815-2F1 35632-331 35632-333 35632-332 35632-334 35632-338 35633-331 35633-333 35633-362 35633-334 35811-331 35812-361 35633-394 35613-331 35814-392 35616-331 35815-3F2 35812-561 -
20
L21-20P
24 24
6 6 12 6 6 6 9 6 9 6 9 9
C19 C19 C13 L6-20 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19 C19
20
L21-20P
24 24
20
L21-20P
6 24
30
L21-30P
24 24
30 20 30 35
L21-30P L15-20P L15-30P CS 3P/4W CS 3P/4W
24 24 15 24 24 15 30 24
250
50
42 15 12 24 42 15
60
IEC60309 3P+E
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above include mounting brackets for 2-post and 4-post Rack Systems only. Brackets use 4U. 2. There is a different part number for Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled PDUs. The table on page 7-3 lists features for each type. 3. NEMA plugs are LXX-XXP. NEMA Outlets are X-XXR. IEC 60309 Plugs are 3P+E. IEC 60320 Outlets are CXX. California Style plugs are CS 3P/4W. All PDUs have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Refer to the Vertical PDU Size Table on page 7-5 for PDU dimensions. When there are two listings (ex: I/A), the Basic model is a different size (I). For listing (E/C), Controlled PDUs are size C. Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
HORIZONTAL, SINGLE-PHASE POWER STRIPS Single-Phase, Horizontal Rack-Mount Power Strips

with 19W EIA Mounting Brackets1
3
Outlets Qty
8 8 5-15P 8 10 10 8 8 L5-15P 8 10 10 8 8 5-20P 8 10 10 8 8 L5-20P 8 10 10
Type

Surge Protector
Size4 HxD in (mm)

1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 4.5 (114) 1U x 4.5 (114) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 4.5 (114) 1U x 4.5 (114) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 4.5 (114) 1U x 4.5 (114) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 1.6 (41) 1U x 4.5 (114) 1U x 4.5 (114)
Part Number2 Basic

12816-709 12816-701 12816-703 12816-710 12816-702 12816-704 12816-711 12816-705 12816-707 12816-712 12816-706 12816-708 -
Metered
13239-751 13239-753 13239-752 13239-754 13239-755 13239-757 13239-756 13239-758
5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R
15
125
20
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above include Mounting Brackets for 19"W EIA Cabinets or Racks. 2. There is a different part number for Basic and Metered Power Strips. Metered Power Strips include a single in-line ammeter with digital display. 3. Plugs and outlets are NEMA. LX-XXP means locking plug. All Power Strips have a 10L (3 m) power cord. Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
See page 7-3 for plug definitions. 7-16
HORIZONTAL, POWER DISTRIBUTION UNITS (PDUs) Single-Phase Horizontal Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
Inlet Volts Amps
20 125 30
Plug

3 3
Part Numbers (19W EIA versions)2 Basic

35692-111 35692-121 13236-701 35693-112 35693-113 35693-111 13653-701 35682-111 13653-702 35682-121 13236-701 35683-111 35662-112 35662-111 35663-111 -

35692-211 35692-221 13236-751 35693-212 35693-213 35693-211 13653-751 35682-211 13653-752 35682-221 13236-751 35683-211 35882-2A2 35662-212 35662-211 35663-211 35882-3A1 35882-3A2 35882-5A2 35882-5B2
5-20P L5-20P C20* L5-30P
4 4 16 12 20 12 12 4 12 4 16 12 24 24 10 16 12 24
C13 C13 C13 5-20R 5-20R C13 6-20R C13 6-20R C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13 C13
4 4 4 4 -
C19 C19 C19 C19 -
1 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 20A 2 x 20A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A 2 x 15A 2 x 20A 2 x 15A 2 x 15A 2 x 16A 2 x 16A
Y Y S T U T T Y T Y S V T V W5 Z S T W5
6-20P 20 250 L6-20P C20*
24 L6-15R 30 L6-30P
16 230 32
C20* IEC60309 2P+E
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above include Mounting Brackets for 19"W EIA Cabinets or Racks. 2. There is a different part number for Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled PDUs. The table on page 7-3 lists features for each type. 3. NEMA plugs are LX-XXP or X-XXP. NEMA Outlets are X-XXR. IEC 60309 Plugs are 2P+E. IEC 60320 Inlets/Outlets are CXX. Power cord not included on PDUs with C20 plug/inlet. All PDUs have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Refer to the Horizontal PDU Size Table on page 7-5 for PDU dimensions. 5. Size W PDUs require 4-post (front and rear) support. Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
Three-Phase Horizontal Power Distribution Units (PDUs)

Inlet Volts Amps
250 60
Plug

3 3
Part Numbers (19W EIA versions)2 Basic

35676-111

35676-311 -
3P+E
12
C19
6 x 20A
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above include Mounting Brackets for 19"W EIA Cabinets or Racks. 2. There is a different part number for Basic, Metered, Monitored and Controlled PDUs. The table on page 7-3 lists features for each type. 3. NEMA plugs are LX-XXP or X-XXP. NEMA Outlets are X-XXR. IEC 60309 Plugs are 3P+E. IEC 60320 Outlets are CXX. PDUs have a 10L (3 m) power cord. 4. Refer to the Horizontal PDU Size Table on page 7-5 for PDU dimensions. Contact CPI Technical Support (800-843-4969) to request other options.
7-17
POWERSCOPE IN-LINE METER
PowerScope In-Line Meter

Use the PowerScope In-Line Meter in data centers, computer and equipment rooms to upgrade existing basic or metered PDUs with network-based current monitoring. PowerScope attaches between the power connection and PDU and measures total current use by equipment attached to the PDU. It features an Ethernet connection which allows current monitoring through an IP connection using a web browser, CPIs SEMA software (Section10) or thirdparty software that support SNMPv1 protocol. It also has an external temperature and humidity sensor connection. Connect the environmental sensor (sold separately) to monitor temperature and humidity conditions in the cabinet. Match the Plug/Connector style to the PDU; power cords are 3L (1 m) CPI PowerScope In-Line Meter is available in a 1U horizontal rack-mount configuration only Optional local meters
Rear view of Power Scope In-Line Meter.
PowerScope In-Line Meter, Single-Phase Volts Amps

20 125 30
Plug(s)
2 x L5-20P 2 x L5-20P 2 x L5-30P 2 x L5-30P L6-20P
Local Connector(s) Meter(s)

2 x L5-20R 2 x L5-20R 2 x L5-30R 2 x L5-30R L6-20R 2 x L6-20R 2 x L6-20R L6-30R 2 x L6-30R 2 x L6-30R 2P+E 2 x 2P+E 2P+E 2 x 2P+E L21-30R L15-30R CS 3P/4W 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 -
Part Number
35992-120 35992-100 35992-220 35992-200 35991-311 35992-321 35992-301 35991-411 35992-421 35992-401 35991-312 35592-322 35991-412 35992-422 35993-405 35993-404 35993-603
20 250 30
2 x L6-20P 2 x L6-20P L6-30P 2 x L6-30P 2 x L6-30P
16 230 32
2P+E 2 x 2P+E 2P+E 2 x 2P+E L21-30P L15-30P CS 3P/4W
PowerScope In-Line Meter, Three-Phase

120/208
30 30 50
250 250
Note: Unit is 1U x 19W EIA x 9D (230 mm). Input/Output power cords are 3L (1 m). Order Temperature and Humidity Sensor separately. Contact CPI Technical Support to request other options.
MISCELLANEOUS POWER STRIPS

The following Power Strips include mounting brackets for specific CPI Racks and Wall-Mount Cabinets (Section 4) or have specific applications not covered by the standard vertical and horizontal power strips listed in the previous order tables.
Vertical Mount Power Strip For Universal Racks

Streamlined, durable steel body is fitted with bracket for vertical mounting on CPI Universal Racks. Eight outlets 10L (3 m) power cord UL Listed Does not work in conjunction with (vertical) cabling sections
Single-Phase, Vertical Mount Power Strips

with Mounting Brackets for Universal Racks1
3
Outlets Qty
8 5-15P 8 8 8 L5-15P 8 8 8 5-20P 8 8 8 L5-20P 8 8
Type

1 x 15A 1 x 15A 1 x 15A 1 x 15A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A 1 x 20A
Surge Protector
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Size HxWxD in (mm)

17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80) 17 x 2.7 x 3 (430 x 69 x 80)
Part Number2
12819-709 12819-701 12819-703 12819-710 12819-702 12819-704 12819-711 12819-705 12819-707 12819-712 12819-706 12819-708
5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R
15
125
20
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above includes mounting brackets for Universal Rack. Cannot be used with a vertical cable manager. 2. Circuit Breakers and Surge Protection are optional. No On/Off Switch or Current Meter. 3. Plugs and outlets are NEMA. LX-XXP means locking plug. Power Strips have a 10L (3 m) power cord.
Transformer Spaced Power Strip

The transformer-spaced power strip lets you plug in bulky, awkward transformers without skipping outlets. Eight transformer spaced outlets (four front/four rear) Green LED indicates power
Single-Phase, Transformer Spaced Power Strips

with 19W EIA or 23W EIA Mounting Brackets1
Inlet Volts
125
Outlets Plug3
5-15P
Amps
15
Qty
8 8
Type3
5-15R 5-15R

1 x 15A 1 x 15A
On/Off Switch
Yes -
Size HxD in (mm)

1U x 6 (152) 1U x 6 (152)
Part Number 19W EIA

12301-719 12302-719
23W EIA
12301-723 12302-723
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above includes mounting brackets for 19"W EIA or 23"W cabinets or racks. 2. There is a different part number for 19"W EIA or 23"W versions. On/Off Switch is optional. No Surge Protection or Current Meter. 3. Plugs and outlets are NEMA.
Stand-Off Mount Power Strip

Streamlined, durable steel body is fitted with bracket for mounting. 6.75D (165 mm) stand-off bracket for 19 and 23 rack-mount 10L (3 m) cord UL Listed
Single-Phase, Stand-Off Mount Power Strips

with 19W EIA or 23W EIA Mounting Brackets1
Inlet Volts Amps Plug3
5-15P 15 L5-15P 125 5-20P 20 L5-20P
Outlets Qty
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Type3
5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R

Surge Protector
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Size HxD in (mm)

2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216) 2U x 8.5 (216)
Part Number2 19W EIA

12817-709 12817-701 12817-703 12817-710 12817-702 12817-704 12817-711 12817-705 12817-707 12817-712 12817-706 12817-708
23W EIA
12818-709 12818-701 12818-703 12818-710 12818-702 12818-704 12818-711 12818-705 12818-707 12818-712 12818-706 12818-708
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above includes mounting brackets for 19"W EIA or 23"W cabinets or racks. 2. There is a different part number for 19"W EIA or 23"W versions. Circuit Breakers and Surge Protection are optional. No On/Off Switch or Current Meter. 3. Plugs and outlets are NEMA. LX-XXP means locking plug. Power Strips have a 10L (3 m) power cord.
7-20
Power Strip For CUBE-iT PLUS Cabinet System

Mounts inside the top, bottom or side of Cube-iT Plus Cabinet. Eight 3-prong, 15A, 125 Vac outlets Optional circuit breaker and surge protection Attached 10L (3 m) power cord Select straight or locking plug Includes bracket and installation hardware UL Listed
Single-Phase, Power Strips

with Mounting Brackets for Cube-iT PLUS Cabinet System1

5-15P 15 L5-15P 125 5-20P 20 L5-20P
Outlets Qty
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Type3
5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R

Surge Protector
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Size HxWxD in (mm)

17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41)
Part Number2
12820-709 12820-701 12820-703 12820-710 12820-702 12820-704 12820-711 12820-705 12820-707 12820-712 12820-706 12820-708
1. The Part Numbers in the order table above include mounting brackets for Cube-iT Plus Wall-Mount Cabinet. The power strip attaches to the cabinet frame and uses no rack-mount unit spaces in the cabinet. 2. Circuit Breakers and Surge Protection are optional. No On/Off Switch or Current Meter. 3. Plugs and outlets are NEMA. LX-XXP means locking plug. Power Strips have a 10L (3 m) power cord. For more information on the Cube-iT Plus Wall-Mount Cabinet, see Section 4.
Power Strip for Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet

Designed to mount directly to Silver Frame, leaving rack-mounting space available for use. Eight 3-prong, 15A, 125 Vac outlets Optional circuit breaker and surge protection Attached 10L (3 m) power cord Select straight or locking plug Includes bracket and installation hardware UL Listed
Single-Phase, Power Strips

with Mounting Brackets for Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet1
5-15P 15 L5-15P 125 5-20P 20 L5-20P
Outlets Qty
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Type3
5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-15R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R 5-20R

Surge Protector
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Size HxWxD in (mm)

17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41) 17 x 1.6 x 1.6 (430 x 41 x 41)
Part Number2
12821-709 12821-701 12821-703 12821-710 12821-702 12821-704 12821-711 12821-705 12821-707 12821-712 12821-706 12821-708
1. The Part Numbers in the order tables above include mounting brackets for Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet. The power strip attaches to the cabinet frame and uses no rack-mount unit spaces in the cabinet. 2. Surge Protection and Circuit Breakers are optional. No On/Off Switch or Current Meter. 3. Plugs and outlets are NEMA. LX-XXP means locking plug. Power Strips have a 10L (3m) power cord. For more information on the Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet, see Section 4.
7-22
MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR POWER STRIPS
Offset Rack-Mount Brackets

Use Offset Rack-Mount Brackets where additional depth is required over the standard 6.5D (165 mm) Versa-clamp included with vertical power strips for racks or cabinets. Allows rotation of power strip into preferred orientation prior to securing in place Allows vertical positioning Used with CPU Vertical Power Strips, pages 7-6 and 7-7.
Two brackets included in each kit
Part Number
12847-701 12847-702 12847-703
Description in (mm)
6.5 (165) Offset Bracket Kit* 9.1 (231) Offset Bracket Kit 11.7 (297) Offset Bracket Kit

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Illustration shows 9.1 (231 mm) and standard 6.5 (165 mm) brackets
*Note: Vertical Power Strips for racks include 6.5D (165 mm) mounting brackets
Universal Cabinet/QuadraRack Vertical Power Strip Bracket

Adding power to a cabinet, CPIs QuadraRack or any other EIA standard rack product is a breeze. The Universal Cabinet/QuadraRack Vertical Power Strip Bracket enhances the flexibility of the Offset Rack-Mount Brackets. Mounts to any EIA-standard equipment mounting rail Used with CPI Vertical Power Strips; pages 7-6 and 7-7.
Part Number
12846-701
Description/Color
Universal Cabinet / QuadraRack Vertical Power Strip Bracket Kit

2 (0.9)
The Universal Bracket attaches to equipment mounting rails
7-23
ACCESSORIES AND SERVICE PARTS
Accessories
For Monitored and Controlled PDUs and PowerScope In-Line Meter The Serial Cable is required to use a direct serial connection to configure PDUs/PowerScope for network connection Connect an Environmental Sensor (P/N 35941-131) to PDUs/PowerScope to remotely measure temperature and humidity in the cabinet
Part Number 35941-131

35941-131 35941-132
Description
Serial Setup Cable, RJ-45 to DB9 Environmental Probe Assembly Temperature & Humidity Sensor, RJ11, 56L (1.7 m) Cord

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Vertical PDU Mounting Brackets

35700-701
There are several styles of mounting brackets for CPIs Vertical PDUs. Each style matches a particular type (size) of PDU. Use the table below to find the mounting bracket kit part number that matches your PDU. The Rack Systems (RBK) kits include a pair of standoffs that attach to one of the racks vertical mounting rails/channels. The PDU is typically located behind the rack. The 2U brackets are placed 37U apart and extend in .875 (22 mm) increments between 8.5D (216 mm) to 12D (300 mm). The MegaFrame/SteelFrame (CBK) and TeraFrame (TBK) kits include a pair of brackets that attach to the top/bottom of the cabinet frame. The PDU is typically located behind the rear pair of equipment mounting rails.
Part Number Rack MegaFrame TeraFrame Systems SteelFrame System (RBK) (CBK) (TBK)
35700-701 35700-701 35700-702 35700-704 35700-703 35700-705
Description Use With

PDUs less or equal to 2W (51 mm) PDUs greater than 2W (51 mm)

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
35700-702 35700-704
Note: Finish is black. Brackets for Rack Systems do not include rack-mount hardware. Use rack-mount screws (P/N40605-005).
35700-703 35700-705
Tool-less Mounting Hardware

Used to attach PDUs to mounting brackets or power managers. Includes two buttons and screws.
Part Number
35700-706
Description
Tool-less Mounting Hardware (NBK) for Vertical PDUs

1 (0.5)
7-24
KVM SYSTEMS
INSIDE SECTION 8: Analog KVM CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console CenterCade KVM Switch CenterView KVM Console KVM Over IP CenterLine CenterBridge LCD Console LCD Monitor + Shelf
KVM SYSTEMS
CPI provides space-saving, scalable and fully integrated KVM Systems with optional IP capability, versatile configurations and patented technology. When combined with CPIs Software Systems, KVM Systems deliver enterprise-wide infrastructure management and console access to servers and network switches.
KVM Systems include: Analog KVM

Compact, simple and cost-effective keyboard, video and mouse (KVM) switching solutions for small and medium-sized computer rooms Access up to 16 computers per switch and 256 with expansion switches View computers from the rack-mount console or a desk Transfer between computers with intuitive, on-screen menu or keyboard hot keys Two-user models allow simultaneous access to different computers
KVM over IP
Enterprise class KVM switches Scalable to support connections for up to 42 KVM ports per switch Ability for up to four users to simultaneously view different port connections Access equipment from anywhere using a browser with CPIs Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) software Optimize daily data center tasks and energy use
8-2
ANALOG KVM
Analog KVM Switches

The CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console and CenterCade KVM Switch provide a simple, compact and cost-effective keyboard, video and mouse (KVM) switching solution for small and medium-sized computer rooms. Use CPIs CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console and CenterCade KVM Switch to easily access all of the computers in your rack, cabinet or enclosure systems with a single set of peripherals.
KVM Switch Features:

Access up to 16 computers from a single switch Access up to 256 computers with expansion switches Switches include eight or 16-ports for KVM connections to computers Compact design utilizes only 1U of space in 19W EIA racks, cabinets and enclosures Consoles include an integrated flat panel monitor, keyboard and touch pad View computers from the rack-mount console or from your desk Transfer easily between computers with an intuitive, on-screen menu or keyboard hot keys Active port monitoring using multiple processors assures availability of computer KVM signals Two-user models allow simultaneous access to different computers Password protection prevents unauthorized access through consoles Convenient access to all computer equipment Easily expands as your network grows
KVM Switch Options: CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console

Combination eight-port or 16-port one-user or two-user KVM switch and console with integrated keyboard, touch pad and flat panel monitor. Access all computers using the integrated console or through an external connection to a CenterView KVM Console, an IP Dongle or a second set of peripherals.
CenterCade KVM Switch

An eight-port or 16-port one-user or two-user KVM switch used as an expansion switch or as an alternative to CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console. The one-user models have connections for one CenterView KVM Console, IP Dongle or set of peripherals. The two-user models have connections for two. Units use only 1U of space in 19W EIA racks, cabinets and enclosures
CenterView KVM Console

An integrated keyboard, touch pad and flat panel monitor that uses only 1U. CenterView KVM Console attaches to CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console, CenterCade KVM Switch or directly to a computer.
8-3
CENTERPOINT KVM SWITCH/CONSOLE
CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console

The CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console is a combination eight- or 16-port keyboard, video, mouse (KVM) switch and LCD flat panel monitor, keyboard and touch pad console that uses only 1U of space in 19W EIA four-post rack, cabinet or enclosure systems. The CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console provides access to rack-mount equipment from a single set of rack-mount peripherals or a remote console. The integrated KVM console features a folding laptop-style design that allows easy adjustment of the 15 TFT screen to a comfortable viewing angle when open, and protects the panel from scratches and damage when closed. The console has a standard 83-key laptop keyboard, a touch pad for cursor control and is mounted on sliding rails so that it can be stored inside the rack or cabinet when not in use. The integrated KVM switch provides password protection for added security and active port monitoring to assure the availability of computer KVM signals. The KVM switch allows users to easily transfer between computers with an intuitive on-screen menu or keyboard hot keys. In addition, each port can be named with the computer name, simplifying equipment identification. With a second set of KVM connections for an external console, the switch allows you to view equipment connected to the KVM from another rack or from your desk. The two-user model allows two users to simultaneously view different ports on the same switch using the integrated console and the remote console. Connect the CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console to each computer with a KVM Signal Cable or expand the number of ports by connecting a CenterCade KVM Switch. The KVM Signal Cables have a HD15 connector on the switch end and a VGA 15-pin video connector, a PS/2 keyboard connector and a PS/2 mouse connector on the computer end. The CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console is compatible with a USB or SUN keyboard and mouse when an accessory PS/2-to-USB or PS/2-to-Sun Converter is used in-line with the signal cable and the computer. The CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console is part of a complete standalone analog KVM switch solution that includes CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console, CenterCade KVM Switch and CenterView KVM Console.
Part Number
35910-811 Rear view shows connections for up to 16 computers 35910-161 35910-832 35910-162 35910-821
1-user, 8-port KVM Switch, AC Power Supply, 1U x 19, Black 1-user, 16-port KVM Switch, AC Power Supply, 1U x 19, Black 2-user, 8-port KVM Switch, AC Power Supply, 1U x 19, Black 2-user, 16-port KVM Switch, AC Power Supply, 1U x 19, Black 1-user, 8-port KVM Switch, 48 VDC Power Supply, 1U x 19, Black

44 (20.0) 44 (20.0) 44 (20.0) 44 (20.0) 44 (20.0)
Order one KVM Signal Cable per connected computer. The two-user model allows two users to simultaneously access different ports on the switch using the integrated console and an external CenterView KVM Console, a separate set of peripherals or a networked computer with the KVM IP Dongle.
8-4
CENTERPOINT KVM SWITCH/CONSOLE

CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console Specifications:
Combination eight- or 16-port keyboard, video, monitor (KVM) switch and LCD flat panel monitor, keyboard and touch pad console For indoor use only, in environmentally controlled areas; may not be used outdoors, in harsh environments or in air-handling spaces Size: 1U x 19W x 25D (635 mm) Eight- or 16-port KVM switch 83-key laptop keyboard Integrated touch pad 15 LCD Monitor with TFT color display Display Supports Screen Resolutions: - XGA 1024 x 768 - SVGA 800 x 600 - VGA 640 x 480 Compatible with Windows 98 and higher, Linux and Solaris One-user model allows one user to view connected computers through the integrated console or a remote console; addition of a remote console is not required Two-user model allows two users to view different computers through the integrated console and a remote console; addition of a remote console is required Input Connectors: - (8) or (16) HD15 KVM signal ports, for connection to computers - (1) DB9 (RS232) control port, for firmware upgrades Output Connectors: - (1) VGA 15-pin video port, for external monitor - (1) PS/2 keyboard port, for external keyboard - (1) PS/2 mouse port, for external mouse Input/Output KVM Signals: - RGB analog video, PS/2 keyboard and mouse - Use Converter with USB or SUN keyboard and mouse Electrical: - Power Input: single-phase, 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz - Power Consumption: 0.5 Amp at 240 VAC, up to 1.0 Amp at 100 VAC - Power Inlet: (1) IEC60320 C-14 Grounding/Bonding: - Grounded power plug Operating Conditions: - Temperature: 32 104F (0 40C) - Relative Humidity: 10% 90%, non-condensing - Elevation: 0 10,000 feet (0 3048 meters) - Audible Noise: 60 dbA - Heat Dissipation: 85 BTU/hr maximum Storage/Non-Operating Conditions: - Temperature: -4 140F (-20 60C) - Relative Humidity: 5% 95%, non-condensing - Elevation: 0 30,000 feet (0 9144 meters) - Shock, Vibration: 5 Hz 100 Hz, 1 g (0.1 octave/min); 100 Hz 500 Hz, 1.5 g (0.2 octave/min); 500 Hz 1000 Hz, 1.5 g (0.2 octave/min) Includes Rack/Cabinet Mounting Brackets: - Requires four-point (front/rear) support - Fits equipment mounting rails set 24 (610 mm) to 36 (910 mm) apart Included Cables: - (1) 6L (1.8 m) IEC60320 C-13 to NEMA 5-15P power cord - Order KVM Signal Cables separately; order one cable per computer Finish: Black only
8-5
CENTERCADE KVM SWITCH
CenterCade KVM Switch

The CenterCade KVM Switch is an eight- or 16-port keyboard, video, mouse (KVM) switch that uses only 1U of space in 19W EIA rack, cabinet or enclosure systems. Use the CenterCade KVM Switch as a standalone KVM switch or as an expansion unit to another CenterCade KVM Switch or a CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console. The KVM switch provides password protection for added security and supplies active port monitoring to assure the availability of computer KVM signals. The KVM switch allows users to easily transfer between computers with an intuitive on-screen menu or keyboard hotkeys. In addition, each port can be named with the computer name, simplifying equipment identification. Choose from both one-user and two-user CenterCade KVM Switch models. The oneuser model has a single set of connections for external rack-mount peripherals or a CenterView KVM Console. The two-user model includes a second set of keyboard, monitor and mouse connections and allows two users to simultaneously view different ports on the same switch. Connect the CenterCade KVM Switch to each computer with a KVM Signal Cable or expand the number of ports by connecting another CenterCade KVM Switch. The KVM Signal Cables have a HD15 connector on the switch end and a VGA 15-pin video connector, a PS/2 keyboard connector and a PS/2 mouse connector on the computer end. The CenterCade KVM Switch is compatible with a SUN or USB keyboard and mouse when an accessory PS/2-to-Sun Converter or PS/2-to-USB Converter is used in-line with the signal cable and the computer.
CenteCade KVM Specifications:

Combination eight- or 16-port keyboard, video and monitor (KVM) switch For indoor use only, in environmentally controlled areas; may not be used outdoors, in harsh environments or in air-handling spaces Size: 1U x 19W x 7.6D (193 mm) Eight- or 16-port KVM switch Supports Video Screen Resolutions: - XGA 1024 x768 - SVGA 800 x 600 - VGA 640 x 480 Supports PS/2 keyboard and mouse Compatible with Windows 98 and higher, Linux and Solaris One-user model allows one user to view connected computers using an external console or through another switch when used as an expansion unit Two-user model allows two users to view different computers using two external consoles or through another switch when used as an expansion unit Input Connectors: - (8) or (16) HD15 KVM signal ports, for connection to computers - (1) DB9 (RS232) control port, for firmware upgrades Output Connectors: - (1) VGA 15-pin video port, for external monitor - (1) PS/2 keyboard port, for external keyboard - (1) PS/2 mouse port, for external mouse - A second set of connectors is on the front side of the 2-user model only Input/Output KVM Signals: - RGB analog video, PS/2 keyboard and mouse - Use Converter with USB or SUN keyboard and mouse Electrical: - Power Input: single-phase, 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz - Power Consumption: 0.5 Amp at 240 VAC, up to 1.0 Amp at 100 VAC - Power Inlet: (1) IEC60320 C-14 Bonding/Grounding: - Grounded power plug
Part Number
35930-801 35930-161 35930-802 35930-162
1-user, 8-port KVM Switch, AC Power Supply, 1U x 19, Black 1-user, 16-port KVM Switch, AC Power Supply, 1U x 19, Black 2-user, 8-port KVM Switch, AC Power Supply, 1U x 19, Black 2-user, 16-port KVM Switch, AC Power Supply, 1U x 19, Black

7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2)
Operating Conditions: - Temperature: 32 104F (0 40C) - Relative Humidity: 10% 90%, non-condensing - Elevation: 0 10,000 feet (0 3048 meters) - Audible Noise: 60 dbA - Heat Dissipation: 30 BTU/hr maximum Storage/Non-Operating Conditions: - Temperature: -4 140F (-20 60C) - Relative Humidity: 5% 95%, non-condensing - Elevation: 0 30,000 feet (0 9144 meters) Includes two-post rack/cabinet mounting brackets Included Cables: - (1) 6L (1.8 m) IEC60320 C-13 to NEMA 5-15P power cord - Order KVM Signal Cables separately; order one cable per computer Finish: Black only
8-6
CENTERVIEW KVM CONSOLE
CenterView KVM Console

The CenterView KVM Console is a combination LCD flat panel monitor, keyboard and touch pad console that uses only 1U of space in 19 inch wide EIA four-post rack, cabinet or enclosure systems. The CenterView KVM Console uses less rack-mount space than separate rack-mount LCD panels, keyboard trays or standard peripherals, saving valuable rack-mount space for server, storage and switch equipment. Featuring a folding laptop-style design, the CenterView KVM Console allows easy adjustments of the 15 TFT screen to a comfortable viewing angle when open, and protects the panel from scratches and damage when closed. The console includes a standard 83-key laptop keyboard and a touch pad for cursor control. Mounted on sliding rails, the CenterView KVM Console can be stored in the closed position inside the rack or cabinet when not in use, eliminating airflow interference to equipment and providing a clear view of indicator LEDs on other equipment. Connect the CenterView KVM Console directly to a single computer or combine it with a KVM Switch to access multiple devices. The standard configuration has a single HD15 output that supports direct connection to a single computer, a CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console or a CenterCade KVM Switch using the included KVM Signal Cable. Alternately, CenterView KVM Console will connect to a CenterLine with LIM Card or CenterBridge with a LIM cable. The CenterView KVM Console is part of a complete standalone analog KVM switch solution that includes CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console, CenterCade KVM Switch and CenterView KVM Console and can also be used with the CenterBridge or CenterLine with LIM card.
CenterView KVM Specifications:

Combination rack-mount LCD flat panel monitor, keyboard and touch pad console For indoor use only, in environmentally controlled areas; may not be used outdoors, in harsh environments or in air-handling spaces Size: 1U x 19W x 16D (406 mm) 83-key laptop keyboard Integrated touch pad 15 LCD Monitor with TFT color display Supports Screen Resolutions: - XGA 1024 x 768 - SVGA 800 x 600 - VGA 640 x 480 Compatible with Windows 98 and higher, Linux and Solaris Input Connector: - (1) HD15, 15-pin connector Input Signal: - Standard: RGB analog, PS/2 keyboard and mouse Electrical: - Power Input: single-phase, 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz - Power Consumption: 0.5 Amp at 240 VAC, up to 1.0 Amp at 100 VAC - Power Inlet: (1) IEC60320 C-14 Bonding/Grounding: - Grounded power plug Operating Conditions: - Temperature: 32 104F (0 40C) - Relative Humidity: 10% 90%, non-condensing - Elevation: 0 10,000 feet (0 3048 meters) - Audible Noise: 60 dbA - Heat Dissipation: 54 BTU/hr maximum
Part Number
35920-001
Standard Configuration, 1U x 19, Black

22 (10.0)
Storage/Non-Operating Conditions: - Temperature: -4 140F (-20 60C) - Relative Humidity: 5% 95%, non-condensing - Elevation: 0 30,000 feet (0 9144 meters) Includes Rack/Cabinet Mounting Brackets: - Requires four-point (front/rear) support - Fits equipment mounting rails set 24 (610 mm) to 36 (910 mm) apart Includes a cable management arm Included Cables: - (1) 6L (1.8 m) IEC60320 C-13 to NEMA 5-15P power cord - (1) 6L (1.8 m) HD15 to VGA/PS2 KVM Signal Cable Finish: Black only
8-7
ANALOG KVM ACCESSORIES
Analog KVM Accessories

KVM Signal Cable
Connect the CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console or the CenterCade KVM Switch to another individual computer or a CenterCade KVM Switch. It has a HD15 connector on the switch end and a VGA 15-pin video connector, a PS/2 keyboard connector and a PS/2 mouse connector on the computer end. Order one KVM Signal Cable per computer. Add converters to make a connection to a USB or SUN keyboard or mouse. When connecting to another CenterCade KVM Switch, order one KVM Signal Cable for one-user switches and two KVM Signal Cables for two-user switches.
35941-012
Converter for KVM Signal Cable

Use to convert the PS/2 connections on the computer end of a KVM Signal Cable when making connections to a USB or legacy SUN keyboard and mouse. 35941-121
Extension Cable for KVM Signal Cable

Use to add length to a KVM Signal Cable. It attaches between the KVM Signal Cable and the device. Cable is 12L (3.7 m) with a HD15 video, a PS/2 keyboard and PS/2 mouse connector on both ends.
KVM IP Dongle
Lets you access the CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console or CenterCade KVM Switch using a web browser from your computer. It provides an IP address for the KVM switch allowing you to access the switch using Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher. 35941-112
Console Latch Kit

A mechanical latch used with the CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console or CenterView KVM Console to secure the console in the closed position within a rack or cabinet. The latch kit is designed for use in mobile data center applications and is not required in typical data center computer room applications.
Part Number
35941-006 35901-300 35941-009 35941-012 35941-020 35941-121 35941-123 35941-112 35941-122 35901-300 35941-122

KVM Signal Cable, PS/2, 6 (1.8) KVM Signal Cable, PS/2, 9 (2.7) KVM Signal Cable, PS/2, 12 (3.7) KVM Signal Cable, PS/2, 20 (6.1) PS/2 to USB Connector for USB Mouse and Keyboard PS/2 to SUN Converter for 13W3 Video + 8-pin Keyboard Extension Cable, 12 (3.7) KVM IP Dongle (1) VGA + (2) PS/2-to-RJ45 Console Latch Kit

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
8-8
KVM OVER IP SYSTEMS
KVM Over IP - Enterprise Infrastructure Solutions

KVM over IP Systems provide complete solutions for enterprise-wide racklevel equipment access, asset management, power measurement and control to help IT administrators and facility managers optimize daily data center tasks and energy use. Provides a single interface to access and control power to all rack-mount equipment Quickly locate equipment using a central, searchable database that stores equipment names and specifications Easily switch views between servers and network switches; an integrated terminal emulator allows access to CLI devices Setup equipment remotely using the USB sharing function Control the status of each Power Distribution Unit (PDU) outlet (on/off) and cycle power if required Automatically measure and record temperature and humidity in each rack/cabinet and per-outlet power use by equipment Set and receive alarms for temperature, humidity and power usage limits Create power usage reports for data centers, racks, cabinets and equipment Use the capacity planning tools to see available rack-mount units, temperature and power use for each rack
KVM Over IP Systems: CenterLine

CenterLine is a scalable, enterprise-class keyboard, video and mouse (KVM) switch that supports connections for up to 42 devices (servers and network switches), allows up to four users to simultaneously view different port connections, provides remote, browser-based access to connected devices over the IP network using SEMA software and local access to connected devices from a separate CenterView KVM Console or CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console.
CenterBridge
CenterBridge is a combination enterprise-class KVM switch and eight-outlet controlled PDU that is used as an alternative to separate CenterLine and Controllable PDUs in cabinets that have eight or less equipment connections. CenterBridge supports connections for up to eight devices (servers and switches) and allows one remote and one local user to simultaneously view different port connections. Provides remote, browser-based access to connected devices for one user over the IP network using SEMA software and local access to connected devices for a second user from a separate CenterView KVM Console.
Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA)- See Section 10 Controlled Power Distribution Units (PDUs) - See Section 7
8-9
CENTERLINE
CenterLine
The CenterLine is a 42-port keyboard, video, mouse (KVM) switch that utilizes only 1U of space in 19W EIA four-post cabinet or enclosure systems. Use the CenterLine with Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) software as part of an enterprise KVM switching solution. Consuming only 1U of space, the CenterLine offers a vertical column with 42 positions for Server Interface Module (SIM) Cards. Each SIM Card has a 25-pin connector for a SIM Cable a break out cable that attaches to the devices keyboard, video, mouse, USB and serial connections. In addition, the CenterLine includes four user interface module card positions for Local Interface Module (LIM) Cards or Remote Interface Module (RIM) Cards and a single Ethernet connection. LIM Cards present a connection point for an external CenterView KVM Console that provides local access to the devices attached to the switch, while RIM Cards allow a single-user access to the switch through the Ethernet connection. Each card allows one user to access any of the attached servers and multiple users to access different servers simultaneously. In order to access the CenterLine KVM Switch, users must have the appropriate password. Standard CenterLine configurations include the control chassis, the vertical panel and a certain number of SIM, LIM and RIM Cards. Additional SIM, LIM and RIM Cards are ordered separately to match individual system requirements. Connect the CenterLine to each computer with a SIM Cable. Choose from three styles of cables. All SIM Cables have a DB25 connector on the switch end. The standard cable has a VGA 15-pin video connector, a PS/2 keyboard connector, a PS/2 mouse connector, a USB connector and a 9-pin serial connector on the device end. There is also a version with no PS/2 connectors for systems with USB keyboard and mouse connections and a serial only cable for CLI devices. View of Vertical CenterLine column with 42 positions for SIM cards
Front and back view of 1U rack-mount CenterLine
Part Number
35900-101 35900-102 35900-121 35900-161 35900-201 35900-321
Description
Includes 10 SIM cards, 1 RIM card, no LIM cards Includes 10 SIM cards, 1 RIM card, 1 LIM card Includes 12 SIM cards, 1 RIM card, 1 LIM card Includes 16 SIM cards, 1 RIM card, 1 LIM card Includes 20 SIM cards, 1 RIM card, 1 LIM card Includes 32 SIM cards, 2 RIM cards, 1 LIM card

50 (22.7) 50 (22.7) 50 (22.7) 50 (22.7) 50 (22.7) 50 (22.7)
Note: SIM and LIM cards include cables.
Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) - See Section 10 Controlled Power Distribution Units (PDUs) - See Section 7
8-10
CENTERLINE
CenterLine Specifications:
Up to 42 KVM device connections (1 connection/SIM Card) Up to 4 users (1 connection/LIM or RIM Card) Control Chassis Size: 1U x x 19W x 21D (530 mm) Vertical Panel Size: 73.5H x 3.5W x 4D (1867 mm x 89 mm x 100 mm) Supports Server Video Resolutions: - XGA 1024 x768 (recommended) - SVGA 800 x 600 - VGA 640 x 480 Supports PS/2 keyboard and mouse Supports USB 1.1 and 2.0 keyboard and mouse Supports Serial GUI through Serial Console Port with baud rate up to 115,200 Input Connectors: - (42 max.) DB25 KVM SIM ports, for connection to computers (on vertical panel) - (1) SCSI data connection (connects control unit to vertical panel) Output Connectors: - (1-4) LIM Cards with (1) HD15 connector and (1) USB connector each for a CenterView KVM Console - (1) 10/100/1000 Ethernet connection, RJ-45 - (1) 3-pin power connection (control unit to vertical panel) Input KVM Signals: - RGB analog video, PS/2 or USB keyboard and mouse or Serial GUI up to 115,200 baud Output KVM Signals: - RGB analog video, PS/2 keyboard and mouse through LIM Cards to external CenterView KVM Console - IP packets for TCP/IP network, viewable with IE 6.0 or later web browser as a http or https web page using 256 key length SSL encryption; server video resolution should be set to a maximum of 1024 x 768, requires SEMA software Security: - Password protected log on, requires SEMA software - Supports Microsoft Active Directory, RADIUS and LDAP-based authentication Electrical: - Power Input: dual-input, single-phase, 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz - Power Consumption: 1.0 Amp at 240 VAC, up to 1.8 Amp at 100 VAC - Power Inlet: (2) IEC60320 C-14 Bonding/Grounding: - Grounded power plug Operating Conditions: - Temperature: 32 104F (0 40C) - Relative Humidity: 10% 90%, non-condensing - Elevation: 0 10,000 feet (0 3048 meters) - Shock, Vibration: 5 Hz 500 Hz, 0.5 g (0.1 octave/min) - Audible Noise: 60 db LpA - Heat Dissipation: 170 BTU/hr maximum Storage/Non-Operating Conditions: - Temperature: -4 140F (-20 60C) - Relative Humidity: 5% 95%, non-condensing - Elevation: 0 30,000 feet (0 9144 meters) - Shock, Vibration: 5 Hz 100 Hz, 1 g (0.1 octave/min); 100 Hz 500 Hz, 1.5 g (0.2 octave/min); 500 Hz 1000 Hz, 1.5 g (0.2 octave/min) Includes Rack/Cabinet Mounting Brackets: - Requires four-point (front/rear) support - Fits equipment mounting rails set 24 (610 mm) to 36 (910 mm) apart Included Cables: - (2) 6L (1.8 m) IEC60320 C-13 to NEMA 5-15P power cords - (1) 3-pin power cable - (1) SCSI data cable - (1) 4L (1.2 m) SIM Cable per SIM Card - (1) 6L (1.8 m) LIM Cable per LIM Card Finish: Black only
8-11
CENTERBRIDGE
CenterBridge
The CenterBridge is an eight-port keyboard, video, mouse (KVM) switch that utilizes only 1U of space in 19W EIA four-post cabinet or enclosure systems. Use the CenterBridge with Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) software as part of an enterprise KVM switching solution. Consuming only 1U of space, the CenterBridge offers eight KVM connections. Each connection is a 25-pin connector for a SIM Cable a break out cable that attaches to the devices keyboard, video, mouse, USB and serial connections. The unit has a single Ethernet connection and a local interface for an external CenterView KVM Console. Two users can access the unit simultaneously one using the Ethernet connection and the other using the Console to view different ports on the unit. Access to the switch is password protected. For remote power management, select the CenterBridge with managed power receptacles or combine a standard model with a SEMA-compatible rack-mount Controllable PDU. Connect the CenterBridge to each computer with a SIM Cable. Choose from three styles of SIM Cables, each with a DB25 connector on the switch end. The standard cable has a VGA 15-pin video connector, a PS/2 keyboard connector, a PS/2 mouse connector, a USB connector and a 9-pin serial connector on the device end. There is also a version with no PS/2 connectors for systems with USB keyboard and mouse connections and a serial only cable for CLI devices.
Access up to eight devices using a web browser or CenterView KVM Console
Part Number
35940-801
Description
Includes 8 KVM, 1 Ethernet, 1 Console Connection Includes 8 KVM, 1 Ethernet, 1 Console Connection and 8 IEC 60320 C-13 Outlets (6 controllable)

15 (6.8)
35940-802
15 (6.8)
8-12
CENTERBRIDGE
CenterBridge Specifications:
Eight-port keyboard, video, mouse (KVM) switch For indoor use only, in environmentally controlled areas; may not be used outdoors, in harsh environments or in air-handling spaces Eight KVM device connections Up to 2 users (1 remote via Ethernet/1 local via external Console) Unit Size: 1U x 19W x 21D (530 mm) Supports Server Video Resolutions: - XGA 1024 x768 (recommended) - SVGA 800 x 600 - VGA 640 x 480 Supports PS/2 keyboard and mouse Supports USB 1.1 and 2.0 keyboard and mouse Supports Serial GUI through Serial Console Port with baud rate up to 115,200 Input Connectors: - (8) DB25 KVM SIM ports, for connection to computers Output Connectors: - (1) HD15 connector for a CenterView KVM Console - (1) 10/100/1000 Ethernet connection, RJ-45 Input KVM Signals: - RGB analog video, PS/2 or USB keyboard and mouse or Serial GUI up to 115,200 baud Output KVM Signals: - RGB analog video, PS/2 keyboard and mouse to external CenterView KVM Console - IP packets for TCP/IP network, viewable with IE 6.0 or later web browser as a http or https web page using 256 key length SSL encryption; server video resolution should be set to a maximum of 1024 x 768, requires SEMA software Security: - Password protected log on, requires SEMA software - Supports Microsoft Active Directory, RADIUS and LDAP-based authentication Electrical: - Power Input: Single-phase, 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz - Power Consumption: 1.0 Amp at 240 VAC, up to 1.8 Amp at 100 VAC - Power Inlet: (1) IEC60320 C-14 Bonding/Grounding: - Grounded power plug Operating Conditions: - Temperature: 32 104F (0 40C) - Relative Humidity: 10% 90%, non-condensing - Elevation: 0 10,000 feet (0 3048 meters) - Shock, Vibration: 5 Hz 500 Hz, 0.5 g (0.1 octave/min) - Audible Noise: 60 db LpA - Heat Dissipation: 170 BTU/hr maximum Storage/Non-Operating Conditions: - Temperature: -4 140F (-20 60C) - Relative Humidity: 5% 95%, non-condensing - Elevation: 0 30,000 feet (0 9144 meters) - Shock, Vibration: 5 Hz 100 Hz, 1 g (0.1 octave/min); 100 Hz 500 Hz, 1.5 g (0.2 octave/min); 500 Hz 1000 Hz, 1.5 g (0.2 octave/min) Includes Rack/Cabinet Mounting Brackets: - Requires four-point (front/rear) support - Fits equipment mounting rails set 24 (610 mm) to 36 (910 mm) apart Included Cables: - (1) 6L (1.8 m) IEC60320 C-13 to NEMA 5-15P power cord - Order SIM Cables for computer connections separately Finish: Black only
8-13
KVM OVER IP ACCESSORIES
KVM over IP Accessories

Server Interface Module (SIM) Card
Cards plug into the CenterLine vertical panel to provide a connection point for a single device (computer to switch). Includes 4L (1.2 m) SIM Cable. 35900-001
Remote Interface Module (RIM) Card

Cards plug into the CenterLine control unit and gives a single-user access to the switch through the Ethernet/Internet connection.
Local Interface Module (LIM) Card

35900-003 Cards plug into the CenterLine control unit to provide a connection point for an external CenterView KVM Console or CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console. The LIM card has a single HD15 connector for the console and a USB connection that can be shared locally with attached devices.
SIM Cable
Cable is used to connect a SIM Card to an individual computer. There are three styles; The Standard cable has a DB25 connector on the switch end and a VGA 15-pin video connetor, a PS/2 keyboard connector, a PS/2 mouse connector, a USB connector and a 9-pin serical connector on the computer end. Also available without the PS/2connectors and with a serial only connector.
35900-002
LIM Cable
Cable used to connect a LIM card to a CenterView KVM Console. It has a male HD15 connector on each end. Order one per LIM Card.
35900-214
Multi-Site Director
A 1U rack-mount server that creates a direct connection between the central SEMA server and CenterLines located at remote sites, providing the most efficient use of network bandwidth and KVM switching performance when CenterLines at remote sites are in a different sub-net than the central server.
Part Number
35900-001 35900-003 35901-112 35900-002 35901-214 35901-234 35901-224 35901-112 35901-120 35900-004 35900-004

Server Interface Module (SIM) Card Remote Interface Module (RIM) Card Local Interface Module (LIM) Card SIM Cable with Video, PS/2, USB and Serial Connectors, 4 (1.2) SIM Cable with Video, USB and Serial Connectors, 4 (1.2) SIM Cable with Serial Connectors, 4 (1.2) LIM Cable, 12 (3.7) Lim Cable, 20 (6.1) Multi-Site Director Unit

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 12 (5.4)
Note: SIM and LIM cards include cables.
8-14
LCD MONITOR
LCD/KVM Console
The LCD/KVM is a convenient set of rack-mount peripherals that uses only 1U of rack-mount space and can connect to one, eight or 16 computers. Includes a 19 EIA rack-mount shelf with a 15, 17 or 19 LCD display and a 106 key keyboard with a touch pad Connects to one, eight or 16 computers; multi-computer units include a keyboard/video/mouse (KVM) switch Dual sides allow the LCD display and keyboard tray to open separately; the slides also lock in the closed position Includes an internal universal power supply with an IEC 320 connector for international use and a 6L (1.8 m) power cord with a NEMA 5-15P plug KVM switch connects to computers with PS/2 or USB keyboard and mouse connections with signal cables and supports DOS, Windows (98, 98SE, ME, 2000, XP, NT), HP Unix, Linux, Novel 3.12-6 and SUN operating systems Console resolutions; 15 - 1024 x 768 (XGA), 17 & 19 - 1280 x 1024 (SXGA) Use with CPI Cabinet Systems or four-post systems (does not attach to two-post racks)
Includes : LCD panel, a keyboard with touch pad, (1) VGA + 2xPS/2 signal cable and (1) USB cable. 15 and 17 LCD models attach to rails spaced 26.8to 32.8 (681 mm - 835 mm) apart; 19 LCD models attach to rails spaced 29.2 to 35.3 (742 mm - 897 mm) apart.
1 Port LCD Consoles (No KVM Switch) Part Number

13715-301 13717-301 13719-301
Description WxHXD in (mm)

15 LCD, 1U x 19 x 19.1 (485), Black 17 LCD, 1U x 19 x 19.1 (485), Black 19 LCD, 1U x 19 x 21.5 (546), Black

38 (17.2) 38 (17.2) 40 (18.1)
137
8 and 16 Port LCD/KVM Consoles (Includes KVM Switch) LCD Unit Size Size (in) H x W x D in (mm)
15 17 19 15 17 19 1U x 19 x 23.8 (605) 1U x 19 x 23.8 (605) 1U x 19 x 26.2 (665)
Rail Depth Range in (mm)

23.1 - 32.0 (589 - 815) 23.1 - 32.0 (589 - 815) 25.6 - 34.5 (651 - 877)

39 - 48 (17.7 - 21.8) 39 - 48 (17.7 - 21.8) 39 - 48 (17.7 - 21.8)
Includes Cables
0 1 2 None (select this option if ordering individual signal cables) 6 PS2/VGA Cables, 8 or 16 cables based on KVM port selected 6 USB/VGA Cables, 8 or 16 cables based on KVM port selected
LCD/KVM ships and installs flat

08 16
s KVM Ports
8 16
137
XX - X
XX
Note: LCD/KVM Console is only available in black.
See next page for product specifications. 8-15
LCD MONITOR
LCD/KVM Console Specifications:

15 LCD Panel:
Active Matrix TFT LCD Max. Resolution: 1024 x 768 (XGA) Pixel Pitch: 0.297 mm x 0.297 mm Viewing Angle (CR>10): - Right-Left View: 130 (Typ.) - Up-Down View: 100 (Typ.) Contrast Ratio: 400:1 Brightness: White 250cd/m (Center 1 point Typ.) Backlight: Dual Lamps Supported Colors: 16M (6-bit with FRC) Sync 45~80kHz Rising Time: 5ms Decay Time: 11ms
8-Port/16-Port LCD/KVM Consoles (Includes KVM Switch):

Multi-port consoles have KVM switches with eight or 16 computer connections and one expansion connector for optional KVM expansion modules Computers connect with breakout signal cables; expansion modules connect in series with expansion cables Expansion Connector: 1 VGA (HDDB,15-pin) female connector (Contact CPI Technical Support for KVM expansion unit and extension cables) Input Connectors: 8 or 16 VGA (HDDB,15-pin) female connectors Supports PS/2 and USB computer keyboard and mouse connections with appropriate system cable System Cables (two styles): - VGA-to-VGA with two PS/2 connectors - VGA-to-VGA with one USB connector Mouse and Keyboard Emulation: PS/2 or USB Supports Dos, Windows (3.1, 9x, 2000, NT4, ME, XP, 2003 Server), Linux, Novell 3.12-6, HP UX and SUN operating systems Password protected access; eight user passwords with individual computer access control lists Switch between systems with hot keys or on-screen menu, no software required Scan function with programmable interval (5~99 seconds) Eight OSD Languages; English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Japanese and Chinese
17 LCD Panel:
Active Matrix TFT LCD Max. Resolution: 1280 x 1024 (SXGA) Supports SUN native resolution Pixel Pitch: 0.264 mm x 0.264 mm Viewing Angle (CR>10): - Right-Left View: 60~70 (Typ.) - Up-Down View: 45~60 (Typ.) Contrast Ratio: 450:1 Brightness: White 250cd/m (Center 1 point Typ.) Backlight: Four Lamps Supported Colors: 16.2M (6-bit with FRC) Sync: 45~80kHz Rising Time: 2ms Decay Time: 14ms
Power Requirement:
100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz Power Connection: 1 IEC 320, C-14 Includes an IEC-320, C-13 to NEMA 5-15P cord, 6L (1.8 m)
19 LCD Panel:
Active Matrix TFT LCD Max. Resolution: 1280 x 1024 (SXGA) Supports SUN native resolution Pixel Pitch: 0.098 mm x 0.294 mm Viewing Angle (CR>10): - Right-Left View: 140 (Typ.) - Up-Down View: 140 (Typ.) Contrast Ratio: 500:1 Brightness: White 250cd/m (Center 1 point Typ.) Backlight: Four Lamps Supported Colors: 16.2M (6-bit with FRC) Sync: 45~80 kHz Rising Time: 2ms Decay Time: 10ms
Power Consumption:
15 LCD 16W, 10.41W for LCD Panel 17 LCD 25W, 19.05W for LCD Panel 19 LCD 25W, 21.05W for LCD Panel
Environmental Requirements:
Operating Temperature: 32F ~ 122F (0 ~ 50C) Storage Temperature: -4F ~ 140F (-20C ~ 60C) Humidity: 10% ~ 90% RH
Other:
Material: Steel Color: Black Certifications: ROHS, CE/FCC, UL/CUL/C-Tick
1-Port LCD Consoles (No KVM Switch):

Single port consoles connect directly to the computer Input Connectors: 1 VGA; 2 PS/2; 1 USB Signal Cables (included): - 1 VGA+2xPS/2-to-VGA+2PS/2, 6L (1.8 m) - 1 USB-to-USB, 6L (1.8 m)
8-16
LCD MONITOR
1-Port LCD Console Signal Cables

Connect a computer to a single port LCD Console. Use only with LCD Consoles that do not have a KVM switch. One 6L (1.8 m) VGA+2xPS2 and one USB cable are included with each single port LCD Console; the cables listed below are replacement cables The PS/2 signal cable is a combo cable with one VGA and two PS/2 connectors on each end; it is used to connect the panel and a PS/2 keyboard and mouse The USB cable has one USB connector on each end; it is used to connect a USB style keyboard and mouse (use the PS/2 signal cable to connect the panel) Cables are sold individually
Part Number
13714-306 13714-310 13714-315 13714-406 13714-410 13714-415

Console Signal Cable, PS/2, 6 (1.8) Console Signal Cable, PS/2, 10 (3.0) Console Signal Cable, PS/2, 15 (4.6) USB Cable, 6 (1.8) USB Cable, 10 (3.0) USB Cable, 15 (4.6

1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Use the cables in this table to connect a single port LCD Console to a computer.
8/16-Port LCD Console Signal Cables

Connect computers to the KVM switch on LCD/KVM Console. Use only with LCD/KVM Consoles that have a KVM switch. Some LCD/KVM Consoles include 6L (1.8 m) PS/2 or USB cables The PS/2 signal cable has a VGA connector on the Console/KVM end and one VGA with two PS/2 connectors on the computer end The USB signal cable has a VGA connector on the Console/KVM end and one VGA with one USB connector on the computer end Cables are sold individually; order one cable per computer (KVM port)
PS/2 Cable
Part Number
13714-106 13714-110 13714-115 13714-206

KVM Signal Cable, PS/2, 6 (1.8) KVM Signal Cable, PS/2, 10 (3.0) KVM Signal Cable, PS/2, 15 (4.6) KVM Signal Cable, USB, 6 (1.8) KVM Signal Cable, USB, 10 (3.0) KVM Signal Cable, USB, 15 (4.6)

1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
USB Cable
13714-210 13714-215
Use the cables in this table to connect an 8-port or 16-port LCD/KVM Console to computers.
8-17
LCD MONITOR ACCESSORIES
LCD Monitor+Shelf
Increase usable space inside your rack using the new LCD Monitor+Shelf. The flat-panel monitor stores horizontally. When needed, pull out the monitor and rotate it to a position in front of your other mounted equipment. A unique friction plate holds the device at any angle you choose. 19 EIA; requires less than 2U Rotates to a horizontal position and slides into cabinet or rack when not in use and ships fully assembled Integrated cable management prevents tangles Use the two-post version on Standard and Universal Racks Use the four-post version on the QuadraRack with channels spaced 27 to 40D (686 mm to 1016 mm)
LCD Monitor included Four-post version shown
Monitor Specifications
Display: 13.3 x 10.6 (338 mm x 269 mm) TFT Color LCD Resolution: 1280 x 1024 Color Support: 16.77 million colors Pixel Pitch: 0.264 mm x 0.264 mm Brightness: 300 cd/m2 Viewing Angle (10:1 contrast ratio): H-160, V-160 Power Consumption: 38 Watts maximum Power Requirements: 100-120 VAC or 200-240 VAC 50/60 Hz Input Signals: RGB (Analog), DVI Standard 1.0 (DIgital) Input Connector: VGAD-Sub mini 15 pin, DVI-D 24 pin (switchable) Includes an AC power cord, VGA and DUI signal cables and an audio cable Plug & Play: VESA DDC 2B Certifications and Standards: TCO'03, TV/Ergonomics (including ISO 13406-2), TV/GS, c-Tick, CE, CB, UL (CTVus), CSA (cTVus), FCC-B, Canadian ICES-003-B, TV/S, VCCI-B, EPA ENERGY STAR, RoHS, WEEE, EIZO (Eco Products) 2006
Integrated cable management prevents tangles
Part Number
13390-729 13380-729
2-Post, 2U x 19, Black 4-Post, 2U x 19, Black

25 (11.3) 25 (11.3)
Space Saving Duo
+
Space Saving Duo shown in a four-post cabinet
Order CPIs LCD Monitor+Shelf and Keyboard+Tray under one part number. Both products together use 3U of rack-mounting space.
Part Number
13381-722 13381-723 13381-724 13381-725
Description
2-Post, LCD Monitor+Shelf & Keyboard+Tray 2-Post, LCD Monitor+Shelf & Gold Contact Keyboard+Tray 4-Post, LCD Monitor+Shelf & Keyboard+Tray 4-Post, LCD Monitor+Shelf & Gold Contact Keyboard+Tray

40 (18.1) 40 (18.1) 40 (18.1) 40 (18.1)
8-18
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING & SECURITY SYSTEMS
INSIDE SECTION 8: Remote Infrastructure Management Electronic Locking System
Page 9-3 Page 9-8
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING & SECURITY SYSTEMS

CPIs Environmental, Monitoring and Security Systems fulfill your data centers security, safety and functionality needs.
CPIs Environmental Monitoring & Security Systems include: Remote Infrastructure Management (RIM-600)
Remotely monitor, record and analyze environmental conditions in data centers and equipment rooms Support up to eight external sensors per Host or Node Module Automatically poll up to 64 IP address from each module
Electronic Locking System

Automate security access to equipment in cabinets IP addressable electronic locking system Provide electronic record of each cabinet access attempt
9-2
REMOTE INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT
Remote Infrastructure Management (RIM-600)

The Remote Infrastructure Management (RIM-600) System gives you the ability to remotely monitor, record and analyze environmental security and safety conditions in your data center and equipment rooms. Each RIM-600 Host or Node supports up to eight external sensors and will automatically poll up to 64 IP addresses per module using a scheduled network ping and port service tests (HTTP, FTP, email, etc.). No special wiring is required. Connect up to 31 Nodes to each Host through your network and monitor up to 256 environmental sensors and 2,048 IP addresses and ports anywhere in your network. Additionally, one PowerGate Module can be connected to each Host or Node Module to provide remote reboot capability for up to 256 outlets. Includes Ethernet and phone connection Includes battery backup and non-volatile data storage so you do not lose monitoring capability if the power goes out Sensors are attached using standard Cat5 cable with RJ-45 connectors; sensors are automatically recognized and configured when connected Set limits and be notified by voice call (with custom messages), pager, email, fax or SNMP trap Supports 64 users with eight contact points each; schedule the method of contact for each user by time of day Check status by voice dial-in, Website, network log-in, SNMP get/set and two-way email Host is shipped complete with User Manual, ConsoleView Software and null modem serial cable UL Listed and CE Approved
RIM-600 Host Module
RIM-600 Node Module The RIM-600 has three internal sensors (Power, Sound, Battery) and supports up to eight remote sensors that monitor: Room temperature (F or C) Cabinet temperature (F or C) Presence of water Humidity Smoke Power Motion Door open or closed Normally Open/Normally Closed Dry Contact Bridge 4-20 mA Bridge Dual door sensor for cabinets
Part Number
60000-001 60000-102 60001-001 60001-002 60001-102 60075-001
Description
Host, 100-250 VAC, 50-60 Hz International Host, 100-250 VAC, 50-60 Hz, shipped without Power Cord Node, 120 VAC, 60 Hz Node, 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz International Node, 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, shipped without Power Cord Wall-Mount Kit

14 (6.4g) 14 (6.4) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 2 (0.9)
Note: Host Module includes users manual and configuration software CD. Host Module 60000-001 has IEC-60320, C-14 power inlet and includes a detachable power cord with a NEMA 5-15P plug. Node Module 60001-002 includes an auto sensing power transformer with an IEC-60320, C-14 power inlet and includes a detachable power cord with NEMA 5-15P plug.
See following pages for sensor information. 9-3
RIM-600 MODULES AND BUNDLE SOLUTION
PowerGate Modules
60045-001 PowerGate Modules allow you to remotely control/reset/recycle individual power outlets. Input power is rated at 120 VAC, 15A, outputs vary as listed below. Each PowerGate is UL Listed and includes a null modem cable for connection to a Host/Node Module Program with RIM-600 to trigger on/off with alarms
Part Number
60046-001 60045-001

PowerGate, (1) Power Input Connection, (8) Outlets, max 12A PowerGate 2, (9) IEC C-14 Power Input Connections, (8) Outlets (channel 1 & 5 rated at 10A max, all other channels rated at 4A max) PowerGate2 Power Cord, IEC to NEMA 5-15P, 10 (3)

14 (6.4)
60046-001
14 (6.4)
60078-010
1 (0.5)
RIM-600 Remote Environmental Monitoring Bundle

RIM-600 Host Module shown Remotely monitor, record and analyze environmental conditions in your data center and equipment rooms by using this starter bundle kit. Monitor room and cabinet conditions for up to four cabinets Includes a RIM-600 Host Module, Temperature and Humidity Sensors, Patch Cords and Installation Hardware Supports up to 8 external sensors Automatically poll up to 64 IP addresses using a scheduled networking ping and port service tests Expandable up to 256 external sensors with the addition of RIM-600 Nodes Add on with option sensors; Motion Detector, Smoke Detector, Water Detector, Door Open/Close and PowerGate Modules.
Part Number F600-0*
Description Length - ft (m) Each F600-0 Bundle consists of:

(1) 60000-001, RIM-600 Host Module (3) 60012-007, Mini-Temperature Sensors with attached 7 (2.1) cable (1) 60030-001, Humidity Sensor (1) 60011-001, Temperature Sensor with Display (F) (1) 60075-710, Rack-Mount Bracket (4) 60070-007, Network Patch Cord, RJ-45, 7 (2.1) (4) 60074-001, Network Patch Cord, RJ-45 (1) 60074-001, Coupler Kit, RJ-45 (1) User Manual, ConsoleView Software and null modem cable

25 (11.3)
*Order F600-1 for International configurations with C temperature sensors and shipped without power cord.
9-4
RIM-600 SENSORS
Room Temperature Sensors
Humidity: 5% to 90% RH Sensor type: solid state IC Accuracy: 3 Connection: RJ-45 Housing: white plastic Mounting: wall, flat surface or single-gang box Indoor use only Display: digital, two-digit (select models)
Part Number
60010-001 60010-002 60011-001 60013-001
Description
Range 5F to 122F, No Display Range -15C to 50C, No Display Range 32F to 95F, With Display Range 0C to 50C, With Display

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
60011-001 shown
Note: Use bracket 60075-710 for rack-mounting.
Miniature Temperature Sensor
Part Range of measurement: 5F to 140F or Description Number -15C to 60C Humidity: 5% to 90% RH 60012-007 Range 5F to 140F Sensor type: solid state IC 60012-057 Range -15C to 60C Available preset to F or C Accuracy: 3 Connection: RJ-45, , includes attached 7L (2.1 m) cable and F/F coupler adapter Housing: black plastic Mounting: flat surface Size: 1.4H x 2.2W x .6D (36 mm x 56 mm x 150 mm) Indoor use only, no display Humidity Sensor Part Range of measurement: 0-100% RH Description Number Temperature: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Accuracy: 5% 60030-001 Humidity Sensor, No Display Connector: RJ-45 60031-001 Humidity Sensor with Display Housing: white plastic Mounting: wall, flat surface Note: Use bracket 60075-710 for rack-mounting. Indoor use only, no display 60031-001 shown Humidity Sensor, With Display Range of measurement: 5-95% RH Temperature: 32F to 158F (0C to 70C) Accuracy: 3% Connector: RJ-45 Housing: white plastic Mounting: wall, flat surface or single-gang box Indoor use only Display: digital, two-digit Water Detection Sensor Description

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Part Sensing method: conductivity Length Number Sensor: polymer core cable with sensing ft (m) wire, 10L (3 m) Water Detection Sensor with 60032-010 Connector: RJ-45 (daisy chain up to three 10 (3) Water Detection Rope sensors running off of (1) RIM-600 port) Additional 10 (3) Water Housing: black plastic with mounting ears 60072-001 Detection Rope Water Detection Rope, 10L (3 m) Extend the reach of the water detection Note: Use panel 60075-720 for rack-mounting. sensor Add up to 10 ropes, 100 (30.5 m) in-line with each Water Detection Sensor

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
9-5
RIM-600 SENSORS
Smoke Detector Part Sensitivity: 2.0 .37% to .39% /ft Length Number Contact Rating: 2 Amp, 28 VDC or ft (m) 120 VAC resistive 60062-007 Smoke Detector with 7 (2.1) Cable Heat Sensor rating: Fixed 135F (57C) rate of rise >15F/min. (8.3C/min) Operating voltage: 8.5 VDC to 33 VDC, 10% maximum ripple Maximum ambient temperature: 100F (37.8C) Power-up time: 15 seconds Housing: white plastic, 6.1 (155 mm) diameter x 1.9H (48 mm) Mounting: wall, flat surface or single-gang box Motion Sensor
Sensing method: infrared Sensor: passive, dual-element Connector: RJ-45; includes 7L (2.1 m) cord Housing: white plastic Adjustments for sensitivity, LED display and Pulse count Indoor use only Mounting: flat surface
Description

3 (1.4)
Part Number
60061-007

Passive Infrared, with 7 (2.1) Cord

1 (0.5)
Normally Open/Normally Closed Dry Contact Bridge
Part
Number Monitor a device equipped with a relay output that functions as an alarm. Senses a definite 60050-001 Dry Contact Bridge (N/O,N/C) yes/no input from a normally open or normally closed output, and sends an alarm when the Note: Use panel 60075-720 for rack-mounting. yes or no condition is sensed. Input: normally open or normally closed (switchable) Source/sense voltage: 14 VDC Source/sense current: 10 mA Connector: RJ-45 Temperature: 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) Housing: black plastic with mounting ears Indoor use only, no display Door Open/Closed Sensor Description Single and dual door version Number Use dual door sensor for equipment 60052-001 Door Sensor, Magnetic Reed cabinets Magnetic reed switch 60052-002 Dual-Door Sensor, Magnetic Reed Connects to a Host or Node Module Single door sensor includes one door sensor, a 7L (2.1 m) RJ-45 cable and a 25L (7.6 m) sensor cable Dual door sensor includes two door sensors, a 7L (2.1 m) RJ-45 cable and (2) 10L (3 m) sensor cables (for cabinets) 4-20 mA Dry Contact Bridge
Monitor a maximum or minimum threshold; for example, the amount of fuel or water in a tank. Senses a range of inputs from a corresponding 4-20 mA Transducer, and sends an alarm when a specific threshold is reached between 0% (4 mA) and 100% (20 mA).
Description

1 (0.5)
Part

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Part Number
60051-001
Description
Dry Contact Bridge (4-20mA)

1 (0.5)
Note: Use panel 60075-720 for rack-mounting.
9-6
RIM-600 SENSORS
Axis Network Camera Part Digital, 32-bit color camera Description Number Resolution: 640 x 480 pixels Frame rate: 30 frames/second 60065-001 Axis 206 Network Camera Format: JPEG, still or motion 60065-005 Panasonic KX-HCM8 Built-in web server and network interface Multi-user password protection Ethernet connection: RJ-45, 10/100 Mbps Linux-based operating system Connect to LAN, assign IP address View with web browser, take snapshots Supports 10 users simultaneously Windows, Linux and Mac compatible Size: 4H x 2-3/16W x 1-5/16D (100 mm x 55.563 mm x 33.338 mm) Includes external power supply Program with RIM-600 to capture and email images upon any alarm triggers Axis is a registered trademark of Axis AB Corporation (Axis Communications)
Note: RIM-600 Host Module can send images on alarm. RIM-600 Host Module also supports Panasonic KX-HCM series cameras and Axis 205, 210, 211, 213, 241, 2100, 2400 series cameras.

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Power Monitoring Sensor

Range: 0 VAC to 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz Accuracy: 2% Power connector: IEC-60320, C-14, power inlet Includes a 6L (1.8 m) C-13 to NEMA 5-15P or C-13 to C-14 power cord Connector: RJ-45 Housing: black plastic with mounting ears
Part Number
60040-001 60040-002
Description
Power Monitoring Sensor with C-13 to NEMA 5-15P Power Cord Power Monitoring Sensor with C-13 to C-14 Power Cord

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Note: Use panel 60075-720 for rack-mounting.
Cables And Accessories

Use patch cables to attach sensors to the RIM-600 Host and Node Module. Use null modem cables to attach PowerGate Modules to the RIM-600 Host and Node Modules. Optional mounting brackets let you attach sensors to 19 racks or cabinets.
Part Number
60070-007 60070-014 60070-025 60074-001 60071-006 60075-001

Patch Cable, RJ-45, 7 (2.1) Patch Cable, RJ-45, 14 (4.3) Patch Cable, RJ-45, 25 (7.6) RJ-45 F/F Coupler Kit (4) Null Modem Cable, 6 (1.8) Host/Node Wall-Mount Kit Temp/Humidity Sensor Rack-Mount Bracket Sensor Mounting Panel, 1U x 19W User Manual ConsoleView Software CD

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
60070-025
60075-710 60075-710 60075-720 60087-001 60075-720 60074-001 60088-002 60088-002
9-7
ELECTRONIC LOCKING SYSTEM FOR CPI CABINETS
Electronic Locking System for CPI Cabinets

Upgrade CPI Cabinets to automate security access to equipment with the Electronic Locking System. This IP addressable locking system is easy to configure and provides an electronic record of each cabinet access attempt. Combine a Communications Module with Electronic Lock Control Modules to build a network that will control cabinet access via Keypad Modules, Proximity Card Reader Modules and authorized IP control. Included software allows up to 10 levels of authorization, and provides monitoring and alarm reporting. The Communications Module provides a single network connection for monitoring up to 64 Lock Control Modules, 64 Keypad Modules and 64 Proximity Card Reader Modules and includes Windows-compatible software that provides setup, monitoring, recording and remote access and alarm functions The Electronic Lock Control Module connects eight swing handles (four cabinets) to the Communications Module Add the Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit to each door and connect the lock to the Electronic Lock Control Module; use the extension cable, if required Add Keypads and /or Proximity Card Reader Modules to gain access at the cabinet; one Keypad or Proximity Card Reader Module can open multiple doors/cabinets Contact CPI technical support for system configuration assistance
Key:
= Communication Module = Electronic Lock Control Module
Part Number
16147-050

Communications Module (includes mounting brackets, a null moden cable, lock control software CD and User Manual) Electronic Lock Control Module for 8 Handles (includes mounting brackets, 12 VDCpower supply and a power cord with a NEMA 5-15P plug) Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit for TeraFrame Cabinet for a single solid metal or perforated metal front door, 1/door, 9 (2.7) cable Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit for TeraFrame Cabinet for a single solid Lexan front door, 1/door, 9 (2.7 m) cable Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit with Integrated Keypad Module for TeraFrame Cabinet for a single solid metal or perforated metal front door, 1/door, 9 (2.7) cable Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit for TeraFrame Cabinet for a single or double, solid metal or perforated metal rear door, 1/door, 9 (2.7) cable

5 (2.3)
16147-052 16147-050 16147-060
5 (2.3)
3 (1.4)
16147-061
3 (1.4)
16147-052
16147-062
4 (1.8)
16147-063
2 (0.9)
Note: Electronic Lock Upgrade Kit for the TeraFrame Cabinet will connect to existing slam or two-point latches. Modules are 5.32W (135 mm) x 1.25H (32 mm) x 11.77D (229 mm). The Communications, Electronic Lock Control and Proximatey Card Reader Module connect with patch cords (see next page). The Keypad Module connects with the Keypad Module cables.
16147-062
9-8
ELECTRONIC LOCKING SYSTEM FOR CPI CABINETS
Optional Modules for the Electronic Locking System

Keypad Module (recommended)
Enter door access codes at or near the cabinets on the Keypad Module. Enter the door swing handle number, and then enter the access code. When used with the Proximity Card Reader Module, enter the door swing handle number and use the proximity card as the access code. 16147-008
Proximity Card Reader Module (optional)

The Proximity Card Reader Module includes an external card reader and two proximity cards. Use the proximity cards as user access keys with the Keypad Module.
Part Number
16147-008 16147-016 16147-054 16147-054 16147-040

Keypad Module with one S1 to RJ-11 Cable, 9 (2.7) Keypad Module Cable, S1 to RJ-11, 9 (2.7) Proximity Card Reader Module , includes External Card Reader (also includes mounting brackets, 12 VDC power supply and a power cord with a NEMA 5-15P plug) Extra Proximity Cards, Pack of 5

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 5 (2.3) 1 (0.5)
Accessories for the Electronic Locking System

Part Number
16147-015 16147-020 16147-030 16147-030 16147-041 16147-042 60070-007 60070-014 60070-025 60074-001

Electronic Lock Extension Cable, 16 (5) Universal Mounting Bracket (included with 16147-050, 052 & 054) Power Supply and Cord (included with 16147-052 & 054) Electronic Locking System User Manual (included with 16147-050) Electronic Locking System Software CD (included with 16147-050) Network Patch Cord, RJ-45, 7 (2.1) Network Patch Cord, RJ-45, 14 (4.3) Network Patch Cord, RJ-45, 25 (7.6) RJ-45 F/F Coupler Kit (Pack of 4)

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
9-9
SOFTWARE SYSTEMS
INSIDE SECTION 10: Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA)
Page 10-3
SOFTWARE SYSTEMS
When data centers are positioned in multiple locations, the ability to successfully access, monitor and control rack-mount equipment, regardless of physical location can be a challenge. CPIs new Software Systems provide centralized access across the organization for monitoring and controlling equipment and devices within racks and cabinets. Use CPIs Software to store critical information about each device in a searchable, centralized database, making it easy to locate equipment, measure and record temperature and humidity and provide comprehensive per-outlet power usage across the enterprise. Combine CPI Software Systems with KVM Systems, Power Management Products, Thermal Management and Cabinet and Enclosure Systems to achieve a complete personalized Enterprise Infrastructure Solution.
CPI Software Systems include:

Ability to access, monitor and control enterprise infrastructures Single interface to access and control power to rack-mount equipment Enterprise-wide browser-based access to servers and network switches Built-in terminal emulator that permits access to devices with a command line interface USB port sharing for remote device setup Automatic measurement and recording of temperatures, humidity and power in each cabinet Port metering to provide per-outlet (per-device) power usage Capability to set and receive alarms for temperature, humidity and power usage limits Scalability to meet evolving data center needs
10-2
SCALABLE ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT APPLICATION (SEMA)
Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA)

CPIs Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) software is an infrastructure management application with a web-based interface that allows enterprise-wide KVM switching, asset management and power monitoring and control when used with CPIs CenterLine, CenterBridge, SEMA-compatible monitored or controlled PDUs and PowerScope In-Line Meter. Featuring a graphical display with an intuitive interface, the SEMA software provides a map view of your corporate enterprise, data centers, zones in each data center, rack/cabinet rows in each data center zone and the equipment in each rack/cabinet. The software lets you associate the CenterLine or CenterBridge KVM switch and controllable PDUs with individual racks and devices so you can measure power use by device. Link multiple PDU outlets together to easily cycle power for redundant systems and log current use by specific time intervals or when there is a specific change in current to track power use and identify power problems. Configure attributes of the KVM switches and PDUs remotely and access devices remotely using the Internet Explorer web browser, store information about each connected device in the SQL Server database, search records by specific attributes, set alarm thresholds for current, temperature and humidity and receive warning notifications by email, page or Instant Message. SEMA supports Microsoft Active Directory, RADIUS and LDAP-based user authentication and provides password protected access. Administrators can create user accounts with three levels of user permissions (view, configure, administrator) and assign user group permissions down to the rack-level. Access to individual devices is authenticated separately using the companys standard procedures. SEMA simply permits easy web-based access to equipment through the CenterLine or CenterBridge letting you view the device through the boot up process. The SEMA software also supports USB port sharing and includes a terminal emulation program for access to CLI devices. All connections between a user and server are secure and use AES-256 bit encryption.
CPI TeraFrame Cabinet populated with CPIs CenterLine, CenterView KVM Console and Controlled PDUs monitored with the Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) software
The installation of SEMA software requires only one dedicated server with Microsoft Windows 2003 or 2008 per enterprise and requires access to a SQL Server with SQL Server 8.0, 2005 or Express. To activate the SEMA software a base license and activation key that includes the required number of nodes is required. Each CenterLine, CenterBridge, PDU or PowerScope connection is one node.
10-3
CPIs Enterprise Infrastructure Solution combines the Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) software, CenterLine and Controlled PDUs to create a complete system to control and manage rack-level equipment in your data center. It is a complete system for enterprise rack-level equipment access, asset management, power measurement and control to help IP administrators and facility managers optimize daily data center tasks and energy use.
Top level display of your data centers
Row and rack-level layouts of your cabinets
Powerful KVM over IP providing server and switch access via a standard browser
10-4
Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) Software

Specifications:
SEMA Software CD includes: - SEMA service application - PHP5 engine with encrypter/optimizer and built-in ext - GUI written in php scripts - Schema created with SQL scripts Must be used with CenterLine, CenterBridge, monitored or controlled SEMA-compatible CPI PDUs and PowerScope In-Line Meter Installation requires one dedicated server for SEMA software: - Exact server specifications must be based on the size of the enterprise, the number of users and the number of devices - CPU: X86 family of processors - RAM: 1 GB up to 64 GB - Hard Drive: 250 GB mirrored up to 500 TB RAID - NICs: (1) 10/100/1000 NIC minimum, (2) recommended - O/S: Microsoft Windows 2003 Server or later - D/B: Microsoft SQL Server 8.0, 2005 or Express Access to a database hosted by Microsoft SQL Server 8.0, 2005 or Express is required Activation requires an activation key that designates a maximum number of nodes (CenterLine/CenterBridge KVM Switches, PDUs, power meters)
Part Number
36000-100 36000-101 36000-102 36000-103 36000-104 36000-105 36000-106 36000-107
Description
SEMA Base License, Software SEMA, 1 Node Activation Key SEMA, 10 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 50 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 100 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 500 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 1000 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, Site,Activation Keys 2 Year Software Maintenance & Updates, SEMA Base License SEMA, 1 Node Activation Key SEMA, 10 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 50 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 100 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 500 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 1000 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, Site, Activation Keys 3 Year Software Maintenance & Updates, SEMA Base License SEMA, 1 Node Activation Key SEMA, 10 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 50 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 100 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 500 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 1000 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, Site, Activation Keys 4 Year Software Maintenance & Updates, SEMA Base License SEMA, 1 Node Activation Key SEMA, 10 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 50 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 100 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 500 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, 1000 Nodes Activation Keys SEMA, Site, Activation Keys

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Software - 2 Year Maintenance & Updates

36000-200 36000-201 36000-202 36000-203 36000-204 36000-205 36000-206 36000-207 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)

36000-300 36000-301 36000-302 36000-303 36000-304 36000-305 36000-306 36000-307 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)

36000-400 36000-401 36000-402 36000-403 36000-404 36000-405 36000-406 36000-407 SEMA-software allows you to access servers remotely 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Order software and activation key separately. Contact CPI Technical Support for configuration assistance.
See Section 7 for Power Products and Section 8 for KVM Systems
10-5
GROUNDING & BONDING PRODUCTS

Busbars, Insulation Products, Tools & Accessories
INSIDE SECTION 11: Busbars Insulation Products Grounding Accessories Joint Compound Compression Tools & Lugs
GROUNDING & BONDING PRODUCTS

The electrical protection and grounding of todays high-speed cabling systems is an essential part of a properly designed and installed IT infrastructure. In response to the increase in newer, more sensitive, highly sophisticated electronic equipment, CPI offers a comprehensive line of UL Listed Grounding and Bonding Products, which provide protection and help prevent transient voltages from damaging sensitive electronic equipment.
CPI Grounding and Bonding Products include:

Comprehensive line of products that promote electrical safety throughout the network A complete bonding solution with grounding busbars, pipe and floor pedestal clamps, insulators, joint compound, compression tools and lugs/taps, as well as other equipment UL Listed and compliant with industry standards
Safety Codes/Standards
The products in this section may be used to meet or exceed the requirements and recommendations of the following standards as they apply to Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding: UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment NFPA 70, NEC 2002 the National Electric Code ANSI-J-STD-607-A Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications ANSI/IEEE STD-110 Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems ANSI T1.313 Electrical Protection for Telecom CO and Similar Facilities ANSI/NICA/BICSI 607 Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning and Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings
11-2
BUSBARS
BICSI & ANSI/EIA/TIA Grounding Busbars

The CPI 13622 series Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) provides a central ground attachment point for telecommunications systems, computers and other equipment located in the data room. The CPI 40153 series Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) provides a central ground attachment point for telecommunications bonding backbones, equipment and the buildings ground electrode system. All CPI Grounding Busbars are UL Listed. Hole patterns on Busbars accommodate two-hole lugs per the recommendation of BICSI and ANSI-J-STD-607-A standards. Insulators electrically isolate Busbars from the wall or other mounting surfaces, thereby controlling the current path. Mounting brackets are manufactured from high-quality 300 series stainless steel with 3/8 (9.53 mm) diameter mounting holes spaced 5.75 (146.1 mm) apart Busbars mount on the wall, floor or ceiling Ships preassembled Sold individually Busbar assemblies with lug kits also available Other configurations available on request Each Busbar consists of: (1) Busbar (2) insulators (2) stand-off brackets (4) stainless steel bolts (4) lock washers (4) flat washers
13622-010
(4) Lugs, 5/8 (15.88 mm) hole centers (3) Lugs, 1 (25.4 mm) hole centers
13622-012
Part Number
13622-010 13622-012
Description in (mm)
10 (250) TGB 12 (300) TGB 12 (300) TMGB 20 (510) TMGB
Size HxWxD in (mm)

1/4 x 2 x 10 (6.4 x 50 x 250) 1/4 x 2 x 12 (6.4 x 50 x 300) 1/4 x 4 x 12 (6.4 x 100 x 300) 1/4 x 4 x 20 (6.4 x 100 x 510)

3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 7 (3.2) 8 (3.6)
40153-012
40153-012 40153-020
Note: See details at left for lug sizes and quantities.
40153-020
11-3
BUSBARS
Standard Busbars
CPI Standard Busbars are insulated ground bus mounting plates specifically designed for commercial applications. The hard-drawn electrolytic tough pitch 110 alloy solid copper ground bars are 1/4 (6.4 mm) thick and stand off 2.75 (69.9 mm) from the backboard or wall. The 10 (250 mm) Busbar accepts 1/4 single bolt lugs. The 12 and 20 (300 mm and 510 mm) Busbars provide connection for nine or 17 lugs respectively, accepting lugs with either 3/4, 1 or 1-3/4 (19.1 mm, 25 mm or 44.5 mm) center. Any lug with 3/8 bolts may be used. All Busbars ship individually and preassembled Other configurations available on request UL Listed Each Busbar assembly consists of: (1) Busbar (2) insulators (2) stand-off brackets (4) stainless steel bolts (4) lock washers (4) flat washers
10622-010
10622-012
Part Number
10622-010 10622-012 10622-020
Description
Busbar Busbar Busbar
Size HxWxD in (mm)

1/4 x 4 x 10 (6.4 x 100 x 250) 1/4 x 4 x 12 (6.4 x 100 x 300) 1/4 x 4 x 20 (6.4 x 100 x 510)

4 (18) 5 (2.3) 8 (3.6)
10622-020
Busbar Insulator Assemblies

CPI also offers standalone Busbar Insulator Assemblies. Ships preassembled Replaces CPI P/N 13622-000 Pair of assemblies consists of: (2) stainless steel bolts, 3/8W x 5/8L (4) lock washers, 3/8 (4) flat washers, 3/8 (2) stainless steel bolts, 3/8W x 3/4L (2) insulators, 1-/34W x 1-7/8D, 3/8 threaded insert (2) stainless steel wall brackets, 1W (25 mm), 1 standoff Sold in pairs
Part Number
10622-000
Description
Busbar Insulator Assemblies, 1 Pair

2 (0.9)
11-4
BUSBARS
Busbar Assemblies With Lug Kits

Busbar Assemblies with Lug Kits contain the CPI 13622 series Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) or the CPI 40153 series Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) along with required stainless steel hardware to fasten the two-hole ground lugs to the Busbar. #6 lugs are 2-hole lugs with 1/4 hardware #2, 2/0 and 4/0 lugs are 2-hole lugs with 3/8 hardware UL Listed
40158-020 Shown Part Number

40156-012 40158-012 40158-020
Description
TGB Pattern TMGB Pattern TMGB Pattern
Size HxWxD in (mm)

1/4 x 2 x 12 (6.4 x 50 x 300 ) 1/4 x 4 x 12 (6.4 x 100 x 300) 1/4 x 4 x 20 (6.4 x100 x 510)
#2 Lug #6 Lug 1/0 Lug 2/0 Lug 3/0 Lug 4/0 Lug
1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 6 ea 6 ea 6 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 1 ea 0 1 ea 1 ea

5 (2.3) 8 (3.6) 11 (5.0)
Horizontal Rack Busbar

Horizontal Rack Busbar for consolidating equipment grounds. Constructed of 3/16-thick x 3/4H (4.763 mm x 19.1 mm) hard-drawn electrolytic tough pitch 110 alloy copper bar with eight #6-32 tapped lug mounting holes on 1 (25.4 mm) centers and two pairs of 5/16 (7.938 mm) diameter holes spaced 3/4 (19.1 mm) apart for attaching ground jumpers. Other configurations available on request UL Listed Part number consists of Busbar and a hardware kit that includes: (1) splice plate bar, 3L (80 mm) (2) #12-24 copper machine screws (2) #12 copper flat washers (8) #6-32 copper machine screws (8) #6 ring terminals
19 rack width Busbar shown
Part Number
10610-019 10610-023 10610-035 Shown mounted to rack
Description
Horizontal Rack Busbar Horizontal Rack Busbar Horizontal Rack Busbar
Rack Width (in)

19 23 35

2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8)
11-5
BUSBARS
Vertical Rack Busbar

Vertical Rack Busbar for consolidating equipment grounds. Constructed of 5/8H x 1/4W (15.88 mm x 6.4 mm) hard-drawn electrolytic tough pitch 110 alloy copper bar with pairs of #1/4-20 tapped mounting holes on 5/8 (15.88 mm) centers. The 36L (910 mm) bar has one set of #5/16 self-clinching studs on 1 (25.4 mm) centers at one end for attachment of a ground conductor. The 72L (1830 mm) bar has two sets of #5/16 self-clinching studs on 1 (25.4 mm) centers at both ends for attachment of a ground conductor. Each package contains one Vertical Rack Busbar Vertical Rack Busbars with insulators and lug kits are also available Other configurations are available on request UL Listed
Part Number
40160-036 40160-072
Description H xW x D in (mm)
5/8 x 1/4 x 36 (15.88 x 6.4 x 910) 5/8 x 1/4 x 72 (15.88 x 6.4 x 1830)
Number of Lugs
8 13

4 (1.8) 5 (2.3)
Vertical Rack Ground Bar Kit

The Rack Ground Bar Kit includes a thin strip of tinned copper that attaches to the racks equipment mounting rail to provide direct ground contact for rack-mount equipment or a convenient bonding strip. Sized to fit a 7 (2.1 m) high rack with an EIA-310-D Universal hole pattern and 45U, the ground bar is punched with a series of holes that align with each mounting hole on the rack. When equipment is mounted to the rack, the rack-mount brackets touch the ground bar. Alternately, the Equipment Ground Jumper Kit can be used to connect equipment to the grounding bar. Each kit includes one ground bar, three #12-24 zinc-plated thread forming hex washer head installation screws, an abrasive pad, joint compound and a ground label The ground bar is .05 (1.3 mm) thick tinned copper strip, 78.65H x .68W (1997 mm x 17 mm) and is punched with holes that match the EIA-310-D Universal Hole Pattern UL Listed Ground Bar
Part Number
40172-001
Description
Rack Ground Bar Kit

2 (0.9)
11-6
BUSBARS/INSULATORS
Vertical Rack Busbar Kits

Vertical Rack Busbar Kits isolate the Busbar from the rack to help control current paths from passing through one piece of equipment to another. Other configurations are available on request UL Listed Kit consists of: (1) Vertical Rack Busbar (1) #2 AWG two-hole ground compression lug with 3/8 (9.53 mm) holes on 1 (25.4 mm) centers (3) white Delrin insulator blocks (3) self-tapping screws (3) #12-24 mounting screws (2) stainless steel lock washers, 5/16 (2) nuts
Part Number
40161-036 40161-072 Shown mounted to rack

5/8 x 1/4 x 36 (15.88 x 6.4 x 910) 5/8 x 1/4 x 72 (15.88 x 6.4 x 1830)

6 (2.7) 7 (3.2)
Rack Busbar Insulator Block

Rack Busbar Insulator Blocks provide rigid support to physically separate Rack Busbars from all sources of electrical energy. Its offset design securely attaches the Busbar using a #12 self-tapping screw while allowing unobstructed access to rack-mounted equipment. The Insulator Block has a #12 clearance hole for mounting to the rack. Made of durable, nonconductive white Delrin Block measures 3/4H x 11/16W x 1-1/4L (19.1 mm x 17.463 mm x 31.8 mm) Available individually or in packages of 50
Part Number
40157-001 Shown mounted between rack and Busbar 40157-050
Description
Insulator Block, Each Insulator Block, Box of 50

1 (0.5) 2 (0.9)
11-7
INSULATORS
Rack Base Insulator Kit

Rack Base Insulator Kits electrically isolate the racks from the floor for an effective grounding and bonding system. Made of .060 (1.52 mm) thick phenolic insulating material and accepts up to 1/2 diameter screws. Used on concrete floors, not needed for access floor applications. Kit consists of: (2) isolation plates (4) isolation grommets
Part Number
10605-019 10605-023
Description
Insulator Kit, 19 Rack Insulator Kit, 23 Rack

3 (1.4) 3 (1.4)
Cable Runway Insulator Bar Kit

Electrically isolates Cable Runway sections, isolating grounded sections of runway or where strong EMI/RFI fields could generate eddy-currents, which could disturb down-line equipment. Made of durable, nonconductive white Delrin Available individually or in packages of 10 Kit consists of: (2) insulator bars, 1.5H x 3/8W x 5.5L (38 mm x 9.53 mm x 140 mm) (2) butt-splice kits (P/N/ 11301-001)
Part Number
10842-001 10842-010
Description
Insulator Bar Kit, 1 Kit Insulator Bar Kit, 10 Kits

3 (1.4) 25 (11.3)
11-8
GROUNDING PRODUCTS
Cable Runway Ground Strap Kit

Cable Runway Ground Strap Kits provide a ground pathway between cable runway lengths when fastened together across splices. Installation requires drilling 5/16 holes. Ground Straps consist of an 8L (200 mm) #6 AWG green insulated stranded copper conductor attached at both ends to two-hole compression lugs with 1/4 bolt holes spaced on 5/8 (15.88 mm) centers. Overall length of 11 (280 mm) Available individually or in packages of 25 Constructed of UL Listed components Replaces CPI P/N 12061-001 Other configurations available on request Kit consists of: (4) stainless steel cap screws, #1/4-20 x 3/4L (4) flat washers, 1/4 (4) lock washers, 1/4 (4) nuts, 1/4
Shown mounted across runway splice point
Part Number
40164-001 40164-025
Description
#6 AWG Ground Strap #6 AWG Ground Strap
Unit
1 25

1 (0.5) 12 (5.0)
Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block

CPI's Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block provides a convenient way to attach ground wires to racks or cabinets and meets BICSI and ANSI-J-STD-607-A two-hole mounting recommendations. Constructed of extruded, high-strength aluminum and accepts conductors ranging from #14 AWG through 2/0. Includes two #3/8-24 x 7/8L stainless steel set screws. Manufactured from electroplated tin aluminum UL Listed Available individually or in packages of 10 Mounting hardware not included
Part Number
40167-001 40167-010
Description
Two-Hole Block Two-Hole Block
Unit
1 10
Wire Size
#14-2/0 #14-2/0

1 (0.5) 10 (4.5)
Shown mounted to rack
11-9
GROUNDING PRODUCTS
One Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block

CPI's traditional One Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block provides a convenient way to attach ground wires to racks or cabinets using one #12-24 screw (not supplied). Holds up to two #4 gauge wires. Zinc Plated
Part Number
08009-001 08009-010
Description
One-Hole Block One-Hole Block
Unit
1 10
Wire Size
Up to #4 Up to #4

1 (0.5) 10 (4.5)
Equipment Ground Jumper Kit

Use the Equipment Ground Jumper Kit with the Vertical Rack Busbar Kit or Rack Ground Bar Kit to bond rack-mount equipment. The Equipment Ground Jumper Kit includes a 24L (710 mm) insulated green/yellow stripe #6 AWG ground conductor with a Slotted Compression Lug on one end and a 90 Slotted Compression Lug on the other end. The 90 Slotted Lug attaches to the busbar or ground bar allowing easy alignment with equipment. The Slotted Compression Lug attaches to equipment. The kit includes an abrasive pad, antioxidant joint compound and two installation screws to prepare and secure the jumper to the busbar or ground bar. The installer must provide installation hardware for the lug that attaches to equipment. Each kit includes one 24L (710 mm) insulated ground jumper with attached lugs, two plated installation screws, an abrasive pad and joint compound The lugs are made from electroplated tinned copper and have two mounting holes spaced .5 to .625 apart that accept 1/4 screws UL Listed Components
Part Number
40159-010
Description
Equipment Ground Jumper Kit

2 (0.9)
Ground Wire
Use Ground Wire to create custom-length ground jumpers to bond CPI Racks, Cabinets and Cable Runway to Telecommunications Grounding Busbars. Ground Wire is a #6 AWG, 19-strand, insulated conductor with a THHN jacket The insulation is green with a yellow stripe tracer Sold in a 100 (30 m) length on a spool UL Listed
Part Number
19 Strand Insulated 40159-001

Ground Wire, #6 AWG, 100 (30) Spool

14 (6.4)
11-10
GROUNDING PRODUCTS
Ground Jumper
Ground Jumpers provide common grounding from equipment rack or cabinet to halo conductor. Can be used with CPI L Brackets (P/N 10001-001 or 10559-500) to attach cable run vertically along equipment rack or cabinet. Ground jumpers are constructed of a 9'L (2.7 m) #6 AWG green insulated stranded copper conductor attached to a compression lug with two 1/4 bolt holes spaced on 5/8 centers. Available individually or in packages of 10 Constructed of UL Listed components Replaces CPI P/N 41016-00X and 41026-00X Other configurations available on request
Part Number
Shown mounted to rack 40159-009 40159-019

9 (2.7) Green Jumper 9 (2.7) Green Jumper
Unit
1 10

2 (0.9) 20 (9.1)
Stand-Off Tie-Down L Brackets

Nylon These L brackets mount to the back of the rack channel to provide a convenient tie-down point for grounding and bonding cable runs. Available in nonconductive nylon or high-strength aluminum construction. Either end of the aluminum bracket can be attached to the rack or cabinet face, allowing cable run in several different ways.
Part Number
10001-001 10001-050 10559-X00 Aluminum 10559-X50
Description WxL in (mm)

1 x 5 (30 x 130) White Nylon 1 x 5 (30 x 130) White Nylon 1 x 6 (30 x 150) Aluminum 1 x 6 (30 x 150) Aluminum
Unit
1 50 1 50

1 (0.5) 3 (1.4) 1 (0.5) 5 (1.4)
11-11
GROUNDING PRODUCTS
Pedestal Clamp with Ground Connector

Cross Connector
Support ground wires from round or square raised floor pedestals using the Pedestal Clamp with Grounding Connector. The connector provides a ground connection for the pedestal and supports up to four wires from the pedestal. Use to create a signal reference grid under the raised access floor using #6 AWG or 2/0 bare round wire. Select the Pedestal Clamp with Grounding Connector to match the style and size of the pedestal and size of the conductor. Use Cross Connectors to create signal reference grid intersections; support up to four conductors, two per side, size #6 AWG or 2/0 Use Straight Connectors to support the signal reference grid in between intersections; support one or two conductors on one side of the pedestal only, size #6 AWG or 2/0 Manufactured from electrotin plated copper or bronze (P/N 40169-003) with stainless steel installation hardware Part numbers 40169-001 and 40169-002 are UL Listed
Straight Connector Part Number

40169-001 40169-002 40169-003
Description
Pedestal Clamp, Cross Connector Pedestal Clamp, Cross Connector Pedestal Clamp, Straight Connector
Pedestal Style, Diameter in (mm)

Square, 1-1/8 (28) OD Round, 1-1/8 (28) to 1-3/4 (44) OD Square or Round, 1-1/8 (28) OD
Number and Size of Connectors

(2) #6 AWG per side (1) #6 AWG and (1) 2/0 per side (2) #6 AWG or (2) 2/0 one side only

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
Note: P/N 40169-003 can support two conductors that are the same size; conductors can be #6 AWG through 2/0.
Pipe Clamp with Ground Connector

Support ground wires from metal pipes of various sizes with the Pipe Clamp with Grounding Connector. The connector provides a ground connection for the pipe and supports up to two wires parallel or perpendicular to the pipe. Select the Pipe Clamp with Grounding Connector to match the size of the pipe. Attaches to pipes ranging in size from .5 to 6 nominal (.375 to 6.63 outside diameters) Supports one or two conductors; conductors must be the same size Use with conductors ranging in size from #6 up to 250 MCM Attach conductors parallel or perpendicular to the pipe Manufactured from electroplated tinned bronze with stainless steel hardware
Part Number
Note: P/N 40170-001 supports parallel attachment of only one conductor or perpendicular attachment of two conductors. All other clamps support parallel or perpendicular attachment of two conductors. Conductors must be the same size.
Description
Pipe Clamp Pipe Clamp Pipe Clamp Pipe Clamp Pipe Clamp Pipe Clamp
Pipe Size / Diameter Ranges Nominal Size / Outside Diameter in (mm)

5-.75 (10-19) 1-1.25 (30-31.8) 1.5-2 (38-50) 2.5-3 (64-80) 3.5-4 (89-100) 5-6 (130-150) .375-1 (9.5-30) .75-1.7 (19-43) 1-2.4 (30-61) 2.25-3.5 (58-89) 3.2-4.5 (81-114) 5.63-6.63 (143-169)

2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9)
40170-001 40170-002 40170-003 40170-004 40170-005 40170-006
11-12
GROUNDING PRODUCTS
Clean-Thread Screws
The #12-24 Combination Pan Head, Pilot Point Mounting Screws attach equipment to racks and cabinets. A cutting notch in the thread removes paint in threaded holes to improve metal-to-metal contact. The pilot point reduces cross-threading. The combination head can be used with #3 Phillips and slotted screwdrivers. Zinc finish Available in packages of 50 and 1,000
Part Number
40605-001 40605-004
Description
#12-24 Screws #12-24 Screws
Unit
50 1,000

1 (0.5) 9 (4.1)
Aluminum-To-Aluminum Or Aluminum-To-Copper Antioxidant Joint Compound

Recommended for all aluminum-to-aluminum and aluminum-to-copper connectors, bare conductors, Busbars, insulated conductors and conduit threads.
Part Number
40166-101 40166-801 40166-150
Description
Antioxidant, Gray Antioxidant, Gray Antioxidant, Gray Antioxidant, Gray
Size oz (g)
.5 (14) 8 (230) .5 (14) 8 (230)
Unit
1 1 50 12

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 6 (2.7)
8 oz (230 g)
.5 oz (14 g)
40166-812
Oxide inhibiting joint compound is used to improve the electrical conductivity and enhance the integrity of any grounding or bonding connection Good for all voltages Assures a high-connectivity joint by sealing out air and moisture to prevent corrosion and reformation of oxide film Also used as an anti-seizing thread lubricant and ensures continuity of ground on aluminum conduit threads Bulk packaging quantities available
Copper-To-Copper Joint Compound

Recommended for all copper-to-copper connections, copper threads and all mechanical/pressure type grounding connections.
Part Number
40168-101 40168-801 40168-150 40168-812
Description
Antioxidant, Copper Antioxidant, Copper Antioxidant, Copper Antioxidant, Copper
Size
.5 oz 8 oz .5 oz 8 oz
Unit
1 1 50 12

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 6 (2.7)
11-13
COMPRESSION TOOLS & LUGS
Mechanical Compression Tools

Compression Tool Mechanical Compression Tools are used to attach compression lugs and butt splices (not recommended for use with C-Tap connections). The tools feature long steel handles with comfortable rubber grips. The Dieless Compression Tool works with either copper or aluminum conductors. The Crimp Tool comes complete with dies and features extra-long handles for two-handed crimping.
Crimp Tool
Part Number
40165-001 40165-002
Description
Compression Tool, Dieless Crimp Tool
Conductor Size
Copper #8-250 MCS Aluminum #8-4/0 #8-1/0
Length in (mm)
24 (610) 10.5 (267)

5 (2.3) 3 (1.4)
Compression Lugs
Connect copper or tinned copper conductors to Busbars, racks, cabinets or Cable Runway. Manufactured from electroplated tinned copper conductors Available individually or in bulk quantities in three styles; Two-Hole, Slotted and 90 Slotted Other configurations available
Part Number
40162-901 40162-951 40162-902 40162-952 40162-903 40162-953 40162-904 40162-954 40162-905 40162-955 40162-907 40162-957 40162-909 40162-959 40162-910 40162-960 40162-911 40162-961 40162-912 40162-962 40162-913 40162-963 40162-914 40162-964
Description
Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Two-Hole Lug Slotted Lug Slotted Lug 90 Slotted Lug 90 Slotted Lug
Cable Size
#6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 #2 2/0 2/0 2/0 2/0 4/0 4/0 4/0 4/0 #6 #6 #6 #6
Hole Spacing in (mm)

.625 (15.9) .625 (15.9) .750 (19.1) .750 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .625 (15.9) .625 (15.9) .750 (19.1) .750 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) .500 (12.7)/.625 (15.9) .500 (12.7)/.625 (15.9) .500 (12.7)/.625 (15.9) .500 (12.7)/.625 (15.9)
Hole Size in (mm)

.250 (6.4) .250 (6.4) .375 (9.5) .375 (9.5) .375 (9.5) .375 (9.5) .250 (6.4) .250 (6.4) .375 (9.5) .375 (9.5) .375 (9.5) .375 (9.5) .375 (9.5) .375 (9.5) .500 (12.7) .500 (12.7) .375 (9.5) .375 (9.5) .500 (12.7) .500 (12.7) .250 (6.4) .250 (6.4) .250 (6.4) .250 (6.4)
Color Code Quantity

Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Black Black Black Black Purple Purple Purple Purple Blue Blue Blue Blue 1 50 1 50 1 50 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 25 1 25

1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 3 (1.4) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9)
11-14
COMPRESSION TAPS
C-Type Compression Taps

C-Type Compression Taps connect two copper conductors with the use of a hydraulic crimping tool. Available individually or in bulk packages Other sizes available on request UL Listed
Shown connecting two copper conductors
Part Number
40163-004 40163-054 40163-003 40163-053 40163-002 40163-052 40163-001 40163-051 40163-005 40163-055 40163-007 40163-057 40163-006 40163-056 40163-008 40163-058 40163-009 40163-059
Description
C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps C Taps
Run
#2 Stranded #2 Solid #2 Stranded #2 Solid #2 Stranded #2 Solid #2 Stranded #2 Solid #4 Stranded #4 Solid #4 Stranded #4 Solid #4 Stranded #6 Solid #4 Stranded #6 Solid 2/0 Stranded 1/0 Solid 2/0 Stranded 1/0 Solid 2/0 Stranded 1/0 Solid 2/0 Stranded 1/0 Solid 4/0 Stranded 3/0 Solid 4/0 Stranded 3/0 Solid 4/0 Stranded 3/0 Solid 4/0 Stranded 3/0 Solid 4/0 Stranded 3/0 Solid 4/0 Stranded 3/0 Solid
Tap
#2 Stranded #2 Solid #2 Stranded #2 Solid #4 Stranded #8 Solid #4 Stranded #8 Solid #4 Stranded #6 Solid #4 Stranded #6 Solid #6 Stranded #6 Solid #6 Stranded #6 Solid #2 Stranded #8 Solid #2 Stranded #8 Solid 2/0 Stranded 1/0 Solid 2/0 Stranded 1/0 Solid #2 Stranded #6 Solid #2 Stranded #6 Solid 2/0 Stranded 1/0 Solid 2/0 Stranded 1/0 Solid 4/0 Stranded 3/0 Solid 4/0 Stranded 3/0 Solid
Unit
1 50 1 50 1 50 1 50 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10

1 (0.5) 4 (1.8) 1 (0.5) 6 (2.7) 1 (0.5) 3 (1.4) 1 (0.5) 3 (1.4) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 2 (0.9)
11-15
SEISMIC PROTECTION SYSTEMS

Bracing Products for Racks & Cabinets
INSIDE SECTION 10: Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Seismic Products for Racks Strap Shelves & Tie-Down Kits Seismic Products for Cabinets Seismic Frame Cabinet System
SEISMIC PROTECTION SYSTEMS

Seismic Protection Systems from CPI are required and used in many parts of the world to reduce the risk of equipment damage from seismic events. Earthquake design criteria specifies that equipment must remain operational when subject to earthquakes even though some small amount of repairable secondary physical damage may occur. Excessive motion that may cause undue strain on cable or conduit interconnection is not permissible in this environment. The types of equipment installed are primarily a function of the earthquake zone, height of the structure in which it is installed, the type of structure and the method of attachment to the structure. Equipment weight, size and relative location affect earthquake test results.
Earthquake Zones Include:

Not-Zoned regions considered to have no substantial earthquake risk Zone 1 & 2 lowest risk regions Zone 3 next most active seismic area Zone 4 most active earthquake prone area
CPI Seismic Protection Systems include:

Seismic Products for Rack Systems Seismic Products for Cable Runway and Tray Seismic Products for Cabinet and Enclosure Systems Seismic Frame Cabinet System
OSHPD Pre-Approved Products:

CPI is also helping customers reduce the OSHPD approval cycle when planning installations in seismically active regions by obtaining the Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) Pre-Approval (OPA) numbers for several CPI IT infrastructure products. OSHPD is the regulatory agency for the state of California that oversees the construction of hospital facilities. When equipment such as CPI Racks, Cabinets and Enclosure Systems are installed in California hospitals, OSHPD is responsible for reviewing and approving the anchorage design as well as the architectural structure design. Find OSHPD Pre-Approved (OPA) part numbers list and other useful design tools at www.chatsworth.com/designtools.
12-2

CPIs Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack is designed specifically to support network equipment in areas with seismic activity. The welded, steel Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack resists the swaying motion caused by earthquakes to reduce the amount of vibration transferred through the rack to equipment and is less likely to be damaged during a seismic event. The Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack supports 19 EIA-310-D compliant or 23W equipment with two pairs of mounting rails that can be spaced 6 (150 mm) or 3 (80 mm) apart. The mounting rails are marked and numbered with RMU spaces and are available threaded or square-punched with painted or zincplated finish. This rack ships fully assembled and includes a Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block for bonding the rack to the busbar. The rack is rated for a 1,000 lb (453.6 kg) seismic Zone 4 load per Section 4.4 of the Telecordia Technologies, Inc. GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS) requirements.
Features:
Welded, steel network equipment rack engineered specifically to protect equipment in areas with seismic activity Available in two sizes; 24W (610 mm) or 28W (710 mm) Vertical Powers Strips and T-shaped Cable Management Fingers attach directly to the rack channel to provide power and cable distribution for equipment 19W Rack fits within a 24 (610 mm) access floor tile Fully bonded rack has (2) masked grounding locations and includes a Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block for easy connection to the Telecommunications Grounding Busbar Independently seismic-tested and certified, meets industry recognized Telecordia Technologies, Inc. GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS) Zone 4 requirements EIA-310-D Compliant UL Listed NWIN per UL60950, File E227626 1000 lb (453.6 kg) load rating for seismic areas
Rack Includes:
(1) welded, steel frame (4) equipment mounting rails (50) each equipment mounting screws/cage nuts (1) Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block
Adjustable Depth Mounting Rails Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack populated with available accessories Two Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block
12-3

Open, two-post, seismic rack supports 19 EIA or 23 wide rack-mount equipment.
Part Number
13853-X03 13854-X03 13855-X03 13856-X03 13883-X03 13884-X03
C B A
9.6 (294 mm) 15.0 (380 mm)
Description HxW ft (m)

7 (2.1) x 19, 44U Tapped #12-24 Zinc Rails 7 (2.1) x 19, 44U Square-Punched Zinc Rails 7 (2.1) x 19, 44U Tapped #12-24 Painted Rails 7 (2.1) x 19, 44U Square-Punched Painted Rails 7 (2.1) x 23, 44U Tapped #12-24 Zinc Rails 7 (2.1) x 23, 44U Square-Punched Zinc Rails 7 (2.1) x 23, 44U Tapped #12-24 Painted Rails 7 (2.1) x 23, 44U Square-Punched Painted Rails

180 (81.6) 178 (80.7) 180 (81.6) 178 (80.7) 185 (83.9) 183 (83.0) 185 (83.9) 183 (83.0)
13885-X03 13886-X03
Description
Overall Width (A) Frame Opening (B) Rail Clearance (C)
19 in (mm)
24.0 (610) 19.3 (490) 17.75 (450)
23 in (mm)
28.0 (710) 23.3 (592) 21.75 (552)
X=color; 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black. Install using (4) seismic-rated concrete anchors (sold separately).
Cable Management Fingers Kit

Organize patch cords and jumper cables by rack-mount unit. 7U T-shaped plastic cable guides snap onto the front and rear of the rack frame Openings between the T-shaped guides align with each rack-mount unit on the rack Single-Sided Kit includes 12 cable guides for one side (front or rear) of the rack Double-Sided Kit includes 24 cable guides for both sides (front and rear) of the rack
Part Number
13696-001 13696-002
Color is Black.
Description
Cable Management Fingers Kit, Single-Sided Cable Management Fingers Kit, Double-Sided

7 (3.2) 14 (6.4)
12-4
VCS Vertical Cabling Section

Provide a double-sided, front and rear cable pathway next to Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack. Separate front and rear 6W x 6.38D (150 mm x 162 mm) cable managers attach with included offset brackets to align with the front and rear of the rack Large cable pass-through ports on the back of each manager align with ports in the side of the frame; spin-open plastic latches secure cables inside the managers Keyhole slots on the back of the managers allow two CPI Vertical Power Strips for Cabinets to be mounted on the back of each manager using the Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack Vertical Power Strip Mounting Hardware Kit Includes one Single-Sided Cable Management Fingers Kit to organize cables by rack-mount unit Made of aluminum Includes installation hardware
Part Number
13704-X03
Description
Vertical Cabling Section

35 (15.9)
VCS Vertical Cabling Section Offset Mounting Bracket Kit

Attach a CPI Single-Sided Wide VCS to the side of the Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack so that it aligns with the front of the rack. Kit includes four Offset Mounting Brackets Use two brackets per side to attach the VCS Brackets are slotted allowing front-to-rear adjustment Made of steel
Part Number
13699-701
Description
VCS Offset Mounting Bracket Kit, Black

2 (0.9)
Floor Drilling Template

Quickly and easily locate and drill holes for Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack floor anchors. Durable 28W x 15D (710 mm x 380 mm) aluminum template locates floor mounting holes for 19W and 23W Seismic Frame Two-Post Racks Notched to indicate outside width of the 19W rack for easy alignment when installing multiple racks
Part Number
13703-701
Description
Floor Drilling Template, Black

6 (2.7)
12-5
Concrete Floor Anchor Kit

Attach Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack to a concrete slab floor. Includes four M12 x 5-1/8 Hilti HSL-3-G Heavy Duty Sleeve Anchors When bayed in a continuous row, the spacing between racks should be determined by a licensed structural engineer familiar with seismic applications and code in the area. Each installation requirement varies depending on various factors such as site class, building construction, and many other conditions. Minimum recommended thickness of the concrete slab on the ground floor is 5-1/2 (140 mm). Each rack must be secured to the structural floor.
Part Number
13702-001
Zinc plated finish.
Description
Concrete Floor Anchor Kit

3 (1.4)
Vertical Power Strip Mounting Kit

Attach CPI Vertical Power Strips to the side of Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack or the back of the Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack Vertical Cabling Section. Includes mounting hardware that allows two CPI Vertical Power Strips to attach to the keyholes on the sides of the Seismic Frame Two-Post Rack All CPI Vertical Power Strips can attach to the outside of the rack channel unless a vertical cable manager is used in the same space CPI Vertical Power Strips that are 1.6W (41 mm) or less can attach inside the rack channel unless a Cable Management Fingers Kit is used in the same corner
Part Number
13697-001
Description
Vertical Power Strip Mounting Kit

1 (0.5)
Finished is clear (machined aluminum).
Duplex Electrical Outlet Box

Provides a location for a power connection at the base of the rack. Includes a single-gang electrical outlet box for a single duplex receptacle and two self-tapping Torx head T25 installation screws Outlet box is welded steel, 3-3/4H x 1-13/16W x 2-1/2D (95 mm x 46 mm x 64 mm) with a 15.5 in (250 cm) wiring capacity, has eight (four accessible) concentric knockouts for 1/2 or 3/4 conduit, and is zinc galvanized for corrosion protection UL Listed
Part Number
13698-001
Description
Duplex Electrical Outlet Box, Black

1 (0.5)
12-6
SEISMIC PROTECTION PRODUCTS FOR RACKS
Universal Earthquake Bracing Kit

This adjustable wall/ceiling brace provides a means of securing an equipment rack or auxiliary frame to meet earthquake safety codes. Material is 2 x 1/4 (50 mm x 6.35 mm) steel finished with Gold Chem Film over zinc plating Kit consists of: (4) brackets (make 2 swivel brackets) (2) 1/2-13 x 1 1/4 hex bolts (2) 1/2-13 hex nuts (2) 1/2 split lock washers
Part Number
10562-001
Description
Universal Earthquake Bracing Kit

3 (1.4)
Installation will require (not included): (1) 5/8-11 threaded rod of appropriate length (See P/N 11440) Rod must be trimmed to proper length during installation (2) 5/8-11 hex nuts (2) 5/8 flat Type A washer, wide Clip kit and hardware for attachment to channel or bar Installation may also require (not included): For concrete ceiling: (1) 5/8-11 concrete anchor (P/N 06001-001) (1) 5/8-11 x 3 stud (P/N 08001-002) (2) 5/8-11 hex nuts (P/N 20142-111) (1) 5/8 split lock washer (P/N 04003-001) (1) 5/8 flat, washer, wide, Type A (P/N 20283-022) For rack: (1) 5/8-11 x 1 1/4 hex cap screw (P/N 02004-006) (1) 5/8-11 hex nut (P/N 20142-111) (1) 5/8 split lock washer (P/N 04003-001) For auxiliary frame or grid: (1) Grid Clamp Kit (P/N 10609) (1) 5/8-11 x 3 1/4 hex screw cap (P/N 02004-007) (1) 5/8-11 hex nut (P/N 20142-111) (1) 5/8 split lock washer (P/N 04003-001) For plywood backboard: (1) 5/8 x 2 hex lag screw (P/N 02006-002) (1) 5/8 split lock washer (P/N 04003-001)
Note: Seismic installation requirements should be approved by a licensed structural engineer.
12-7
Rack Seismic Gusset Kit And Hardware Kit

The Rack Seismic Gusset and Hardware Kit can be added to any CPI Universal Rack (46XXX series) to stiffen critical load bearing joints, reducing the need to stabilize the top of the rack. Adds additional support to critical rack joints Kit can be added to any CPI Universal Rack (46XXX series) Kit consists of: (4) welded steel bolt-on gussets (8) 1/2-13 x 1-1/4 bolts (8) 1/2-13 nuts
Part Number
11592-101 11592-201 11592-701
Description
Gusset Kit, Gray Gusset Kit, White Gusset Kit, Black

10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5)
Stud Bolts
Used with anchors to mount racks to concrete floors. Zinc plated.
Part Number
20068-304 08001-002
Description
3/8-16 5/8-11
Length
3-1/2 3

1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
12-8
Heavy-Duty Top Angle

Optional top angle for CPI Universal, Standard or 6D (150 mm) Standard Racks. Material is aluminum extrusion, 1 1/2 x 2 x 1/4 (38.1 mm x 51 mm x 6.4 mm) with two 11/16 (17.46 mm) punched holes in top surface Recommended to be used in pairs with 10562-001 bracing Sold individually
Part Number 19 Rack

10473-101 10473-201 10473-501 10473-701
23 Rack
10473-102 10473-202 10473-502 10473-702
Color
Rack Width
19 23
A in (mm)
14.57 (370.1) 18.57 (471.7)
Tower CPU Adjustable Tie-Down Brackets

Protect and secure your valuable shelf mounted equipment with this tie-down bracket. Ideal for securing tower CPUs or other similarly shaped equipment from being bumped or moved from seismic activity Adjustable padded brackets hold two towers each Sold in pairs 12086 brackets hold equipment up to 22D (560 mm) 12087 brackets hold equipment up to 27D (690 mm) Mounting hardware not included
Part Number 19 Rack

12086-119 12086-219 12086-519 12086-719 12087-119 12087-219 12087-519 12087-719
23 Rack
12086-123 12086-223 12086-523 12086-723 12087-123 12087-223 12087-523 12087-723
Color
Gray White Clear Black Gray White Clear Black
For 11054 Series 26D (660 mm) Shelf
12-9
Equipment Tie-Down Bracket

Desktop CPU Equipment Tie-Down Bracket Series 11349 Protect and secure your valuable shelf mounted equipment with this Equipment Tie-Down Bracket. Ideal for strapping down desktop CPUs or other similarly shaped equipment from being bumped or moved from seismic activity Padded L shaped bracket will not scratch equipment Sold individually Mounting hardware not included
Part Number 19 Rack 23 Rack Desktop CPU Tie-Down Bracket

11349-119 11349-219 11349-519 11349-719 12091-119 12091-219 12091-519 12091-719 11349-123 11349-223 11349-523 11349-723 12091-123 12091-223 12091-523 12091-723
Color
Variable Height Equipment Tie-Down Bracket Series 12091
Gray White Clear Black Gray White Clear Black
Variable Height Tie-Down Bracket
Adjustable Bracing Kit For Racks

This adjustable, strong, easy-to-install rack bracing kit provides a cost effective, attractive solution to bracing an equipment rack. It attaches directly to the wall and rack top with bolts to provide positive bracing. Adjustable 24 to 36D (610 mm to 910 mm) from wall Made of strong lightweight aluminum Available in 19and 23 widths Available in four colors to complement rack installations
Part Number
12407-X19 12407-X23
Note: For secure bracing, it is recommended that the rack/frame be secured to the floor with CPI Rack and Frame installation Kit (P/N 40604-003 or 40607-001).
Description
19W Kit 23W Kit

6 (2.7) 7 (3.2)
12-10
SEISMIC PROTECTION PRODUCTS
Single Earthquake Bracing Kit

Stabilizes Cable Runway hung from threaded rods. Material is 2 x 3/8 (50 mm x 9.53 mm) steel with gold over zinc plating. Kit consists of: (2) steel bars (45 angle) (4) 1/2-13 x 1 1/4 hex nuts & cap screws (4) 1/2 split lock washers Installation will require: (1) 2 x 2 x 3/16 (50 mm x 50 mm x 4.763 mm) steel angle of appropriate length. See P/N 11420 (angle must be trimmed to proper length and drilled during installation)
Part Number
10695-001
Description
Single Earthquake Brace

8 (3.6)
Double Earthquake Bracing Kit

Stabilizes Cable Runway hung from threaded rods. Material is 2 x 3/8 (50 mm x 9.53 mm) steel with gold over zinc plating. Kit consists of: (2) steel bars (45 angle) (1) V steel bar (8) 1/2-13 x 1 1/4 hex cap screws (8) 1/2-13 hex nuts (8) 1/2 split lock washers Installation will require: (2) 2 x 2 x 3/16 (50 mm x 50 mm x 4.763 mm) steel angle of appropriate length. See P/N 11420 (angle must be trimmed to proper length and drilled during installation)
Part Number
10696-001
Description
Double Earthquake Brace

14 (6.4)
Installation may also require (not included): For concrete ceiling: 5/8-11 concrete anchors (P/N 06001-001) 5/8-11 x 3 1/2 studs (P/N 20068-304) 5/8-11 hex nuts (P/N 20142-111) 5/8 split lock washers (P/N 04003-001) For secondary structure: 5/8-11 threaded rod (P/N 11440) Grid Clamp Kits (P/N 10609) 5/8-11 hex cable screws (P/N 02004) 5/8-11 hex nuts (P/N 20142-111) 5/8 split lock washers (04003-001)
12-11
SEISMIC PROTECTION PRODUCTS
Adjustable Monitor Strap Shelf for Racks

Secure monitor to rack shelf with nylon straps that loop securely over monitor corner clips and through slots in monitor shelf bracket. Flexible design accommodates monitors of various shapes and sizes. 11726 series includes adjustable monitor shelf for use with tie-down kit only 11725 series includes the tie-down kit only 11628 series includes shelf and tie-down kit Rack mounting hardware not included Kit consists of: (2) base brackets (2) corner clips (8) rubber pads (2) Saf-T-Grip reusable black straps Assembly hardware Shelf is made of sturdy, lightweight aluminum Supports up to 110 lb (49.9 kg)
Part Number Tie-Down Kit Only

11725-X01

11726-X19

11726-X23

11628-X19

11628-X23

8 (3.6)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5= Clear, 7=Black
Seismic Monitor Tie-Down Kit for Cabinets

Includes two base brackets, corner brackets, tie-down straps and corner pads. Slots added to the shelves listed below allow the tie-down kit to be attached.
Monitor Tie-Down Kit Shipping Weight Part Number lb (kg)

11725-X01 2 (0.9)
Cabinet or 4-Post Compatible Shelves 19 Width

12495-X19 14070-X19 Seismic Monitor Tie-Down Kit shown with Monitor Shelf and Sliding Keyboard Tray With Mouse Pad (P/N 12495) 12334-X19 12336-X19 14072-X19 12335-X19 12337-X19
23 Width
12495-X23 14070-X23 12334-X23 12336-X23 14072-X23 12335-X23 12337-X23
Shelf Type
Monitor/KB Solid Solid Solid Vented Vented Vented
Shelf depth in (mm)

24 (610) 29 (740) 24 (610) 18 (460) 29 (740) 24 (610) 18 (460)
12-12
SEISMIC PROTECTION PRODUCTS FOR CABINETS
Seismic Equipment Bracket for Cabinets

The Seismic Equipment Bracket prevents back-and-forth, side-to-side and up-and-down movement of shelf-mounted equipment by bracing the equipment's chassis to the cabinet's vertical mounting rails. Uses 1U of mounting space, securing equipment between 15 and 32 (380 mm and 810 mm) in depth The bracket easily adjusts into multiple configurations which provides security for shelf-mount equipment of different depth or height The bracket will adjust in depth for use in any of CPIs 24, 30, 36 or 39D (610 mm, 760 mm, 910 mm or 990 mm) MegaFrame, SlimFrame, SteelFrame, Seismic Frame Cabinets and TeraFrame Cabinets
19 Width
14061-119 14061-219 14061-719
Same Depth Different Height Same Heigth Different Depth
23 Width
14061-123 14061-223 14061-723
Color
Gray White Black

6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7)
Adjustable Bracing Kit for Cabinets

Attach bracing kit to cabinet top panel where there is a risk of seismic activity. Earthquake design criteria specify that equipment remain operational when subjected to earthquakes even though some small amount of repairable secondary physical damage may occur. Adjustable 24 to 36 (610 mm to 910 mm) distance from wall For use with M-Series, E-Series and Seismic Frame Cabinets
Part Number 19
12477-119 12477-219
Note: For secure bracing, attached the cabinet to the floor using the proper floor installation kit along with CPI floor Anchor Clamp provided with each cabinet.
Shipping Weight lb (kg) 19

6 (2.7) 6 (2.7) 6 (2.7)
Color
Gray White Black
23
12477-123 12477-223 12477-723
23
7 (3.2) 7 (3.2) 7 (3.2)
12477-719
12-13
SEISMIC FRAME CABINET SYSTEM
Seismic Frame Cabinet System

Rated Zone 4 compliant to Bellcore GR-63-CORE for Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS), Section 4.4.1.1, the Seismic Frame Cabinet System is designed to withstand the seismic stress of an 8.3 Richter scale earthquake. Offered in a 84H x 19W x 36D (2130 mm x 910 mm) cabinet solution, the aluminum outer frame provides the sound structural environment necessary for sensitive Information Technology (IT) hardware components. Standard 19 EIA rack width Features square-punched mounting rails with rack-mount unit marks Aluminum outer frame with steel inner frame delivers maximum strength with minimum weight Seismic bracing kits and a full line of structural enhancement products are available to support site-specific structural requirements Internal cable management provides flexibility for wire routing and fits on-site customization Adjustable front to rear vertical mounting rails allow use as a standard four-post cabinet or two-channel rack Load Rating: 800 lb (362.9 kg) seismic
84H x 19 W x 36D (2130 mm x 910 mm ) Seismic Cabinet Cabinet Door Style Part Number Front Rear
11972-X02 11972-X12 11972-X22 11972-X32 11972-X42 No Front Plexiglass Metal
No Rear Metal Metal

84H x 19 W x 36D (2130 mm x 910 mm) Without Side Panels Cabinet Door Style Part Number Front Rear
11973-X02 11973-X12 11973-X22 Closeup of reinforced inner frame 11973-X32 11973-X42 No Front Plexiglass Metal
No Rear Metal Metal

X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black. Frame is anodized aluminum
Cabinet Dimensions
Usable Height Usable Depth Usable Width 77.88 (1978.2 mm) or 43U 36 (910 mm) 19
84H x 19 W x 36D (2130 mm x 910 mm) Frame Only** Part Number

11974-X02
Cabinet Door Style

Frame Only
Overall Height 84.13 (2136.9 mm) Overall Depth (w/doors) 39.62 (1006.3 mm) Overall Width 27.32 (693.9 mm) Shipping Weight 286 lb Min / 376 lb Max (129.7 kg) / (170.6 kg)
X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 7=Black. **Frame is anodized aluminum
12-14
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
New Products
Vertical Exhaust Duct for 800mm TeraFrame Cabinet System TeraFrame Cabinet System Accessory Updates Bottom Panel Vertical Cable Manager Front-to-Back Cable Manager Vertical Cable Ring Manager PDU/Power Strip Lashing Bracket Cable Lashing Bracket Baying Kits Velocity Cable Management Power Management Power Strips PDUs PowerScope In-Line Meter KVM Systems Analog KVM CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console CenterCade KVM Switch CenterView KVM Console KVM Over IP CenterLine CenterBridge Software Systems Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) Page 2-9 Page 2-11 Page 2-12 Page 2-13 Page 2-13 Page 2-14 Page 2-14 Page 2-15 Page 5-10 Page 7-6 Page 7-8 Page 7-18
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
DESCRIPTION PAGE #
1-52 1-18 1-13 12-13 12-10 6-43 6-27 1-30 1-31, 12-12 2-52 2-10 2-44 2-9 2-18 1-43 1-43 1-34
DESCRIPTION
PAGE #
A
Adapters, Threaded Adjustable QuadraRack & ServerRack Adjustable Rail QuadraRack & ServerRack Adjustable Bracing Kit, Cabinets Adjustable Bracing Kit, Racks Adjustable Floor Support Channel, Runway Adjustable Junction-Splice Kit Adjustable Monitor Shelf Adjustable Monitor Tie-Down Strap, Racks Air Dam Kit, Cabinets Air Dam Kit, TeraFrame Airflow Director, T-Series Airflow Director, TeraFrame Anchor Bracket, TeraFrame Anchor Setting Tool Anchors anyServer Bracket
B
Busbar Busbar Assembly Busbar Insulator Assembly Kit Busbar Kit, Grounding Busbar, Horizontal Rack Busbar, Vertical Rack Busbars, Standard Cabinets C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet E-Series ISP CO-Location Cabinet F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet N-Series TeraFrame Cabinet Seismic Frame Cabinet System T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet Wall-Mount Cabinet Accessories Adjustable Bracing Kit 1-44 2-25 2-15 6-52 6-6 6-38 6-53 12-8 6-53 6-39 1-57 4-16 5-39 1-24 4-9 5-40 3-9 1-58 7-23 6-46 6-47 Air Dam Kit Air Dam Kit, F-Series Airflow Director, F-Series Airflow Director, T-Series Baying Kits, F-Series Bottom Panel, F-Series Bottom Panel Kit, T-Series Cable Manager, External Cable Manager, Vertical, F-Series Cable Managers, Enhanced Cable Managers, Vertical Cable Tray, Horizontal Cable Lashing Bracket, TeraFrame Cable Manager, External Cable Managers, Enhanced Cable Ring Manager, F-Series Cable Tray, Horizontal Caster Kits CenterBridge, KVM over IP CenterCade KVM Switch CenterLine, KVM over IP CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console CenterView KVM Console 12-10 2-52 2-10 2-9 2-44 2-15 2-11 2-44 2-59 2-12 2-58 2-57 2-57 2-14 2-59 2-58 2-13 2-57 2-68 8-12 8-6 8-10 8-4 8-7 2-38 2-45 2-7 2-32 2-20 2-47 2-41 Sect. 4 11-5 11-4 11-3 11-5 11-6 11-4
B
Base Angle, Rack Baying Kit, N-Series TeraFrame Baying Kit, TeraFrame Bolt Carriage Bolts Carriage Bolts, OnTrac J-Bolts Hex Cap Bolts Stud Bolts Trim Head Bolts V-Bolts Brackets 66 Block Mounting Brackets 90 Mounting Bracket, CUBE-iT Cable Management Brackets Equipment Tie-Down Bracket, 4-Post Flush Wall-Mount Bracket Jack Plate Wall-Mount Bracket Mounting Bracket, Raised Floor Encl. Mounting Bracket, Hinged Panel Power Strip Mounting Brackets Runway Support Bracket Slip-On Support Bracket
13-3
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
DESCRIPTION PAGE # DESCRIPTION PAGE #
C
Cabinet Accessories Electronic Locking System Fan Kit, M-Series Cabinet Fan Kit, T-Series Cabinet Fiber Management Filtered Ventilation System, M-Series Front-To-Back Cable Managers, F-Series Grounding & Bonding Kit, T-Series Hardware Kits Intelligent Fan Door Internal Air Duct, F-Series Keyboard & Tray KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet LCD Monitor & Shelf, 4-Post/Cabinets LCD Monitor/Keyboard, Space Saving Duo LCD/KVM Console Monitor Light, Universal Lockable Storage Drawer Mounting Rails Mounting Rails, IBM Equipment PDU, Single-Phase, Horizontal PDU, Single-Phase, Vertical PDU, Three-Phase, Horizontal PDU, Three-Phase, Vertical PDU/PS Lashing Bracket, F-Series Power Cord Manager, F-Series Power Strip Manger, F-Series Power Strips, Single-Phase, Horizontal Power Strips, Single-Phase, Vertical PowerScope In-Line Meter Rail Adapter Kit Rear Door Sealing Kit, TeraFrame Right Hand Latch Kit, N-Series TeraFrame RIM-600 Shelf, 32"D Shelf, Fixed, Low Profile Shelf, Fixed Shelf, Heavy-Duty Shelf, Sliding Shelf, Rack-Mount Cable Snap-In Filler Panel 2-48, 9-9 2-53 2-53 2-27 2-55 2-13 2-68 2-18, 2-68 2-54 2-10 2-63, 8-12 2-51 2-66, 8-11 2-66, 8-11 2-65, 8-8 2-68 1-36, 2-67 2-69 2-71 7-17 7-8, 7-10 7-17 7-12, 7-14 2-14 2-17 2-16 7-16 7-6 7-18 2-72 2-9 2-23 9*3 2-62 2-64 2-60 2-62 2-61 2-11, 2-63 2-25, 2-50
C
Cabinet Accessories Software, SEMA Stabilizer Kit Standard Fan Door Therma-Stop Brush Side Panel Thermal Management Vertical Cable Manager Vertical Exhaust Duct, TeraFrame F-Series Cable Cover, Clip-On Cable Distribution Spools Cable Guides, Finger Snaps Cable Guides, Horizontal Cable Loop, Narrow Cable Managers, Horizontal Cable Ring, Narrow Cable Roller, Bracket, OnTrac Cabling Sections CCS Combination Cabling Section CCS-EFX Combination Cabling Sect Double-Sided, Narrow Cabling Section Double-Sided, Wide Cabling Section Evolution Cable Manager, Horizontal Evolution Cable Manager, Vertical Global Standard Pack MCS Master Cabling Section MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section Single-Sided, Narrow Cabling Section Single-Sided, Wide Cabling Section Velocity Cable Management Velocity Cable Management, Horizontal Vertical Cabling Section Extensions Cabling Section Covers Caster Kit, F-Series TeraFrame Caster Kit, N-Series TeraFrame Caster Kit CenterBridge, KVM over IP CenterCade KVM Switch Centerline, KVM over IP CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console CenterView KVM Console Compound, Antioxidant Joint 5-17 5-18 5-22 5-23 5-29 5-3 1-9, 5-19 5-15 5-16 5-20 5-21 5-10 5-26 5-21 5-24 2-18 2-25 2-68 8-12 8-6 8-10 8-4 8-7 9-13 10-3 2-73 2-54 2-59 2-50 2-56 2-9 5-32 5-9, 5-27 5-24 5-25 5-27 5-30 5-27 6-15
13-4
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
DESCRIPTION PAGE #
9-13 9-14 9-15 4-16 4-16 4-17 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16 4-15 4-13 4-17 4-15 4-16
DESCRIPTION
PAGE #
1-47 1-49 10-10 5-4 5-29 5-6 5-5 5-9 5-5 5-8 5-8 5-8 5-7 5-6 1-23 5-25
C
Compound, Copper-to-Copper Joint Compression Lugs Compression Taps, C-Type Cube iT PLUS Cabinet System 45 Mounting Bracket, CUBE-iT 90 Mounting Bracket, CUBE-iT Cable Manager, CUBE iT CUBE-iT PLUS Cabinet 24", 36", 48" CUBE-iT PLUS Cabinet 60" & 72" Fan Kit Horizontal Wire Bar, CUBE-iT PLUS Light for CUBE-iT PLUS Mounting Rails, CUBE-iT Power Strip, CUBE-iT Cabinet Termination Block Panel Vertical Mounting Bracket
E
Equipment Guard Rail, Rack Equipment Support Bracket, Rack Equipment Tie-Down Brackets Evolution Evolution Cable Manager Evolution Cable Manager, Horizontal Evolution, Cable Divider Bar Kit Evolution, Cable Lashing Bar Evolution, Cable Spool Spacer Kit Evolution, Fiber Segregation Kit Evolution, Fixed Accessory Panel Evolution, Floor Bracket Evolution, Movable Mid-Section Evolution, Solid Mid Panel Evolution, Solid Rear Panel ExpandaRack Extended Fingers Bracket 5-38 5-37 5-38 1-45 1-11 1-36, 2-67 4-19 1-24
D
D-Rings, Metal Distribution Ring, Open Distribution Rings, Closed Dolly, Racks Door, Metal for Rack Enclosure Drawer, Storage Duplex Receptacle, Surge-Suppressed Dust Cover, QuadraRack
F
Fans Axial Fan & Cover Kit Fan Door, Cabinets Fan Kit, CUBE-iT PLUS Fan Kit, M-Series Cabinet Fan Kit, T-Series Cabinet Fan/Filter Kit Fiber Management Fiber Mgmt, Horizontal Furcation Bracket Fiber Mgmt, Swivel Cable Spool Fiber Mgmt, Universal Accessory Rail Fiber Mgmt, Vertical Furcation Bracket Fiber Module Adapter Fiber Module Bracket Fiber Trunk Cable Mgr, N-Series TeraFrame Fiber Slack Manager Panel Fiber Management Spools Filtered Ventilation System, M-Series Fixed Wall-Mount Rack Front-To-Back Cable Managers Front-to-Back Cable Mgr, TeraFrame 1-12 2-54 4-15 2-53 2-53 1-11, 4-11, 4-20 2-31 2-29 2-29 2-28 2-28 2-30 2-27 4-19 5-25 2-55 4-8 2-58 2-13
E
Earthquake Bracing Kit Earthquake Bracing Kit, Racks EasySwing Wall-Mount Rack Edge Hanger, OnTrac Electronic Locking System, Cabinets Enclosure Faceplates, Wireless Enclosure w/Junction Box, Wireless Enclosure, Basic Consolidation Enclosure, Drop Ceiling, Zone Enclosure, Racks Enclosure, Raised Floor, Zone Enclosure, Service Parts, Zone Enclosure, Wall-Mount Enclosure, Wireless Equipment Ground Jumper Kit 10-11 10-7 4-6 6-9 2-48, 9-8 3-10 3-10 3-8 3-6 1-11 3-5 3-9 3-12 3-10 11-10
G
Global Standard Pack 1-9, 5-19
13-5
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
6-52 1-53 5-25 5-34 5-35 5-32 5-31
G
Grounding Products Busbar Assembly Busbar Insulator Assembly Kit Busbar Kit, Grounding Busbar, Horizontal Busbar, Vertical Busbars, Standard Cable Runway Ground Strap Kit Cable Runway Insulation Bar Compound, Joint Compression Lugs Compression Taps, C-Type Equipment Ground Jumper Kit Ground Jumper Ground Wire Grounding & Bonding Kit, T-Series Insulator Bar Kit, Cable Runway Insulator Kit, Rack Base One Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block Pedestal Clamp, Ground Pipe Clamp, Ground Mechanical Compression Tools Rack Busbar Insulator Block Stand-Off Tie Bracket, Rack Two-Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block Vertical Rack Busbar Kit Vertical Rack Ground Bar Kit 11-5 11-4 11-3 11-5 11-6 11-4 11-9 11-8 11-13 11-14 11-15 11-10 11-11 11-10 2-71 11-8 11-8 11-10 11-12 11-12 11-14 11-7 11-11 11-9 11-7 11-6
H
Hex Nut High Density Patching Frame Horizontal Cable Guides Horizontal Cable Management Horizontal Ring Panel Horizontal Wire Management, 19" Horizontal Wire Mgmt Panel, VCS
I
IBM Equipment Mounting Rails Installation Kits, Cabinet Installation Kits, Rack Insulator Bar Kit, Cable Runway Insulator Kit, Rack Base Intelligent Fan Door Intelligent Fan Kit, ThinLine II Internal Air Duct, TeraFrame 2-71 2-18 1-42 6-50, 9-8 1-42, 9-8 2-54 4-19 2-10
J
J-Bolt Clip Kit J-Bolt Kit J-Bolts Jumper Trays Junction Swivel Splice Kit Junction Swivel Splice Kit, UL Junction-Splice Kit Junction-Splice Kit, UL 6-37 6-36 6-38 5-33 6-28 6-28 6-26 6-26
K
Keyboard & Tray, 2-Post 1-41, 8-12 1-41, 2-64, 8-12 2-63 2-51 8-12 8-6 8-10 8-4 8-7 Keyboard & Tray, 4-Post Keyboard Trays, Cabinets KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet KVM Systems CenterBridge, KVM over IP CenterCade KVM Switch CenterLine, KVM over IP CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console CenterView KVM Console
H
Hardware Kits, 12-24 Tapped Hardware Kits, Square-Punched Hardware Kits, IBM Rails Heavy-Duty Aux Framing Channel, Runway Heavy-Duty Butt-Splice Kit Heavy-Duty Butt-Splice Kit, UL Heavy-Duty Equipment Rack, Wall Heavy-Duty Junction Splice Kit, UL Heavy-Duty Junction-Splice Kit Heavy-Duty Swing Gate Kit Heavy-Duty Shelf, Racks Hex Cap Bolts Hex Lag Screw 1-52, 2-18, 2-68 2-18, 2-68 2-71 6-34 6-25 6-25 4-7 6-25 6-25 4-5 1-32 6-53 6-53
L
Labels, RMU Kit LCD Monitor & Shelf, 2-Post/Racks LCD Monitor & Shelf, 4-Post/Cabinets 1-49, 2-72 8-18 2-66, 8-18
13-6
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
DESCRIPTION PAGE #
2-66, 8-18 2-65, 8-15 8-17 2-68 1-36, 2-67 1-12
DESCRIPTION
PAGE #
L
LCD Monitor/Keyboard, Space Saving Duo LCD/KVM Console Monitor LCD/KVM Console Signal Cables Light, CUBE-iT PLUS Lockable Storage Drawer Louver Shut-Off Panel, Rack
O
OnTrac Wire Mesh Tray Cable Tray Cover Cable Tray Cutting Tool Cable Tray Divider Center Support Bracket Clamp Washer Edge Hanger 2-33 2-37 5-41 5-40 5-41 5-15 5-16 1-56 11-14 5-38 1-58 1-22, 1-34, 2-18, 2-69 2-69 2-71 2-24 2-70 2-19 1-52, 2-18, 2-69 5-8 3-14 Horizontal Bend Radius L Support Bracket Label Holder Large Radius Drop OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray Pedestal Clamp Power Box Bracket Rack-Mount Hook Splice Bar Splice Kit Splice Washer & Bolt Split Bolt Grounding Clamp Tool Less Radius Drop Triangle Support Bracket Trapeze Support Bracket Under Floor Support Bracket Wall Mount Angle Wire Shear Style Cutting Tool 6-13 6-15 6-12 6-8 6-6 6-9 6-13 6-7 6-15 6-14 6-3 6-10 6-15 6-11 6-5 6-4 6-5 6-14 6-14 6-8 6-7 6-11 6-9 6-15
M
M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet" M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet, 48" Mag Clips Large Mag Clips, Medium Mag Clips, Wrap-Around MCS Master Cabling Section MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section MDF 66 Mounting System Mechanical Compression Tools Metal D-Rings Mounting Bracket, Hinged Panel Mounting Hardware Kits Mounting Rails Mounting Rails, IBM Equipment Mounting Rails, N-Series TeraFrame Mounting Rails, SUN Equipment Mounting Rails, TeraFrame Mounting Screws Movable Mid-Section, Evolution MUTOA Floor Box Enclosure
P
Paint, Touch-Up Panel Adapter, Racks Panel Hinges, Racks Patch Panel Rails Patch Panel Wire Management Bar Pedestal Clamp with Ground Connector Pipe Clamp with Ground Connector Power Management PDU, Single-Phase, Horizontal 7-17 7-10 7-8 7-11 7-9 7-17 7-14 1-48 1-51 1-58 2-72 5-31 11-12 11-12
N
N-Series TeraFrame Cabinet N-Series TeraFrame, Cisco Compatible N-Series TeraFrame, Juniper Compatible Network Duct Panel, N-Series TeraFrame Null Modem Cable 2-20 2-23 2-23 2-22 8-7
O
Offset Rack-Mount Brackets One Mounting Hole Ground Terminal Block OnTrac Wire Mesh Tray 90 Splice Bar Kit Cable Roller, Bracket Carriage Bolt Hardware Kit Cable Tray Bottom Insert 6-6 6-15 6-6 6-12 7-13 11-10
PDU, Single-Phase, Vertical, Cabinets PDU, Single-Phase, Vertical, No Bracket PDU, Single-Phase, Vertical, Racks PDU, Single-Phase, Vertical, TeraFrame PDU, Three-Phase, Horizontal PDU, Three-Phase, Vertical, Cabinets
13-7
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
P
Power Management PDU, Three-Phase, Vertical, No Bracket PDU, Three-Phase, Vertical, Racks PDU, Three-Phase, Vertical, TeraFrame PDU Brackets Power Strip Brackets Power Strips, CUBE-iT Cabinet Power Strips, Silver Frame Cabinet Power Strips, Single-Phase, Horizontal Power Strips, Single-Phase, Vertical, Cabinets Power Strips, Single-Phase, Vertical, Racks Power Strips ,Stand-Off Mount Power Strips, Transformer Spaced Power Strips, Vertical, Univ Rack Power Strips, Wall-Mount PowerScope In-Line Meter Tool Less Mounting Hardware 7-12 7-15 7-13 7-24 7-23 4-17, 7-21 4-21, 7-22 7-16 7-6 7-7 7-20 7-20 7-19 4-11 7-18 7-24
R
Rack, 2-Post Global Standard Pack Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Universal Rack Accessories Adjustable Monitor Tie-Down Strap Adjustable Monitor Shelf anyServer Bracket Base Dust Cover Base Insulator Kit Cable Managers Channel Standoffs Drawer, Storage Earthquake Bracing Kit Enclosure Bottom Panel Enclosures, Single Rack Equipment Guard Rail ExpandaRack Extension Kit 1-17 1-13 1-23 1-22 1-15 1-24 1-15 1-20 1-16 1-22 1-36 1-21 1-16 1-20 1-24 1-24 1-24 1-15 Fan Kit Fan, Top Mount, Rack Enclosures Filler Panel Heavy-Duty Top Angle Keyboard & Tray Keyboard & Tray, 2-Post LCD Monitor & Shelf Mounting Hardware Panel Adapters PDU, Single-Phase, Horizontal PDU, Single-Phase, Vertical PDU, Single-Phase, Vertical, No Bracket PDU, Three-Phase, Horizontal PDU, Three-Phase, Vertical PDU, Three-Phase, Vertical, No Bracket Power Strips, Single-Phase, Horizontal Power Strips, Single-Phase, Vertical Power Strips, Universal Rack Rack Dolly Raised Floor Rack Support Shelf, 16" Low Profile 1-7 1-8 Shelf, 19" Low Profile Shelf, 26"D 1-31 1-30 1-34 1-48 11-8 5-35 1-50 1-36 10-7 1-12 1-11 1-47 1-23 1-47 1-11 1-12 1-45 1-44 1-38 1-41 8-18 1-52 1-50 7-17 7-11 7-8 7-17 7-15 7-12 7-16 7-7 7-18 1-45 1-43 1-26 1-27 1-29 1-9, 5-19 1-10, 12-4 1-3
Q
QuadraRack & ServerRack (4-Post) QuadraRack & ServerRack, Adjustable QuadraRack & ServerRack, Adjustable Rail QuadraRack 4-Post Frame QuadraRack Server Frame Cable Guide Kit Dust Cover, QuadraRack Equipment Support Rails, ARQR/ARSR Equipment Support Rails, AQR/ASR Fixed Mounting Rail, ARQR/ARSR Fixed QuadraRack Server Frame Lockable Storage Drawer Runway Mtg. Bracket Side Panels Shelf, Adjustable Racks Shelf, QuadraRack Spacer, Line-Up Tie-Down Bracket Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray
R
Rack, 2-Post 3"D Standard 6"D Standard
13-8
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
R
Rack Accessories Shelf, CPU Shelf, Double-Sided Low Profile Shelf, Double-Sided Solid Shelf, Double-Sided Steel Shelf, Double-Sided Vented Shelf, Heavy Duty Equip. Shelf, Multi-Purpose Shelf, Single-Sided Solid Shelf, Single-Sided Steel Shelf, Single-Sided Vented Shelf, Sliding Equipment Shelf, Small Peripheral Shelf, Space-Saving Shelf, Wall-Mount CPU Spacer Kit Standard Rollers Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray Rack Termination Systems 66 Block Mounting Brackets 66 Block Mounting System High Density Patching Frame Hinged Panels, Bracket Runway Mounting Kit, High Density Frame XLBET 110A Block System XLBET Mounting Bar XLBET Wire Managers Rack-to-Runway Mtng Plate Rail Adapter Kit, Cabinets Rear Door Sealing Kit,F-Series TeraFrame Right Hand Latch Kit, N-Series TeraFrame RIM-600 System Axis Network Camera Bundle RIM-600 Host Module RIM-600 Node RIM-600 PowerGate Module Panel/Bracket Patch Cable, RJ-45, 7'L RJ-45 F/F Coupler Kit Sensor, 4-20 mA Dry Contact Bridge Sensor, Door Open/Closed 9-7 9-4 9-3 9-3 9-4 9-7 9-7 9-7 9-6 9-6 1-57 1-56 1-53 1-58 1-54 1-54 1-55 1-55 6-30 2-72 2-9 2-23 1-28 1-30 1-29 1-27 1-29 1-32 1-35 1-25 1-27 1-26 1-33 1-25 1-41 1-35 1-42 1-46 1-15
R
RIM-600 System Sensor, Humidity Sensor, Mini Temperature Sensor, Motion Sensor, Open/Close Contract Bridge Sensor, Power Monitoring Sensor, Smoke Detector Sensor, Temperature Sensor, Water Detection Sensor Software CD User Manual Wall-Mount Kit Water Detection Sensor Rope Ring Panel, Large Horizontal RJ-45 F/F Coupler Kit Runway Runway, TELCO-Style Runway, UL Classified Runway, Universal Runway Accessories 3" Channel Runway Mounting Plate 3 Mounting Plate 45 Runway-Splice Kit 6 Mounting Plate, Rack-to-Runway 90 Runway Splice Kit Adjustable Floor Support Adjustable Junction-Splice Kit Alternate Space Runway Auxiliary Framing Bar Splice Kit Auxiliary Framing Channel Splice Brackets, Support Butt Swivel Splice Kit, UL Butt-Splice Kit Cable Retaining Post Ceiling Support Bracket Center Support Kit Clip J-Bolt Kit Corner Bracket Cross Member E-Bend Elevation Kit End Closing Kit 6-29 6-29 6-27 6-30 6-27 6-43 6-27 6-19 6-34 6-33 6-47 6-28 6-25 6-49 6-47 6-48 6-37 6-26 6-24 6-23 6-32 6-50 6-17 6-17 6-16 9-5 9-5 9-6 9-6 9-7 9-6 9-5 9-5 9-7 9-7 9-3 9-5 5-35 2-49, 9-9
13-9
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
R
Runway Accessories Foot Kit Framing Clip Kit Ground Strap Kit Heavy-Duty Aux Framing Channel Insulator Bar Kit J-Bolt J-Bolt Kit Junction Swivel Splice Kit Junction Swivel Splice Kit, UL Junction-Splice Kit Junction-Splice Kit, UL L Bracket PatchRack Pathway Dividers Protective End Caps Quick Ship Kit Rack-to-Runway Mtng Plate Radius Bends Runway Radius Drop Runway Support Bracket Screen, Runway Slip-On Framing Clip Slip-On Lock Nut Standoff Support Kit Support Extension Kit Swivel Splice Kits Tall Pipe Stand Tray, Runway Threaded Ceiling Kit Threaded Drop Rods Triangle Support Bracket Trough, Runway Wall to Rack Kit Wall Angle Support Kit V-Bolts 6-42 6-35 11-9 6-34 6-50, 9-8 6-8 6-36 6-28 6-28 6-26 6-26 6-51 6-20 6-21 6-51 6-18 6-30 6-23 6-22 6-46 6-49 6-35 6-46 6-24 6-48 6-28 6-44 6-49 6-45 6-45 6-40 6-18 6-31 6-41 6-39
S
Seismic Adjustable Bracing Kit, Racks Adjustable Bracing Kit, Cabinets Adjustable Monitor Tie-Down Strap Cable Management Kit Cabling Section Offset Bracket Concrete Floor Anchor Kit CPU Tie-Down Brackets Duplex Electrical Outlet Box Earthquake Bracing Kit, Racks Earthquake Bracing Kit, Runway Equipment Bracket, Cabinets Equipment Tie-Down Bracket Floor Drilling Template Heavy-Duty Top Angle for Racks Power Strip Mounting Kit Rack Gusset Kit Seismic Frame Cabinet System Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Stud Bolts CPU Tie-Down Brackets Vertical Cabling Section Shelves 16"D Low Profile 19"D Low Profile 26"D Shelf 32"D Sliding Adjustable Monitor Shelf, Rack CPU Shelf, Rack CPU/Monitor, Keyboard Trays, Rack Double-Sided Low Profile, Rack Double-Sided Shelf, Solid, Rack Double-Sided Steel, Rack Double-Sided, Vented, Rack Extra-Extending, Rack Extra-Heavy-Duty Sliding Fixed, Low Profile, Cabinet 1-51, 5-36 10-3 6-53 1-52 Fixed, Solid, Cabinet Fixed, Vented, Cabinet Heavy-Duty Equipment, Rack LCD Monitor & Shelf, 2-Post/Racks 1-26 1-28 1-29 2-62 1-30 1-28 1-37 1-30 1-29 1-27 1-29 1-33 1-21, 1-24, 2-62 2-64 2-60, 10-15 2-60, 10-15 1-32 1-41 12-10 12-13 12-12 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-9 12-6 12-7 12-11 12-13 12-10 12-5 12-9 12-6 12-8 12-3 12-4 12-8 12-9 12-5
S
Saf-T-Grip Straps Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) Screw, Hex Lag Screws, Rack
13-10
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
4-19 4-5
S
Shelves Monitor & Sliding Keyboard, Cabinet Multi-Purpose, Rack Rack-Mount Cable, Cabinet Single-Sided Single-Sided, Steel Sliding Equipment, Rack Sliding, Solid, Cabinet Sliding, Vented, Cabinet Space-Saving Keyboard Shelf, Rack Small Peripheral Shelf, Rack Stationary Keyboard, Rack Wall-Mount CPU Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet Silver Frame Cabinet, Power Strip Slip-On Cover, Ring Panel Slip-On Framing Clip Slip-On Lock Nut Snap-In Filler Panel Software, SEMA Spanner Clip, Runway Splices 45 Runway-Splice Kit 90 Runway Splice Kit Butt Swivel Splice Kit Heavy-Duty Butt-Splice Kit Heavy-Duty Butt-Splice Kit, UL Adjustable Junction-Splice Kit Auxiliary Framing Bar Splice Kit, Runway Heavy-Duty Junction Splice Kit, UL Heavy-Duty Junction-Splice Kit Junction Swivel Splice Kit Junction Swivel Splice Kit, UL Junction-Splice Kit Vertical Swivel Splice Kit Vertical Swivel Splice Kit, UL Split Lock Washers Stabilizer Kit for Cabinets Stand-Off Tie-Brackets Standard Fan Door Stud Bolts 6-27 6-27 6-28 6-25 6-25 6-27 6-34 6-25 6-25 6-28 6-28 6-26 6-28 6-28 6-52 2-73 5-39, 11-11 2-54 12-8 2-63 1-35 2-11, 2-63 1-25, 4-11, 4-17 1-27 1-33 2-61 2-61 1-41 1-25 1-41 1-35 4-20 4-21, 7-22 5-32 6-35 6-46 2-25, 2-50 10-3 6-38
S
Surge-Suppressed Duplex Receptacle Swing Gate Wall Rack
T
TeraFrame Cabinet System F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet System N-Series TeraFrame Network Cabinet Air Dam Kit, F-Series Airflow Director, F-Series Anchor Bracket, F-Series Baying Kit, F-Series Baying Kit, N-Series Bottom Panel, F-Series Cable Lashing Bracket, F-Series Cable Management, F-Series Cable Management Kit, N-Series Cable Ring Manager, F-Series Caster Kit, F-Series Caster Kit, N-Series Door Latch, N-Series Fiber Mgmt, Horizontal Furcation Bracket Fiber Mgmt, Swivel Cable Spool Fiber Mgmt, Trunk Cable Mgr Fiber Mgmt, Universal Accessory Rail Fiber Mgmt, Vertical Furcation Bracket Fiber Module Adapter Fiber Module Bracket Floor Anchor Bracket, F-Series Front-to-Back Cable Manager, F-Series KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet Mounting Hardware Kit Mounting Rails, F-TeraFrame Mounting Rails, N-Series TeraFrame N-Series TeraFrame, Cisco Compatible N-Series TeraFrame, Juniper Compatible Network Exhaust Duct, N-Series PDU, Single-Phase, Vertical PDU, Three-Phase, Vertical PDU/PS Lashing Bracket, F-Series Power Cord Manager, F-Series Power Strip Bracket, F-Series Rear Door Sealing Kit, F-Series 2-7 2-20 2-10 2-9 2-18 2-15 2-25 2-11 2-14 2-12 2-24 2-13 2-18 2-25 2-25 2-31 2-29 2-27 2-29 2-28 2-28 2-30 2-18 2-13 2-51 2-18 2-19 2-26 2-23 2-23 2-24 7-9 7-13 2-14 2-17 2-16 2-9
13-11
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
T
TeraFrame Cabinet System Shelf, Rack-Mount Cable Snap-In Filler Panel Vertical Cable Ring Manager, F-Series Vertical Exhaust Duct, F-Series ThinLine II Wall-Mount Cabinet Threaded Drop Rods Top Angle, Rack Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray Touch-Up Paint Trays CPU/Monitor Shelf/Tray Flush-Mount Keyboard Horizontal, Cabinet Jumper Trays Keyboard & Mouse Keyboard, 19" Full Keyboard Tray, Cabinet Keyboard & Tray, 2-Post Keyboard & Tray, 4-Post Sliding Keyboard & Mouse Sliding Keyboard, 19" Sliding Keyboard, Wrist Rest Sliding Single Keyboard Transition Plate Trim Head Bolts Two Mounting Hole Ground Block 1-37 1-39 2-57 5-33 1-40 1-40 2-63 1-41, 8-12 1-41, 2-64, 8-12 1-38 1-40 1-39, 2-63 1-38 5-33 6-53 11-8 2-11 2-25 2-13 2-9 4-18 6-45 1-44 1-15 1-48, 6-51
U
UL Products Butt-Splice Kit, UL Cabinet, F-Series TeraFrame Cable Managers, TeraFrame Caster Kit, TeraFrame Compression Lugs Cube-iT Cabinets Duplex Box Ground Terminal Bock Ground Wire Heavy-Duty Butt-Splice Kit, UL Heavy-Duty Junction Splice Kit, UL Junction Swivel Splice Kit, UL Junction-Splice Kit, UL LCD/KVM Console OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray PDU Lashing Bracket, TeraFrame Pedestal Clamp Pipe Clamp Power Strip Mgr, TeraFrame Power Strip, Wall-Mount RIM-600 Modules RIM PowerGate Modules Seismic Frame 2-Post Rack Shelf, Rack-Mount Cable Shelves, Rack Standard Racks Standard Swing-Gate Wall Rack Vertical Swivel Splice Kit, UL 6-27 6-27 1-13 2-9 2-10 2-15 2-11 11-3 11-4 11-6 11-5 6-28 Universal Horizontal Cable Manager Universal Rack Universal Runway Universal Swing Gate Rack Vertical Rack Busbar Kit Vertical Rack Ground Bar Kit Wireless Enclosures Zone Enclosures, Raised Floor Zone Enclosures, Ceiling Zone Enclosures, Wireless 6-25 2-6 2-12 2-18 11-14 4-12 12-6 11-9 11-10 6-25 6-25 6-28 6-26 2-65 6-3 2-14 11-12 11-12 2-16 4-11 9-3 9-4 1-10, 12-4 2-11 1-29 1-7 4-5 6-28 5-30 1-4 6-16 4-4 11-7 11-6 3-12 3-4 3-6 3-10
U
UL Products 45 Runway-Splice Kit, UL 90 Runway Splice Kit, UL Adjustable Rail QR/SR Airflow Director, TeraFrame Air Dam Kit, TeraFrame Baying Kits, TeraFrame Bottom Panel Kit, TeraFrame Busbar, Grounding Busbar, Standard Busbar, Vertical Busbar Assembly Butt Swivel Splice Kit, UL
13-12
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
DESCRIPTION PAGE #
6-39 5-14 5-13 5-14 5-10 5-29 5-22 2-56 5-20 2-56 5-20 2-9 5-26
DESCRIPTION
PAGE #
1-54 1-55 1-55
V
V-Bolts Velocity Cable Management (VCM) Cable Lashing Kit, VCM Cable Ring Kit, VCM Cable Spool Kit, VCM Velocity Cable Management Velocity Cable Managers, Horizontal Vertical Cable Loop, IBM Style Vertical Cable Manager,Cabinet Vertical Cabling Extensions Vertical Cabling Ring Kit Vertical Cabling Section Extensions Vertical Exhaust Duct, TeraFrame F-Series Vertical Wire Management Loop
X
XLBET 110A Block System XLBET Wire Manager XLBET Mounting Bar
Z
Zone Enclosures Enclosure, Basic Consolidation Enclosure, Drop Ceiling Enclosure Faceplates Enclosure, MUTOA Floor Box Enclosure, Raised Floor Enclosure, Raised Floor, Fiber Enclosure, Service Parts Enclosure, Wall Mount Enclosure, Wireless Enclosure, Wireless, Domed 3-8 3-6 3-10 3-14 3-4 3-5 3-9 3-12 3-10 3-11
W
Wall-Mount Cabinets CUBE-iT PLUS Cabinet 24", 36", 48" 4-13
CUBE-iT PLUS Cabinet 60" & 72" Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet ThinLine II Wall-Mount Cabinet Wall-Mount Racks EasySwing Wall-Mount Rack Fixed Wall-Mount Rack Heavy-Duty Equipment Rack Heavy-Duty Swing Gate Kit Universal Swing Gate Rack Wall-Mount Rack w/Enclosure Wall-Mount Rack, Brackets Wall-Mount Rack, Cable Mgmt Wall-Mount Rack, Fan Kit Wall-Mount Rack, Power Strip Wall-Mount Rack, Shelf Wall Angle Support Kit, Cable Runway Wall Angle, Cable Runway Wall Mount Angle, OnTrac Washers, Plain "A" Type Wireless Enclosures Wireless Ceiling Enclosure Wireless, Dome Enclosure Wireless Enclosure Wireless Wall-Mount Enclosure
4-14 4-20 4-18 4-6 4-8 4-7 4-5 4-4 4-10 4-9 4-9 4-11 4-11 4-11, 4-17 6-41 6-42 6-9 6-52 3-11 3-11 3-10 3-12
13-13
NUMERIC INDEX
NUMERIC INDEX
NUMERIC INDEX
New Products
Vertical Exhaust Duct for 800mm TeraFrame Cabinet System TeraFrame Cabinet System Accessory Updates Bottom Panel Vertical Cable Manager Front-to-Back Cable Manager Vertical Cable Ring Manager PDU/Power Strip Lashing Bracket Cable Lashing Bracket Baying Kits Velocity Cable Management Power Management Power Strips PDUs PowerScope In-Line Meter KVM Systems Analog KVM CenterPoint KVM Switch/Console CenterCade KVM Switch CenterView KVM Console KVM Over IP CenterLine CenterBridge Software Systems Scalable Enterprise Management Application (SEMA) Page 2-9 Page 2-11 Page 2-12 Page 2-13 Page 2-13 Page 2-14 Page 2-14 Page 2-15 Page 5-10 Page 7-6 Page 7-8 Page 7-18
14-2
NUMERIC INDEX
PART #
01001 01002 01004 02004 02006 02006 02007 02009 02012 03001 03003 04002 04003 05006 05009 05012 06001 06003 06006 06009 06012 08001 08009 10001 10175 10250 10365 10375 10419 10473 10487 10488 10489 10506 10557 10559 10562 10565 10587 10595 10596 10605 10606 10607 10608 10609 10610
PAGE #
6-52 6-39 6-53 6-53 5-36 6-53 6-53 5-36 5-36 6-52 6-46 6-52 6-52 5-36 5-36 5-36 1-43 1-43 1-51, 5-36 1-51, 5-36 1-51, 5-36 12-8 11-10 5-39, 11-11 1-46 6-16 2-57 1-44 5-25 1-44, 12-9 6-28 6-28 6-28 6-32 6-46 5-39, 11-11 12-7 1-47 2-72 6-29 6-49 1-42, 11-8 6-49 6-47 6-47 6-35 11-5
DESCRIPTION
Carriage Bolts V-Bolts Trim Head Bolts Hex Cap Bolts Saf-T-Grip Straps, Center Grommet Hex Lag Screw Hex Lag Screw Saf-T-Grip Straps, Open Loop Saf-T-Grip Straps, Open Loop Hex Nut Slip-On Lock Nut Washers, Plain "A" Type Split Lock Washers Saf-T-Grip Straps, End Grommet Saf-T-Grip Straps, End Grommet Saf-T-Grip Straps, End Grommet Anchors Anchor Setting Tool Saf-T-Grip Straps, Center Grommet Saf-T-Grip Straps, Center Grommet Saf-T-Grip Straps, Center Grommet Stud Bolts One Mounting Hole Grnd Block Stand-Off Tie-Brackets Dolly Wheels for Racks Universal Runway Cable Tray, Horizontal, Cabinets Top Angle Horizontal Cable Guides Heavy-Duty Top Angle for Racks Butt Swivel Splice Kit Junction Swivel Splice Kit Vertical Swivel Splice Kit Cable Runway Elevation Kit Threaded Rod I-Beam Clamps Stand-Off Tie Bracket Earthquake Bracing Kit, Racks Rack Extension Kit Rail Adapter Kit 3 Rack-to-Runway Mounting Plate Cable Retaining Post, Runway Insulator Kit, Rack Base Cable Runway Tray Slotted Support Bracket Vertical Wall Bracket Framing Clip Kit, Cable Runway Busbar, Horizontal Rack
PART #
10611 10616 10620 10621 16022 10622 10628 10629 10630 10631 10632 10635 10639 10642 10683 10684 10692 10693 10695 10696 10697 10699 10702 10709 10715 10723 10724 10741 10745 10746 10747 10748 10757 10758 10812 10822 10842 10873 10941 10942 10943 10991 11019 11038 11048 11054 11085
PAGE #
6-48 6-27 6-37 6-35 11-4 11-4 6-33 1-43 1-43 1-43 1-43 6-37 6-49 6-51 5-26 6-44 6-18 6-18 12-11 12-11 6-45 6-26 6-38 6-38 6-33 6-23 6-23 6-39 6-33 6-34 6-34 6-34 6-51 1-25 5-38 6-23 6-50, 11-8 6-47 5-38 5-38 5-38 6-26 6-35 1-11 1-11 1-29 6-46
DESCRIPTION
Support Extension Kit, Runway Adjustable Junction-Splice Kit Clip J-Bolt Kit Framing Clip Kit, Cable Runway Busbars, Standard Busbar Insulator Assembly Kit Auxiliary Framing Channel, Runway Raised Floor Rack Support Raised Floor Rack Support Raised Floor Rack Support Raised Floor Rack Support J-Bolt Clip Kit Cable Runway Screen Protective End Caps, Runway Vertical Cable Loop, IBM Style Tall Pipe Stand, Cable Runway Trough Cable Runway Trough Cable Runway Earthquake Bracing Kit, Single Earthquake Bracing Kit, Double Threaded Rod Coupling Kit Transition Adapter, Butt-Splice Kit Spanner J-Bolt Kit Spanner Clip, Cable Runway Auxiliary Framing Channel Splice Cable Runway Radius Bend, Outside Cable Runway Radius Bend, Inside V-Bolt Mounting Kit Auxiliary Framing Channel, Runway Heavy-Duty Aux Channel, Runway Heavy-Duty Aux Channel, Runway Auxiliary Framing Splice, Runway Protective End Caps, Runway Small Peripheral Shelf Distribution Rings, Closed Cable Runway E-Bend Insulator Bar Kit, Cable Runway Slip-On Support Bracket, Runway Metal D-Rings Metal D-Rings Metal D-Rings Transition Adapter Butt Splice Kit Slip-On Framing Clip, Runway Rack Enclosure, Single, 19"W Rack Enclosure, Single, 23"W Shelf, 26"D Threaded Rod Cover
14-3
NUMERIC INDEX
PART #
11125 11153 11154 11157 11164 11177 11188 11222 11228 11230 11231 11232 11245 11235 11236 11237 11241 11245 11252 11268 11275 11293 11294 11298 11299 11301 11302 11303 11304 11305 11306 11307 11308 11309 11310 11312 11313 11314 11347 11348 11349 11359 11374 11378 11406 11408 11415
PAGE #
5-37 5-25 5-25 5-25 1-32 1-57 1-57 1-11, 4-11, 4-20 5-27 5-27 1-29 1-29 1-30 6-43 6-43 6-43 6-43 1-30 6-17 6-51 6-17 1-26 1-28 6-25 6-25 6-25 6-26 6-36 6-36 6-36 6-37 6-33 6-42 6-42 6-45 6-40 6-27 6-27 4-4 4-4 12-10 1-30 5-21 5-20 6-47 6-46 1-33
DESCRIPTION
Distribution Ring, Channel-Mounted Horizontal Cable Guides Horizontal Cable Guides Horizontal Cable Guides Heavy-Duty, 3" Channel shelf 66 Block Mounting Brackets 66 Block Mounting Brackets Filter Replacement Kit Cable Ring, Narrow Cable Loop, Narrow Shelf, Double-Sided, Vented Shelf, Double-Sided, Vented Shelf, Adjustable Monitor Adjustable Floor Stands, Runway Adjustable Floor Stands, Runway Adjustable Floor Stands, Runway Adjustable Floor Channel, Runway Adjustable Monitor Shelf Runway, TELCO-Style Cable Runway L Bracket Runway, UL Classified Shelf, 16"D Low Profile Shelf, 19"D Low Profile Heavy-Duty Junction-Splice Kit Heavy-Duty Butt-Splice Kit Butt-Splice Kit, Cable Runway Junction-Splice Kit J-Bolt Kit J-Bolt Kit J-Bolt Kit J-Bolt Kit Auxiliary Framing Channel Splice J-Bolt Kit, Cable Runway Runway Foot Kit, Cable Runway Threaded Ceiling Kit, Runway Triangle Support Bracket, Runway 45 Runway-Splice Kit 90 Runway Splice Kit Universal Swing Gate Rack Universal Swing Gate Rack Equipment Tie-Down Bracket Shelf, Double-Sided Low Profile Single-Sided, Wide Cabling Section Vertical Cabling Section Extensions Ceiling Support Bracket Runway Support Bracket Shelf, Sliding Equipment
PART #
11420 11421 11430 11431 11433 11440 11450 11487 11488 11520 11521 11522 11523 11524 11525 11546 11554 11558 11563 11564 11570 11583 11584 11592 11628 11643 11680 11685 11690 11700 11725 11726 11729 11730 11744 11746 11752 11753 11754 11755 11760 11761 11762 11763 11764 11781 11782
PAGE #
6-42 6-41 6-38 6-38 6-53 6-45 6-33 1-37 1-37 1-58 1-58 1-58 1-58 1-58 1-58 1-40 1-46 1-11 5-34 5-35 5-39 4-9 5-20 12-8 1-31, 12-12 1-45 4-20 4-20 1-38 6-50 1-31, 12-12 1-31, 12-12 5-23 5-20 1-28 6-40 5-35 5-35 4-9 1-11, 4-11, 4-20 1-43 1-43 1-43 1-43 5-32 5-22 5-22
DESCRIPTION
Wall Angle, Cable Runway Wall Angle Support Kit, Runway J-Bolts J-Bolts Trim Head Bolts Threaded Drop Rods Auxiliary Framing Channel, Runway Shelf, CPU/Monitor, Keyboard Tray Shelf, CPU/Monitor, Keyboard Trays Panel Hinges Mounting Bracket, Hinged Panel Mounting Bracket, Hinged Panel Mounting Bracket, Hinged Panel Mounting Bracket, Hinged Panel Mounting Bracket, Hinged Panel Tray, Keyboard, 19" Full Rack Standard Rollers Door, Metal for Rack Enclosure Cable Ring, Large Horizontal Ring Panel, Large Horizontal Cable Strain Relief Bracket Flush Wall-Mount Bracket Vertical Cabling Section Extensions Rack Seismic Gusset Kit Adjustable Monitor Tie-Down Strap Dolly, Mid-Size Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet Tray, Sliding Keyboard & Mouse End Closing Kit, Runway Adjustable Monitor Tie-Down Strap Adjustable Monitor Tie-Down Strap Double-Sided, Wide Cabling Section Single-Sided, Cabling Section CPU Shelf, SUN Triangle Support Bracket, Runway Rack Cabling Managers Rack Cabling Managers Wall-Mount, Flush Bracket Fan/Filter Kit Raised Floor Rack Support Raised Floor Rack Support Raised Floor Rack Support Raised Floor Rack Support Slip-On Cover, Ring Panel Vertical Cabling Section Extensions Vertical Cabling Section Extensions
14-4
NUMERIC INDEX
PART #
11770 11771 11772 11782 11790 11791 11792 11793 11794 11795 11799 11807 11808 11809 11810 11812 11813 11814 11815 11817 11837 11840 11890 11900 11901 11910 11911 11913 11914 11922 11923 11927 11953 11954 11959 11960 11961 11962 11963 11964 11965 11972 11973 11974 11996 12035 12062
PAGE #
1-55 1-55 1-55 5-22 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-9 4-5 4-5 2-57 1-54 2-70 2-70 2-70 2-70 2-57 4-16 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 1-54 6-31 2-62 2-62 5-24 5-24 1-49, 2-72 2-71 2-71 6-26 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 2-47, 12-14 2-47, 12-14 2-47, 12-14 4-13 5-37 1-38
DESCRIPTION
XLBET Mounting Bar XLBET Small Wire Manager XLBET Large Wire Manager Vertical Cabling Extensions Swing Gate Wall Rack Swing Gate Wall Rack Swing Gate Wall Rack Swing Gate Wall Rack Swing Gate Wall Rack Swing Gate Wall Rack Cable Management, Wall Racks Swing Gate Wall Rack Swing Gate Wall Rack Vertical Cable Manager, Narrow XLBET 110A Block System, 23W Mounting Rails, SUN Equipment Mounting Rails, SUN Equipment Mounting Rails, SUN Equipment Mounting Rails, SUN Equipment Vertical Cabling Ring Kit, Mgr Horizontal Wire Bar, CUBE-iT PLUS CUBE-iT PLUS 24", 36", 48" CUBE-iT PLUS 24", 36", 48" CUBE-iT PLUS 24", 36", 48" CUBE-iT PLUS 24", 36", 48" XLBET 110A Block System, 35W Cable Runway Wall to Rack Kit Shelf, 32"D Sliding, Vented Shelf, 32"D Sliding, Solid Cabling Section Covers Cabling Section Covers Labels, RMU Kit Mounting Rails, IBM Equipment Mounting Rails, IBM Equipment Corner Bracket, Runway Fixed Wall-Mount Rack Fixed Wall-Mount Rack Fixed Wall-Mount Rack Fixed Wall-Mount Rack Fixed Wall-Mount Rack Fixed Wall-Mount Rack Seismic Frame Cabinet System Seismic Frame Cabinet System Seismic Frame Cabinet System CUBE-iT PLUS 24", 36", 48" Distribution Ring, Open Tray, Sliding Single Keyboard
PART #
12086 12087 12091 12096 12100 12101 12115 12121 12127 12170 12176 12183 12185 12186 12187 12188 12189 12193 12219 12220 12227 12228 12264 12265 12291 12293 12297 12301 12302 12309 12310 12311 12312 12324 12325 12332 12334 12335 12336 12337 12338 12339 12345 12346 12362 12370 12392
PAGE #
12-9 12-9 12-10 5-22 6-22 6-22 6-24 6-30 5-38 6-18 5-31 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-24 5-24 1-40 1-12 1-12 1-33 5-26 4-10 4-10 4-11, 4-17 1-32 1-12 7-20 7-20 1-50 1-50 1-50 1-49 4-10 4-10 1-35 2-60, 12-12 2-60, 12-12 2-60, 12-12 2-60, 12-12 2-61 2-61 2-61 2-61 6-48 5-24 5-34
DESCRIPTION
Tower CPU Tie-Down Brackets Tower CPU Tie-Down Brackets Equipment Tie-Down Brackets Double-Sided, Cabling Section Runway Radius Drop, Cross-Member Runway Radius Drop, Stringer Cross Member, Cable Runway Rack-to-Runway Mtng Plate Distribution Rings, Closed Cable Runway Kit, Quick Ship Patch Panel Wire Management Bar Jumper Tray, Upper Jumper Tray, Single Transition Tray Jumper Tray, Lower Cabling Section Covers Cabling Section Covers Tray, Keyboard & Mouse Louver Shut-Off Panel Axial Fan & Cover Kit Shelf, Extra-Extending Cable Ring, Double-Wide Wall-Mount Rack w/Enclosure Wall-Mount Rack w/Enclosure Shelf, 10"D Wall-Mount Shelf, Heavy-Duty Equipment Rack Enclosure Bottom Panel Power Strip, Transformer Spaced Power Strip, Transformer Spaced Rack Channel Standoffs, 3"D Rack Channel Standoffs, 6"D Rack Channel Standoffs, 1-1/2"D Equipment Support Bracket Wall-Mount Rack w/Enclosure Wall-Mount Rack w/Enclosure Shelf, Wall-Mount CPU Shelf, Fixed, Solid Shelf, Fixed, Vented Shelf, Fixed, Solid Shelf, Fixed, Vented Shelf, Sliding, Solid Shelf, Sliding, Vented Shelf, Sliding, Solid Shelf, Sliding, Vented Cable Runway Center Support Kit Cable Guides, Finger Snaps Rack Radius Drop
14-5
NUMERIC INDEX
PART # PAGE # DESCRIPTION
Rack Radius Drop Rack Radius Drop Adjusable Bracing Kit, Racks 3 Rack-to-Runway Mounting Plate 6 Rack-to-Runway Mounting Plate CUBE-iT PLUS 24", 36", 48" Mounting Rails, Half Length Mounting Rails, Full Length Vertical Cable Manager , Cabinets Adjustable Bracing Kit, Cabinets Fan Kit, M-Series Cabinet Shelf, CPU/Monitor, Keyboard Tray Shelf, Monitor & Sliding Keyboard Foam Insert, Filter Ventilation Filter Replacement, Filter System Filtered Ventilation System Filtered Ventilation System Patch Panel Rails for Cabinets Horizontal Wire Management, 19" Horizontal Wire Management, 19" Shelf, Fixed, Low Profile, Cabinets MDF 66 Mounting System, 19"W MDF 66 Mounting System, 35"W Shelf, Fixed, Low Profile, Cabinets Mounting Rails, Full Length Mounting Rails, Half Length Mounting Hardware Kit Mounting Hardware Kit Mounting Hardware Kit Cable Cover, Clip-On Cabling Section Covers Shelf, Stationary Keyboard Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet Silver Frame Wall-Mount Cabinet Shelf, Extra-Heavy-Duty Sliding Tray, Flush-Mount Keyboard Fan Kit, T-Series Cabinet Grounding & Bonding Kit, T-Series 3 Mounting Plate, Rack-to-Runway 6 Mounting Plate, Rack-to-Runway anyServer Bracket, 1U anyServer Bracket, 2U anyServer Bracket Support Arms Fiber Management Spools, 2" Fiber Management Spools, 2" Mounting Rails, CUBE-iT Heavy-Duty Swing Gate Kit
PART #
12796 12803 12804 12805 12806 12816 12817 12818 12819 12820 12821 12846 12847 12848 12850 12851 12853 12858 12891 12934 12955 13044 13050 13051 13070 13075 13079 13082 13083 13084 13123 13124 13125 13126 13157 13158 13168 13169 13170 13171 13178 13179 13183 13185 13203 13204 13212
PAGE #
4-16 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-11, 7-16 7-20 7-20 7-19 4-17, 7-21 4-21, 7-22 7-23 7-23 7-6 7-6 7-7 7-7 4-8 5-25 4-19 4-19 1-51 4-18 4-19 5-31 5-31 5-26 1-36, 2-67 1-36, 2-67 1-36, 2-67 2-73 2-73 2-73 2-73 7-9 7-9 2-58 2-58 2-58 2-58 7-9 7-9 5-29 1-36, 2-67 2-68 2-68 2-54
DESCRIPTION
45 Mounting Bracket, CUBE-iT Light for CUBE-iT PLUS Fan Kit for CUBE-iT PLUS Fan Filters for CUBE-iT PLUS Fan Filters for CUBE-iT PLUS Power Strip, Horiz, Single-Phase Power Strip, Stand-Off Mount, 19" Power Strip, Stand-Off Mount, 23" Power Strip, Vertical, Univ Racks Power Strip, CUBE-iT Cabinet Power Strip, Silver Frame Cabinet Vertical Power Strip Bracket Offset Rack-Mount Brackets Power Strip, Vertical, Single-Phase Power Strip, Vertical, Single-Phase Power Strip, Vertical, Single-Phase Power Strip, Vertical, Single-Phase Corner Cushions, Wall Rack Extended Fingers Bracket Duplex Receptacle Fiber Slack Manager Panel Panel Adapter for Racks ThinLine II Wall-Mount Cabinet Intelligent Fan Kit Horizontal Wire Mgmt Panel, VCS Horizontal Wire Mgmt Panel, VCS Vertical Wire Management Loop Lockable Storage Drawer, 2U Lockable Storage Drawer, 3U Lockable Storage Drawer, 4U Stabilizer Kit for Cabinets Stabilizer Kit for Cabinets Stabilizer Kit for Cabinets Stabilizer Kit for Cabinets PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase Front-To-Back Cable Mgrs, Wide Front-To-Back Cable Mgrs, Narrow Cable Managers, Enhanced Wide Cable Managers, Enhanced Narrow PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase Jumper Tray, Upper Lockable Storage Drawer Dividers Caster Kits Caster Kits Intelligent Fan Door, M-Series
5-34 12393 12394 5-34 12407 12-10 6-29 12408 12409 6-30 12419 4-13 12450 2-69 12460 2-69 12465 2-56 12477 12-13 12480 2-53 12487 1-37 12495 2-63 12505 2-55 12507 2-55 12510 2-55 12511 2-55 12533 2-72 12541 5-32 12542 5-32 12573 2-64 12577 1-56 12578 1-56 12610 2-64 12630 2-69 12631 2-69 12637 1-22, 1-34, 2-18, 2-68 12638 1-22, 1-34, 2-18, 2-68 12639 1-22, 1-34, 2-18, 2-68 12663 5-32 12664 5-24 12665 1-41 12680 4-20 12685 4-20 12700 1-21, 2-62 12717 1-39 12724 2-53 12725 2-71 12730 6-29 12731 6-30 12751 1-34 12752 1-34 12759 1-34 12765 5-28 12766 5-28 12787 4-13 12795 4-5
14-6
NUMERIC INDEX
PART #
13213 13214 13222 13223 13224 13236 13239 13240 13242 13246 13247 13265 13275 13276 13285 13286 13287 13288 13336 13338 13367 13368 13380 13381 13390 13392 13393 13394 13395 13396 13399 13480 13483 13485 13490 13491 13492 13493 13494 13495 13496 13501 13515 13517 13571 13576 13602
PAGE #
2-54 2-54 2-54 2-54 2-54 7-17 7-16 7-11 7-11 7-11 7-11 4-13 4-13 4-14 4-16 4-16 4-15 4-15 2-52 2-52 6-15 6-15 2-66, 8-18 2-66, 8-18 8-18 6-21 2-68 6-20 6-20 6-20 6-20 1-41, 2-64 4-13 4-17 1-41 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 1-43 1-43 2-11, 2-63 2-51 2-51 4-6
DESCRIPTION
Intelligent Fan Door, C-Series Intelligent Fan Door, T-Series Standard Fan Door, M-Series Standard Fan Door, C-Series Standard Fan Door, T-Series PDU, Horizontal, Single-Phase Power Strips, Horiz, Single-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase CUBE-iT PLUS 24", 36", 48" CUBE-iT PLUS 24", 36", 48" Mounting Rails, CUBE-iT 90 Mounting Bracket, CUBE-iT Vert Mounting Bracket CUBE-iT Termination Block Panel, CUBE-iT Termination Block Panel, CUBE iT Air Dam Kit Air Dam Kit Wire Shear Cutting Tool, OnTrac Cable Roller, Bracket, OnTrac LCD Monitor & Shelf LCD Monitor/Keyboard LCD Monitor & Shelf, 2-Post Racks Pathway Dividers, Cable Runway Universal Cabinet Light PatchRack , Cable Runway PatchRack, Cable Runway D-Rings for PatchRack, Runway PatchRack Hardware Kit, Runway Keyboard & Tray, 4-Post/Cabinets Foot Kit, CUBE-iT PLUS Cable Manager, CUBE iT Keyboard & Tray, 2-Post/Racks CUBE-iT PLUS 60" & 72" CUBE-iT PLUS 60" & 72" CUBE-iT PLUS 60" & 72" CUBE-iT PLUS 60" & 72" CUBE-iT PLUS 60" & 72" CUBE-iT PLUS 60" & 72" Raised Floor Rack Support Raised Floor Rack Support Shelf, Rack-Mount Cable KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet EasySwing Wall-Mount Rack
PART #
13604 13608 13622 13653 13671 13674 13675 13676 13677 13696 13697 13698 13699 13701 13702 13703 13704 13714 13715 13717 13719 13730 13772 13812 13813 13833 13853 13854 13855 13856 13871 13872 13883 13884 13885 13886 13901 13902 13904 13905 13911 13912 13914 13915 13928 13930 13934
PAGE #
4-6 4-6 11-3 7-17 2-51 2-51 2-51 2-51 2-51 12-4 12-6 12-6 12-5 3-14 12-6 12-5 12-5 8-17 2-65, 8-15 2-65, 8-15 2-65, 8-15 2-65, 8-15 3-4 3-6 3-7 3-11 12-4 12-4 12-4 12-4 2-51 2-51 12-4 12-4 12-4 12-4 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-14 5-29 5-13
DESCRIPTION
EasySwing Wall-Mount Rack EasySwing Wall-Mount Rack Busbar Kit, Grounding PDU, Horizontal, Single-Phase KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet KoldLok Raised Floor Grommet Seismic Rack Cable Management Seismic Rack Power Strip Mounting Seismic Rack Duplex Outlet Box Seismic Rack Cabling Section Brkt MUTOA Floor Box Seismic Rack Concrete Floor Kit Seismic Rack Floor Drilling Template Seismic Rack, Cabling Section LCD/KVM Console Signal Cables LCD/KVM Console Monitor LCD/KVM Console Monitor LCD/KVM Console Monitor 3" Channel Runway Mounting Plate Raised Floor Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Fan Kit Ceiling-Mounted Wireless Enclosure Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Seismic Frame Two Post Rack KoldLok Mini Floor Grommet KoldLok Mini Floor Grommet Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Seismic Frame Two Post Rack Velocity Vertical Cable Manager Velocity Vertical Cable Manager Velocity Vertical Cable Manager Velocity Vertical Cable Manager Velocity Vertical Cable Manager Velocity Vertical Cable Manager Velocity Vertical Cable Manager Velocity Vertical Cable Manager Cable Lashing Bar, Velocity Velocity Horizontal Cable Manager Cable Ring Manager, Velocity
14-7
NUMERIC INDEX
PART #
13935 13980 14061 14068 14070 14072 14272 14274 15003 15008 15053 15205 15211 15212 15213 15214 15215 15216 15217 15218 15235 15245 15251 15252 15253 15254 15255 15259 15260 15270 15275 15285 15286 15320 15321 15322 15323 15555 15556 16143 16144 16145 16147 16298 16299 16301 16302
PAGE #
5-14 2-71 12-13 2-56 2-60 2-60 2-44 2-44 5-27 5-9, 5-28 1-22 1-21 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-18 1-20 1-20 1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 1-20 1-16 1-16 1-16 1-15 1-15 1-15 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 1-39, 2-63 1-39, 2-63 2-59 2-59 2-59 2-48, 9-8 6-25 6-25 6-25 6-26
DESCRIPTION
Cable Spool, Velocity Hardware Kits, Rails Seismic Equipment Bracket Vertical Cabling Ring Kit Shelf, Fixed, Solid Shelf, Fixed, Vented Airflow Director, T-Series Bottom Panel Kit, T-Series Cable Distribution Spools Cable Distribution Spool Fixed QuadraRack Server Frame Cable Runway Mounting Bracket Adj QuadraRack & ServerRack Adj QuadraRack & ServerRack Adj QuadraRack & ServerRack Adj QuadraRack & ServerRack Adj QuadraRack & ServerRack Adj QuadraRack & ServerRack Adj QuadraRack & ServerRack Adj QuadraRack & ServerRack Equipment Support Rails, AQR/ASR Solid Shelves, Adjustable Racks Adj Rail QuadraRack & ServerRack Adj Rail QuadraRack & ServerRack Adj Rail QuadraRack & ServerRack Adj Rail QuadraRack & ServerRack Vented Shelves, AQR/ASR Fixed Mounting Rail, ARQR/ARSR Fixed Mounting Rail, ARQR/ARSR Side Panels, ARQR/ARSR Top-Mount Cable Waterfall Tray Support Rail for ARQR/ARSR Cable Guide Kit for ARQR/ARSR Heavy-Duty Equipment Rack, Wall Heavy-Duty Equipment Rack, Wall Heavy-Duty Equipment Rack, Wall Heavy-Duty Equipment Rack, Wall Tray, Sliding Keyboard, Wrist Rest Tray, Sliding Keyboard, Wrist Rest Therma-Stop Brush Side Panel Cable Manager, External Cable Manager, External Electronic Locking System, Cabinets Heavy-Duty Junction Splice Kit, UL Heavy-Duty Butt-Splice Kit, UL Butt-Splice Kit, UL Junction-Splice Kit, UL
PART #
16313 16314 16341 16342 16343 16344 16350 16351 16356 16487 16488 16489 17000 17100 17250 17260 17350 17500 20015 20017 20067 20068 20098 20141 20142 20283 20290 20502 23480 25400 25401 30013 30014 30015 30016 30024 30025 30026 30027 30091 30092 30093 30094 30095 30096 30130 30131
PAGE #
6-27 6-27 1-24 1-24 1-52 1-52 1-24 1-24 1-24 6-28 6-28 6-28 5-40 5-40 5-41 5-41 5-41 5-41 6-52 6-52 1-43 12-8 6-53 6-52 6-52 6-52 6-53 5-40 1-41, 9-12 1-48, 6-51 1-48, 6-51 1-57 1-57 1-57 1-57 1-45 1-45 1-45 1-45 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-30 5-30
DESCRIPTION
45 Runway-Splice Kit, UL 90 Runway Splice Kit, UL Dust Cover, QuadraRack Spacer, Line-Up, QuadraRack Adapters, Threaded Adapters, Threaded Vented Shelf, QuadraRack Solid Shelf ,QuadraRack Tie-Down Bracket, QuadraRack Butt Swivel Splice Kit, UL Junction Swivel Splice Kit, UL Vertical Swivel Splice Kit, UL Mag Clips, Medium Mag Clips, Medium Mag Clips, Wrap-Around Mag Clips, Wrap-Around Mag Clips, Wrap-Around Mag Clips Large Split Lock Washers Hex Nut Anchors Stud Bolts, Racks Hex Lag Screw Split Lock Washers Hex Nut Washers, Plain "A" Type Hex Cap Bolt Jack Plate Wall-Mount Bracket Keyboard Touch-Up Spray Paint Touch-Up Paint, Bottle Block Mounting Bar, 19" Angle Block Mounting Bar, 23" Angle Block Mounting Bar, 19" T-Bar Block Mounting Bar, 23" T-Bar Rack Filler Panel Rack Filler Panel Rack Filler Panel Rack Filler Panel MCS Master Cabling Section MCS Master Cabling Section MCS Master Cabling Section MCS Master Cabling Section MCS Master Cabling Section MCS Master Cabling Section Universal Horizontal Cable Manager Universal Horizontal Cable Manager
14-8
NUMERIC INDEX
PART #
30139 30161 30162 30163 30164 30165 30166 30330 30331 30339 30529 30530 30531 31410 31420 31430 31440 31450 31470 31472 31473 34370 34407 34408 34409 34413 34416 34417 34418 34419 34420 34421 34422 34423 34424 34425 34426 34427 34434 34470 34521 34522 34523 34537 34538 34570 34573
PAGE #
5-30 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 1-49 1-49 1-49 1-49 1-49 6-24 6-19 6-31 2-9 2-17 2-26 2-26 2-17 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-16 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-25, 2-50 2-25, 2-50 2-9 2-9
DESCRIPTION
Universal Horizontal Cable Manager CCS Combination Cabling Section CCS Combination Cabling Section CCS Combination Cabling Section CCS Combination Cabling Section CCS Combination Cabling Section CCS Combination Cabling Section Universal Horizontal Cable Manager Universal Horizontal Cable Manager Universal Horizontal Cable Manager Universal Horizontal Cable Manager Universal Horizontal Cable Manager Universal Horizontal Cable Manager Rack Panel Adapters, 1U Rack Panel Adapters, 2U Rack Panel Adapters, 3U Rack Panel Adapters, 4U Rack Panel Adapters, 5U Standoff Support Kit, Cable Runway Alternate Space Runway Cable Runway Wall to Rack Kit Vertical Exhaust Duct, TeraFrame Power Cord Assembly Mounting Rails, N-Series TF Mounting Rails, N-Series TF Power Cord Assembly Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Cable Manager, TeraFrame Power Strip Bracket Kit Internal Air Duct, TeraFrame Air Dam Kit, TeraFrame Air Dam Kit, TeraFrame Air Dam Kit, TeraFrame Snap-In Filler Panel Snap-In Filler Panel Airflow Director, TeraFrame Rear Door Sealing Kit, TeraFrame
PART #
34581 34582 34587 34595 34620 34626 34628 34667 34680 34682 34684 34701 34707 34708 34713 34716 34718 34719 34728 34728 34729 34730 34731 34732 34733 34734 34735 34736 34737 34738 34739 34740 34741 34742 34743 34744 34745 34746 34747 34748 34749 34811 34821 34831 34838 34839 35008
PAGE #
2-17 2-17 2-18 2-16 2-24 2-26 2-25 2-26 2-24 2-25 2-25 2-29 2-28 2-31 2-28 2-29 2-30 2-27 6-5 6-6 6-8 6-7 6-9 6-11 6-8 6-7 6-9 6-11 6-10 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-14 6-13 6-12 6-13 6-12 6-6 6-14 6-15 6-15 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-14 6-15 2-19
DESCRIPTION
Vertical Power Cord Mgr, TeraFrame Veritcal Power Cord Mgr, TeraFrame Anchor Bracket, TeraFrame Vertical Power Strip Mgr, TeraFrame Network Duct Panel, N-Series TF Mounting Rails, N-Series TeraFrame Caster Kit, N-Series TeraFrame Mounting Rails, N-Series TF Cable Management Kit, N-Series Baying Kit, N-Series TeraFrame Right Hand Latch Kit, N-Series TF Fiber, Universal Accessory Rail Fiber, Vertical Furcation Bracket Fiber, Horizontal Furcation Bracket Fiber Module Adapter Fiber, Swivel Cable Spool Fiber Module Bracket Fiber Trunk Cable Mgr Splice Washer & Bolt, OnTrac Carriage Bolt Hardware Kit, OnTrac Center Support Bracket, OnTrac Trapeze Support Bracket, OnTrac Ede Hanger, OnTrac Rack-Mount Hook, OnTrac Triangle Support Bracket, OnTrac L Support Bracket, OnTrac Wall Mount Angle, OnTrac Under Floor Support, OnTrac Pedestal Clamp, OnTrac Splice Kit, OnTrac Splice Bar, OnTrac 90 Splice Bar Kit, OnTrac Tool Less Radius Drop, OnTrac Horizontal Bend Radius, OnTrac Cable Tray Divider, OnTrac Cable Tray Cover, OnTrac Cable Tray Bottom Insert, OnTrac Clamp Washer, OnTrac Large Radius Drop, OnTrac Power Box Bracket, OnTrac Label Holder, OnTrac OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray Split Bolt Grounding Clamp, OnTrac Cable Tray Cutting Tool, OnTrac Mounting Rails, TeraFrame
14-9
NUMERIC INDEX
PART #
35009 35051 35058 35078 35079 35080 35081 35085 35086 35087 35090 35092 35095 35100 35101 35102 35103 35106 35108 35441 35473 35475 35492 35493 35497 35501 35502 35503 35505 35506 35511 35512 35513 35514 35515 35521 35522 35523 35524 35525 35613 35616 35622 35623 35632 35633 35642
PAGE #
2-19 2-18 2-18 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-11 2-14 2-14 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-13 2-13 2-12 2-12 2-13 2-13 5-29 5-5 5-5 5-8 5-8 5-7 5-6 5-7 5-6 5-9 5-8 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 7-12 7-12 7-8 7-11 7-12 7-12 7-8
DESCRIPTION
Mounting Rails, TeraFrame Caster Kit, TeraFrame Mounting Hardware Kit, TeraFrame Zero Spacing Baying Kit, TeraFrame Baying Kit, TeraFrame 24" Baying & Fascia Kit, TeraFrame Seal Kit, TeraFrame Bottom Panel, TeraFrame PDU/Power Strip Lashing Bar Cable Lashing Bar, TeraFrame Vertical Cable Manager, TeraFrame Slide Adapter Kt, TeraFrame Vertical Cable Manager, TeraFrame Vertical Cable Ring Mgr, TeraFrame Vertical Cable Ring Mgr, TeraFrame Vertical Cable Mgr, TeraFrame Vertical Cable Mgr, TeraFrame Front-to-Back Cable Mgr, TeraFrame Front-to-Back Cable Mgr, TeraFrame Evolution Cable Manager, Horizontal Cable Lashing Bar, Evolution Fiber Segregation Kit, Evolution Fixed Accessory Panel, Evolution Movable Mid-Section, Evolution Solid Mid Panel, Evolution Solid Rear Panel, Evolution Solid Side Panel, Evolution Cable Divider Bar Kit, Evolution Cable Spool Spacer Kit, Evolution Floor Bracket, Evolution Evolution Cable Manager, S/S Evolution Cable Manager, S/S Evolution Cable Manager, S/S Evolution Cable Manager, S/S Evolution Cable Manager, S/S Evolution Cable Manager, D/S Evolution Cable Manager, D/S Evolution Cable Manager, D/S Evolution Cable Manager, D/S Evolution Cable Manager, D/S PDU, Vertical, Three-Phase PDU, Vertical, Three-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase PDU, Vertical, Three-Phase PDU, Vertical, Three-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase
PART #
35643 35652 35653 35662 35663 35676 35682 35683 35692 35693 35700 35900 35900 35901 35901 35910 35920 35930 35940 35941 36000 40056 40057 40058 40059 40074 40075 40092 40093 40094 40095 40096 40097 40098 40099 40100 40108 40117 40118 40153 40156 40157 40158 40159 40159 40159 40160
PAGE #
7-8 7-8 7-8 7-17 7-17 7-17 7-17 7-17 7-17 7-17 7-24 8-10 8.14 8-14 8-8 8-4 8-7 8-6 8-12 8-8 10-5 1-47 1-47 1-47 1-47 1-25, 4-11, 4-17 1-25 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-18 5-18 5-18 1-29 1-26 1-26 11-3 11-5 11-7 11-5 11-10 11-10 11-11 11-6
DESCRIPTION
PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase PDU, Vertical, Single-Phase PDU, Horizontal, Single-Phase PDU, Horizontal, Single-Phase PDU, Horizontal, Three-Phase PDU, Horizontal, Single-Phase PDU, Horizontal, Single-Phase PDU, Horizontal, Single-Phase PDU, Horizontal, Single-Phase PDU, Mounting Brackets CenterLine KVM (SIM, LIM Cards) Accessories KVM Cable (SIM, LIM Cables) KVM IP Dongle CenterPoint KVM CenterView KVM CenterCade KVM CenterBridge KVM (Analog) Accessories SEMA Software Equipment Guard Rail Equipment Guard Rail Equipment Guard Rail Equipment Guard Rail Shelf, 15"D Single-Sided Shelf, Single-Sided MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section MCS-EFX Master Cabling Section CCS-EFX Combination Cabling Sect CCS-EFX Combination Cabling Sect CCS-EFX Combination Cabling Sect Double-Sided Shelf, Solid Single-Sided Shelf, Vented Single-Sided Shelf, Vented Busbar Kit, Grounding Busbar Assembly Rack Busbar Insulator Block Busbar Assembly Equipment Ground Jumper Kit Ground Wire Ground Jumper Busbar, Vertical Rack
14-10
NUMERIC INDEX
PART #
40161 40162 40163 40164 40165 40166 40167 40168 40169 40170 40172 40602 40604 40605 40606 40607 40750 40751 40752 41021 41050 42050 46053 46083 46353 46363 46383 46753 46763 46783 48353 48383 50110 50120 50130 50150 50160 55053 55100 55104 55105 57001 57002 57003 57004 60000 60001
PAGE #
11-7 11-14 11-15 11-9 11-14 11-13 11-9 11-13 11-12 11-12 11-6 1-42 1-42, 2-16 1-52, 2-68, 11-13 1-52 1-42 1-27 1-27 1-35 1-44 1-48 1-48 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-23 1-7 1-53 1-53 1-53 1-9, 5-19 1-9, 5-20 1-9, 5-21 1-9, 5-22 9-3 9-3
DESCRIPTION
Vertical Rack Busbar Kit Compression Lugs C-Type Compression Taps Cable Runway Ground Strap Kit Mechanical Compression Tools Antioxidant Joint Compound Two-Mounting Hole Ground Block Copper-to-Copper Joint Compound Pedestal Clamp, Ground Connector Pipe Clamp, Ground Connector Vertical Rack Ground Bar Kit Spacer Kit, Univ Racks Installation Kit, Concrete Slab Mounting Screws, 12-24 Tapped Mounting Screws, Combination Installation Kits Shelf, Single-Sided Steel Shelf, Double-Sided Steel Shelf, Multi-Purpose Three Piece Base Angle Rack Base Dust Cover Rack Base Dust Cover Rack, Universal Rack, Universal Rack, Universal Rack, Universal Rack, Universal Rack, Universal Rack, Universal Rack, Universal Rack, Universal Rack, Universal ExpandaRack, Standard Rack QuadraRack 4-Post Frame ExpandaRack, Universal Rack ExpandaRack Pan Set, Std Rack ExpandaRack Pan Set, Univ Rack Rack, Standard, 3"D High Density Patching Frame Baying Kit, High Density Frame Runway Kit, High Density Frame Global Vertical Cabling Section Global Vertical Cabling Section Global Vertical Cabling Section Global Vertical Cabling Section RIM-600 Host RIM-600 Node
PART #
60010 60011 60012 60013 60030 60031 60032 60040 60045 60046 60050 60051 60052 60061 60062 60065 60070 60071 60072 60074 60075 60075 60078 60087 60088 66353 66363 66383 A0222-RF A0422-RF A0622-RF A0802-RF-DI A0822-RF A0822-RF-F A1024-HR A1024-LP A1024-PP A1222-HR A1222-LP A1222-PP A1224-HR A1224-LP A1224-PP A1411-RF-HR A1422-RF A1422-RF-F
AAT-ACE-DOME
PAGE #
9-5 9-5 9-5 9-5 9-5 9-5 9-5 9-7 9-4 9-4 9-6 9-6 9-6 9-6 9-6 9-7 2-49, 9-7 9-7 9-5 9-8 9-3 9-7 9-4 9-7 9-7 1-8 1-8 1-8 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-5 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-7 3-6 3-7 3-7 3-6 3-7 3-7 3-5 3-4 3-5 3-11
DESCRIPTION
RIM-600 Temperature Sensor RIM-600 Temperature Sensor RIM-600 Mini Temperature Sensor RIM-600 Temperature Sensor RIM-600 Humidity Sensor RIM-600 Humidity Sensor RIM-600 Water Detection Sensor RIM-600 Power Monitoring Sensor RIM-600 PowerGate Module RIM-600 PowerGate 2 Module RIM-600 Open/Close Contact RIM-600 4-20 mA Dry Contact RIM-600 Door Open/Closed Sensor RIM-600 Motion Sensor RIM-600 Smoke Detector Sensor RIM-600, Axis Network Camera Patch Cable, RJ-45, 7'L Null Modem Cable RIM-600 10L Water Sensor Rope RJ-45 F/F Coupler Kit RIM-600 Wall-Mount Kit RIM-600 Sensor Panel/Bracket RIM-600 PowerGate 2 Power Cord RIM-600 User Manual RIM-600 ConsoleView CD Rack, Standard, 6"D Rack, Standard, 6"D Rack, Standard, 6"D Raised Floor Enclosure Raised Floor Enclosure Raised Floor Enclosure Raised Floor Enclosure Raised Floor Enclosure Fiber Raised Floor Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Ceiling Enclosure Raised Floor Enclosure Raised Floor Enclosure Fiber Raised Floor Enclosure Wireless, Dome Enclosure
14-11
NUMERIC INDEX
PART # PAGE # DESCRIPTION
Wall Mount Enclosure Wireless Enclosure Enclosure Faceplate, Solid Enclosure w/Junction Box Enclosure Faceplate, Cisco Enclosure Faceplate, Cisco Enclosure Faceplate, Cisco Enclosure Faceplate, Cisco Enclosure Faceplate, Cisco Enclosure, Wireless Enclosure Faceplate, Universal Wireless Wall-Mount Enclosure Wireless Wall-Mount Enclosure Wireless Wall-Mount Enclosure Enclosure, Drop Ceiling Enclosure, Drop Ceiling Enclosure, Drop Ceiling Enclosure, Drop Ceiling Enclosure, Drop Ceiling C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet C-Series SlimFrame Cabinet C-Series SlimFrame Cab Lock Kit, Zone Enclosures E-Series ISP CO-Location Cabinet E-Series ISP CO-Location Cabinet E-Series ISP CO-Location Cabinet E-Series ISP CO-Location Cabinet RIM-600 Bundle Foam Kit, Zone Enclosures Foam Kit, Zone Enclosures Foam Kit, Zone Enclosures F-Series TeraFrame Cabinet M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet, 48" M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet M-Series MegaFrame Cabinet, 48" N-Series TeraFrame Cabinet N-Series TeraFrame, Cisco N-Series TeraFrame, Cisco N-Series TeraFrame, Juniper Mounting Bracket, Enclosures Spare Key, Zone Enclosures T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet
PART #
PAGE #
DESCRIPTION
T-Series SteelFrame Cabinet Wireless Ceiling Enclosure Wireless Wall-Mount Enclosure
AAT-AWM-H 3-14 AAT-CAP 3-10 AAT-CAP-00 3-10 AAT-CAP-10-P 3-10 AAT-CAP-11 3-10 AAT-CAP-12 3-10 AAT-CAP-1232 3-10 AAT-CAP-1242 3-10 AAT-CAP-35 3-10 AAT-CAP-S 3-10 AAT-CAP-UNI 3-10 AAT-MWME-P 3-12 AAT-WME-P 3-13 AAT-WMESG 3-13 BCE-24-N 3-8 BCE-24-P 3-8 BCE-48-N 3-8 BCE-48-P 3-8 BCE-6-P 3-8 C10XX 2-40 C11XX 2-40 C12XX 2-40 Chrome Lock 3-9 E10XX 2-46 E20XX 2-46 E30XX 2-46 E40XX 2-46 F-600-0 9-4 FP-B33-06 3-9 FP-B33-11 3-9 FP-B33-25 3-9 FXXX-XXXX-XXX 2-7 M10XX 2-35 M11XX 2-35 M12XX 2-35 M15XX 2-37 M20XX 2-35 M21XX 2-35 M22XX 2-35 M25XX 2-37 NXXX-XXXX-XXX 2-22 NF2K-113C-C42 2-23 NF3K-113C-C42 2-23 NF4M-113C-C42 2-23 RF-Bracket 3-9 Spare Keys 3-9 T1XXX 2-43
T2XXX 2-43 WA064-CAP 3-11 WA064-WAP 3-12
14-12
2 010 Ch ats wo rth Pro duc ts, Inc .
Catalog Includes:
Rack Systems Cabinet & Enclosure Systems Zone Cabling & Wireless Enclosures Wall-Mount Systems Cable Management Products Cable Runway & Tray Products Power Management Products KVM Systems Environmental Monitoring & Security Systems Software Grounding & Bonding Products Seismic Protection Systems
800-834-4969 U.S. & Canada techsupport@chatsworth.com www.chatsworth.com

All products quoted are subject to availability based on manufacturing capacity and shipping dates should be considered estimates only. While every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of all information, CPI does not accept liability for any errors or omissions and reserves the right to change information and descriptions of listed services and products. 2010 Chatsworth Products, Inc. All rights reserved. CPI, CPI Passive Cooling, Saf-T-Grip, Seismic Frame, SlimFrame, MegaFrame and TeraFrame are federally registered trademarks of Chatsworth Products, Inc. Cube-iT Plus, Evolution, OnTrac, QuadraRack and Simply Efficient are trademarks of Chatsworth Products, Inc. All other trademarks belong to their respective companies. Printed in USA. NB/04/10 MKT-60020-480

Mini Catalogo Cpi 2010

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mini Catalogo Cpi 2010

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2010

Welcome from CPI Contact Info Ordering Warranty Information

WELCOME FROM CPI

WHY CHOOSE CPI? Why Choose CPI?

CPIINDUSTRY LEADERSHIP MARKETS

WHY CHOOSE CPI?

CPISUPPORT & SERVICE

Corporate Office - Westlake Village, CA

New Bern, NC Operations

CPI International Offices: Caribbean & Latin America

Europe, Middle East & Africa

(outside of the U.S. & Canada), or email Technical Support at

CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENTS

TERMS & CONDITIONS

RETURNS AND REPAIRS

CODES & SYMBOLS

Operation Chatsworth, CA New Bern, NC Georgetown, TX

FREE LAYOUT SERVICES

CPI PUE Calculator

3 Easy Steps To Configure A Rack/Cabinet System

Make a list of all equipment that will be placed on the rack.

Sketch the location of equipment on the rack drawing.

Fill out the Bill Of Material section.

LAYOUT ASSISTANCE & SUPPORT SERVICES

Individual Rack # _________ _______

Air Dam Kit Filler Panel(s) Horizontal Cable Management

Vertical Cable Management Power Strips(s) Installation Hardware x

CPI Rack Systems include:

Channel Cross Section and Hole Pattern Standards

Universal Rack Ordering Matrix

Top Bar or Angles

460 463 467 483

1 2 5 See Section 5 for Cable Management Products 7

Gray Computer White Clear Black

.75 (19.1 mm)

Top View of Base Angle

2.13 (54.1 mm)

35 x 3 (889 mm x 80 mm) Universal Rack

Top Bar or Angles

Shipping Weights - lb (kg) 6 (1.8 m) Rack 7 (2.1 m) Rack 49 (22.2) 51(23.1)

Rack-mount unit marks simplify equipment installation

12-24 Threaded Mounting Holes

12-24 Threaded Mounting Holes 12.00 (304.8 mm) C-C A

1.125 (28.58 mm) HOLES 2 PL.

43.0 (1092.2 mm)

14.0 (355.6 mm)

1/220 Threaded insert 4 PL.

12.0 (304.8 mm)

3.88 (98.6 mm)

4.0 (101.6 mm)

Front and Rear Flanges (both sides drilled)

Web Surface 7 (2.1 m) Universal Rack

Rack Height Dimension A ft (m)

Number of Mounting Holes

Number of Mounting Spaces

Standard Rack 3D (80 mm)

Part Number 7 ( 2.1 m) Rack Shown

Description HxW Height - ft (m)

Shipping Weight lb (kg)

X=color: 1=Gray, 2=White, 5=Clear, 7=Black

Rack-mount unit marks simplify equipment installation

See Section 5 for Cable Management Products 1-7

Standard Rack 6D (150 mm)

Individual Rack # ___ _